CONVEYANCING

LAW AND PRACTICE

SECOND EDITION

Cavendish
Publishing
Limited
London • Sydney
 CONVEYANCING
LAW AND PRACTICE

SECOND EDITION

Michael Harwood BA, LLB (Cantab), Solicitor

Senior Lecturer in Law
Leeds Metropolitan University

Cavendish
Publishing
Limited
London • Sydney
Published in 1996 by Cavendish Publishing Limited, The Glass House,
Wharton Street, London WC1X 9PX, United Kingdom
Telephone: +44 (0) 171 278 8000 Facsimile: +44 (0) 171 278 8080
E-mail: [email protected]
Visit our Home Page on http://www.cavendishpublishing.com

First edition 1993

Reprinted 1998
© Harwood, M 1996

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored

in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means,
electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, scanning or otherwise,
except under the terms of the Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 or
under the terms of a licence issued by the Copyright Licensing Agency, 90
Tottenham Court Road, London W1P 9HE, UK, without the permission
in writing of the publisher.

Harwood, Michael, 1937–

Conveyancing Law & Practice—2nd ed
1. Conveyancing
I. Title
344.2'06438

ISBN 1 85941 232 7

Printed and bound in Great Britain

To Alex and all those who proceed without conveyance.

They should inherit the earth.

 INTRODUCTION TO SECOND EDITION

The scenario

Do not assume everything (or indeed anything) said, done or advised by

Timothy Trippit to be correct. He is, imagine, a trainee solicitor during the first
six months of his articles with Jarndyce & Jarndyce. He may be a nephew of
one of the partners; or wear a recognisable tie; or just have a mental block when
it comes to conveyancing. You may think that he is not as well supervised as
professional practice rules (see Rule 13 of the Solicitors’ Practice Rules 1990)
and a proper trainee solicitor contract require. Never mind! You are to learn
(hopefully) from his mistakes; by spotting his mistakes.
Miss Pinky and Mr Perky, who were jointly running the conveyancing
department, have just ‘run off’ together leaving, between them, two
partners, five children and numerous uncompleted conveyancing
transactions. This may show that there is romance in conveyancing; but it
has left a very inexperienced Timothy in charge. Fortunately, the house
market, and with it conveyancing work, is at present very slack. And, fear
not. Pinky and Perky may return (para 16.1).
‘Old Jarndyce’, as he is known throughout town, will on the other hand
materialise to give the (hopefully) correct view of law and practice. He may be
imagined perhaps with very white hair; something between an oft-retiring
partner and the spirit incarnate of better conveyancing yet to come.

The aims of this book

Conveyancing law and practice is founded in land (and contract) law. I spent a
good deal of time at college studying the ancient law of strict settlements but
never saw the facsimile of a simple conveyance, far less a real deed. Until I
began to work in a solicitors office, I never fully grasped that Blackacre and
Whiteacre were real bits of land, bricks and mortar and corner shops in real
streets and real countryside; that by simply drafting deeds, you could make
land law do things; and turn ideas into private property.
To the untutored, conveyancing may seem like a series of blank forms to
be completed, ready-made precedents to be copied, a checklist of ‘things to
do before completion’. But all the ready-made forms, precedents and
procedures can only be used and adapted to produce effective conveyancing
if the land law which gave them birth is fully understood. A good
conveyancing practitioner must be a good conveyancing lawyer; and a good
conveyancing lawyer is a good land lawyer. If you have not embraced a
proper understanding of land law, you should probably not be embarking on
a conveyancing course.

vii
 INTRODUCTION

This book focuses on residential conveyancing. In the detail that space

permits, it describes the forms and procedures used in this area. It shows
Timothy handling (and more frequently mishandling) the various stages of
typical transactions. It shows, generally through the mouth of Old Jarndyce,
how they should be handled and attempts to expand and discuss the law which
determines the forms and procedures. Hopefully, the reader will be helped to
learn, not only how to do what she is doing, but why she is doing it and how, in
the interests of a particular client in a particular transaction or of all clients,
creatively to adapt and modify what she is doing. Further, it focuses on freehold
conveyancing, with a chapter at the end on leasehold and residential
conveyancing, pointing out where the two differ.
Hopefully, too, this book will provide the sufficiently detailed exposition of
the law necessary to support the workbooks produced for individual legal
practice courses and to support other students studying conveyancing.
Knowledge of the law and practice is no more than a tool. As already
suggested, the good practitioner must be able to adapt the tool to the needs
of a particular client or circumstance. But, in addition, she needs the skills
actually to use the tool—not, as it were, clumsily to stick it into the nervous
client. It is beyond the scope of this book to teach the skills—negotiating,
interviewing, drafting, researching, etc. Indeed, adequate teaching of at
least some of them is beyond the scope of any written text. They can only be
learnt by constant performance and correction. I have, however,
endeavoured, where possible in the course of describing transactions, to
focus attention on the importance and use of these skills, especially
research and drafting.

Timothy’s transactions

The text picks up, from time to time, four transactions being handled (or
mishandled) by Timothy. None of them is followed step by step throughout.
They are intended to give some idea of the law in practice; the use of forms, etc.
Brief details of these transactions and where they are dealt with in the text are
given in Appendix 2.
Appendix 1 contains a checklist of the main steps likely to be followed in
the typical sale and purchase transactions. It is designed in part to present a
framework within which to view these transactions. It is important to have a
checklist for a transaction—unless you have an infallible memory for what
you should do today rather than for what you should have done yesterday. In
practice, you need to devise your own system of keeping track of a
transaction to ensure that steps are taken at the right time and nothing is
overlooked.

viii
 INTRODUCTION

Further reading and research

I have included a short bibliography at the end of the book (Appendix 8). This
includes standard texts on land, contract, trust law, etc with which the reader
should in any case be familiar.
More importantly, it also includes conveyancing practitioners’ works on the
substantive law and published precedents useful to conveyancing lawyers.
Interspersed in the text are questions—frequently asking the reader to identify
Timothy’s latest error and correct it. Answers to these questions are not
provided. In practice, there are no answers at the end of the book. You form a
view and take a decision; and end up with either a satisfied customer or a
process server at the door. The questions should be considered after reading the
relevant parts of this text, those in the bibliography and doing any other
necessary research.
It might be a good idea to collect your answers in a file; and review them as
your knowledge of conveyancing and the law increases.
You should read both the text and the questions critically. A relatively short,
general text cannot deal with every possible set of facts and circumstances. As
you read you should constantly be asking yourself: ‘What would be the
position if the facts were like this instead of as stated; if this had happened
instead of what is said to have happened?’; that is, constantly to be asking ‘Yes,
but what if…?’ questions.
I have not ‘overloaded’ the text with citation of cases and articles. A book of
this size and range could not discuss in detail all the difficult points that might
arise on any day in practice. Such points can only dealt with (other than by
checking one’s negligence policy) by referring to the detailed, specialist
practitioners’ works where all the necessary references will be found.

Usages in the text

Where another text is referred to frequently, I have used an abbreviated citation

as indicated in the bibliography.
The text refers throughout to the Standard Conditions of Sale (3rd edn)
(identified in the text as the ‘Standard Conditions’). More specifically,
reference is to the printed form of Agreement published jointly by the Law
Society and the Solicitors’ Law Stationery Society which incorporates the
Standard Conditions. This set of standard conditions, produced jointly by the
Law Society and the Solicitors’ Law Stationery Society plc, was intended to
replace the Law Society Conditions (1984 revision) and the National
Conditions of Sale (20th edn)—two of the most commonly used sets of
standard conditions. The Standard Conditions provide an illustration of a

ix
 INTRODUCTION

typical set of standardised contract conditions used inpractice. A copy of the

Standard Conditions is contained in Appendix 3.
In general, where the text does not make a distinction between registered
and unregistered conveyancing law or practice, it can be assumed that they are
the same.
As in the first edition, I have used the female gender throughout where
either would be possible and the male traditional.
Many thanks to my brother who produced the plans to go with the various
transactions.
I gratefully acknowledge the permission of the Law Society to reproduce
the Standard Conditions of Sale, the formulae for exchanging contracts by
telephone or telex, their code for completion by post and parts of the
TransAction Protocol documentation. The Standard Conditions of Sale; the
part of the Local Land Charges search form and Additional Enquiries of the
local authority; the draft Land Registry form of transfer; and the applications
for official searches in the Land Charges Registry and the Land Registry are
reproduced by kind permission of The Solicitors’ Law Stationery Society Ltd.
Finally, I have endeavoured to deal with the law as at 1 July 1996.

Michael Harwood

x
 CONTENTS

Dedication v
Introduction vii
Table of Cases xiii
Table of Statutes xix

1 TAKING INSTRUCTIONS 1
2 FINANCE 35
3 PHYSICAL CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY 57
4 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS 71
5 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT:
UNREGISTERED TITLE 131
6 SALE OF PART 169
7 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT:
REGISTERED TITLE 199
8 MORTGAGES 237
9 FORMATION OF CONTRACT 243
10 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE:
UNREGISTERED TITLE 273
11 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE:
REGISTERED TITLE 317
12 DRAFTING THE DEED 327
13 PRE-COMPLETION STEPS BY PURCHASER 361
14 COMPLETION 389
15 POST-COMPLETION STEPS 419
16 REMEDIES 433
17 LEASEHOLD CONVEYANCING 449

APPENDIX 1 Checklist of steps in

sale/purchase/mortgage transaction 475
APPENDIX 2 Guide to transactions dealt with in text 479

xi
 CONTENTS

APPENDIX 3 Standard Conditions of Sale (Third Edition) 483

APPENDIX 4 Guidance—The Law Society’s formulae for
exchanging contracts by telephone or telex 497
APPENDIX 5 Guidance—The Law Society’s code for
completion by post 507
APPENDIX 6 The National Conveyancing Protocol,
3rd Edition (‘TransAction’) 511
APPENDIX 7 List of printed forms 519
APPENDIX 8 Bibliography 523

Index 529

xii
 TABLE OF CASES

AJ Dunning & Sons (Shopfitters) Ltd v Sykes & Son (Poole) Ltd
[1987] Ch 287 7.11.4
Abbey National Building Society v Cann [1990] 2 WLR 832 9.2, 13.6,
13.10, 13.15, 14.1
Adams v Lindsell (1818) 1 B & Ald 681 9.6
Ahmed v Kendrick (1988) 56 P & C R 120 1.9, 12.7.1
Amalgamated Investment and Property Co Ltd v John Walker & Sons Ltd
[1976] 3 All ER 509 3.3.1, 4.5.4
Argyll Building Society v Hammond (1984) 49 P & CR 148 7.6
Armstrong & Holmes Ltd v Holmes (1993, Lexis transcript) 9.8
Ashbum Anstalt v WJ Arnold & Co [1989] Ch 1 7.5.3, 9.5
Axa Equity & Homeloans Ltd v Goldstock and Freeman [1994] 23 EG 130 1.9.3

Bain v Fothergill (1874) LR 7 HL 158 5.3.3, 10.6.4, 16.2, 16.3

Banco Exterior Internacional v Mann [1995] 1 All ER 936 1.9.3
Bank of Baroda v Shah [1988] 3 All ER 24 1.9.3
Barclays Bank Ltd v Taylor [1974] Ch 137 7.7
Barclays Bank plc v O’Brien [1992] 3 WLR 593
[1993] 4 All ER 417 1.9.3
Barclays Bank plc v Weeks, Legg & Dean (1996) Times, February 281.9.3, 5.1.3
Barrett v Hilton Developments Ltd [1975] 1 Ch 237 13.6
Beaton v Nationwide Building Society (1991, Lexis transcript) 3.4
Behzadi v Shaftesbury Hotels Ltd [1991] 2 WLR 251 16.8
Bhattacharya v Raising (1987, Lexis transcript) 9.4.1
Bowdage v Harold Michelmore & Co (1962) 106 Sol Jo 512 1.8.3
Bretherton v Paton [1986] 1 EG 172 9.4.1
Bristol & West Building Society v May, May & Merrimans (1996) Times, 26 April 1.9.3
Bruxelles Lambert SA v Eagle Star Insurance Co Ltd [1995] 2 WLR 607
(and see South Australia Asset Management Corporation v York
Montague Ltd) 3.4
Burr v Copp [1983] CLY 2057 7.5.3

C & G Homes Ltd v Secretary of State for Health [1991] 2 WLR 715 6.4.5
Celsteel Ltd v Alton House Holdings Ltd [1985] 1 WLR 204 7.4.2, 7.9
Chippenham Golf Club v North Wilts DC (1991) 64 P& CR 527 9.8
City of London Building Society v Flegg [1988] AC 54 1.9.2
Clark v Chief Land Registrar [1994] 3 WLR 593 7.7
Clark Boyce v Mouat [1993] 3 WLR 1021 1.8.3, 1.9.3
Clarke v Bruce Lance & Co [1988] 1 WLR 881 1.8.4
Coats Patons (Retail) Ltd v Birmingham Corporation (1971) 69 LGR 356 4.6.1
Cole v Rose [1978] 3 All ER 1121 1.6.7
Computastaff Ltd v Ingledew Brown Bennison and Garnett and others
(1983, Lexis transcript) 4.4.3

xiii
 TABLE OF CASES

Conodate Investments Ltd v Bentley Quarry Engineering Co Ltd

[1970] EGD 902 5.7
Cox & Neve’s Contract, Re [1891] 2 Ch 109 10.6.2
Crabb v Arun District Council [1976] Ch 179 9.5.3
Cresswell v Potter [1978] 1WLR 255 1.9.3, 5.3.3
Crow v Wood [1971] 1 QB 77 5.6.3
Cumberland Consolidated Holdings Ltd v Ireland [1946] KB 254 16.8
Cumberland Court (Brighton) Ltd v Taylor [1964] Ch 2912.4.1
Cutlan v Atwell (1994, Lexis transcript) 5.4.2

Daniels v Trefusis [1914] 1 Ch 788 9.5.2

Darvell v Basildon Development Corporation (1969) EGD 605 10.5.1
Daulia Ltd v Four Millbanks Nominees Ltd [1978] 2 All ER 557 4.13, 9.8
De Lassalle v Guildford [1901] 2 KB 215 9.5.3
Delta Vale Properties Ltd v Mills [1990] 1 WLR 445 16.7
Desai v Harris (1987) Independent, 16 February 9.4.2
Domb v Isoz [1980] Ch 548 9.6
Donoghue v Stevenson [1932] AC562 3.6
Downs v Chappell, 1996, unreported 3.4
Du Boulay v Raggett (1989) 58 P & CR 138 9.5.3

Duke v Robson [1973] 1 All ER 481 8.2.1

Edward Wong Finance Co Ltd v Johnson, Stokes and Master
[1984] AC 296 1.8.3, 14.11, App 5
Edwards v Marshall-Lee (1975) 235 EG 901 14.6.3
Ellenborough Park, Re [1956] 1 Ch 131 6.4.1
Epps v Esso Petroleum Ltd [1973] 1 WLR 1071 4.8, 7.5.2
Equity & Law Home Loan v Prestidge [1991] 1 WLR 137 13.10
ER Ives Investments Ltd v High [1967] 2 QB 379 6.4.4, 9.9
Errington v Martell-Wilson (1980, Lexis transcript) 5.3.3
Evans v Hayward (1992, Lexis transcript) 1.9.2
Faruqi v English Real Estates Ltd [1979] 1 WLR 963 2.3, 10.5.1
Federated Homes Ltd v Mill Lodge Properties Ltd [1980] 1 WLR 594 645, 1213
First National Securities Ltd v Jones [1978] Ch 109 12.4.4
Firstpost Homes Ltd v Johnson [1995] 1 WLR 1567 9.5
Flight v Booth (1834) 1 Bing NC 370 16.5
Foran v Wight (1989) CLR 385 16.5
Forsey & Hollebone’s Contract, Re [1927] 2 Ch 379 4.9

G & K Ladenbau (UK) Ltd v Crawley & De Reya

[1978] 1 WLR 266 1.8.3, 4.10.1
Gorman, Re [1990] 1 WLR 616 1.9.2
Goodman v Eban Ltd [1954] 1 QB 550 9.5

xiv
 TABLE OF CASES

Goodman v Gallant [1986] 2 WLR 236 1.9.2

Gran Gelato Ltd v Richcliff (Group) Ltd [1992] 2 WLR 867 1.8.4, 4.4.3
Great Western Railway v Fisher [1905] 1 Ch 316
7.11.4 Green v Ashco Horticulturist Ltd (1966) 1 WLR 889 6.4.2
Halifax Mortgage Services Ltd v Stepsky [1996] Ch 1 4.4.3
Halsall v Brizell [1957] Ch 169 6.4.3
Handel v St Stephens Close Ltd [1994] 1 EGLR 70 6.4.2
Hamp v Bygrave (1982, Lexis transcript) 4.4.1
Harrison v Battye [1974] 3 All ER 830 9.6.1
Hedley Byme & Co Ltd v Heller & Partners Ltd [1964] AC 465 1.8.4, 4.4.3
Henderson v Merrett Syndicates Ltd [1994] 3 WLR 761 1.8.3, 1.8.4
Hidderley v Warwickshire CC (1963) 14 P& CR 134 6.5
Hillingdon Estates Co v Stonefield Estates Ltd [1952] 1 Ch 627 4.5.4
HIT Finance Ltd v Lewis & Tucker Ltd [1993] 2 EGLR 231 1.9.3
Hodgson v Marks [1971] Ch 892 9.5.3
Holmes v Kennard (1984) 49 P& CR 202 13.6
Hounslow LBC v Twickenham Garden Developments Ltd
[1971] Ch 233 9.4.1
Hunt v Luck [1901] 1 Ch 45 13.12.4
Huntingford v Hobbs [1992] FLR 437 1.9.2
Hussein v Mehlman [1992] 32 EG 59 3.3.1

Jackson v Bishop (1979) 48 P & CR 57 5.4, 5.7

James Macara Ltd v Barclay [1945] 1 KB 148 4.5.4
Jenning’s Trustee v King [1952] 1 Ch 899 13.7.1
JGF Properties Ltd v Lambeth LBC [1986] 1 EGLR 179 4.6.1
John Willmott Homes Ltd v Read (1985) 51 P & CR 90 9.6
Johnson v Agnew [1980] AC 367 16.2
Johnstone v Holdway [1963] 1 QB 601 6.4.3
Kalra v Secretary of State for the Environment (1995) Times, 13 November 6.5
Kaur v Gill [1988] 3 WLR 39 13.6
Kelsie Graham v Lurline Eugenie Pitkin [1992] 1 WLR 403 16.2, 16.6
Kemmis v Kemmis [1988] 1 WLR 1307 13.7.4, 13.12.4
Kingsnorth Trust Ltd v Tizard [1986] 2 All ER 54 13.10
Korogluyan v Matheou (1975) 30 P & CR 309 4.5.4

Lee-Parker v Izzet (No 2) [1972] 1 WLR 775 9.4.1

Lehmann and Walker’s Contract, Re [1906] 2 Ch 640 14.6.2
Lim Teng Huan v Ang Swee Chuan [1992] 1 WLR 113 9.5.3
Lloyds Bank plc v Carrick (1996) Times, 13 March 9.9
Lloyd v Stanbury [1971] 1 WLR 535 9.4.1
London and Blenheim Estates Ltd v Ladbroke Retail Parks [1992] 1 WLR 1278 6.4.2
Longman v Viscount Chelsea (1989) 58 P & CR 189 12.4.4

xv
 TABLE OF CASES

Luck v White (1973, Lexis transcript) 8.3.1, 10.6.6

Luff v Raymond (1982, Lexis transcript) 1066
Lyus v Prowsa Developments Ltd [1982] 2 All ER 953 7.5.3,
8.2.1, 11.3.7

Manjang v Drammeh (1990) 61 P & CR 194 6.4.4

March and Earl Granville, Re (1883) 24 ChD11 10.5.1
Maskell v Ivory [1970] Ch 502 9.4.1
Mason v Schuppisser (1899) 81 LT 147 5.7
Massey v Midland Bank plc [1995] 1 All ER 929 1.9.3
McAusland v Duncan Lawrie Ltd (1996) Times, 18 June 9.5.3
McCarthy, Re [1975] 1 WLR 807 13.7.1
McCullagh v Lane Fox & Partners (1995) Times, 22 December 1.8.4, 3.4
McGrath v Shah (1987) 57 P & CR 452 9.5, 16.5
McManus Developments Ltd v Barbridge Properties Ltd
(1992, Lexis transcript) 4.7, 5.4
Meek v Clarke (1982, Lexis transcript) 7.11.4
MEPC Ltd v Christian-Edwards [1981] AC 205 10.5.1
Midland Bank plc v Cooke (1995) 145 NLJ 1543 1.9.2
Midland Bank plc v Serter [1995] 1 FLR 1034 1.9.3
Midland Bank Trust Co Ltd v Green [1981] AC 513 9.8
Midland Bank Trust Co Ltd v Hett, Stubbs and Kemp [1979] Ch 374 1.8.3
Millman v Ellis, 1995, unreported 6.4.4
Milton Keynes Development Corporation v Cooper (Great Britain) Ltd
Morris v Duke-Cohan & Co (1975) 119 Sol Jo 826 App 4
Mortgage Corporation Ltd v Nationwide Credit Corporation Ltd
[1993] 3 WLR 769 7.7
Mortgage Express Ltd v Bowerman [1996] 4 EG 126 1.9.3
MRA Engineering Ltd v Trimster Co Ltd (1987) 56 P & CR 56 6.4.4
Multiservice Bookbinding Ltd v Marden [1979] Ch 84 2.5.1
Murphy v Brentwood District Council [1991] 1 AC 399 3.6, 6.6

National Carriers Ltd v Panalpina (Northern) Ltd [1981] AC 675 3.3.1

Nationwide Building Society v Registrar of Friendly Societies
[1983] 3 All ER 296 2.5.1
Newbery v Turngiant (1991) 63 P & CR 458 1.6.2
Newman v Jones (1982, Lexis transcript) 6.4.2
Newton Abbott Co-operative Society Ltd v Williams and Treadgold Ltd
[1952] Ch 286 6.4
Nightingale v Coutney [1954] 1 QB 399 9.4.1

Oak Co-Operative Building Society v Blackburn [1968] Ch 730 13.6

Oakdown Ltd v Bernstein & Co (1984) 49 P & CR 282 16.7

xvi
 TABLE OF CASES

Peffer v Rigg [1978] 3 All ER 745 7.5.3

Penn v Bristol & West Building Society [1995] 2 FLR 938 1.9.1, 1.8.4
Pinekerry Ltd v Needs Ltd (1992) 64 P & CR 245 7.5.2, 8.3.1, 16.7
Pips (Leisure Productions) Ltd v Walton (1982) 43 P & CR 415 5.3.1
Pitt v PHH Asset Management Limited [1994] 1 WLR 327 9.8.1
Pritchard v Briggs [1980] Ch 338 9.8
Puckett & Smith’s Contract, Re [1902] 2 Ch 258 16.4

Raineri v Miles [1979] 3 All ER 763 16.2

Ram Narayan v Rishad Hussain Shah [1979] 1 WLR 1349 4.4.1
Record v Bell [1991] 1 WLR 853 4.4.1, 9.5, 9.5.3
Regalian Properties Ltd v London Docklands Development Corporation
[1995] 1 WLR 212 5.3
Rhone v Stephens [1994] 2 All ER 65 6.4.2, 17.1.2
Richards v Phillips [1969] 1 Ch 39 9.7
Rignall Developments Ltd v Halil [1987] 3 WLR 394 4.3, 4.4.3
Roake v Chadha [1983] 3 All ER 503 12.3.1
Robbins v Jones (1863) 15 CBNS 221 3.3
Rockeagle Ltd v Alsop Wilkinson [1991] 3 WLR 573 2.3.2
Rooks Rider v Steel [1994] 1 WLR 818 5.13
Rosenberg v Cook (1881) 8 QBD 162 10.6.2
Rosling v Pinnegar (1986) 54 P & CR 124 6.4.3
Ross v Caunters [1980] Ch 297 4.4.3
R v London Borough of Camden, ex p Hughes (1993, Lexis transcript) 9.8.1

Safehaven Investments Inc v Springbok Ltd (1996) 71 P & CR 59 16.3

Saunders v Edwards [1987] 2 All ER 651 10.7.1
Saunders v Vautier (1841) Cr & Ph 240 7.5.1
Schindler v Pigault (1975) 30 P & CR 328 10.5.1
Scott v Martin [1987] 1 WLR 841 6.4.3
Sharp v Coats [1949] 1 KB 285 13.6
Simmons v Pennington [1955] 1 WLR 183 1.8.3
Simpson v Geoghegan [1934] WN 232 14.9.3
Skelding v Hanson (1992, Lexis transcript) 1.9.2
Smith v Eric S Bush [1989] 2 All ER 514 3.4
Smith v Gorman (1981, Lexis transcript) 3.3.1
Smith v Mansi [1962] 3 All ER 857 9.5
Smith v Morrison [1974] 1 All ER 957 13.12.2
Sorrell v Finch [1977] AC 728 2.3.1
South Australia Asset Management Corporation v York Montague Ltd
(1996) Times, 24 June 3.4
Spiro v Glencrown Properties Ltd [1991] Ch 537 9.8
Standard Property Investment plc v British Plastics Federation
(1985) 53 P & CR 25 13.6

xvii
 TABLE OF CASES

Stearn v Twitchell [1985] 1 All ER 631 5.3.1

Street v Mountford [1985] AC 809 9.4.1
Stromdale & Ball Ltd v Burden [1952] Ch 223 12.4.4
Strover v Harrington [1988] 2 WLR 572 4.4.3

Target Holdings Ltd v Redferns [1995] 3 WLR 352 1.9.3

Targett v Torfaen BC (1991) 24 HLR 164 3.6
TCB Ltd v Gray [1986] Ch 621 12.4.1, 12.4.4
Thatcher v Douglas (1996) 146 NLJ 282 6.4.4; 7.4.2, 7.9
Tilley v Thomas (1867) 3 Ch App 61 16.6
Tiverton Estates Ltd vWearwell Ltd [1975] Ch 146 9.5.2
Tootal Clothing Ltd v Guinea Properties Ltd (1992) 64 P & CR 452 9.5.1, 9.5.3
TSB Bank plc v Camfield [1995] 1 WLR 430 1.9.3

Walia v Michael Naughton Ltd [1985] 3 All ER 673 12.4.4

Walker v Boyle [1982] 1 All ER 634 4.4.4
Watts v Morrow [1991] 4 All ER 937 3.4
Wheeldon v Burrows (1879) 12 ChD 31 6.4.1, 6.4.4, 12.4.3
White v Jones[1995] 2 AC 207 1.8.4
White v Richards (1993) 68 P & CR 105 1.8.4
William Sindall plc v Cambridgeshire CC [1994] 1 WLR 1016 4.4.1
Wood v Berkley Homes (Sussex) Ltd (1992) 64 P & CR 311 11.2.1
Wright v Robert Leonard Developments Ltd [1994] EGCS 6 4.4.1, 9.5.3
Wroth v Tyler [1974] Ch 30 4.9, 14.3

Zamet v Hyman [1961] 3 All ER 933 1.9.3

xviii
 TABLE OF STATUTES

Access to Neighbouring Land Family Law Act 1996 1.8.1, 4.9, 7.7,
Act 1992 7.3 13.6, 14.3, 15.3.4, 15.5.2
Administration of Estates Act 1925 Finance Act 1958
s 36 10.7.1, 10.7.4 Finance Act 1982
s 36(4) 14.4.1 s 128(3) 17.2.8
s 36(6) 11.3.4, Finance Act 1984 10.7.1
12.4.1, 14.4.2 Finance Act 1985 s 82 10.7.1
s 36(7) 11.3.4, 14.4.1 s 85 10.7.1
s 36(8) 14.4.1 s 87 10.7.1
Administration of Justice Act 1985 Finance Act 1988
s1 1.8.3 s 43 2.7.2
s 11 1.10 Finance Act 1993 s 201 10.7.1, 17.2.8
Building Act 1984 6.6 Finance Act 1994 2.7.2
s2 6.8 Financial Services Act 1986 1.10, 2.8,
s 21 6.8 9.5.3, 14.8.3
Building Societies Act 1986 Gas Act 1986 Schedule 3 6.10
s 13 3.4 Highways Act 1980 s 146 4.5
Schedule 4 14.6.3 s 38 6.7.1
Civil Liability (Contribution) Act 4.4.3 Housing Act 1985 17.1.3
Common Land (Rectification of Housing Act 1988 1.5, 17.1.3, 17.4
Registers) Act 4.10 s1 9.4.1
Commons Registration Act 1965 4.10 Housing and Urban Development
Companies Act 1985 s 35(1) 13.8 Housing Associations Act 1985 17.1.3
s 36A 12.4.4 Income and Corporation Tax
s 522 13.8 Act 1988 1.10, 2.7.2
s 524 13.8 Insolvency Act 1986 13.7.1
Companies Act 1989 s 108(1) 13.8 Land Charges Act 1972 4.9,
s 130 12.4.4 7.4.2, 13.6, 13.10,
Costs of Leases Act 1958 5.3.2, 17.2. 15.4.2, 16.10, 17.1.2,
Courts and Legal Services Act 1990 17.2.2
s 36 1.10 s6 13.6, 13.7.1,
s 125 12.4.4 13.7.2, 13.7.3, 13.7.4
Defective Premises Act 1972 s 11 13.6
s1 3.6 s 14(1) 13.14
Electricity Act 1989 Land Registration Act 1925 1.10
s 10 6.10 s5 7.5.1
Schedule 10 6.10 s6 7.5.1
Enduring Powers of Attorney s7 7.6
Act 1985 12.4.4 s9 17.2.9
Environmental Protection Act 1990 s 10 17.2.9
s 81 4.5 s 18 15.5.2, 17.4
Estate Agents Act 1979 2.3.1 s 19 7.9, 15.5.2, 17.4

xix
 TABLE OF STATUTES

s 20 7.5.3, 7.6, 17.4 Land Transfer Act 1875 7.5.1

s 20(1) 7.9, 12.8.5 Law of Property Act 1925
s 20(4) 13.12.5 s 2(1)(iii) 14.4.1, 14.4.2
s 24 17.5 s 10 10.6.1
s 29 11.3.7 s 15 10.7.9
s 34(1) 8.2.1 s 27(2) 14.4.1, 14.4.2
s 37(1) 11.3.3, 15.5.2 s 28 12.4.3
s 37(2) 15.5.2 s 30 1.9.2
s 52(1) 7.7 ss 34–36 5.7, 12.4.3
s 61 13.12.4, 13.14 s 40 4.13, 9.5.1,
s 70(1) 7.4.2 9.5.2, 9.5.3, 9.7
s 70(1)(g) 4.8, 7.5.1, 13.15, 16.10 s 42 5.3.2
s 70(1)(k) 17.4 s 42(1) 10.6.1, 14.4.2
s 77 7.6, 17.2.9 s 44 17.3.2
s 82 7.5.2, 7.5.3, 7.6, s 44(2) 17.2.2
7.11.4, 10.7.9, 16.11 s 44(3) 17.3.2
s 82(3) 16.11 s 46 5.3.1
s 83 7.11.4, 16.11 s 45 17.3.2
s 83(3) 13.12.2 s 45(4) 14.6.2
s 110 10.5.1, 17.4, 17.5 s 45(9) 14.6.2
s 110(1) 5.3.2, 7.7, s 47 3.3.2
7.11, 11.2.1, 13.12 s 48 5.3.2
s 110(2) 7.11, 11.2.1 s 49(2) 2.3, 10.5.1, 16.7
s 110(5) 5.3.2, 11.3.3, 15.5.2 s 53(1)(b) 1.9
s 112 13.12.1 s 54(2) 9.5.3, 17.1.1
s 113 7.3, 11.2.1 s 62 5.6.1, 5.6.3, 6.4.4,
s 123 7.5.2 7.9, 12.4.2, 12.4.3, 12.8.5
s 127 7.5.3 s 64 12.4.3
Land Registration Act 1986 7.4.2, s 65 12.4.4
7.5.1, 17.2.9 s 67 12.4.2
Land Registration Act 1988 13.12.1 s 68 12.4.2, 16.11
Land Registry Act 1862 7.5.1 s 69 12.4.2
Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 17.1.3 s 73 12.4.4
Landlord and Tenant Act 1985 17. 1.3 s 74 12.4.4
s3 14.3 s 76 5.7
s 3A 14.3 s 76(1)(B) 17.3.2
s 48 14.3 s 76(1)(C) 8.3.1
Landlord and Tenant Act 1987 17.1.3 s 77(1)(C) 17.3.2, 17.5
s 50 14.3 s 78 3.6, 5.6.3, 6.4.5
Landlord and Tenant Act 1988 17.1.3 s 79 6.4.5
Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) s 99 17.2.2
Act 1995 17.1.2 s 101 8.2.1

xx
 TABLE OF STATUTES

s 104 8.2.1 Matrimonial Causes Act 1973 1.9,

s 115 14.6.3 13.12.5
s 125 12.4.5 s 37 13.7.4, 13.12.5
s 136 2.5.1 Matrimonial Homes Act 1983 1.8.1,
s 146 17.1.2 4.9, 7.7, 14.3,
s 183 10.6.1 15.3.4, 15.5.2
s 193 4.10 s4 13.6
s 194 4.10 Misrepresentation Act 1967 16.2
s 198 4.4.3, 4.9 s3 4.4.3, 4.4.4, 16.4
s 200 14.7 s 11 16.4
s 205(1)(xix) 17.1.1 Planning and Compensation Act 1991
Schedule 2, Part 1 5.7 6.5.2
Law of Property Act 1969 Planning (Listed Buildings and
s 23 5.5, 10.5.1 Conservation Areas) Act 1990 4.5
Powers of Attorney Act 1971 12.2,
s 24 4.9
12.4.4
s 25 10.5.1, 13.6, 17.2.2
Property Misdescriptions Act
Law of Property (Joint Tenants)
1991 4.4.4
Act 1964 10.7.4, 11.3.5,
Protection From Eviction
12.4.2, 14.4.2, 17.3.2
Act 1977 17.1.3, 17.4
s 1(1) 10.3
Sale of Goods Act 1979
Law of Property (Miscellaneous
s 12 4.4.2
Provisions) Act 1989 2.3.1, 12.4.2
s 18 4.4.2
s1 12.4.1, 12.4.4
Sale of Land by Auction Act 1867
s2 4.1, 4.13, 5.3.1,
s5 9.7
7.7, 9.5, 9.5.1, 9.5.2,
Settled Land Act 1925 10.7.9, 12.4.3
9.5.3, 9.5.4, 9.7, 9.8 Solicitors Act 1974
s3 16.2, 16.3 s 11 1.10
s4 9.7 s 44A 1.8.3
Law of Property (Miscellaneous Stamp Act 1891
Provisions) Act 1994 5.7, 7.11.4, s5 10.7.1, 12.4.2
12.3.1, 12.4.2, 12.8.7, 17.5 s 12 10.7.1
Leasehold Reform Act 1967 17.1.3 s 17 13.12.5
Limitation Act 1980 5.7, 7.4.2, s 58 11.3.5
7.6, 10.5.1 s 59 11.3.5
Local Government Act 1985 6.5.1 s 117 10.7.1
Local Government Finance Act 1992 Schedule 1 17.2.8
Schedule 2 14.5.1 Supply of Goods and Services
Local Land Charges Act 1975 4.5 Act 1982 3.6
s1 4.5.1 s 12–16 3.4
s 10 4.5.2, 4.5.3, 4.6.1 Taxation of Chargeable Gains
s 13 4.5.1 Act 1992 2.7.1

xxi
 TABLE OF STATUTES

Town and Country Planning s2 1.8.3, 3.4, 4.4.4

Act 1947 6.5.1 s8 4.4.4
Town and Country Planning Trustee Act 1925
Act 1968 6.5.1 s 17 12.4.3, 14.4.1
Town and Country Planning s 36 14.4.2
Act 1990 4.5 s 40 14.4.2
s 55 6.5 Trusts of Land and Appointment of
s 55(1A) 6.5 Trustees Act 1996
s 55(2) 6.5 s 14 1.9.2
s 171 6.5 Water Industry Act 1991 6.8, 6.9
s 183 6.5.2 s 80 6.9
s 187A 6.5.2 s 102 6.8
s 192 6.2 s 104 6.8
s 336(1) 6.2 s 1.6 6.8
Unfair Contract Terms Act 1977 s 144 14.5.1

xxii
 CHAPTER 1

TAKING INSTRUCTIONS

1.1 TIMOTHY AT WORK. THE FIRST MORNING

Monday, 5 February, 10 am. Timothy is sitting there, coffee in one hand, the Times
crossword (with two clues completed) in the other. He has been sitting there since
9 am. The conveyancing market is slack. At last! His phone goes and reception
tells him that a Miss Fancy French would like to see him.
Full of confidence, Timothy asks for her to be shown up. Maybe his first real
conveyancing transaction; not one of those make-believe fantasies dreamt up by
the tutors at law school, which Timothy could never take seriously. (‘If only you
had,’ an off-stage Jarndyce might be heard to interject.)
Miss French enters.
Some minutes later—65 to be precise—Miss French has departed together with
her yapping three-year-old daughter, Debbie, and snivelling dog. Timothy has
copious notes outlining in some detail Miss French’s previous marital career
(blessed by Debbie) and the supposed physical and cerebral prowess of her new
‘friend’, Sam Saunders. Timothy’s scribbled jottings do reveal (at least to those who
can read his scribble) that Sam has moved into her flat; that they have decided to buy
a house together; and that Sam has just put down the deposit on the ideal place—
‘Just opposite the Abbey—lovely for the dog in summer—and Debbie of course’;
she wants Timothy to act for her and Sam. There is a great deal that Timothy has not
learnt—for example, where Miss French lives, works or can be contacted!

1.2 OLD JARNDYCE COMMENTS

‘This,’ says Jarndyce, with his penchant for understatement, ‘is not altogether a
good start.’
When taking instructions, as at all stages of a conveyancing
transaction, certain fundamental principles need to form the bedrock of
your work.

1
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

1.3 CLIENT CARE

Efficiency. You do not want to waste your own (ie your firm’s money-making) or
your client’s time. You do not want to have to keep going back to the client for
information which could have been obtained at an earlier interview. As far as
possible, get from the client at the first interview all the information necessary to
proceed with the transaction; or the source where the information can be
obtained. Whether the client is garrulous, like Miss French, or taciturn, it is your
job politely and tactfully to elucidate all the necessary information. If you have to
ask the client to discover further information, make sure she knows exactly what
is required. Write it down if necessary.
At the same time, as a matter of courtesy and good solicitor-client relations
(which will ultimately appear in the balance sheet as goodwill), you do not want
the client to feel that she has been treated brusquely or not listened to
sympathetically.
You also need, throughout the transaction, to keep the client fully informed of
progress; to be satisfied that you are acting with her authority (below, para 1.9.1);
and that you are properly advising on the implications of all aspects of the
transaction.
Rule 15 of the Solicitors’ Practice Rules 1990, on client care, provides:
‘(1) Every principal in private practice shall operate a complaints
handling procedure which shall, inter alia, ensure that clients are
informed whom to approach in the event of any problem with the
service provided.
(2) Every solicitor in private practice shall, unless it is inappropriate in
the circumstances:
(a) ensure that clients know the name and status of the person responsible
for the day to day conduct of the matter and the principal responsible for
its overall supervision;
(b) ensure that clients know whom to approach in the event of any
problems with the service provided; and
(c) ensure that clients are at all relevant times given any appropriate
information as to the issues raised and the progress of the matter.’ (Guide,
p16; and see Guide, Chapter 13.)1
The commentary in the Guide includes the following which may be particularly
relevant in a conveyancing transaction (para 13.03):

1 For evidence that Rule 15 is being flouted by a significant proportion of the profession, see the
research of the Solicitors’ Complaints Bureau, reported in the Law Society Gazette, 21 March 1993, p6.

2
 TAKING INSTRUCTIONS

On Rule 15(2)(c):
‘1. One of the objects of this rule is to ensure that clients who are
unfamiliar with the law and lawyers receive the information they need to
make the legal process more comprehensible. This will reduce the area
of potential conflict and complaint. Different levels of information may
be appropriate for different clients.
2. Clients should normally be told in appropriate language at the outset
of a matter or as soon as possible thereafter the issues in the case and
how they will be dealt with. In particular, the immediate steps to be taken
must be clearly explained. It may be helpful to give an explanatory
leaflet to the client.
3. Solicitors should keep clients informed both of the progress of matters
and of the reason for any serious delay which occurs…
5. Solicitors should normally explain to clients the effect of any
important and relevant documents. At the end of the matter solicitors
should normally write to clients confirming that it has been completed
and summarising any future action to be taken by the client or the
solicitor.
6. Solicitors should consider whether it is appropriate to confirm the
advice given and the instructions received in writing. Confirmation in
writing of key points will both reduce the risk of misunderstanding by
clients and assist colleagues who may have to deal with the matter.’
The Council of the Law Society’s Written Professional Standards: Information On
Costs For Clients (revised, 1 February 1991—Guide, p280) includes the following:
‘(a) On taking instructions
On taking instructions the solicitor should:
(i) give clients the best information possible about the likely cost of the
matter. If no fee has been agreed or estimate given, the solicitor should
tell clients how the fee will be calculated, eg whether on the basis of an
hourly rate plus mark up, a percentage of the value of the transaction,
or a combination of both, or any other proposed basis…
(b) On confirming instructions
When confirming clients’ instructions in writing the solicitor should:
(i) record whether a fee has been agreed and, if so, what it is and what it
covers and whether it includes VAT and disbursements;
(ii) tell clients what other reasonably foreseeable payments they may
have to make either to the solicitor or to a third party and the stages at
which they are likely to be required; and
(iii) confirm oral estimates—the final amount payable should not vary
substantially from the estimate unless clients have been informed of
the changed circumstances in writing…’

3
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

As to giving information as to costs, the Guide comments (p283):

‘(4) When giving estimates, solicitors should take care to ensure that
they are not binding themselves to an agreed fee unless this is their
intention. Clear and appropriate words should be used to indicate the
nature of the estimate…’
A conveyancing transaction is normally a relatively short-lived, standardised matter.
It is common to charge a fixed fee. The letter confirming instructions should state
the amount, make it clear whether or not it includes VAT; and give an estimate of
disbursements. Most conveyancing disbursements—stamp duty, Land Registry
fees, search fees, etc are fixed or fixed in relation to the consideration; and so a fairly
accurate estimate is possible once the purchase/sale price is known.
The amount which a solicitor can charge for conveyancing services is governed
by the Solicitors’ (Non-Contentious Business) Remuneration Order 1994 which
states (Article 3) that: ‘A solicitor’s costs shall be such sum as may be fair and
reasonable to both solicitor and entitled person [the client] having regard to all the
circumstances of the case…’ going on to list circumstances which will be relevant.
The First Annual Report of the Solicitors’ Complaint Bureau commented on
the effects of the lack of effective communication between solicitors and clients.
‘Many of the complaints we get can be traced to a breakdown in
communications between solicitor and client. About 90% of complaints
are resolved immediately once the client understands what has been
going on. Some of the complaints would never have been made if the
solicitor had explained to his client what was happening or the client had
asked him.’
‘Informal complaints are also damaging: research has shown that
dissatisfied customers are likely to tell far more people of their
dissatisfaction than satisfied customers are of their satisfaction.’2
Nevertheless, good communication with a client is no substitute for (and, indeed,
will simply reveal) sloppy conveyancing. The temptation to cut corners and be
negligent is increased in a period of cut-price conveyancing. ‘The Law Society
has calculated that the minimum time involved in conducting a straightforward
conveyancing transaction is around five hours. In a case with any complications,
this time could be doubled. A reasonable charging rate for a properly qualified
high street conveyancer would be in the region of £100 Per hour. The average fee
at present charged for a conveyancing transaction is around £270 (this is the
average. Many firms charge significantly less.) If a solicitor should be charging
around £500 to provide an adequate service, it must follow that in charging £200,

2 See Client Care: A Guide, Law Society, 1991, p1.

4
 TAKING INSTRUCTIONS

it is highly unlikely that in the medium and long term, the solicitor will be able to
offer a service of the same standard… [in a survey by the Law Society between
1989 and 1995] the 40 cut-price firms were responsible for claims in respect of
residential conveyancing of £4.9 million or an average of £121,000 per firm. Over
the same period, the control group of ordinary firms caused payments of £0.43
million, an average of £17,500 per firm’.3

1.4 BACK TO TIMOTHY

Meanwhile, Timothy, realising that the interview has not been entirely
satisfactory, goes to reception to get a telephone directory, hoping to find listed an
unmistakable F French or S Saunders.
To his immense relief, Miss French is still there, telling the receptionist all
about Sam. He asks her to spare a few more moments. ‘We might as well take
down a few details while you are here.’
By now, he has found in his desk two of the firm’s standard blank forms—
‘Instructions on Purchase’ and ‘Instructions on Sale’. With a nice, new-found
blend of efficiency and charm, he soon has the first one completed as on p7.

3 Martin Mears, President of the Law Society; Law Society Gazette, 31 January 1996, p16. In
December 1995, the Law Society embarked on a consultation exercise in the profession on a proposal
to exclude the Solicitors’ Indemnity Fund cover where a solicitor charges less than a minimum
guideline fee, forcing such solicitors to arrange their own insurance cover direct with an authorised
insurer; and to introduce mandatory conveyancing quality standards; see Law Society Gazette, 10
January 1996, p8. Note also para 5(f) of the Solicitors’ Publicity Code 1990, as amended by the
Solicitors’ Publicity Code Amendment (No2) Provision 1995.

5
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

1.5 OLD JARNDYCE COMMENTS

The Instructions on Sale form will be quite similar.

Question Draft a suitable blank form for taking instructions on sale. Consider the
importance and significance of each item of information included. After your
attempt, compare it with the one in para 5.1.3. As your knowledge progresses
review your draft. Should you add to or amend it?

The events just related emphasise the importance of using a set of checklists to
reduce the danger of missing vital information or not taking necessary action at
the right time. Develop a system of procedures that suits you and helps efficiency.
It is useful to have a checklist for the whole transaction, on which each step can be
ticked off as it is taken and a note made of anything outstanding so that it is not
overlooked. However, remember that as much as conveyancing may be
standardised or simplified, it is not a mass production-line process. No two
transactions and the needs of no two clients are exactly the same. Proper skill
involves the ability to spot, appreciate and deal with the uncommon feature, the
pitfall in any transaction.

Question Fancy has said that the property is empty. Might the length of time for
which it has been empty have any legal significance? Suppose that the property is
vandalised or squatted (a) before exchange of contracts; or, (b) between contract
and completion. Explain the possible legal implications. See paras 3.3 to 3.5.

Question Suppose Fancy tells you that the flat she and Sam are at present living
in, is on a 12 months’ assured shorthold, with about six months left to run. She
asks you whether, assuming the purchase can be completed, she can save rent by
giving notice and leaving before the 12 months expires. Advise her. Note the
Housing Act 1988 Part I; and see Bibliography (Appendix 8).

1.6 TIMOTHY PONDERS

Feeling fairly pleased with himself, Timothy ponders his next step. He dictates the
letters shown on pages 8–10:

6
Document 1.4.1 French/Saunders purchase: Instructions
Document 1.6.1 French/Saunders purchase: Letter to Dream
Homes
Document 1.6.2 French/Saunders purchase: Letter to Vendor’s
Solicitor
Document 1.6.3 French/Saunders purchase: Client care letter
 TAKING INSTRUCTIONS

1.7 OLD JARNDYCE COMMENTS

Question The letter to Ms French is not satisfactory in either style or content. In

the light of para 1.3 above what matters should the letter deal with?4 Draft a more
suitable and more intelligible letter confirming instructions. Should it be
addressed to Ms French alone? It is important that your client understands exactly
what you are saying. To this end, two of the most important principles may be:
(a) To avoid legal jargon and long words wherever possible.
(b) To avoid long, involved sentences. Many a client has been lost in a forest
of sub-clauses.
We will now look at some of the points that arise from these instructions.

1.8 STEPS FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS

1.8.1 The vendor’s solicitor

At the time of instructing a solicitor, the vendor may or may not have found a
prospective purchaser; or, indeed, may not yet have put the house on the market.
The immediate steps to be taken and the urgency depend on what stage the vendor
has reached in selling the property and the date for exchange and for completion
which is being contemplated.
The following steps will normally be necessary upon receipt of instructions
from the vendor:
(a) Write to the client confirming instructions. See above as to what this letter
should contain. The client might at the same time be sent a leaflet, either one
produced by the firm or by the Law Society, explaining the steps which will
have to be taken in the transaction.
(b) Write to the vendor’s estate agents informing them that you have been
instructed and to obtain a copy of the agent’s particulars of sale.
(c) Write to the prospective purchaser’s solicitor. Depending on the stage that
the matter has reached it may simply be to confirm that you are acting and will
be sending a draft contract. If you are in a position to do so, the draft contract
and documents to accompany it can be sent. You should establish at once with
the purchaser’s solicitor whether or not TransAction Protocol is to be used.
(d) Obtain the title documents.

4 And see, generally, Client Care: A Guide, Law Society, 1991.

11
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

One of the main functions of the vendor’s solicitor is to draft the contract of
sale. This determines what property, for what estate, with what rights and subject
to what incumbrances, the vendor will be obliged to convey to the
purchaser.When the contract has been formed and as part of the contractual
obligation, the vendor will have to prove her title to the purchaser; that is to prove
in the way required by conveyancing law that she does own what she has agreed
to sell.
It follows that the vendors solicitor needs to investigate the vendor’s title and
be satisfied what title she has and can prove before sitting down to draft the
contract. The contract must be framed to offer only the title which the vendor has
and can prove. These matters are dealt with in more detail in subsequent chapters.
But it does mean that the vendor’s solicitor will need to get the title documents as
soon as instructions have been received.
In the case of unregistered title this means the title deeds. If the land is not
mortgaged, the vendor will be able to produce them; or give written authority to
the solicitor to obtain release of them from the bank or whoever else is holding
them for the vendor. If the land is subject to an outstanding mortgage, the deeds
will be held by the mortgagee. Most institutional lenders are prepared to release
the deeds to a solicitor in return for a professional undertaking to hold them to the
mortgagee’s order and to either return them or redeem the mortgage (paras 5.1.1
and 5.13). For this purpose, the vendor-borrower’s mortgage account number
may be needed. If, for any reason, the mortgagee will not hand over the deeds,
arrangements will have to be made to obtain copies from the mortgagee. Under s
96 of the Law of Property Act 1925, a mortgagor is entitled to inspect and have
copies of the title deeds held by the mortgagee.
Similar principles apply if the title is registered. In this case, if there is no
outstanding mortgage the vendor, as proprietor, will have a land certificate. This is
the official copy of the register issued by the Land Registry (para 7.8(c)). If the
land is mortgaged the land certificate is held at the Registry and a charge
certificate issued to the chargee (mortgagee). The vendor’s solicitor will obtain
this in the same way as the title deeds in the case of unregistered land.
However, neither the land nor charge certificate necessarily reflects the current
state of the register—and it is the register itself that determines the state of the
vendor’s title.
The vendor will therefore need to apply for an office copy of the register and
title plan (para 13.12). Application can be made on printed form 109 (para
11.2.1).
When writing to the mortgagee a redemption figure as at the date of estimated
completion should also be asked for. This may be necessary to advise the
purchaser on the financial aspects of the transaction.
In addition, before drafting the contract, the vendor’s solicitor will have to
make any further investigation necessary to resolve any doubts or queries as to the

12
 TAKING INSTRUCTIONS

title to be offered. For example, the vendor may be uncertain whether she has
signed papers, to finance central heating for example, creating a second mortgage
on the property. In this case, if the title is unregistered, a search in the central Land
Charges Register may be necessary.
(e) Pre-contract investigations on behalf of the purchaser. Where Transaction
Protocol (para 7.12 and Appendix 6) is being followed, the vendor’s solicitor
is required to send to the purchaser’s solicitor (in addition to the draft
contract) a completed Seller’s Property Information Form (and the Seller’s
Leasehold Information Form if leasehold is being sold). Like the traditional
Preliminary Enquiries, this contains a standard set of questions to be
answered in part by the vendor and in part by her solicitor. The vendor’s
solicitor should get these answered by the vendor when taking instructions;
or give the vendor the form to take away to complete. Similarly, a completed
Fixtures, Fittings and Contents Form has to be supplied to the purchaser’s
solicitor detailing what chattels and fixtures are and what are not included in
the sale. Filling this in should be attended to on taking instructions.
Even under traditional conveyancing procedure where the Protocol is not being
followed, after receiving the draft contract, the purchasers solicitor will make a
number of pre-contract searches and investigations relating to the property,
including Preliminary Enquiries of the vendor. These are listed and dealt with in
Chapter 4. It may save time to get the standard enquiries answered by the vendor
when taking instructions. Similarly, the parties will in any case need to agree on
what fixtures and chattels are being excluded from or included in the sale. Again,
it may be possible to get information on this when taking instructions; or at least
direct the client to sort it out with the purchaser and produce the details.

Question The vendor’s spouse is claiming an equitable interest in the

(unregistered) property and also threatening to register a right of occupation
under the Matrimonial Homes Act 1983. 4a Would a clear search in the
Central Land Charges Register at this stage make it safe for the vendor’s
solicitor to advise her to ignore the claims of the spouse and proceed with
the contract?

4 And see, generally, Client Care: A Guide, Law Society, 1991.

13
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

1.8.2 The purchaser’s solicitor

Here the following steps may be necessary:
(a) Letter to the client confirming instructions; and dealing with the matters
already mentioned.
(b) Letter to vendor’s solicitors informing them that she is acting for the
purchaser; and stating whether she wishes to use TransAction Protocol.
(c) Get the pre-contract investigations started, especially the Local Land
Charges Search and Additional Enquiries of the local authority. If enough
detail has been supplied on taking instructions it may be possible to do this
even before receipt of the draft contract. The urgency of taking these steps,
depends on the time scale of the transaction.

1.8.3 Giving advice. Professional and legal obligation to the client

When taking instructions and as the transaction progresses, there will be a number
of matters on which the client may need to be advised.
A vendor will commonly need advice on the following matters:
(a) finance, including your costs;
(b) taxation, particularly capital gains tax;
(c) the implications, where this is the situation, of selling part of a
property.
A purchaser will commonly need advice on the following:
(a) finance, including advice on mortgages and your costs;
(b) having the property surveyed;
(c) the implications of a joint purchase;
(d) insurance.
Each of the above will be dealt with in the course of this book. Since much of
the advice will be relevant and common to a great number of vendors and
purchasers, it is useful if a firm produces a booklet called, say, ‘Buying and
Selling A Home’ containing advice on these matters. This can be handed to
each client with an indication that further, more specific and individual advice
can be given as necessary.
The particular circumstances may immediately suggest that the client needs
advice on some particular aspect of the transaction.
It is important to keep a file note of advice given.
Giving bad advice or failing to give advice when it should be given has a
number of possible consequences (apart from loss of reputation and goodwill).
These consequences may equally follow from any incompetence in handling a
transaction.

14
 TAKING INSTRUCTIONS

A client’s dissatisfaction, if it is not such as can be resolved by the firm’s

internal complaints handling procedures, may lead to action by the Law Society
for inadequate professional service or, in a more serious case, professional
misconduct; and/or to action by the client in the civil courts.
(a) Complaint to the Solicitors Complaints Bureau. A client can make a
complaint to the Solicitor’s Complaints Bureau of the Law Society in respect
of inadequate professional services5—that is where ‘the professional
services provided by a solicitor in connection with any matter in which he or
his firm had been instructed by a client were in any respect not of the quality
that could reasonably have been expected of him as a solicitor…’
‘Inadequate professional service includes organisational as well as
professional incompetence.’ It might include, for example, unreasonable
delay by a solicitor in dealing with the matter overall or in taking a particular
step; failure by the solicitor to seek instructions; failure to follow
instructions; failure by the solicitor to account to the client or to account in
time or making significant accounting errors; failure by the solicitor to advise
the client or keep the client fully informed, or other lack of communication;
and general incompetence or inefficiency (including organisational
incompetence) that does not give rise to a specific legal cause of action in
negligence.’ (Guide, para 30.11.)
If there is found to have been inadequate professional services, the Complaints
Bureau may take the following steps:
(i) disallow all or part of the solicitor’s costs;
(ii) direct the solicitor to rectify the error;
(iii) direct the solicitor to pay compensation to the client;
(iv) direct the solicitor to take at his or her expense such other action in the
interests of the client as the SCB may direct (Guide, para 30.13).
In a more serious case a client’s complaint may lead to proceedings before the Solicitors’
Disciplinary Tribunal for unbefitting conduct or breaches of the rules relating to
professional practice, conduct and discipline under the Solicitors Act 1974 as amended.
In such event more or less serious sanctions from rebuke to being struck off may follow.6
(b) A claim in the civil courts in contract, or possibly tort, for
negligence.7

5 Solicitors Act 1974, s 44A as amended by Administration of Justice Act 1985, s 1.

6 See, generally, Guide, Part VII.
7 A solicitor may be liable to his client in tort as well as contract: see Midland Bank Trust Co Ltd v
Hett, Stubbs and Kemp [1979] Ch 374; approved by the House of Lords in Henderson v Merrett
Syndicates Ltd [1994] 3 WLR 761; see (1995) 145 NLJ 537 (C Kessel).

15
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

The implied obligation of a solicitor to his client has been described as follows:8
‘At common law a solicitor contracts to be skilful and careful, for a
professional man gives an implied undertaking to bring to the exercise
of his profession a reasonable degree of care and skill. It follows that this
undertaking is not fulfilled by a solicitor either who does not possess the
requisite skill or does not exercise it.
A solicitor’s duty is to use reasonable care and skill in giving such advice
and taking such action as the facts of the particular case demand.
The standard of care is that of the reasonably competent solicitor, and the duty
is directly related to the confines of the retainer. It has been said that the court
should beware of imposing on solicitors duties going beyond the scope of
what they are requested and undertake to do. There is no such thing as a
general retainer imposing on the solicitor a duty, whenever consulted, to
consider all aspects of the client’s interest generally.9
Although a solicitor is not liable for a mistake as to the construction of a
doubtful statute, difficult to interpret or unexplained by decisions, he
may be liable if he fails to realise that the statute presents difficulties of
interpretation.
A solicitor must pass on to his client and use all information material to
his client’s business regardless of the source of that information.’
As always in negligence, each case depends on its facts and the view of the court
as to what a reasonably competent solicitor would do in the situation. But, to give
a few examples (taken from the same text, at p144):
‘A solicitor is liable for failing to inform a purchaser for whom he is acting
that the rents of the property being purchased are in excess of the standard
rents permitted by the Rent Acts and that the excess will have to be
refunded if claimed by the tenants; for failing to inform his client of the
risk of undertaking repairs in the absence of a signed contract and to
obtain the signed contract at once; for failing to inform a purchaser that a
local land charge search revealed that the plans of the building on the land
being purchased had not been approved by the local authority; for not
inquiring for title deeds when his client is advancing money on mortgage;
for not making proper searches in bankruptcy on a purchase or mortgage,
unless the position of the vendor or mortgagor is well known; for careless

8 Cordery’s Law Relating to Solicitors (8th ed, 1988), p37 et seq, footnotes omitted.
9 See Emmett on Title (19th ed), para 1.007, citing Clark Boyce v Mouat [1993] 3 WLR 1021. See also
Bowdage v Harold Michelmore & Co (1962) 106 Sol Jo 512; compare Verity and Spindler v Lloyds
Bank plc (1995) Times, 29 August; see generally, (1995) 145 NLJ 1588 (HW Wilkinson). (My
footnote.)

16
 TAKING INSTRUCTIONS

inquiry into the vendor’s title, as where he was content with a partial copy
and thereby overlooked a clause against alienation in a will; or where he
failed to ascertain that the vendor to his client who purported to convey as
beneficial owner was in fact a trustee and had purchased the property in
breach of trust so that when the purchaser came to sell a year later he found
the title was defective; or where an abstract was carelessly compared with
the deeds so that a bad title was accepted.’
The terms of engagement, express or implied are crucial. Solicitors have not,
and cannot be expected to have, the competence to advise generally on the
commercial wisdom of business schemes. If their advice is sought on such
matters, they should not hold themselves out as having skills which they do not
possess; they should warn the client to take specialist advice’.10
In conveyancing, there is a standard, recognised practice in most situations.
Adherence to such practice is likely (though not invariably) to satisfy a court.11
Conversely, where loss is caused as a result of departing from the general practice,
a finding of negligence is likely to follow.
At the same time, even in what might be thought of as the humble field of residential
conveyancing, the client’s very best interest may require something beyond
competence. There may be situations in which a bold departure from general practice is
indicated, or in which there is no general practice to follow. If practice is governed only
by the avoidance negligence writs, it may well become the practice of defensive law and
of mediocrity; hardly the highest accolade for the aspiring young lawyer.
In addition to common law liability, the Supply of Goods and Services Act 1982
implies a term that a person such as a solicitor supplying a service in the course of
business will act with reasonable care and skill, (where no specific time or price has
been agreed) and within a reasonable time and for a reasonable charge (ss 11–15).
Any attempt by a solicitor to limit such statutory or common law liability for
negligence is subject to the Unfair Contract Terms Act 1977, s 2 which only
allows it in so far as it is ‘reasonable’ as defined in the Act.

1.8.4 Liability in tort to non-clients

Like any other solicitor or other professional, a conveyancing solicitor also faces
potential liability in tort for negligent mis-statement, advice or work to someone
other than her own client and in the absence of any contract with that person. The

10 HW Wilkinson, ‘Acting for Worldly-Wise Clients’ (1995) 145 NLJ 1588; and see below, para
4.4.3. For the duty owed to a lending client, see below, para 1.9.3(c).
11 See Simmons v Pennington [1955] 1 WLR 183. Contrast Edward Wong Finance Co Ltd v Johnson,
Stokes and Master [1984] AC 296, below, para 14.11; and G & K Ladenbau (UK) Ltd v Crawley & De
Reya [1978] 1 WLR 266, below, para 4.10.1.

17
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

basis of this liability is commonly referred to as the principle in Hedley Byrne & Co
Ltd v Heller & Partners Ltd.12 Under this principle, as narrowly extended by a
majority of the House of Lords in White Jones,13 the professional will be liable
where she has assumed responsibility for a task which brings her into what the law is
prepared to regard as a special relationship with the plaintiff; has performed that task
negligently; and either the plaintiff has to her loss relied on the defendant’s skill or
has suffered loss because the client who has relied on it is not able to sue.
Nevertheless, the trend of recent judicial opinion is to limit the circumstances
in which such a duty of care, and therefore potential liability in tort for economic
loss, will be held to exist. It is certainly unlikely that the client of one solicitor will
be able to establish such a duty owed to her by the other side’s solicitor.
In Gran Gelato Ltd v Richcliff (Group) Ltd14 an enquiry before the grant of a
sub-lease asked whether there were any rights affecting the superior lease which
would in any way inhibit the enjoyment of the proposed underlease. The
intending sub-lessor’s solicitor replied ‘Not to the lessor’s knowledge.’ There was
in fact such an adverse right. The sub-lessor was liable to the sublessee for
misrepresentation. As stated by Nicholls V-C (p875):
‘The seller will be as much liable for any carelessness of his solicitor as
he would be for his own personal carelessness. He will be so liable,
because in the ordinary way the solicitor has implied authority from the
seller to answer on his behalf the traditional inquiries before contract
made on behalf of the buyer. Some of the inquiries will raise questions
of fact. Others will raise legal, conveyancing points which the client
cannot answer himself. The client leaves all these matters to the solicitor
to handle for him, after seeking instructions where appropriate from the
client on any particular points…’
But the court refused to find a duty of care owed to the purchaser (ie sub-lessee)
by the vendor’s (ie sub-lessor’s) solicitor who was therefore not liable.15

12 [1964] AC 465.
13 [1995] 2 AC 207; solicitor held liable to the intended beneficiary of a will for negligent failure to
draw up a client’s will before the client died. See also, Henderson v Merret Syndicates [1995] AC 145.
Contrast Clarke v Bruce Lance [1988] 1 WLR 881. See ‘Solicitors’ Professional Negligence’, (1995)
145 NLJ 499 and 537.
14 [1992] 2 WLR 867. For a criticism of the case, see M Whincup, ‘ZTaking a Solicitor’s Word,’
(1992) 142 NLJ 820; and C Passmore, ‘When Do Solicitors Owe Third Parties Duties of Care?’
(1996) 146 NLJ 409, which looks at more recent decisions. And note Penn v Bristol and West Building
Society [1995] 2 FLR 938 in which the vendor’s solicitors were held liable to the purchaser’s lenders
for breach of warranty of authority where the vendor had forged the signature of his co-owning wife.
15 For the view that Gran Gelato represents an immunity special to solicitors, and for the possible
liability in tort of the vendor’s estate agent to the purchaser, see McCullagh v Lane Fox & Partners,
(1995) Times, 22 December and Lexis transcript. See, further, below paras 1.9.3 and 3.4.

18
 TAKING INSTRUCTIONS

1.9 JOINT PURCHASE AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST

Probably the large majority of home purchases are by partners, married or

unmarried. In the absence of unusual circumstances, the same solicitor is likely to
be acting for both partners and, indeed, also for the institutional lender providing
the purchase loan. The same applies when the couple come to sell.
Fancy and Sam are, according to Fancy, purchasing jointly. Sam, we are told,
has put down a deposit. This raises a number of issues to be considered.

1.9.1 Does Timothy have the authority to act for both?

So far Timothy has seen only Fancy. He has only her word that Sam is in
agreement with the project. He has addressed the letter to her alone—both
impolite and unwise.
Assuming that it is proper to act for both (below) it is important to be satisfied that
your actions are authorised by both and that both are fully informed and advised. It is
probably wise to see both before exchange to be sure that both are in agreement.
Timothy might have made a note on the note of instructions that Sam was not present.
Principle 12.05 of the Guide states:
‘Where instructions are received not from a client but from a third party
purporting to represent that client, a solicitor should obtain written
instructions from the client that he or she wishes the solicitor to act. In
any case of doubt the solicitor should see the client or take other
appropriate steps to confirm the instructions.
A solicitor’s authority springs from the retainer given to him by his client.
His authority to act is limited by any special condition imposed, and
supplemented by any special authority conferred, by the retainer.’16
Briefly, the authority of an agent can arise in the following ways.
(a) actual authority, which may be express or implied. Implied authority is
the authority to do acts which are reasonably incidental to the execution of
the express authority. The scope of implied authority depends on the
circumstances of each case;
(b) authority arising by operation of law; that is authority which has not
actually been authorised. This may be:
(i) apparent authority. This exists where there has been a representation of
authority made by the principal to the third party with whom the agent has
purported to act on behalf of the principal;

16 Cordery, p76.

19
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

ii) usual authority. This term is sometimes used to mean implied or apparent
authority. As a distinct type of authority, if it is, it means acts which are within
the class of acts usually confided to an agent of that character;
(iii) authority of necessity;
(iv) authority arising by ratification of an initially unauthorised act.
If a solicitor, or anyone else, acts without authority, the supposed principal
will not be bound. The agent herself may be liable for breach of warranty of
authority.17

1.9.2 The respective interests in law and equity

It is not, in general, your job to make decisions for your clients. It is your job to
advise (in this case both of) them so that they can make a properly informed
decision; and then to give legal effect to that decision.
In the case of a joint purchase—wherever you know that more than one person
is contributing financially to or participating in the purchase—it is necessary to
advise and take instructions on allocation of both the legal and equitable
ownership of the property.
Normally, one would expect joint purchasers to take the legal title jointly and
be registered as joint proprietors (a conveyance on sale of all unregistered
freehold land now giving rise to compulsory registration of title). This will mean
that neither can deal with the property without the consent of the other (or a court
order under s 30 of the Law of Property Act 1925).17a If only one person is
registered as proprietor, that person can sell and deal with the property without
consent of anyone else, unless a restriction has been entered on the register
preventing any disposition giving rise to capital money by a sole proprietor from
being registered (para 7.7(c)). Even with a restriction, it would in principle be
open to the proprietor to appoint a second trustee and so overreach the equitable
interest of any beneficiary.
As to the equitable ownership, a number of principles should be kept in mind.
First, in equity the parties can be joint tenants or tenants in common; and, if
tenants in common, either in equal shares or in some other shares. The significant
feature of a joint tenancy is the right of survivorship; though a joint tenancy in
equity can be severed unilaterally, inter vivos, by any one of the joint tenants.
Secondly, the equitable interests should be expressly declared in the
conveyance or (in the case of registered land) transfer, or in some other written
form, by those contributing to the purchase price18 and signed by all of them to

17 See Penn v Bristol & West Building Society [1995] 2 FLR 938.
17a To be replaced s 14 of the Trusts of Land and Appointment of Trustees Act 1996.

20
 TAKING INSTRUCTIONS

satisfy the Law of Property Act 1925, s 53(1)(b). Such an express declaration
will normally be decisive regardless of the actual contribution of each party;
and will only be set aside by the court in the event of fraud, misrepresentation or
undue influence.19
On a transfer of registered title to joint purchasers, the printed form of transfer
provides for a statement by the transferees as to whether the survivor can give a
valid receipt for capital money arising on a disposition of the land. This might be
thought enough in itself to indicate a beneficial joint tenancy. The courts have
decided otherwise; and it should be seen as no more than an indication of whether
the Registrar is required to enter a restriction, as mentioned above, on the register.
It is intended to determine whether a purchaser can safely deal with a sole,
surviving proprietor. It is always important, in conveyancing, to distinguish
between what interest a person has in property and whether a purchaser will be
affected by that interest.
Probably contrary to what was a common belief and commonly acted on, the
courts have decided that a statement that the survivor of joint tenants can give a
valid receipt for capital money, will not in itself be taken to indicate an intention to
create a joint tenancy. Such a statement could also be made where the joint
proprietors hold in trust for one other adult person absolutely. In such a case, the
1925 legislation does not impose a trust for sale; so a sole trustee can deal with the
land and, in this situation, this statement would be made to reflect this fact.20
In Re Gorman21 the facts were slightly different. The transfer, in addition to
containing the statement that a survivor could give a receipt for capital money,
contained a declaration that ‘The transferees are entitled to the land for their own
benefit’. This—not a model of the specific—did not state whether they were to be
joint tenants or tenants in common in equity. But it did, so the court in
Huntingford analysed, rule out the possibility that they held for some sole, third
person.22 The statement that a survivor could give a receipt could therefore only be
referring to a beneficial joint tenancy.

18 The declaration must be made by those contributing the purchase money. In City of London
Building Society v Flegg [1988] AC 54, there was a declaration of trust for themselves by the son-in-
law and daughter. This could not effect the beneficial entitlement of the parents who had contributed
to the purchase money. And, although the interests of the parents were overreached by the mortgage,
this did not affect their claim to a share in the money received.
19 See Goodman v Gallant [1986] 2 WLR 236; Bank of Montreal v Jane Jaques Stuart [1911] AC 120.
20 Huntingford v Hobbs [1992] FLR 437; applied in Skelding v Hanson and Evans v Hayward, (both
1992, Lexis transcripts),
21 [1990] 1 WLR 616.
22 In fact it did not. If X provides the purchase money and the property is conveyed to A and B, no
declaration by A and B alone can affect X’s equitable, sole entitlement to the whole property. See
footnote 18 above.

21
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

The above cases demonstrate the importance with a transfer of registered land,
as with a conveyance of unregistered, of making an express declaration of the
beneficial interest, whether a joint tenancy or a tenancy in common is intended;
and if the latter, the respective shares to be held. If this declaration is made, as is
normal, in the transfer itself, a copy of the transfer certified as accurate by the
solicitor should be kept with the title deeds; for the transfer itself is retained in the
Registry and not normally released.
Thirdly, where there is no effective, express declaration of the beneficial
interests, the courts will apply the presumptions and principles of equity (with
which the reader should be fully familiar and which should not need iteration
here) to determine those interests. The starting point is that if a person has
contributed to the purchase price the courts will presume a resulting trust in favour
of that person of a share in proportion to the contribution.23
Fourthly, it is particularly important to ascertain and evidence in proper
written form the intention as to beneficial entitlement in the case of purchasers
who are not married (whether or not co-habitees). In the absence of marriage
(when the Matrimonial Causes Act 1973 gives the court wide discretion to
adjust property rights), once fixed, entitlement to the property can only be
varied by agreement.
Fifthly, where legal title is to be held by a purchaser who has a spouse, that
spouse (whether or not she has an equitable interest) is likely to have a statutory
right of occupation under the Matrimonial Homes Act 1983,23a which can be
protected on the register and cannot be overreached; though it cannot be
overriding.
Timothy appears to have advised a joint tenancy without any enquiry as to the
respective contributions of Fancy and Sam, and without even seeing Sam to learn
his views on the matter.

Question In the light of the above, and any further necessary research, draft a
short (maybe 500 words) section on joint purchasing that might go into a firm’s
leaflet of advice to clients purchasing a house.

Question You are asked to advise A on the following facts; A and B (then co-
habiting) purchased a large house with registered title 10 years ago. A contributed
60% of the purchase price; B 10%. The rest was raised by a building society
mortgage-loan. Until six months ago A paid the mortgage instalments while B paid

23 But see Midland Bank plc v Cooke (1995) 145 NLJ 1543, suggesting that court may look at the
whole course of dealings between the parties in order to quantify an equitable interest established by
direct contribution.
23a To be replaced by Part IV of the Family Law Act 1996.

22
 TAKING INSTRUCTIONS

the other household expenses out of their respective wages. The transfer contained a
statement that ‘The survivor of them can give a valid receipt for capital money
arising on a disposition of the land’. They were subsequently registered as joint
proprietors and no restriction was (or has been) placed on the register.
Six months ago, A and B split up and B is living elsewhere with a new partner.
At the moment A is living with her mother and the house is unoccupied. She has
just heard from a common friend that B has entered into a contract to sell the
house to C, forging A’s signature on the contract and on the form of transfer.
Completion is due next week; and B is planning to go abroad with his new partner
and the entire proceeds of sale.
Advise A as to her equitable interest, if any, in the property.
Advise A on what steps, if any, can be taken immediately to protect her
position. Would the position be affected if C had already received a clear
certificate of search from the Land Registry in readiness for completion?
On what facts might A have a claim for negligence against the solicitor who
acted on the original purchase? Note: Ahmed v Kendrick.24

1.9.3 Conflict of interest and the professional duty of care

It is convenient to consider here three situations in which there might be conflict

of interest and/or liability in civil law:
(a) Acting for both vendor and purchaser
Rule 6 of the Solicitors’ Practice Rules 1990, as substituted by the Solicitors’
Practice (Amendment) Rule 1995 (‘avoiding conflicts of interest in
conveyancing’) provides:
(1) (Transfers and leases of land)
A solicitor, or solicitors practising in associated practices, must not act for
both seller and buyer on a transfer of land for value at arm’s length, or for
both lessor and lessee on the grant of a lease for value at arm’s length, except
as permitted by paragraph (2).
Notes:
(i) For the interpretation of ‘solicitor’ and ‘associated practices’, see
paragraph (6).
(ii) It is a principle of professional conduct that a solicitor shall not act for two
or more clients where there is a conflict of interest between those clients.
Paragraph (1) goes further and prohibits the solicitor from acting for both
parties in a conveyancing transaction, even if there is no actual conflict of
interest at the time of acting.

24 (1988) 56 P & CR 120.

23
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(iii) The fact that a transaction is at market value, or is stated to be at arm’s

length terms, does not necessarily mean that it is ‘at arm’s length’ for the
purpose of the rule. Whether a transaction is ‘at arm’s length’ will be
determined by the relationship between the parties and the context of the
transaction. For example, the transaction would not usually be at arm’s
length where the parties are:
— persons related by blood, adoption or marriage;
— the settlor of a trust and the trustees;
— the trustees of a trust and its beneficiary or the beneficiary’s relative;
— personal representatives and a beneficiary;
— the trustees of separate trusts for the same family;
— a sole trader or partners and a limited company set up to enable the
business to be incorporated;
— associated companies;
— a local authority and a related body within the meaning of paragraph
6(b) of the Employed Solicitors’ Code 1990.
In such a case, it would be possible, subject to there being no conflict of interest,
to act for both parties.
(iv) Two companies are ‘associated’ where one is a holding company and the
other is its subsidiary within the meaning of the Companies Act 1985, or both
are subsidiaries of the same holding company.
(v) Land includes an interest in land, for example the assignment of a lease or
grant of a right of way.

(2) (Exceptions)
A solicitor, or solicitors practising in associated practices, may act for both
seller and buyer on a transfer of land for value at arm’s length, or for both lessor
and lessee on the grant of a lease for value at arm’s length, if all the following
conditions are satisfied:
(a) no conflict of interest exists or arises; and
(b) neither the solicitor, nor any solicitor practising in an associated practice,
is instructed to negotiate the sale of the property; and
(c) the seller or lessor is not a builder or developer selling or leasing as such;
and
(d) one or more of the following applies:
(i) both parties are established clients; or
(ii) on a transfer of land, the consideration is £10,000 or less; or
(iii) there is no other solicitor or other qualified conveyancer in the
vicinity whom either party can reasonably be expected to consult; or

24
 TAKING INSTRUCTIONS

(iv) the parties are respectively represented by two associated practices

or two offices of the same practice, provided that:
(A) the respective practices or offices are in different localities; and
(B) neither party was referred to the practice or office acting for him or her
from an associated practice or from another office of the same practice;
and
(C) the transaction is conducted or supervised by different solicitors, each
in regular attendance at the practice or office concerned; and
(e) both parties give their written consent to the arrangement.
Notes [in part]:
…
(iii) A person related by blood, adoption or marriage to an established
client may be treated as an established client.
…
(iv) Where only one of two joint sellers or buyers is an established client,
the solicitor may act as if both are established clients.
…

(3) (Institutional mortgages)

A solicitor, or solicitors practising in associated practices, may act for both lender
and borrower on the grant of an institutional mortgage of land, if all the following
conditions are satisfied:
(a) where the solicitor or a member of his or her immediate family is the
borrower, or one of two or more joint borrowers, the solicitor has given
written notification of the circumstances to the lender; and
(b) no conflict of interest exists or arises.
Notes [in part]:
…
(ii) An institutional mortgage is one where the lender is an institution which
provides mortgages on standard terms in the normal course of its activities.
…
(4) (Private mortgages)

A solicitor, or solicitors practising in associated practices, must not act for both
lender and borrower on the grant of a private mortgage of land, unless both the
following conditions are satisfied:
(a) the transaction is not at arm’s length; and
(b) no conflict of interest exists or arises.

25
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(5) (Acting for seller, buyer and lender)

A solicitor, or solicitors practising in associated practices, must not act for seller,
buyer and lender in the same transaction, unless both the following conditions are
satisfied:
(a) if the mortgage is an institutional mortgage, the solicitor has given written
notification of the circumstances to the lender; and
(b) no conflict of interest exists or arises.
(6) (Interpretation) [omitted]
For the position where there is a contract race, see below, para 4.13.
A conflict of interest or a significant risk of conflict may exist before instructions
are accepted, in which case they should not be accepted. Alternatively, it may
arise during the course of the transaction. In this case, the solicitor should in
general cease to act for both clients (Guide, para 15.03).

(b) Acting for joint purchasers or joint mortgagors

Fancy and Sam are, of course, joint purchasers. There is no absolute bar under
Rule 6; indeed it is the usual practice to act for joint purchasers (as well as the
institutional lender). The only question which arises is whether there is a conflict
of interest or a significant risk of one; and whether the duty of care owed to each
client has been fulfilled.
There does not seem to be much judicial guidance on what amounts to a
conflict of interest. Sam may be contributing the bulk of the difference between
the mortgage loan and the purchase price; it may be the intention that he will be
paying the mortgage instalments. One might expect this to be reflected in him
having the bulk of the equitable interest. They may in fact have agreed to hold as
beneficial joint tenants. It is not for a solicitor to tell her client not to make a gift to
another; though it is her duty to advise of the implications, and if necessary to
advise her to obtain independent legal advice. Normally, both clients will be
seeking the same outcome, even if that involves one transferring value to the
other; and a solicitor may properly act for both, provided there is no question of
one of them being prejudiced by concealment of relevant facts, misrepresentation
or undue influence.
In Clarke Boyce v Mouat, in which a mother mortgaged her property to secure
the son’s debts, the solicitor acting for both of them was held to have fulfilled his
duty to the mother in advising her to obtain and offering to arrange independent
advice. A solicitor may act, it was stated, ‘provided that he has obtained the
informed consent of both to his acting. Informed consent means consent given in
the knowledge that there is a conflict between the parties and that as a result the
solicitor may be disabled from disclosing to each party the full knowledge which
he possesses as to the transaction or may be disabled from giving advice to one

26
 TAKING INSTRUCTIONS

party which conflicts with the interests of the other. If the parties are content to
proceed on that basis the solicitor may properly act’.25
The following principles may be of guidance in deciding whether a conflict
exists. If acting for both clients would involve a contravention of any of them
there is a conflict:
(i) With certain exceptions, a solicitor must disclose to a client and use in her
interest all information relevant to her situation, whatever the source (Guide,
para 16.07).
(ii) She must keep confidential a client’s business until the client permits
disclosure (Guide, para 16.03).
In an obvious illustration, if Fancy is seeking to keep some aspect of the
matter secret from Sam—for example that she could afford to contribute to
the purchase price—there would be a conflict situation.
(iii) A transaction involving client A which is to the advantage of client B
may be open to subsequent attack and avoidance by A on the grounds of
B’s misrepresentation or undue influence. The solicitor must take proper
steps to ensure that no such vitiating factor is present; that A is entering the
transaction voluntarily, in possession of all the facts and appreciating the
loss she will or might incur, ‘not merely understanding its effect, but as a
result of full, free and informed thought about it…’.26 The steps to be taken
by the solicitor will depend on the circumstances. In the leading case,
Barclays Bank plc v O’Brien, in which the wife had joined in a mortgage of
the matrimonial home to secure the husband’s business debts, Lord
Browne-Wilkinson said: ‘…in my judgment a creditor will have satisfied
these requirements [ie to avoid being fixed with notice of any vitiating
factor] if it insists that the wife attend a private meeting (in the absence of
the husband) with a representative of the creditor at which she is told of the
extent of her liability as surety, warned of the risk she is running and urged
to take independent legal advice’.27 Lord Browne-Wilkinson went on to
recognise that, in exceptional cases, where the facts made undue influence
not only possible but probable, it would be necessary to insist on separate
representation. If a solicitor is not confident that she can act independently
in the interests of A without prejudicing the interests of B, she should
refuse to act.

25 [1993] 4 All ER 268, at p273 (Lord Jauncey); see HW Wilkinson, ‘Acting for Buyer and Lender’
(1994) 144 NLJ 1327. This was an action in negligence. As a matter of professional conduct, the
Guide states categorically (para 12.06): ‘Disclosure of the conflicting interest to the client or potential
client does not permit the instructions to be accepted by the solicitor, even where the client consents.’
26 Per Lord Evershed MR in Zamet v Hyman [1961] 3 All ER 933 at p936. The danger most
apprehended by the courts is that, where the financial side of the relationship is left to the husband, the
wife will surrender her independence and simply ‘go along’ with his wishes.
27 [1993] 3 WLR 786, 798; and see, further, para (c) below.

27
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(iv) It is one thing to advise parties of the implication of the options open to
them, and to give effect to their common, agreed course. It is another matter,
and to be avoided in this context, to go beyond that and become involved in
negotiating which option is to be adopted. You cannot, as it were, effectively
negotiate with yourself. If there is any serious lack of agreement as to any
aspect of the transaction, you should not be acting for both.
There is one final matter to mention in this context. Your client may need the
consent of some other person to proceed with the transaction. For example, a
vendor-wife may need the consent of the husband to release his rights under
the Matrimonial Homes Act 1983.27a You are not acting for the husband. But
in writing to seek his consent on behalf of you client you must again beware
of the possibility of undue influence in such a situation/relationship and of
the consent subsequently being set aside; and should at least advise the other
person of the desirability of taking independent legal advice. This is not an
issue of conflict but of duty to your own client to protect her transactions
from subsequent avoidance.28
(c) Acting for borrower and lender
Within the framework of the express and implied terms of her instructions,29 it is
the duty of the lender’s solicitor to protect the interests of the client-lender. Unless
expressly limited, this duty extends beyond matters affecting legal title to the
security; and requires the solicitor to disclose to the lender any information which
might have a material bearing on the value of the security or on some other
ingredient of the lending decision. If, where the solicitor is acting for lender and
borrower, that information is confidential to the borrower and the borrower will
not consent to the disclosure, the solicitor must cease acting for the lender or both
lender and borrower.30
There is a current tendency for the lender’s express instructions to become
more and more demanding. ‘Lenders use a variety of procedures, instructions
are set out in different orders; some are helpfully indexed, others are not, and
instructions can range from being minimalist to being copious in detail.’ Going
beyond matters of legal title, instructions may now require, for example,

27a To be replaced by Part IV of the Family Law Act 1996.

28 See Cresswell v Potter [1978] 1 WLR 255.
29 See Axa Equity & Homeloans Ltd v Goldstock and Freeman [1994] 23 EG 130; and HIT Finance
Ltd v Lewis & Tucker Ltd [1993] 2 EGLR 231; HW Wilkinson (1994) 144 NLJ 1327; and Barclays
Bank plc v Weeks, Legg & Dean (1996) Times, 28 February.
30 Mortgage Express Ltd v Bowerman [1996] 4 EG 126; lender had agreed to lend £180,150 against
their own surveyor’s valuation of 199,000 on the purchase of a flat for £220,000; prior to exchange the
solicitors learnt that the flat was being purchased by the vendor for £150,000; the solicitors, who had
disclosed this information to the borrower, were held liable for failing to disclose it to the lenders; and
see Law Society Guidance on Mortgage Fraud (Guide, Annexes 24L and 24M).

28
 TAKING INSTRUCTIONS

‘checking the identity and bona fides of parties to the transaction and their legal
advisers, checking mortgage application and mortgage offer details, advising
lenders if borrowers are not raising the balance of the purchase price out of their
own funds, ensuring consents are informed…’. 31 Any extension of the
solicitor’s obligation, whether by judicial decision or express instructions,
beyond the investigation of title, increases the potential for conflict of interest
and liability in negligence; and the difficulty of doing residential conveyancing
work at a profit.32
Rule 6 allows a solicitor to act for both a borrower and an institutional lender
(and a private lender in the specified, exceptional cases) provided there is no
conflict of interest; and it is of course the normal practice to act for both.33
Where the solicitor’s obligation to the lender is confined to the traditional one
of investigating legal title, difficulties may be rare. As noted above, however, a
much broader view is being taken both by the courts and lenders themselves of
the function of the lender’s solicitor.34 It is increasingly difficult to say that the
solicitor is seeking the same end for both lender and borrower; the tightrope of
proper conduct between the interests of both client is becoming more
precarious. Indeed, the Law Society proposed a rule that such joint
representation should be banned. After strong opposition from the profession,
the proposal has been dropped.
The matter may be particularly delicate where joint borrowers (or joint
participants in the borrowing) are involved. As noted above, if A participates in a
mortgage as a result of the fraud, undue influence or misrepresentation (ie a
vitiating factor) of B, A will have an equitable right to avoid the transaction as
against B. The lender, in turn, will not be able to enforce the mortgage against A if
B was acting as its agent or it has actual or constructive notice of this equity.
Where the lender knows that A and B are married, co-habitees or otherwise in a
relationship of trust and the transaction advantages B at the expense of A, the
lender will be fixed with constructive notice unless it shows that it took reasonable
steps to ensure that A’s participation was properly obtained. The lender’s solicitor
may well be allocated the task of taking these steps (and certifying to the lender
that they have been taken). In such a case, the lender is normally entitled to
assume that the solicitor has acted honestly and given the client proper advice.35
This may be enough to allow the lender to enforce the security against A; but if in

31 See C Hadfield, Law Society Gazette, 21 June 1995, p30.

32 See, further, below para 2.5.2. The Law Society is negotiating with the big lenders to agree a
defined retained—which would standardise and clearly define the obligations of the solicitor to the
lender client.
33 Though many institutional lenders are reluctant to instruct sole practitioners.
34 And, equally, the purchaser’s expectation of her solicitor is tending to extend beyond the
acquisition of a sound legal title.

29
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

fact the solicitor has not taken proper steps to protect A’s interest, she may seek to
recover her loss in negligence against the solicitor.
Banco Exterior Internacional v Mann,36 one of the many cases which have
recently passed through the courts on this issue, is instructive. The bank made a
loan to a company owned and controlled by Mr Mann on the security in part of a
second mortgage of the matrimonial home occupied by Mr and Mrs Mann (thus
necessitating her consent to postpone her statutory and equitable rights in the
home to the Bank) though registered in his sole name.
The firm to which the solicitor involved belonged had for some years been
solicitors to Mr Mann and the company. Mrs Mann did sign the consent; her
signature was witnessed by the solicitor who did explain to her the legal
implications of the consent; the husband was present for at least part of the time
when it was being explained to her; she told the solicitor that she has little choice
but to sign; the solicitor did not advise her not to sign, nor did he advise her that in
fact she did have a choice; he did not advise her to seek independent legal advice.
The court of first instance held that undue influence had been exercised. The issue
on appeal was whether the bank (seeking to enforce the security against Mrs
Mann) had taken sufficient steps, within the principles laid down in Barclays
Bank plc v O’Brien not to be fixed with constructive notice of the undue
influence.
The Court of Appeal (Hobhouse LJ dissenting) decided that the bank had
taken sufficient steps. The crux of the matter, and the important point in the
present context, is that it was reasonable for the bank to ‘expect a solicitor,
regardless of who was paying his fee, to regard himself as owing a professional
duty to Mrs Mann alone in performing his task in relation to this declaration [ie
the consent]… If he felt himself torn between conflicting duties, he would feel
obliged to make way for another solicitor not subject to that conflict… If the
certifying solicitor did his job with reasonable competence, as the bank was
entitled to expect, Mrs Mann would appreciate quite clearly that if the worst
happened she could lose her rights in the house and that it was for her to decide
whether she was willing to take that risk or not. It was no part of the solicitor’s
duty to advise her not to sign’.37
The implication of this and similar cases is that the lender can, in effect, shift
the burden onto the solicitor to decide what steps are necessary to counter a
possibility of undue influence; and to ensure that the participant in the

35 Bank of Baroda v Shah [1988] 3 All ER 24; Massey v Midland Bank plc [1995] 1 All ER 929.
36 [1995] 1 All ER 936. See also, for example, Massey v Midland Bank plc [1995] 1 All ER 929;
Midland Bank plc v Serter [1995] 1 FLR 1034; and TSB Bank plc v Camfield [1995] 1 WLR 430.
37 Sir Thomas Bingham MR (Lexis transcript). Hobhouse LJ took the view that there might be
circumstances in which an independent solicitor should advise the client not to sign.

30
 TAKING INSTRUCTIONS

transaction not only understands but consents voluntarily. A solicitor must

make a judgment, depending on the circumstances, whether separate
representation should be advised, or insisted on; whether she should be advised
of the risks of the transaction, have it made clear to her that she does have a
choice, or indeed possibly, advised not to sign; and whether a separate interview
is necessary. Erring on the side of caution may be wise; if adequate steps are not
taken and undue influence is later established, the loss may fall not on the lender
but on the solicitor in an action for breach of duty of care brought by the person
influenced.38
If a solicitor receives money from the lender (or any other client) that money is
held as trustee and must be dealt with in accordance with instructions. Failure to
do so is a breach of trust and, regardless of negligence, the solicitor will be liable
to pay equitable compensation for loss caused by the breach.39

1.10 OTHER RULES OF CONDUCT RELATING TO

CONVEYANCING

(a) The Law Society’s Guidance on Mortgage Fraud (Guide, Annex 24L)
states that any information concerning variations to the purchase price
should be forwarded to the lender with the consent of the buyer; and that if
the buyer will not consent the solicitors must cease acting for the lender and
consider very carefully whether they are able to continue acting for the
buyer.
(b) A solicitor acting for the seller of property should not prepare a form of
contract which he or she knows or ought to know will be placed before a
prospective buyer for signature before that party has obtained or has had a
proper opportunity to obtain legal advice (Guide, para 24.03).
(c) A solicitor who conducts general insurance business should do so only
as an independent intermediary and not as a tied agent (Guide, para 24.06).

38 The title in Mann was registered and the wife was in actual occupation. It has been suggested (MP
Thompson [1994] Conv 140) that in such a case, the wife’s right to set the transaction aside would be
an overriding interest binding on the lender and the question of notice be irrelevant. The answer is,
perhaps, that the transaction can only be set aside (ie the mortgage avoided) as against the other party
to it (ie the lender) and, in the absence of notice, there is no right to set aside and so no interest to be
overriding.
39 See Target Holdings Ltd v Redferns [1995] 3 WLR 352; see N Patten, ‘Can We Now Forget About
Breach of Trust’ (1995) 135 Sol Jo 894; and see Bristol and West Building Society v May, May &
Merrimans (1996) Times, 26 April; (1996) 93(21) LS Gaz 28.

31
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(d) In relation to mortgages and life policies, a solicitor must comply with
the Council statement on the Financial Services Act 1986: life policies and
tied agents (Guide, para 24.07).
(e) It is not unprofessional for a solicitor to retain title deeds belonging to
his or her client pending payment of professional costs owed by that client
where the retention is a proper exercise of a solicitor’s lien (Guide, para
24.11).
Other conduct principles are considered later, where appropriate.

1.11 LICENSED CONVEYANCERS

Section 22 of the Solicitors Act 1974, the foundation of solicitors’ monopoly—

or one should now really say former monopoly—of conveyancing, provides
that any:
‘unqualified person who directly or indirectly—
(a) draws or prepares any instrument of transfer or charge for the
purposes of the Land Registration Act 1925, or makes any application
or lodges any document for registration under that Act at the registry,
or
(b) draws or prepares any other instrument relating to real or personal
estate, or any legal proceeding,
shall, unless he proves that the act was not done for or in expectation of
any fee, gain or reward, be guilty of an offence.’
To be ‘qualified’ a solicitor must not only have been admitted and be on the roll,
but must also hold a current practising certificate.
That monopoly has been breached by s 11 of the Administration of Justice Act
1985 which allows licensed conveyancers to provide ‘conveyancing services’ as
defined by s 11(3).
It has been further, and more fundamentally, breached by s 36 of the Courts
and Legal Services Act 1990 which sets up the machinery for allowing building
societies and other ‘authorised practitioners’ to provide conveyancing services.
According to the Council for Licensed Conveyancers, which controls the
profession in the way that the Law Society controls the solicitors’ profession,
there are about 800 licensed conveyancers with about 1,500 students. Licensed
conveyancers, in very much the same way as solicitors, are subject to a code of
professional conduct; and have the backing of a professional indemnity insurance
and a compensation fund.

32
 TAKING INSTRUCTIONS

The Law Society Council’s statement on dealing with licensed conveyancers

states, inter alia (Guide, p447):
‘In so far as dealings with licensed conveyancers are concerned, it should
normally be possible to proceed as if the conveyancer was a solicitor and
was bound by the same professional obligations as a solicitor. For
example, if it is agreed to use the Law Society’s code for the exchange of
contracts by telephone, it is understood that any failure to respect the code
would expose the licensed conveyancer to disciplinary proceedings of the
same kind to which a solicitor would be exposed in similar circumstances:
the same comment applies to the Law Society’s code for completion by
post, the use of client account cheques at completion and reliance on
undertakings. In view of the fact that licensed conveyancers may practice
in partnership or association with others, subject to approval by the
Council for Licensed Conveyancers, it is however important to make sure
that the person you are dealing with is a licensed conveyancer, or a person
working immediately under his or her supervision.’
The identity of firms of licensed conveyancers can be checked in the Directory of
Solicitors and Barristers.40
Traditionally, conveyancing has been the bread-and-butter work of the
conventional solicitors’ practice. At present this situation is under serious threat.
But so is the quality of the conveyancing service available to the public; whether
from solicitors or licensed conveyancers; whether from conveyancers or the other
professionals needed by the home mover.
‘The real problem is that there has been an increase in the number of
solicitors and others who offer conveyancing services as well as significant
increases in capacity brought about by modern technology. This means that,
apart from market extremes such as occurred in 1988, the capacity to do
conveyancing work exceeds, and will probably continue to exceed, the
amount of work available despite the growth in home ownership.
This, coupled with price advertising and a “cheapest is best” mentality
by the home-buying public, has resulted in a dramatic fall in
conveyancing prices. This has made it difficult for firms to provide
conveyancing services.’41
This book is an attempt to describe the legal aspects of a proper conveyancing
service, whether provided by solicitors or licensed conveyancers. If it had been
intended to explain how to provide such a service and make a profit, it probably
would not and could not have been written.

40 Licensed conveyancers have about 4% of the market; (1995) 92(25) LS Gaz 18.
41 Paul Marsh, Chairman of the Law Society’s property and commercial services committee, ‘Low
Cost Conveyancing’, LS Gaz 12 May 1993, p2.

33
 CHAPTER 2

FINANCE

2.1 TIMOTHY IS CONFUSED AGAIN

Timothy is at his most reassuring and least informative.

Miss Obebe is worried about the cost of buying and selling. Her boyfriend was
going to help with the deposit on the purchase but he has just been made
redundant. She is expecting a legacy from her father’s estate—he died last month.
That is what prompted her to move; but her step-mother is claiming a share of the
estate—under the Family Provision Act or something—she was separated from
Olive’s dad and he left her nothing in the will. She does not know when the money
will come through. She is a nurse but there are rumours that the hospital is going
to close. She has had an offer from the building society and they seem happy
about lending her 85% of the price; but they want her to take out an endowment
mortgage—whatever that is—and there is payment for something called an called
an excess guarantee policy. She is beginning to think of giving up the idea of
moving and staying where she is.
Timothy, perhaps motivated by something less than a proper professional
attitude, sees one of his first conveyancing transactions about to disappear; and
tells her that there is really nothing to worry about. ‘Don’t worry,’ he says, ‘You
can easily raise the deposit by a bridging loan. We will give an undertaking to
cover that. And the excess policy is just in case you the. Don’t worry about our
costs; they are never as much as clients expect; and we can reduce stamp duty by
allocating more of the purchase price to the carpets you are buying’ (Document
4.1.2). ‘And by the way,’ he adds, ‘if you have not fixed things up with the
building society yet, I can arrange an endowment policy on very good terms
through my brother who works for one of the big life companies.’

Question After reading this chapter and doing any further necessary research,
comment on Timothy’s advice; particularly in relation to a bridging loan, giving
an undertaking, the excess guarantee policy, the legal costs, arranging an
endowment mortgage and the adjustment of the purchase price.

List the further information you would need to advise Miss Obebe properly on her
finances,

35
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

2.2 OLD JARNDYCE IS LESS REASSURING

The average client is on a tight budget when changing homes. The client should
be asked, when you are taking instructions, to detail how she proposes to finance
the transaction; advised of all the possible costs and expenses with actual (where
possible) or approximate amounts; and warned not to exchange if there is any risk
of not being able to meet the commitment.
From a financial perspective there are three stages to a purchase transaction. Before
exchanging the client should be satisfied that she will have the necessary financial
resources at each stage. Money will be needed at the following three stages:
(i) payment of the deposit and any other pre-completion expenditure;
(ii) the balance of the purchase price and other payments to be made on
completion; and
(iii) post-acquisition: mortgage instalments and the other recurrent costs of
home ownership.
Nothing further need be said about (iii). Taking the first two in turn:

2.3 THE DEPOSIT

A deposit is a part payment of the purchase price made to the vendor on exchange
of contracts. But it is more than this: it is security for performance of the contract.
If the purchaser wrongfully fails to complete (see Chapter 16) the vendor will in
principle be entitled to forfeit (ie retain) the deposit—regardless of her actual
loss—subject to the overriding discretion of the court under s 49(2) of the Law of
Property Act 1925 to order its return.1
Under an open contract there is no obligation to pay any deposit. Invariably the
contract will require one.
Standard Condition 2.2.1. provides:
‘The buyer is to pay or send a deposit of 10% of the purchase price no
later than the date of the contract. Except on a sale by auction, payment
is to be made by banker’s draft or by a cheque drawn on a solicitors’
clearing bank account.’
10% is the conventional amount; but the parties can agree some smaller or larger
deposit.

1 See Faruqi v English Real Estates Ltd [1979] 1 WLR 963; below, para 10.5.1.

36
 FINANCE

A banker’s draft is in effect a cheque drawn by a bank on itself payable at its

head office or another branch office or on another bank; so it is not liable to be
stopped or dishonoured. The deposit money will be transferred by the purchaser’s
solicitor into the bank’s own name and the bank will provide the draft in favour of
the vendor’s solicitor.
Normally, in a sale by private treaty (ie not by auction) the vendor’s solicitor will
not and should not exchange without either receiving payment of the deposit or a
solicitor’s undertaking to pay it (as is likely in the case of exchange by telephone).
If for any reason—as might happen for example on a sale by auction—a
contract is made and the deposit deliberately not paid, the vendor can (under both
an open contract and the Standard Conditions) immediately treat the contract as
discharged and sue for damages. These will be treated as at least the amount of the
deposit regardless of actual loss.
Where Standard Condition 2.2.4. applies and the vendor takes a cheque which is
subsequently dishonoured, for the deposit, the vendor must give seven working
days notice before electing to treat the contract as discharged. The vendor does not
of course have to treat the contract as discharged; and can instead treat it as still
subsisting and seek to enforce payment of the deposit and the contract as a whole.

2.3.1 Preliminary deposits

A deposit should be distinguished from what is sometimes called a preliminary

deposit—that is a sum paid (generally to the vendor’s estate agent) when an
agreement to buy subject to contract is made.
Such a payment is not in law a deposit at all; it is simply an indication of the
prospective purchaser’s serious intent. In relation to the contract, its effect is
psychological, not legal. The prospective purchaser remains absolutely free to
withdraw for whatever reason and recover the deposit.2 Similarly it does not
obligate the vendor to sell. If the negotiations do mature into a binding contract,
the payment unless agreed otherwise will become part of the deposit proper and
subject to the principles outlined below.
An estate or other agent does not have the implied or ostensible authority of the
vendor to receive such a preliminary deposit; and the vendor’s knowledge that it
is being taken does not by itself amount to such authority.3 It follows that the agent
does not hold the money as agent for the vendor (nor as stakeholder); that if the

2 Unless the payment can be shown in fact to be the consideration for a separate binding contract—eg
a payment for an option to purchase the property; which would be subject to the Law of Property
(Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989, s 2.
3 Sorrell v Finch [1977] AC 728; in which five prospective purchasers each paid a deposit of £550 to
the agent before he disappeared.

37
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

contract does not materialise the purchaser will normally have to look to the agent
to recover the deposit; and will have no right to recover it from the vendor.
Recovery of such a preliminary deposit is now substantially protected at least in the
case of reputable agents belonging to one of the recognised professional bodies.
Section 13 of the Estate Agents Act 1979 provides that client’s (ie the prospective
purchaser here) money is held on trust for the client, thus protecting it in the event of
the agent’s bankruptcy. Section 14 requires such money to be paid into a separate
client account under the Estate Agents (Accounts) Regulations 1981.4 Section 16
which requires an estate agent to have authorised insurance cover for clients’ money
against non-repayment by the agent, has not yet been brought into force; though the
recognised professional bodies do in fact have bonding schemes to serve this purpose.
From every point of view, if a purchaser is persuaded to pay a preliminary
deposit it should be for as small an amount as possible.

2.3.2 Position of payee of deposit

The deposit proper may be paid direct to the vendor. More usually it will be paid
to the vendor’s agent; generally her solicitor; or maybe the auctioneer in the case
of a sale by auction.
Such a payee may hold the deposit as either agent for the vendor or (although
in other respects agent for the vendor) as stakeholder.
A stakeholder is under an obligation not to release the deposit to either party
(nor to anyone else) until that party becomes entitled to it. In Rockeagle Ltd v
Alsop Wilkinson,5 a deposit of £35,000 was paid to the vendors’ solicitor to be
held by him as stakeholder. The vendors went into receivership, owing the
solicitor £10,000. The plaintiffs took over the contract from the vendors, and they
and the purchaser instructed the solicitor to transfer the deposit to a new
stakeholder. The solicitor refused and on completion of the sale claimed to be
entitled to retain the £10,000 out of the deposit. It was held that as a stakeholder
the solicitor was obliged to transfer the deposit on the instructions of both parties;
so was not entitled to retain the money due to him.

Question What would the position be if the vendor owed the solicitor a sum of
money; the solicitor was not instructed to transfer the deposit held as stakeholder
before completion; and completion took place.

4 SI 1981/1520; and under para 7 of these regulations if more than £500 is paid the prospective
purchaser may be entitled to interest on it.
5 [1991] 3 WLR 573.

38
 FINANCE

Would the solicitor in that case be entitled to retain the money due from the
vendor out of the deposit? Note: consider the rules relating to a solicitor’s lien.

If the transaction proceeds normally to completion, the vendor will become entitled
to the deposit. The stakeholder will be personally liable if she hands it over to the
wrong person; so if there is any possibility of dispute as to entitlement, it should not
be handed over to one party without the authority of the other (para 14.8.1(b))
Money held by a person as agent for the vendor, on the other hand, must be
handed over to the vendor at any time on demand, leaving the vendor free to do
what she likes with it; though, of course, she may become liable to repay it to the
purchaser if, for example, the purchaser lawfully rescinds. This means that the
purchaser is not protected against the insolvency or fraud of the vendor; though
she would have a lien on the property agreed to be bought to secure its return.
Such a lien is registrable as a class CIII land charge in the case of unregistered
land; by notice or caution in the case of registered title.
In the absence of contractual provision to the contrary, the vendor’s solicitor or
estate agent will hold any deposit as agent for the vendor; an auctioneer will hold
as stakeholder.
Standard Conditions 2.2.2. and 2.2.3. provide:
‘2.2.2. If before completion date the seller agrees to buy another
property in England and Wales for his residence, he may use all or any
part of the deposit as a deposit in that transaction to be held on terms to
the same effect as this condition and condition 2.2.3.
2.2.3. Any deposit or part of a deposit not being used in accordance
with condition 2.2.2. is to be held by the seller’s solicitor as
stakeholder on terms that on completion it is to be paid to the seller
with accrued interest.’
‘Accrued interest’ is defined in Standard Condition 1.1.1 (a).
This provision is designed to enable a deposit to be ‘passed up the line’ in the case
of a chain of transactions. The first purchaser in the chain (likely to be a first-time
buyer and financially the least secure) will have to find the deposit; her vendor
will be able to use this deposit, supplementing it if buying a more expensive
property with a larger deposit, as the deposit on her own purchase; and so on up to
the top of the chain where the final deposit should be held by a solicitor as
stakeholder. The advantage of this is that the same fund can be used towards the
deposit on a number of transactions; and so smooth the operation of the chain. A
disadvantage is that a purchaser may not know who is holding her deposit. If a
purchaser in the chain becomes entitled to recover her deposit (on rescission) her
vendor may no longer hold the deposit, have no right to recover it from her
vendor, and be unable to repay it.

39
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

In practice, where a chain of contracts are all exchanged at more or less the
same time, the deposit is likely to be sent, by mutual agreement, directly to the
solicitor to the vendor at the top of the chain.
Clearly, a purchaser is more secure if the deposit is held by her own vendor’s
solicitor as stakeholder. Whether Standard Condition 2.2.2. and 2.2.3. ought to be
amended by special condition to this effect is a matter of negotiation and whether
the client herself wants to take advantage of it.

Question Draft such a special condition to override Standard Condition 2.2.2.

and 2.2.3. Note: it can be done by a single short sentence.

Deposit money (like any other money) held by a solicitor as agent for the vendor
will be subject to the Solicitors’ Accounts Rules 1991, Part III (Guide, p647)
under which the vendor may be entitled to receive interest. Similarly, and subject
to any agreement in writing, where the solicitor holds as stakeholder, interest (if
payable under these Rules) must be paid to the person to whom the stake is paid
(Rule 24). (Compare Standard Conditions 2.2.3. and 7.2(a).)
Under the Estate Agents (Accounts) Rules 1981 (SI 1981/1520) similar rules
apply where the deposit is held by an estate agent or auctioneer as agent for the
vendor. Where it is held by such a person as stakeholder any interest can be
retained by the stakeholder.
Where Standard Condition 2.2.3 applies any preliminary or other deposit held
by an agent or auctioneer should on exchange of contracts be transferred to the
vendor’s solicitor or the Standard Condition amended. In practice, neither is
usually done. The agent is likely to be allowed to retain the money and eventually
on completion deduct her commission from it.
If a purchaser becomes entitled to recover the deposit and it is held by an agent
for the vendor, she must look to and can only look to the vendor for recovery and
has a lien on the contract land to secure its recovery. The vendor will be liable
whether or not she has actually received the money from the agent. If, in this
situation, it is held by a stakeholder, the money is recoverable by the purchaser
from the stakeholder; but if the stakeholder is insolvent or otherwise unable to
repay, it can be recovered from the vendor who will thus bear the loss.

2.3.3 Financing the deposit

The purchaser will not receive any mortgage loan until completion of the
purchase; nor will she normally have received the proceeds of any property she is
selling before then. She will therefore have to find the cash for the deposit from
another source.

40
 FINANCE

She may have her own available cash; but if a large percentage of the purchase
price is being borrowed on mortgage loan this may not be the case. Other
possibilities are:
(a) To negotiate a reduced deposit, or indeed non-payment of a deposit, with
the vendor. In this situation it should be noted that if the vendor serves notice
to complete (para 16.8) then under Standard Condition 6.8.4. the full deposit
becomes immediately payable. In such a situation the purchaser is not likely
to comply. The significance is that whatever her actual loss the vendor will
then become entitled to the full amount of the deposit from the defaulting
purchaser.
(b) The use of the deposit received on her own sale under Standard Condition
2.2.2. This will by itself be less than the amount needed if 10% of a lower
selling price.
(c) A short term bridging loan from a bank or other lenders. The disadvantage
is that the interest rate is likely to be high; and should not normally be taken at
least until contracts have been exchanged on any sale which is going to
finance the purchase.
(d) Use of a deposit guarantee scheme. This is arranged through an insurer.
The insurer will guarantee to pay the deposit to the vendor if the purchaser
fails to complete (and will then seek to recover it from the purchaser). The
disadvantage to the purchaser is that a premium has to be paid to obtain such
insurance.
Whatever method is resorted to, it should be stressed that the purchaser should not
proceed to exchange unless satisfied that at completion she will have sufficient funds
on an acceptable, long term basis to finance the total purchase including the deposit.
In addition to the deposit, there may be other expenditure which has to be met
before any money becomes available at completion. For example, there may be a
survey or at least a lender’s valuation fee.

2.4 FINANCING COMPLETION OF THE PURCHASE:

AVAILABLE CAPITAL

A purchaser needs, before exchange of contracts, the information and advice to

enable her to calculate accurately how much capital she will have available at
completion; and how much she will need. She can then decide whether she can
afford to proceed. This is particularly important where, as so often is the case
today, the client is borrowing a high proportion of the price on mortgage loan and
has little capital of her own.
The available capital is likely to be derived from one of three sources.
(a) Personal savings and resources. By personal resources I mean money lent
or given generally by a member of the client’s family, quite possibly without

41
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

security. Where capital is being provided by such a source, especially say a

cohabitee, it may be desirable to make clear in a written document or note the
exact terms on which it is being provided; whether as a gift or loan; if as a
loan, on what terms and whether or not with security; and particularly
important, whether the contributor is intended to acquire an interest in the
property in return for the contribution. In this context, if there is any request
for you to act also for the contributor whether or not a private mortgage
security is involved, the professional rules relating to conflict of interest will
need careful consideration (para 1.9.3).
(b) Proceeds of sale of the existing home. The client will need to know
what capital proceeds will be available on completing the sale after
meeting the related costs (below, para 2.6) and paying off any outstanding
mortgages.
If you are not also acting on the sale you will have to get a net figure from the
solicitors who are acting or the client herself.
If you are acting you will need to check what debts are secured on the
property and get estimated redemption figures as at the expected date of
completion from the creditors or the client herself. If the sale is to be
completed later than the purchase, finance will have to be found (by bridging
loan or otherwise) to cover the intervening period. It should be remembered
that it is likely to be a condition of any mortgage advance that any existing
loan is paid off before the new money is advanced.
It should also be remembered that work may have been done on the property
being sold—for example, the installation of central heating—which is still
being paid for by instalments. Such a credit arrangement may be secured by a
charge on the property or (in the case of any chattels included in the sale)
subject to a hire-purchase contract. In either case the purchaser will want to
be satisfied that outstanding amounts will be paid off before completion. The
client should be asked for details of any such agreement relating to anything
the benefit of which is going to pass to the purchaser. Consideration may
need to be given to whether anyone other than the client has a claim to part of
the proceeds of sale—such as a contributor to the original purchase price.
Finally, possible liability to capital gains tax may need to be considered
(below, para 2.7.1).
(c) Mortgage loans. These merit a section to themselves.

2.5 MORTGAGE LOANS

Normally, the purchaser will be raising a substantial part of the price by a

mortgage loan from a building society or one of the other major mortgage-
lending institutions. Whether it is a repayment, endowment or some other type of

42
 FINANCE

mortgage loan, the essence is that the borrower (mortgagor) will execute a
mortgage of the property to the lender (mortgagee) as security for the loan and
interest.

2.5.1 Types of mortgage

Today the lending institutions offer many different types of loan on a variety of
terms. The real difference between them all lies in the method and terms for
repayment of capital and interest; and to some extent in the security required.
Normally, mortgages are divided into two categories.

(a) Repayment mortgages

Here the property (the house) is mortgaged to the lending institution. The loan is to
be repaid over an initially agreed mortgage period (commonly 20 or 25 years) by,
generally monthly, instalments with interest on the amount of loan outstanding from
time to time. The initial instalments are calculated by the lender so that on the basis
of the then rate of interest, at the end of the mortgage period the loan and all interest
will have been repaid and the mortgage be redeemed. Normally, the borrower will
agree to pay a fluctuating rate of interest which can be varied up or down from time
to time by the lender to reflect national interest rate movements. Many institutions,
in an attempt to attract custom, agree to peg the interest rate for a specified period
(fixed rate mortgages); or offer a lower than usual rate of interest rate for an initial
period (low start mortgages) though the difference may be recouped later in the life
of the mortgage. If the interest rate is varied, the monthly instalments will normally
be varied; though sometimes an increase in interest rates is accommodated by
maintaining the same instalments and extending the mortgage period. Each
instalment will comprise in part a repayment of capital (initially an extremely small
part) and in part the interest due. As time goes by and the outstanding loan is reduced
the amount of interest payable will reduce and consequently the element of capital
repayment in the instalment increase.
As with any institutional, domestic mortgage the borrower will be entitled to
repay the loan at any time (on giving any notice required by the mortgage terms).
Indeed, any limitation on this right in any mortgage runs the risk of being held
void as a clog on the equity of redemption. If the borrower changes homes the
existing mortgage will be redeemed out of the proceeds of sale; and a new loan
secured on the new property. If the value of the property decreases and especially
if a high proportion of its initial value has been borrowed, it is possible that the
price realisable on sale will not be sufficient to pay off the outstanding mortgage
debt. This ‘negative equity’ situation has become a familiar one in recent years
with a falling property market.

43
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

The main disadvantage with a repayment mortgage by itself is that if the

borrower dies during the mortgage period the outstanding loan will still have to be
paid off. This is of particular importance where the property is the family home
and the borrower’s income needed to pay the instalments. The borrower can
insure against this by taking out what is commonly called a mortgage protection
policy, generally arranged with an insurance company through the lending
institution. This is a life policy under which, in return for a regular fixed premium
during the mortgage period, a capital sum is paid on death of the insured during
the mortgage period. This amount payable decreases each year in line with the
amount expected to be outstanding on the mortgage.

(b) Endowment mortgages

As with a repayment mortgage the land (the house) is mortgaged to the lender as
security. The borrower pays interest (which again is normally liable to fluctuate)
on the loan by usually monthly instalments for the agreed mortgage period. But
here the borrower does not make any repayment of the loan capital during the
mortgage period. At the end of the period the full amount of the loan is still
outstanding; and interest has to be paid on this amount throughout the life of the
mortgage.
In addition to the mortgage of the land, the borrower is required to take out
an endowment insurance policy fixed to mature at the end of the mortgage
period (or on earlier death). This will normally be arranged through the lending
institution with an insurance company, the lending institution retaining any
agency commission paid by the insurance company. The borrower will pay the
regular, generally fixed, premiums on the policy. In return the policy will pay
out the assured sum either on the death of the insured or at the end of the
mortgage period whichever is the earlier. This capital will be available to pay
off the mortgage loan. Whether it is sufficient depends on the terms of the
policy. It may guarantee payment of a fixed sum with perhaps the possibility of
a bonus depending on the success of the insurance company’s investments. If
the guaranteed sum is less than the loan—sometimes called a ‘low-cost
endowment’—with the difference depending on the bonus, the borrower may
end up with insufficient to pay off the loan. One of the disadvantages is that
there may be less scope to make adjustments to payments to deal with
temporary financial difficulties of the borrower; and if the security is enforced
by the lender the policy will have a very low surrender value in relation to
premiums paid.6

6 See V Thomas, ‘The Endowment Alternative,’ LS Gaz, 12 January 1994, p21.

44
 FINANCE

The endowment policy used as security may be a new policy taken out for the
purpose; or it may be an existing policy already held by the borrower.
If the house is sold the loan will be paid off out of the proceeds of sale and the
mortgage of both house and policy discharged. The policy can then be used to
support an endowment mortgage on the new home. However, another
disadvantage, if a more expensive property is bought with a larger loan an
additional endowment policy will have to be taken out to cover the difference
(unless the difference is lent simply on repayment terms).
The endowment policy will be mortgaged to the lender in addition to the land
as an additional (collateral) part of its security. Each of the major lending
institutions has its own standard documentation and requirements in relation to
the policy. The solicitor acting for the lender must ascertain what these are and see
that they are used and complied with. If the policy is an existing one, she should
check with the insurance company that there is no outstanding mortgage of the
policy.
The duty of the borrower’s solicitor (likely to be the same person) to the client
is to make sure that the endowment policy is in force and adequate to the client’s
needs and the insurers at risk when the money is released; and to be able to explain
its financial and legal implications to the client.
From a legal point of view, as with land, a legal or equitable mortgage of an
endowment policy is possible.
(i) A legal mortgage is created by an assignment of the policy in writing to the
lender with a proviso for reassignment on redemption. To complete the
assignment and enable the lender to sue on the policy in its own name express
notice in writing of the assignment must be given by the lender to the
insurers.7 This notice should be sent in duplicate for one of the copies to be
returned receipted by the insurers and placed with the deeds together with the
policy and assignment, to be held by the lender.
On redemption of the mortgage before maturity—if the house is sold—a
reassignment in writing should be signed by the lender. Commonly it is
endorsed on the assignment; or included in the vacating receipt on the
mortgage of the land itself.
The same process of assignment, notice and reassignment will be repeated
for any new endowment mortgage.
(ii) Most lending institutions no longer require a legal mortgage of the policy
and rely on an equitable one. No particular form is necessary for an equitable
mortgage if the intention is present. A deposit of the policy with the lender is
normally sufficient; though there will normally be written evidence of the

7 Law of Property Act 1925, s 136.

45
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

purpose of the deposit either included in the mortgage of the land or some
other document. This may also contain provision, by the borrower giving the
lender irrevocable power of attorney, for the lender to be able to acquire legal
title to the policy and so realise its value on default by the borrower without
the intervention of the court.
Notice to the insurers is not essential to the validity of an equitable mortgage of
the policy; but is desirable to preserve the priority of the lender against possible
later mortgages of the same policy and to prevent the insurance monies being paid
out to the borrower.
When a legal or an equitable mortgage of a policy is redeemed, notice of its
discharge should be given to the insurers. When a policy matures or a claim is made
on it on death, the insurers may require evidence of discharge of any mortgage, legal
or equitable, of the policy that has been created at any time. Therefore, all
assignments and reassignments should be preserved with the policy in safe custody
so that they can be produced to the insurers if necessary. Where a reassignment is
included in the lender’s receipt endorsed on the mortgage of the land, the receipted
mortgage will have to be sent to the Land Registry for the discharge of the land
mortgage to be entered on the register. The Registry should be requested to return
the receipted mortgage to the borrower so that it can be put with the policy.

(c) Other mortgages

Other types of mortgage are encountered. For example, index linked, where the
capital repayable is linked to the index of inflation and is therefore liable to increase in
line with inflation. These are unusual in the field of institutional lending on homes.8 A
pension-linked mortgage is similar to an endowment mortgage save that the capital
sum payable under the policy on retirement is used to pay off the capital loan.
Whatever type of mortgage is being considered, the important thing is to be
able to understand the terms of the offer and advise, in particular, on the financial
terms of repayment and what security is required.

2.5.2 The mortgage offer and conditions

Where part of the purchase price is being financed by a mortgage loan, contracts
should not be exchanged on the purchase until a satisfactory offer of a mortgage
advance has been received and accepted by the client.

8 See Multiservice Bookbinding Ltd v Marden [1979] Ch 84; and Nationwide Building Society v
Registrar of Friendly Societies [1983] 3 All ER 296.

46
 FINANCE

The offer will contain the financial details of the proposed mortgage; and both
standard general conditions common to all loans by that lender and probably a
number of special conditions applicable in the particular case. It should be
remembered that on an institutional mortgage the solicitor will probably be acting
for both lender and borrower; and will owe a legal and professional duty to both to
see that the conditions of making the loan are satisfied. It should also be
remembered that while acting for both there is always the possibility of a conflict
of interest arising.9
A few examples of likely general conditions, taken from a leading building
society’s offer of advance, are as follows:
‘12. The applicant is liable for the Society’s legal costs and
disbursements which may be deducted from the advance.
13. The solicitor must establish the name(s) of all persons of full age at
the time of the mortgage who are or will also be occupying the property.
Except in Scotland the Society requires that each such person should
sign a Consent on the Society’s standard form before completion.
Where details of proposed occupiers have been provided by the
Applicant this information is supplied herewith.
14. The Society must have a first charge on the property.
15. Repayment mortgages—life cover.
The Solicitor should ensure that any desired life assurance cover is in
place before completion. A quotation will normally be provided by the
Society in connection with the Offer of Advance.
16. Endowment and Level Term Policies.
Before completion, the policy or formal notice of acceptance must be
inspected and the Solicitor should ensure that:
(a) the risk has been accepted, age admitted and the first or current
premium paid;
(b) the Applicant must execute the Society’s form of Deed of
Assignment. Acknowledgement that the Society’s interest is noted
must be obtained from the insurance company;
(c) a separate Deed should be used for each policy assigned;
(d) the policy, Deed and Acknowledgement must be enclosed with the
Title Deeds.
17. No alteration should be made to the Society’s standard forms
without the prior consent of the Society.
18. Roads and Sewers.

9 See further, above para 1.9.3(c).

47
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

The Solicitor must notify the Society prior to exchange of contracts:

(a) if there is any outstanding liability against the property for road
charges; and/or
(b) if the sewers have not been adopted or there are no satisfactory
arrangements for their subsequent adoption.
Any retention will be released to the Applicant unless his prior authority
for release to the Solicitor has been obtained.’

Question Assuming a purchasing client of average intelligence, explain the

purpose and significance of condition 13. Draft the form that you think the
Consent referred to in this condition might aptly take.

Of the possible special conditions that are commonly attached to offers, the
following three are worth noting:
(a) Retentions for repairs. As a result of its valuation report the lender may
retain a specified amount of the advance until specified works are carried out to
the satisfaction of the lender. This means that unless arrangements can be made
for access and the work done prior to completion, that amount will not then be
available. This amount will have to be financed by a bridging loan or from
some other source until the work is done. And the client should be warned that
the work may in fact cost more than the retention. Depending on the
seriousness of the required work, the lender may be prepared simply to accept
an undertaking to do it after completion without making any retention.
(b) If more than a certain percentage (commonly 80%) of the society’s
valuation (not the purchase price which may be higher) is being lent, the
lender may require insurance for this excess to be paid for either by a single
premium to be taken out of the advance, or by additions to the instalments for
a specified period of time.
(c) The lender will normally require any outstanding mortgage on the
existing property to be redeemed before the new advance is paid. This can of
course create problems where the client has to move to a new home before
getting a buyer for the existing one; a situation which may in any case have
serious financial implications.

2.6 CALCULATING THE COST OF COMPLETION

In addition to the purchase price itself the purchaser will have to find the related legal
costs and disbursements. The solicitor will need to be satisfied that the client will have
sufficient capital resources and that there will be enough money coming into the client
account to complete the transaction. (As to accounting to the client, see para 14.8.2.)

48
 FINANCE

A simple balance sheet can be prepared in two columns putting all the
expected receipts on one side and the expected expenditure on the other
side.
On the usual sale and purchase transaction, the client’s debits may include the
following:
Purchase price (including deposit already paid).
Additional price for chattels.
Retention and other deductions from mortgage advance (para 2.5.2).
Solicitor’s costs for acting on the sale and redemption of existing mortgages
plus VAT (value added tax).
Solicitor’s costs for acting for purchaser on purchase and new mortgage loan
plus VAT.
Solicitors costs for acting for lender on new mortgage (payable by client as
borrower) plus VAT.
Solicitor’s costs for giving investment advice plus VAT.
Solicitor’s disbursements, including:
Stamp duty on purchase (para 10.7.1).
Land registry fees.
Other search fees.
All the above are likely to pass through the solicitor’s hands. In addition, the client
should consider the possible need to find:
Interest on bridging loan or other costs of financing deposit.
Estate agent’s fees.
Survey or valuation fee (payable before exchange) (para 3.4).
Capital gains tax payable on sale.
Removal costs.
Further the client is likely to be faced with a possibly hefty first payment soon
after completion being the first instalment on the mortgage, premium on any
endowment policy, premium on house and contents insurance, etc; and needs to
be advised to calculate the total regular outgoings that ownership of the property
is likely to entail, and whether these can be afforded.
If, on comparing the two sides of such a balance sheet, there is a shortfall, the
client will have to consider how if at all the deficit can be met.. Possibilities are:
additional personal savings and resources; negotiating a lower purchase price;
persuading the mortgagee to lend more on the first mortgage; borrowing an
additional sum on second mortgage from another financier. Here the client needs
to be warned of the dangers of getting into the clutches of loan sharks and high, if
not exorbitant, rates of interest.

49
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Question Prepare an estimate, as accurate and detailed as possible, of how

much it is going to cost Fancy French and Sam Saunders to buy 24 De Lucy
Mount. (See Document 1.4.1. for instructions.) Do research if necessary, eg to
find out current fees for searches; by ringing a building society to find out the
costs of the alternative possible valuations/surveys on the price of the house; by
finding out from solicitors how much the professional fee would be likely to be on
this sort of transaction. Where an amount is not discoverable make the best
estimate possible. Note: the Law Society provides a booklet, Local Search Fees:
England and Wales, which details charges made by different local authorities.

2.7 TAXATION

Three forms of taxation are likely to be relevant in a domestic conveyancing

transaction:

(a) stamp duty on purchase (para 10.7.1);

(b) capital gains tax on sale; and
(c) income tax relief on mortgage loans.

2.7.1 Capital gains tax

Under the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (TCGA), the vendor may be
liable to pay capital gains tax. As will be explained, any gain made on the sale of
one s home is normally exempt.
The general aim of this tax is to tax any increase in the capital value of an asset
between its acquisition and subsequent disposal by the taxpayer. It is payable on a
chargeable gain accruing in the year of assessment on the disposal of a chargeable
asset (TCGA, s 1(1)). The taxpayer is liable for any year of assessment during any
part of which she is resident or ordinarily resident in the UK (TCGA, s 2(1)).
Normally tax will be calculated on the money consideration received on the
disposal provided the disposal is by bargain at arm’s length; Otherwise, eg in the
case of a gift, it will be on the then market value of the asset.
To arrive at the taxable gain, there will be deducted from this ((TCGA, s 38)):

(a) The price of acquiring the asset—the initial cost. If the asset was acquired
before 31 March 1982, its initial cost will normally be its market value on
that date.
(b) The incidental costs of acquiring the asset ‘including fees, commission or
remuneration paid for the professional services of any surveyor or valuer, or
auctioneer or accountant, or agent or legal adviser and costs of transfer or

50
 FINANCE

conveyance (including stamp duty) and advertising.’

(c) Any expenditure incurred to enhance the value of the asset (if reflected in
its value on disposal); and any expenditure incurred to establish, preserve or
defend title to the asset.
The initial cost and other expenditure under (a) to (c) will be increased (thus
reducing the taxable gain) by the indexation allowance—that is the rise in the
retail prices index between the dates of expenditure and disposal.
(d) The incidental costs of disposal.
Before fixing the taxable amount, any chargeable gain in any year of assessment
will be reduced by (TCGA, s 2(2)):
(a) Any allowable loss in the current year of assessment. Allowable losses are
in general calculated in the same way as gains.
(b) Any allowable loss from a previous year of assessment which has not
already been set off against a gain. Thus, in general, losses can be carried
forward but not back (apart from those in the year of assessment in which the
taxpayer dies).
(c) The taxpayer’s annual personal relief which at present is £6,300 (TCGA,
s 3(1) and SI 1995/3033).
The taxpayer is charged to tax on the amount thus calculated at her marginal rate
of income tax—at the higher rate which she is paying, 40% or 25% at present.

2.7.1(a) Private residence exemption

The sale of a private residence together with up to half a hectare of land occupied
and enjoyed with the dwelling10 may be exempt from capital gains tax. The
residence must have been the taxpayer’s only or main residence at some time
during her period of ownership.
If this condition has been satisfied throughout the period of ownership the gain
will be completely exempt. In calculating the period of residence any non-
residence during the 36 months prior to disposal can be ignored. Certain other
periods of absence can also be treated as period of qualifying residence,
including:
(i) any period of absence not exceeding three years in total;
(ii) any period of absence in employment abroad; and

10 Thus if part of the land is sold first the house being retained, the gain on the sale may be
exempt; but if the house is sold first, a subsequent sale of part of its former garden will not be
exempt.

51
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(iii) up to four years’ absence due to the needs of employment.

Where there are periods of absence which cannot be counted as residence under
the above, the gain will be apportioned by multiplying it by the period of
residence as a fraction of the total period of ownership. Similarly, there will be an
apportionment if part of the dwelling has been used exclusively for the purpose of
a trade, business, profession or vocation, the part so used not being exempt from
the tax.
If the taxpayer has more than one residence during any period, she can
conclusively determine which is to be treated as her only or main residence for
any part of such period by giving written notice to the inspector of taxes within
two years of the start of any period for which the election is made. But an election
can only be made for a period when it can properly be said that both dwellings
were the residence of the taxpayer. Most obviously, if one of two houses is
occupied by a third party under a lease or exclusive licence no election is possible.
If occupation by the taxpayer has been sporadic and intermittent it might be
difficult to argue that it was her residence.11 If an election is not made when it
could be, the matter will be decided by the inspector of taxes.
In general, a disposal of assets between spouses inter vivos or on death is
treated as a disposal giving rise to neither gain nor loss; so that taxation on the
gain (or loss) is deferred until the acquiring spouse disposes of the asset to a
third party. Spouses may only have one main residence for so long as they are
living together and any notice of election must be given by them both. Where an
owning spouse transfers her interest in the main residence to the other while
they are still living together, and it is subsequently disposed of by the acquiring
spouse, the acquiring spouse will be able to treat the previous period of
qualifying ownership by the other as exempt. Where an owning spouse leaves
the matrimonial home on separation, and it is subsequently transferred to the
other spouse (still residing there) as part of the divorce settlement, the
transferring spouse will on the transfer be allowed (by concession) to treat the
period after leaving as an exempt period.

2.7.1 (b) Death

There is no disposal of assets on a person’s death and so no charge to capital gains

tax (though there may be liability to inheritance tax). If the asset is transferred to a
beneficiary, the beneficiary is deemed to acquire it at the market value as at the
date of death.

11 See M Hutton, ‘Tax planning: the second family home’, Sol Jo, 22 May 1992, p491.

52
 FINANCE

2.7.2 Income tax relief

Under the Income and Corporation Tax Act 1988 (ICTA), s 354, within certain
limits tax relief is available on the interest element of mortgage payments. It is not
available on any capital element; nor on the premiums on the life assurance
associated with an endowment mortgage.
It is available to the owner of an interest in the land where the loan is used to
purchase the interest or to build a new home on the land. The land must be used as
the only or main residence of the taxpayer. Temporary absences of up to one year
are in practice ignored. If a taxpayer with a qualifying loan has to move, either
abroad or at home, by reason of employment, she can continue to claim the relief,
provided the absence is not expected to last more than four years and the property
can reasonably be expected to be used as the only, or main, residence on return.
Relief is only available in respect of home improvement loans if the loan was
made before 6 April 1988 (Finance Act 1988, s 43).
For loans made since 1 August 1988, relief is available on the interest paid on a
loan or loans of up to £30,000 on one property. If more than £30,000 is borrowed
relief will be given on the interest on the first £30,000. On loans made before that
date it was possible for two or more individuals (not being spouses) each to
borrow towards the purchase price and each to claim the tax relief up to £30,000.
This is now only possible where the same loan has been continued since before 1
August 1988 (ICTA 1988, s 356A). Thus if the property is sold, relief will be
reduced to the limit of £30,000 on the loan on the new home. In general terms,
where now there are two or more unmarried purchasers, relief up the £30,000
limit will be apportioned between them in proportion to their contributions to the
interest payments.
Where a second loan is taken to purchase a new home before the existing home
has been sold, relief continues to be available on the old loan (as well as the new
one) for up to 12 months provided the new home is in fact occupied (ICTA, s
354(5)).
From 1990–91 a husband and wife who are living together can elect that
qualifying interest paid by one be treated as paid by the other.
Relief is actually granted through MIRAS, that is mortgage interest relief at
source. (ICTA 1988, ss 369–79). Income tax is paid in full on income without
reference to the mortgage loan; but 15%12 is deducted from the interest element of
mortgage payments The amount of deduction to be made and the net instalment to
be paid will be provided by the lending institution. From 1991–92 higher rate
relief on such loans has been abolished. Relief cannot be claimed except through
the MIRAS system. If a temporary, qualifying bridging loan is being taken to

12 See ICTA 1988, s 369 amended by Finance Act 1994, s 81.

53
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

finance the deposit or pending the sale of the existing home, the relief will only be
available if the loan is made on a separate loan account rather than an overdraft on
current account.

2.8 FINANCIAL ADVICE AND PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT

In dealing with the financial aspects of a transaction, and particularly when

required to guide the client through the choice of mortgage and the arrangement
of any necessary endowment policy, the solicitor needs to heed the Financial
Services Act 1988 and the relevant professional conduct rules. A person taking
out an endowment policy is in effect making an investment through the medium
of the insurers. It is usual for insurance companies to have tied agents (who cannot
to that extent be independent) and offer substantial commissions for the
introduction. Clearly in this context careful thought may have to be given to
questions of conflict of interest, the duty to remain independent and to act in the
best interests of the client.
Any person must have authorisation under the Financial Services Act 1988 to
carry on investment business. The very wide definition of investment business
contained in Part II of Schedule I of the Act includes arranging deals in
investments (including making arrangements for a client to take out a life policy
in connection with a house purchase) and giving investment advice (which itself
includes giving advice on a particular investment but not generic advice; advising,
for example, that one endowment policy is better than another, but not that an
endowment mortgage is better than a repayment one).
For solicitors, authorisation in the form of an investment business certificate is
normally obtained through the Law Society acting as a Recognised Professional
Body (Guide, para 26.07).
The Solicitors’ Investment Business Rules 1990 apply to all firms which
hold a certificate (Guide, p528). Inter alia, these require that the firm must state
in all its business letters, notices and other publications which relate to its
discrete investment business that it is regulated by the society in the conduct of
investment business or that it is authorised by the society to conduct investment
business.
In addition to these rules, the Solicitors’ Practice Rules themselves may be
relevant; particularly Rule 1 which is fundamental to the relationship which exists
between a solicitor and her client; and Rule 3 which concerns the making and
acceptance of referrals of business to or from another person. This in turn requires
adherence to the Solicitors’ Introduction and Referrals Code 1990 (Guide, p232),
and, the Council Statement on the Financial Services Act—life policies and tied
agents. (Guide, p443). This Statement includes the following:

54
 FINANCE

‘A solicitor s independence, and thus his ability to give impartial and

disinterested advice, is a fundamental element of his relationship with
his clients. In relation therefore to clients who need, or are likely to need,
life insurance, solicitors should either act as independent intermediaries
themselves and assess the client’s requirements, survey the market,
recommend the best policy available, and arrange for the transaction, or
they should introduce the client to another independent intermediary
who will do the same. The solicitor’s duty to give his client independent
advice would not be discharged by referring such a client to an adviser
who is not an independent intermediary, for example, a bank, building
society or estate agent or insurance agent which is an appointed
representative, ie a tied agent. If, however, a solicitor has assessed a
client’s need for life assurance, identified the client’s requirements,
surveyed the market and selected a life office on appropriate criteria,
then the solicitor may either arrange the taking out of the policy or may
introduce the client to the life office or its representative so that this can
be done. This work would need authorisation and would be ‘discrete
investment business’ under the Solicitors’ Investment Business Rules
1990. Alternatively the solicitor who does not profess expertise in life
insurance can always refer the client to an independent intermediary.
Building society agencies
Rule 12 of the Solicitors’ Practice Rules 1990 prohibits solicitors from being
‘appointed representatives’ or tied agents for investment business, and the
agency arrangements solicitors may have with building societies which
themselves are tied agents clearly must be confined to non-investment
business otherwise the solicitor-agent might be in breach of the rule.
Insurance company agencies
So far as investment business is concerned, insurance companies have
cancelled their existing agency agreements and arranged for those solicitors
who will themselves be giving independent advice to register with the
companies for the purpose of the payment of commissions. However, it will
still be possible for solicitors to have agencies with insurance companies for
business other than investment business, eg buildings insurance (although a
solicitor must not enter into any arrangement under which he will be
constrained to refer business to a particular company).’
It should finally be noted that Rule 10 of the Solicitors’ Practice Rules requires
that a solicitor account to the client for any commission received of more than £10
unless, having been informed of the amount, the client agrees to its retention by
the solicitor.

55
 CHAPTER 3

PHYSICAL CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY

3.1 ‘TRUST TIMOTHY!’

‘Trust me,’ Timothy is heard to say as he shows Miss French out.

Fancy had been in to see Timothy, yet again. The snivelling child had been left
at Granny’s. The dog had not; and immediately began to make amorous advances
to Timothy’s leg; which hardly helped his already limited powers of
concentration.
Miss French was in this wine bar last night with her friend—‘No, not Sam’. He
had all these horror stories about house-buying. ‘Have you insured?’, said the
friend. ‘You should have done. Mark my words, as soon as you sign the contract
the house will be burnt down. I’ve seen it happen. And you will still have to pay.
Once the contract is signed, vendors don’t care. They will move out if it suits them
and squatters will move in. And all this earth warming that’s happening. I’ve been
reading about it. The earth is drying out and houses that have stood for years are
just collapsing.’
Miss French is worried.
Timothy is reassuring. ‘Don’t worry,’ he says. ‘The new Standard Conditions
deal with all that. The vendor will be responsible if there is anything wrong with
the property. Caveat emptor doesn’t apply any longer. And the vendor has to
insure. In any case you are getting a mortgage loan from the Ledchester and
Bongley. Their surveyor will make sure the property is all right; no need for you to
have a survey done. Save yourself a lot of money. And they will look after
insurance.’
Miss French is reassured; and arranges for her and Sam to come in later to sign
the contract (although Timothy has not yet even sent off an application for a local
search!—para 4.1.9).

3.2 OLD JARNDYCE COMMENTS

As usual, Timothy has cooked the law into a tangle of something softer than al
dente spaghetti.
In relation to the physical condition of the property, a purchasing client may
need proper advice on the following matters before signing the contract:

57
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(a) the obligations of the vendor as to the physical condition of the property;
(b) surveys and valuations;
(c) insurance;
(d) fixtures and chattels; and
(e) the identity of the property and boundaries.
As to (d), see para 4.4.2. As to (e) see paras 5.4. and 7.11. I will take a look at each of
the others in turn. What follows applies equally to unregistered and registered title.

Question After reading what follows (and doing any further necessary research)
examine Timothy’s advice. Explain where he has got the law wrong. Write a short
note of advice to a client explaining what she needs to know in relation to these
matters.

3.3 THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE VENDOR

In general, it has been said, there is no law against letting a tumbledown house.1
Similarly, there is no general law against selling one; and no obligation to tell the
purchaser that it is a tumbledown house.
Under an open contract the rule is caveat emptor. The purchaser must take the
property in whatever physical state it is in at the date of contract. The Standard
Conditions do not alter this rule.
Of course, if the vendor does make any false, pre-contract statement about the
condition of the property, she may be liable for misrepresentation (para 4.4.1). If
the contract itself contains any express, false statement or guarantee as to the
condition of the property, there may be liability for breach of contract. (For the
position of builder-vendors, see below, para 3.6).

3.3.1 Position between contract and completion

Under an open contract the rule is that upon exchange of contracts the risk passes
to the purchaser. If the property is damaged by fire, flood, vandals or in any other
way, the purchaser will still be obliged to complete and pay the full purchase
price. This principle is qualified in one, or possibly two, ways:

1 Robbins v Jones (1863) 15 CB(NS) 221.

58
 PHYSICAL CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY

(a) The vendor is under a duty to take reasonable care to keep the property in
a reasonable state of preservation and as it was at the time of contract. Thus in
Smith v Gorman2 the vendor contracted to sell a house to the purchaser with
completion agreed for 31 January 1978. On 6 January the vendor let the
purchaser have a key to enable her mortgagee’s valuer to gain access. On 24
January the vendor moved out without telling the purchaser and without
turning off the water supply. The pipes froze and burst causing severe
damage. It was held that the purchaser had not been let into occupation or
possession; that the vendor was in breach of duty in vacating the property in
the middle of winter without turning off the water; and so was liable to pay
damages to the purchaser.
(b) Frustration. Traditionally, it was considered that the doctrine of
frustration could not apply to a land transaction. ‘The subject matter of the
contract is simply a specified piece of land described in the contract and
nothing more.’3 Whatever happens on the surface, the estate in the land can
still be transferred to the purchaser; and the land will still be there because
notionally its ownership extends down to the centre of the earth and up to the
sky—ad coelum et ad inferos. It has now been accepted by the courts that the
doctrine can apply to put an end to a lease, though the circumstances will
have to be unusual.4 Once this is accepted there is no logical reason why the
doctrine should not be applicable to a contract to grant or sell a lease; or to
sell the freehold. But the circumstances probably would have to be very
unusual and unforeseen.5 Where, as with Standard Condition 5.1.1., the
Standard Conditions expressly deal with the passing of risk, it is particularly
unlikely that the doctrine will be applied.

3.3.2 The Standard Conditions

These do significantly alter the open contract position after exchange. They
provide:
‘5. PENDING COMPLETION
5.1. Responsibility for the property

2 (1981) (Lexis transcript).

3 Amalgamated Investment and Property Co Ltd v John Walker & Sons Ltd [1976] 3 All ER 509, at
p519 (Sir John Pennycuick); the court did not rule out the possibility of frustration operating.
4 National Carriers Ltd v Panalpina (Northern) Ltd [1981] AC 675. And see Hussein v Mehlman
[1992] 32 EG 59 deciding that a lease can be repudiated and the repudiation accepted by the tenant
handing in the keys—reflecting perhaps an increasing willingness of the courts to focus on the
contractual element of land transactions.
5 See MP Thompson [1984] Conv 43.

59
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

5.1.1. The seller will transfer the property in the same physical state as it
was at the date of the contract (except for fair wear and tear), which
means that the seller retains the risk until completion.
5.1.2. If at any time before completion the physical state of the property
makes it unusable for its purpose at the date of the contract:
(a) the buyer may rescind the contract;
(b) the seller may rescind the contract where the property has become
unusable for that purpose as a result of damage against which the seller
could not reasonably have insured, or which it is not legally possible
for the seller to make good.
5.1.3. The seller is under no obligation to the buyer to insure the
property.
5.1.4. Section 47 of the Law of Property Act 1925 does not apply.’
If the situation comes within Standard Condition 5.1.2 the purchaser or vendor, as
the case may be, will be able to rescind; but this probably would not relieve the
vendor of liability to pay damages for breach of Standard Condition 5.1.1. (As to
the meaning of rescission, see para 16.2.).
Where the purchaser is let into occupation before completion, the obligation to
keep in repair and the risk are transferred to the purchaser (Standard Condition
5.2.2(f), 5.2.3.).
The above Standard Condition principles apply equally to the sale of freehold
and leasehold. (On leasehold see, further, para 17.3.2.)

3.4 SURVEYS AND VALUATIONS

It follows from the above that a purchaser needs to be satisfied as to the physical
condition of the property before exchanging contracts; and should be advised on the
possible need to have a survey done. There are two main possibilities to look at:
(a) The purchaser may choose to rely on a valuation done by her mortgagee.
Before deciding to lend, a building society is under a statutory duty6 to have
‘a written report on the value of the land and any factors likely materially to
affect its value made by a person who is competent to value.’
Similarly, in practice, any institutional lender is likely to have a professional
valuation done before committing itself.
Such a valuation is commissioned by the lender; though paid for by the
borrower. Nevertheless, it has been established by the courts that such a
professional, at least in the case of the average house purchase, is expected to

6 Building Societies Act 1986, s 13.

60
 PHYSICAL CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY

realise that the borrower may well rely on the valuation report; and therefore
owes a duty of care not only to the instructing lender but also to the borrower
who does in fact rely on the report. In practice, most institutional lenders do
make a copy of the report available to the borrower; though their literature is
generally framed to discourage reliance on it! A number of points are worth
noting:
(i) The duty will normally exist even where the borrower has been advised
to have her own independent survey done. But the duty is not normally
owed to anyone other than the lender and that particular mortgage
applicant. Thus if the latter makes the report available to a subsequent
purchaser there will be no duty; and the person handing it on should make
it clear that she too does not accept any responsibility for its accuracy.
(ii) If the valuer is a staff employee of the lender, the lender too may be
vicariously liable for the negligence of the valuer,
(iii) Any attempt to limit or exclude the liability of the valuer or her
employer will be subject to the test of reasonableness under s 2 of the
Unfair Contract Terms Act 1977; and, at least in the case of the average,
modest house purchase, is likely to be held ineffective for that reason.7
(iv) However, the courts have made a distinction between a valuation for
mortgage purposes and a structural survey.8 A less detailed investigation
of the property, so it is said, is required in the former case. The duty of the
mortgage valuer has been put as follows:9
‘The valuer, in my opinion, must be a professional person,
typically a chartered surveyor in general practice, who, by
training and experience and exercising reasonable skill and care,
will recognise defects and be able to assess value. The valuer will
value the house after taking into consideration major defects
which are, or ought to be obvious to him, in the course of a visual
inspection of so much of the exterior and interior of the house as
may be accessible to him without undue difficulty.’
The point is that a valuation is an appraisal based on a limited
investigation; but it is an appraisal by a supposedly competent surveyor
who should recognise the significance of what is visible.

7 See, generally, Smith v Eric S Bush [1989] 2 All ER 514. Contrast McCullagh v Lane, Fox &
Partners (1995) Times, 22 December, and Lexis transcript, in which the vendor’s estate agent who had
innocently misrepresented the area of the (expensive) property was held to have excluded any
assumption of responsibility to the plaintiff purchaser by a disclaimer in the particulars; and the
disclaimer held to be fair and reasonable within the 1977 Act.
8 See M Harwood, ‘A Structural Survey of Negligent Reports’ (1987) 50 MLR 588.
9 Smith v Eric S Bush (note 7 above), per Lord Templeman, p525.

61
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

In Beaton v Nationwide Building Society10 the valuer carelessly (so held)

concluded that relatively extensive, repointed step-cracking in the exterior
brickwork and further, unrepaired cracking, pointed only to structural
movement in the past which was many years old, and not to any continuing
movement.11
(b) A purchaser may decide to have her own, independent survey done,
whether or not she is also paying for her mortgagee’s valuation.
Clearly, this is advisable where the property is in any way out of the ordinary,
by reason of price, history, location, age, etc.
In such a case the purchaser will have a contract directly with the chosen
surveyor. The surveyor will owe a contractual duty of care and face potential
liability for professional negligence.12 The following points should be noted:
(i) Even a structural survey does not guarantee the state of the property.
There may be hidden defects (most seriously, for example, in the
foundations) which even a competent structural survey would not be
expected to discover.
(ii) The surveyor will only be liable for doing negligently what she has
contracted to do. And only within these limits will the Unfair Contract
Terms Act 1977 apply to any attempt to exclude or limit liability.
Most building societies urge their loan applicants to have, as an addition to
their own valuation, either a homebuyer’s (or similarly named) report or a
‘full’ structural survey. In either case, it is important for the purchaser to read
the terms of engagement (which will generally be in standard form) to
discover exactly what the surveyor is agreeing to investigate.
The homebuyer’s report is normally done for an additional fee by the
lender’s valuer at the same time as the mortgage valuation. Its scope is likely
to be particularly limited. The conditions attached to the one offered by one
building society, typically, includes the following:
‘The surveyor will inspect as much of the surface areas as is
practicable, and will lift loose floorboards and trap doors where
accessible, but will be under no obligation to raise fixed floorboards or
to inspect those areas of the property that are covered, unexposed or
are not readily accessible. Inspection will therefore exclude both the
roof space, if there is no or no reasonably accessible roof hatch, and the
outer surfaces of the roof if they cannot be readily seen…except where
the contrary is stated parts of the structure and of the woodwork which
are covered, unexposed or inaccessible, will not be inspected.’

10 (1991) (Lexis transcript).

11 On the margin of error allowed to valuers see HW Wilkinson, ‘Valuing within the Bracket’ (1995)
145 NLJ 1267.
12 Note Supply of Goods and Services Act 1982, ss 12–16.

62
 PHYSICAL CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY

In addition, this report excludes the testing of services and defects of no

structural significance or of a minor nature. It will point out any further
investigation which may be called for; but will not provide such further
investigation without a further fee.
Such a homebuyer’s report may give reassurance. It is doubtful whether it
gives any greater protection than reliance on the lender’s valuation.13
The cost and extent of investigation of a full structural survey will depend on
negotiation between the surveyor and the person instructing the survey
(though in practice a standard form contract will be offered). Even such a
survey does not guarantee the state of the property in every respect. There
may still, for example, be inaccessible parts of the structure.
(iii) Even where a purchaser successfully establishes a claim for professional
negligence, it should be remembered that damages awarded may not cover
the total loss. The measure of damages in such cases, whether against the
mortgagee’s valuer or an independently-commissioned surveyor, is in
general the difference between the price paid for the house and the market
price in its actual condition at the date of breach (ie taking into account the
undiscovered defects). In particular, if the necessary repairs are carried out
and cost more than this difference, the extra will not, it seems, be
recoverable.14 Further, the amount recoverable for resulting distress and
inconvenience may be severely limited.15

3.5 INSURANCE

A client should be advised to read any insurance policy that she takes out with
great care. Policies vary a great deal in what damage and events they do and do
not cover.

13 And may simply reflect a move by institutional lenders to shift the cost implications of cases such
as Smith v Eric S Bush directly onto the borrower.
14 See Watts v Morrow [1991] 4 All ER 937; suggesting (at p950) that to allow the full cost of repairs
would be to ‘put the plaintiff in the position of recovering damages for breach of warranty that the
condition of the house was correctly described by the surveyor and, in the ordinary case, as here, no
such warranty has been given’. This is hard to understand. The essential obligation of a surveyor is
precisely to give a correct description of the property in so far as a competent survey can do so; and the
plaintiff is not claiming for defects which a competent survey would not have discovered. For the
assessment of damages where a lender lends in reliance on a negligent valuation, see South Australia
Asset Management Corporation v York Montague Ltd (1996) Times, 24 June, HL reversing CA sub
nom Banque Bruxelles Lambert SA v Eagle Star Insurance Co Ltd [1995] 2 WLR 607). Compare
Downs v Chappell (3 April 1996, unreported; see (1996) 140 Sol Jo 501).
15 Watts v Morrow (note 14 above). See, generally, LS Gaz, 20 March 1991, p18 (S Migdal and A
Holmes); NLJ, 8 May 1992, p632 (E Macdonald); Sol Jo, 2 October 1992, p962 (C Boxer).

63
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

The usual house policy will not normally provide cover against events which
have occurred and defects already existing before the policy was taken out. In
other words insurance will not normally mitigate the effect of the caveat emptor
rule; or relieve the purchaser of the need to be satisfied as to the physical condition
of the property before exchanging contracts.

3.5.1 Insurance between contract and completion

Under an open contract (where risk passes to the purchaser on exchange) the
vendor does not need to maintain her insurance after contract; though in practice
it is not likely to be cancelled. If she does not cancel it and the purchaser also
insures, there is likely to be the problem of double insurance mentioned below.

3.5.2 The Standard Conditions

Although the risk remains with the vendor, Standard Condition 5.1.3. expressly
excludes any obligation on her to insure. Unless Standard Condition 5.1.1. has
been amended and the incidence of risk passed to the purchaser, the vendor
should be advised of the need to keep her insurance in force until completion. If
the property is damaged or destroyed between contract and completion, the
vendor will be liable and get either a reduced purchase price or (if the purchaser or
vendor herself exercises a Standard Condition 5.1.2. right to rescind) no money at
all. Clearly the vendor needs to be insured against this risk of loss.
A purchaser, upon exchange of contracts, has an insurable interest in the
property and is entitled to insure. If, however, she does, this may give rise to a
double insurance situation. One leading policy provides:
‘If at the time of any loss, destruction, damage or liability arising under
this policy there is any other insurance covering the loss, destruction,
damage or liability or any part of it, the Insurer will not pay more than its
rateable proportion.’
If the purchaser does insure and the vendor’s policy contains such a clause, the
vendor will not be fully compensated for any loss. The price paid by the purchaser
will be reduced by the amount of the loss; and the vendor will only receive part of
the balance from her insurance company.16
The purchaser faces little risk whether or not the property is insured during this
period. She still holds the purchase price (less deposit paid); and can retain
enough of this to compensate for the damage to the property. She will only have a

16 The purchaser will not receive anything since, having paid a reduced price, she will not have
suffered any loss.

64
 PHYSICAL CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY

problem if she rescinds and, for whatever reason, there is difficulty in recovering
the deposit from the vendor; or if the value of the damage to the property and any
other recoverable, incidental costs (such as alternative accommodation pending
reinstatement) recoverable under Standard Condition 5.1.1. together exceed the
balance of the purchase price.17
It follows from the above that the best procedure may be for a special condition
to be added to the contract:
(a) obliging the vendor to keep the property insured to its full value until
completion; and to produce on exchange the receipt for the current
premium covering the period between contract and completion; and
(b) obliging the purchaser not to insure the property before completion.
In addition the purchaser’s solicitor should require a copy of the vendor’s policy
to be supplied to the purchaser before exchange. The purchaser needs to be
satisfied that the policy does cover the property adequately in the period between
contract and completion. To give a simple example, most policies provide no or
reduced cover if the property is vacant or unfurnished for longer than a specified
period. This may be important if the vendor is planning to vacate before
completion.18 Similarly, the vendor should herself be advised by her solicitor to
examine the terms of her policy carefully at the time of sale to check whether
cover will be affected in any way.
In practice it seems that institutional lenders commonly insure the property
from exchange as a matter of course. If the above approach is adopted, they
should be instructed not to insure on behalf of the purchaser until completion. The
lenders do not need to insure in their own interest before completion as they will
not hand over the loan until then. And they can protect their position by requiring
solicitors acting for them to check that the above provisions have been made.
If the purchaser is let into occupation before completion she is under a duty to
insure (Standard Condition 5.2.2(g)). This reflects the passing of the risk to the
purchaser in this situation. In this situation, the sort of clause suggested above
could be used in the contract with the obligations of the vendor and purchaser
being transposed.

17 And this is a risk faced by a purchaser whenever she lawfully rescinds for any breach by the
vendor—for example, failure to prove title. It is not confined to rescission on the happening of an
insurable event.
18 See, further, M Harwood, Sol Jo, 1 May 1992, p408; 6 November 1992, p1110.

65
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

3.6 NEW BUILDINGS

In general, the above principles apply whether the house is newly-built or 100 or
more years old. But in the case of a new house, the purchaser (whether the
immediate purchaser from the builder/developer or a subsequent purchaser) may
have important additional protection in relation to the physical condition of the
property.
(a) Contract. Today, most builders are speculative in that they acquire the
land, build what and how they think best, and attempt to sell the completed
property. In this case, the purchaser will just have a contract to buy the land
and house.
On the other hand, a builder may undertake by contract to build a house for a
particular person; either on land owned by the builder which will then have to
be conveyed to the purchaser, or on the person’s own land. In the former
case, there are likely to be two separate contracts—a building contract and
the contract to sell the land. In the latter case there will only be the building
contract. In either case what is to be built and how it is to be built will be
determined by the express and implied terms of the building contract
(whether or not separate from any contract for sale of the land). The
agreement to build will be subject at the least to the Supply of Goods and
Services Act 1982 as to care and skill.
An examination of building contracts is beyond the scope of this book.
Understanding them requires a good deal of expertise; but a solicitor should
be able to advise a client when necessary on their legal implications and on
the need for architectural or other technical, professional support to ensure
that the work is done satisfactorily and in accordance with the client’s
specified requirements.
(b) Tort. In the absence of any relevant contract, there may possibly be an
action in tort in respect of faulty workmanship or materials. However, after a
flowering period of enthusiasm, the courts have retreated from the notion of
giving common law compensation in tort for economic loss (‘pure economic
loss’) caused by faulty building work. One cannot do better perhaps than
quote part of the headnote from the report of the House of Lords’ decision in
Murphy v Brentwood District Council19:
‘…while the principle in Donoghue v Stevenson applied to impose a
duty on the builder of a house to take reasonable care to avoid injury or
damage, through defects in its construction, to the persons or property
of those whom he ought to have in contemplation as likely to suffer

19 [1991] 1 AC 399.

66
 PHYSICAL CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY

such injury or damage, that principle as stated applied only to latent

defects; that, where a defect was discovered before any injury to
person or health or damage to property other than the defective house
itself had been done, the expense incurred by a subsequent purchaser
of the house in putting the defect right was pure economic loss; and
that to hold that a local authority in supervising compliance with the
building regulations or byelaws, was under a common law duty to take
reasonable care to avoid putting a purchaser of a house in a position in
which he would be obliged to incur such economic loss was an
extension of principle that should not, as a matter of policy, be
affirmed.’20
Section 1(1) of the Defective Premises Act does give a statutory remedy:
‘A person taking on work for or in connection with the provision of a
dwelling (whether the dwelling is provided by the erection or by the
conversion or enlargement of a building) owes a duty:
(a) if the dwelling is provided to the order of any person, to that person; and
(b) without prejudice to paragraph (a) above, to every person who
acquires an interest (whether legal or equitable) in the dwelling;
to see that the work which he takes on is done in a workmanlike or, as the
case may be, professional manner, with proper materials and so that as
regards that work the dwelling will be fit for habitation when
completed.’
There is a six-year limitation period which runs from when the dwelling is
completed, whenever the defect is discovered.
The s 1 duty is probably of little importance in practice in relation to new
dwellings. More important is the ‘combined warranty and protection’ scheme
operated by the National House-Building Council (NHBC) known as
Buildmark.21 The purchaser of a new house (or indeed one less than 10 years old)
is not likely to get a mortgage from a respectable, institutional lender unless it is
protected by this, or a similar, recognised, scheme; or is backed by an architect’s
certificate.22
The builder will have to be, as the vast majority of builders are, registered with
the NHBC. In brief, the scheme operates like this:

20 Compare Lonrho v Tebbit [1991] 4 All ER 973; and Targett v Torfaen BC (1991) 24 HLR 164.
21 See PJ Palmer, LS Gaz, 4 October, 1989, p17. Since 1 April 1979, neither the NHBC nor any other
scheme has been designated under s 2 so as to exclude the statutory protection of s 1. The NHBC is an
Approved Inspector under Part II of the Building Act 1984 authorising it to supervise the construction
of dwellings instead of local authority building inspectors.
22 There is a scheme, known as Foundation 15 marketed by Zurich International, which is a similar,
insurance-backed scheme. An architect’s certificate is also backed by insurance.

67
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(a) The original purchaser

The scheme operates by bringing into existence a contract between the
builder and the NHBC and the original purchaser. This contract does not
affect any other common law or statutory rights of the purchaser (except
under s 1 of the 1972 Act). It is only available to purchasers who are
acquiring the freehold or a leasehold of at least 21 years of the home; and are
acquiring it for use as a residence by themselves, their tenants or licensees.
In brief, it gives the purchaser the following rights:
(i) The builder warrants that the home has been, or will be, built in
accordance with NHBC requirements and in an efficient and
workmanlike manner and of proper materials and so as to be fit for human
habitation.
(ii) The builder agrees to put right any ‘defect or damage’ reported during
the initial guarantee period. This is normally two years from the issue of
the 10-year notice certificate. ‘Defect or damage’ does not include wear
and tear, deterioration caused by neglect, normal dampness, condensation
or shrinkage and, more significantly, ‘anything which [the purchaser]
knew about, or should reasonably have known about, when [she] acquired
the home’. The NHBC guarantees performance of these obligations by
the builder—for example, if the builder becomes insolvent.
(iii) For the rest of the 10-year period from the issue of the 10-year notice
(the structural guarantee period) the NHBC, backed by insurance, agrees
to put right any ‘major damage’ reported during this period which is due
to structural defect or caused by subsidence, settlement or heaving
affecting the structure, and any defect in the drainage system. There are
limitations and exclusions which it is not possible to detail here.
The purchaser will receive the offer of cover (form BM1) and sign and
return to NHBC the acceptance of cover (form BM2). The purchaser’s
solicitor is required to certify to the NHBC that she has handed over to the
purchaser the offer of cover and the NHBC Buildmark booklet (which
contains the terms of the scheme). The home will then, upon completion,
be inspected by an NHBC inspector and, if this is satisfactory, the NHBC
will issue the 10-year notice. If the builder has failed to comply with
NHBC requirements she will be in breach of the Buildmark contract; and
if the failure is due to the fraud or insolvency of the builder, NHBC
undertake to provide compensation to the purchaser. The scheme is also
designed to cover the common parts of flats and maisonettes.
The purchasers solicitor should check in enquiries before contract that the
vendor-builder is a member of the scheme and that the building will be
covered by Buildmark. The documentation is normally handed over in a
package by the builders solicitor on exchange of contracts. Since the

68
 PHYSICAL CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY

NHBC makes its offer of cover expressly on behalf of itself and the
builder which therefore binds them both when the acceptance form is
posted, there is no need for any special condition in the contract of sale
obliging the builder to provide the Buildmark cover.
The 10-year notice should be placed with the title deeds for safe-keeping.
(b) Subsequent purchasers
The Buildmark contract is expressed to be made not just with the original
purchaser but also with any subsequent purchaser and a mortgagee in
possession. Although such a subsequent purchaser is not in fact a party to the
contract, there can be little doubt that this is effective23 to give the benefit to a
subsequent purchaser without the need for express assignment. To be on the
safe side, a special condition can be put into the contract of sale by the
original purchaser agreeing that the new purchaser will have the benefit of
the Buildmark contract (and similarly when this purchaser sells). This will in
itself be sufficient in equity to transfer the benefit. The vendor’s solicitor
should in any case supply a copy of the 10-year notice with the draft contract;
and on completion, the original together with the Buildmark booklet.
Under the Buildmark contract any defect must be reported ‘as soon as
possible after its appearance’. The claim of a subsequent purchaser may be
defeated by the failure of the vendor to report a defect in time. Where a
property is being bought with the benefit of Buildmark, pre-contract
investigations should seek to check that there are no unreported defects. This
is one reason why, even where the property is sold with the benefit of
Buildmark, a pre-contract survey of some sort may be necessary.

23 Either by estoppel, under s 78 of the Law of Property Act 1925 or novation.

69
 CHAPTER 4

PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

4.1 THURSDAY, 22 FEBRUARY

TIMOTHY THINKS ABOUT FORMS

There is a letter for Timothy this morning from Moriartys (reproduced overleaf).

Question Is the proffered local search acceptable? (See para 4.5.) Draft a letter to
Moriartys in reply to their letter, stating that you will deal with the title in due
course (see Chapter 11 and the Questions in para 11.3.5); and dealing with the
offer of the Local Search.

4.1.9 Timothy thinks

His daily attempt to get beyond answering two clues in the Times crossword (poor
Timothy—this is already something of an office joke) will have to be postponed.
Both letters hint, even to Timothy’s untrained sense, at urgency. There is work to
be done. But what? Timothy looks both helplessly and hopefully towards Old
Jarndyce who maintains his ethereal silence.
‘Ah!’ says Timothy, thrown back on his own meagre resources. ‘The Obebe
contract. Registered title. Everything is on the register. They have sent me local
searches and a property information form—part of Transaction—whatever that
is.’ (Timothy was skiing in Austria when Transaction was being taught.) Not sure
why—no need for any of those pre-contract searches and enquiries that you have
to do with unregistered title. Better get the contract signed.’ He dictates a short
letter to Miss Obebe asking her to come in and sign the contract on her purchase
(forgetting—just for a moment of course!—that he has not yet even drafted the
contract on her sale (para 7.1)). He adds a note that there is a contract race; and if
she hurries up and gets the contract signed, she will win the race and be
guaranteed to get the property.

71
Document 4.1.1 Obebe Purchase: Letter from Vendor’s Solicitor
The special conditions of the enclosed draft contract are as follows:
Document 4.1.2 Obebe Purchase: Draft Contract
Document 4.1.3 Obebe Purchase: Office Copy Entries on Register and
Title Plan
Document 4.1.4 Obebe Purchase: Seller’s Property Information Form
with Replies
Document 4.1.5 Obebe Purchase: extract from Fixtures, Fittings and
Contents list
Document 4.1.6 Obebe purchase: extract from Local Land Charges
Search Form
Document 4.1.7 Obebe Purchase: Additional Enquiries of Local
Authority
 There is also a letter from Copperfields as follows:
Document 4.1.8 French/Saunders Purchase: Letter from Vendor’s
Solicitor
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Timothy then rummages on his desk for the French/Saunders file. (If genius is
the infinite capacity to take pains; there must be a place for a proper filing system
and a tidy desk in the spectrum of competence.) He knows it is there because Miss
French has been ringing him daily—always with the yapping dog in the
background—with a stream of questions. Timothy has been exhorted to find out
whether dogs can be taken into the Abbey Grounds, how much traffic there is on
the main road, whether she can have a ‘proper’ dog kennel built in the back
garden for Piddles; what schools there are in the neighbourhood for, as Timothy
now calls her, the little sniveller; does the roof need attention and if it does, how
much is it likely to cost; how much does the central heating cost to run; and so on,
endlessly. Timothy’s lame response to every such question has been that he would
find out. ‘That is what enquiries before contract are for’—so he thinks.
Eventually, Timothy finds the file.
He now digs out from Miss Pinky’s meticulous system every form of search
and enquiry that he can find, completes all the following to be dispatched:
Enquiries Before Contract form (to which he adds 37 additional queries,
including a request for the local bus timetables for the area, all inspired by Fancy’s
many questions); Local Land Charges search form; Additional Enquiries of the
Local Authority; Commons Search; mining search; Central Land Charges search
form. He does not include a public index map search—‘That is for registered
title,’ he thinks. He even takes two hours off to visit the property, happening to
know a rather pleasant hostelry in the area where his cronies are wont to gather at
this sort of time; has a long chat with an old man living next door to 24 and makes
copious notes about the state of the roads, buses, Abbey Grounds. He looks over
the fence of 24 itself. ‘Inspecting the property,’ it is called—he remembers from
his lecture notes, but is not sure what he is looking for and sees nothing apart from
some pretty pink flowers and a cantankerous-looking old lady sitting on the
doorstep enjoying the February sunshine (could this conceivably prove to be
significant, especially as the property is supposed to be empty? See the
Instructions on Purchase, Document 1.4.)

Question On the information available, what pre-contract investigations should

Timothy have made on behalf of Miss Obebe and on behalf of Miss French and
Sam Saunders?

Read through the documentation supplied by Moriartys relating to the Obebe

purchase. What matters do you think need further investigation, or raising with
the client?

96
 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

4.2 OLD JARNDYCE COMMENTS

(Having, as usual, intercepted the unhappy product of Timothy’s burst of

activity before it can be dispatched into the city-like shrapnel of the firm’s
exploding reputation; and redirected it to the office of Miss Fit, who has not
only passed her ILEX conveyancing exam but also knows more about sensible
conveyancing practice than anyone else in the office save Old Jarndyce
himself.)

4.3 GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF PRE-CONTRACT

INVESTIGATIONS

As usual Timothy is displaying the classic symptoms of chronic confusion. With

some differences, the principles underlying pre-contract investigations are the
same for unregistered and registered conveyancing. The following paragraphs
focus on unregistered title; para 4.1.2 then comments on the differences in the
case of registered title.
It is the duty of the purchaser’s solicitor to make certain investigations
before contract. The purpose is to find out information needed by the purchaser
before committing herself to a contract. Some of these investigations will be
made as a matter of course in almost every purchase (unless done by the vendor
the results being supplied to the purchaser with the draft contract (see para
7.12). The need to make others will have to be judged in the circumstances of
the particular case.
Possible investigations can usefully be classified in various ways as follows:
(a) According to the target at which they are directed. In the case of
unregistered title the following investigations are relevant (for registered
title, see para 4.12):
(i) Preliminary Enquiries of the vendor;
(ii) Search in the Local Land Charges Register;
(iii) Additional Enquiries of the Local Authority;
(iv) Public Index Map search;
(v) inspection of the property—at least by the purchaser herself; and
(vi) other searches and enquiries depending on the circumstances.
(b) It is also useful to appreciate that the matters being investigated can
be put into the following categories:
(i) Matters affecting the title to the property; that is, anything which
affects the ability of the vendor to convey the legal freehold free from any
equitable interest under a trust and free from any incumbrance.

97
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(ii) Matters affecting the physical condition of the property,

(iii) Other matters, operating outside the existing legal and physical
boundaries, but which bear upon its environment and present or future
enjoyment.
(c) From another perspective these matters can also be classified into:
(i) Those matters which the vendor is under a duty to disclose before
contract. It is particularly important in this area to remember that the
vendor’s duty of disclosure may (and invariably is to some extent) limited
by the express terms of the contract. Even if a particular adverse matter
ought under the contract to be disclosed by the vendor without prompting,
it is often safer, cheaper and more convenient to discover its existence
before contract and withdraw, rather than enter the contract in ignorance
and rely upon the vagaries of a judicial remedy for breach of contract for
non-disclosure.
The vendor’s duty of disclosure can be summarised as follows:
Under an open contract (para 5.3.1) it is the duty of the vendor to be in a
position at the time due for completion to convey to the purchaser the
legal fee simple absolute in possession (the legal freehold) free from any
trust and free from any incumbrance. It follows that the vendor is under a
duty to disclose to the purchaser before contract any limitation on such a
complete title. This applies even if the vendor and her solicitor are not
themselves aware of the limitation. The only qualification to this under an
open contract is that the vendor need not disclose any irremovable title
defect of which the purchaser already knows; and need not disclose patent
defects in title (para 4.7). Irremovable defects are those which the owner
is not entitled as of right to remove on the payment of money. If a defect is
removable the vendor can be required to remove it before completion,
whether or not the purchaser knew about it at the time of contract.
This duty of disclosure may be restricted (or indeed extended) by the
express terms of the contract. However:
‘It is a well established rule of equity that, if there is a defect in title
or encumbrance of which the vendor is aware, the vendor cannot
rely upon conditions such as those in the present case unless full
and frank disclosure is made of its existence [and, in this context]
the knowledge of the vendor’s solicitor is treated as that of the
vendor, and it is no answer for him to say that he has not read the
contents of his own conveyancing file.’1

1 Rignall Developments Ltd v Halil [1987] 3 WLR 394 at pp399, 400.

98
 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

Standard Condition 3 provides as follows:

‘3.1. Freedom from incumbrances
3.1.1. The seller is selling the property free from incumbrances, other
than those mentioned in condition
3.1.2.
3.1.2. The incumbrances subject to which the property is sold are:
(a) those mentioned in the agreement
(b) those discoverable by inspection of the property before the contract
(c) those the seller does not and could not know about
(d) entries made before the date of the contract in any public register
except those maintained by HM Land Registry or its Land Charges
Department or by Companies House
(e) public requirements.
3.1.3. After the contract is made, the seller is to give the buyer written
details without delay of any new public requirement and of anything in
writing which he learns about concerning any incumbrances subject to
which the property is sold.
3.1.4. The buyer is to bear the cost of complying with any outstanding
public requirement and is to indemnify the seller against any liability
resulting from a public requirement.’
‘Public requirement’ is defined in Standard Condition 1.1.1. as ‘any notice,
order or proposal given or made (whether before or after the date of the
contract) by a body acting on statutory authority’.
(ii) Those matters which the vendor is not under a duty to disclose. Subject to
the above duty, the vendor can safely, in law, remain silent. The rule is caveat
emptor. There is no duty to disclose physical defects in the property itself; nor
any one of all those other matters which might affect its use or enjoyment or its
environment. But if the vendor does open her mouth and make a misleading
statement by words or conduct she runs the risk of incurring liability for breach
of contract, misrepresentation or by estoppel,
(d) Finally, the objects of investigations can be classified according to the ways in
which enjoyment of the property might be affected, especially:
(i) planning: whether there has been any breach of planning law enforceable
against the purchaser; and whether planning law will interfere with (or indeed
enhance) the client’s intended enjoyment of the property or any works she
wants to carry out;
(ii) access: whether there is adequate and legally secure access to the property;
(iii) drainage and other services: whether these are adequate and legally
secure;
(iv) boundaries: ownership and liability for maintenance;
(v) the physical condition of the property;

99
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(vi) any easements, covenants or other legal restrictions on the property

which might affect its use and enjoyment. Conversely, any which might
enhance its enjoyment.
Items (i), (ii), (iii) and (vi) are dealt with in Chapter 6; (v) has been dealt with in
Chapter 3. For (iv) see paras 5.4 and 7.11.
Where the property is affected by some adverse interest, two questions should
be kept quite distinct.
(i) Does the purchaser have a personal remedy against the vendor for breach
of contract, etc? Or possibly against someone else such as a negligent
solicitor?
(ii) If the purchaser completes and takes a conveyance of the property, will
the owner of the adverse interest be able to enforce it against her? For
example, the vendor is under a duty (both under an open contract and the
Standard Conditions) to disclose any charge registered in the central Land
Charges Registry; and will potentially be liable to the purchaser for failing
to do so. On the other hand, the owner of the registered charge will
potentially be able to enforce it as a proprietary right against the purchaser,
whether or not it has been disclosed and whether or not the purchaser knew
about it.
What follows next is a look at some of the specific pre-contract investigations that
may be necessary in the case of unregistered title.

4.4 PRELIMINARY ENQUIRIES (OF THE VENDOR)

The purchaser can, of course, ask the vendor what questions she likes before
contract either in person or through their respective solicitors. Equally, the vendor
can refuse to answer; or answer in such a guarded and qualified way that the
answer is not illuminating and cannot be relied upon.
It is customary for the purchaser’s solicitor to address a set of questions
(generally known as Preliminary Enquiries or Enquiries Before Contract) to the
vendor through the latter’s solicitor. She will use either one of the published sets
(such as the Oyez, Enquiries Before Contract, Form Con.29, Long) or her own
firm’s standard set, adding or striking out particular questions to suit the particular
transaction.
Traditionally, Preliminary Enquiries are sent to the vendor’s solicitor by the
purchaser’s solicitor after receipt of the draft contract; and will include any queries
relating to the terms of the draft contract. Increasingly, today, as part of the attempts
to speed up the conveyancing process, the vendor’s solicitor will send a standard set
of enquiries with replies entered with the draft contract. This is the procedure

100
 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

adopted where the Law Society’s Transaction Protocol is being followed (para
7.12). Under Transaction Protocol there is a Seller’s Property Information Form
(Document 4.1.4). In its latest mode, Part I of the form contains questions which are
answered by the vendor personally (hopefully with the assistance and advice of her
solicitor if necessary).2 Part II contains questions to be answered by the solicitor and
dealing with information more likely to be available to her from the deeds, etc. In
addition, there is a Sellers Leasehold Information Form containing questions
specific to leasehold. This is, similarly, in two parts.

Question Your client (of average intelligence) has just put her property on the
market. She is worried about how to deal with potential purchasers who come to
view; what she can tell them and what she must not tell them. The roof has a bit of
a leak in very heavy rain which she does not think it worth bothering with as she is
selling. She is also worried that she might say something to a prospective buyer
which commits her to sell.
In a few hundred words and language that she should be able to understand,
advise her how to handle prospective purchasers. (Before doing this, read the rest
of this chapter and Chapter 9.)

Where questions (a set chosen in effect by the vendor’s solicitor unless

Transaction Protocol is being used) and answers are supplied with the draft
contract, there is of course nothing to stop the purchaser’s solicitor seeking the
answers to additional questions, arising from examination of the draft contract or
otherwise. And it remains the duty of the purchaser’s solicitor to consider whether
the material and information supplied by the vendor is sufficient; and what further
is needed.
In general, preliminary enquiries are about non-title matters. Questions of title
(whether the title is investigated before or after exchange of contracts (para
10.6.4) are more conventionally raised in requisitions on title. But in practice,
where title is investigated before exchange, the two will probably be merged into
a single set of queries. Nevertheless, it is best to keep the two distinct in one’s
mind. Title is today a relatively straightforward matter; it is clearly a matter for the
solicitor to investigate; and it is normally easy to pinpoint what questions
(requisitions) are legitimate and necessary for the vendor to deal with.
On the other hand information on non-title matters is probably of increasing
importance to a purchaser and of increasing complexity. Partly because there is no
legal obligation on the vendor to answer any, it is not so easy to say what questions

2 See [1995] Conv 355.

101
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

the vendor can properly be expected to answer; or to say which should be asked
formally through the solicitors and which should be left to the parties themselves
to sort out.
In recent years there have been attempts to move towards a standard,
nationally uniform, set of pre-contract questions, to reduce their number,
and to discourage the addition of a large number of what are regarded as
superfluous additional questions to standard forms of preliminary
enquiries. Such a move may oil the wheels of cheap conveyancing. How
far it is in the interests of the client is another matter. A sensible/properly
advised purchaser will normally want as much accurate information as
possible about the property and its environment before committing herself
to a contract. Some purchasers are astute and experienced enough to know
what they want to know and how to find it out, whether from the vendor or
elsewhere. Others may not appreciate, until it is too late, what they need to
know. At one time there was a trend for solicitors to add a mushrooming
number of supplementary questions to already long standard forms.
Today, the trend is probably the other way. Purchasers are likely to want/
need to get contracts exchanged as soon as possible; and to be under
pressure from their vendors and their own purchasers to do so. Solicitors
are under pressure to pump conveyances through the system as quickly as
possible. The trend is probably to encourage the purchaser who wants to
delve beyond the standard enquiries to do so for herself. It is partly a
question of the proper function of a lawyer, beyond the conventional one
of investigating title; what she should be doing for the client, what she
should be advising the client to do for herself; what she should be
ignoring unless raised by the client; and what she can charge for doing or
not doing these things.
Even within the framework of the questions which are now conventionally
asked, the present system is to some extent a charade. The reliability of the
replies depends on the extent and reliability of the vendor’s knowledge. It is by
no means unknown, at least where the latest Transaction Protocol Property
Information form is not being used, for the vendor’s solicitor to answer the
enquiries without consulting the client; and, indeed, for the replies not to be
communicated and explained to the purchaser by her solicitor. The central legal
principle that the vendor does not have to answer, but that any false answer may
give a remedy for misrepresentation, is a recipe for vague and non-committal
answers and as few answers as possible—‘So far as the vendor is aware’;
‘Please rely upon inspection of the property’ etc (compare the answers to the
Property Information Form (Document 4.1.4). Indeed, for the intelligent
purchaser it is probably much better to ask most of the questions directly of the
vendor and make a note of the answers, rather than indirectly through the
solicitors.

102
 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

Certain principles as to what questions can properly be asked by the

purchaser’s solicitors may be suggested.
Questions should only be asked about those matters which are particularly
within the knowledge of the owner of the property; not on matters in respect of
which more reliable information is readily obtainable elsewhere—for example,
by local authority searches.
Questions should be precise and specific; not of a general, fishing nature, as for
example: ‘Is there anything which you think the purchaser would want to know
about the property or its neighbourhood?’3
It is generally considered that questions should not be asked about the physical
condition of the property—though they are asked about the availability of
guarantees for works done. If such questions are asked, the answer is likely to be
that the purchaser should rely on her own survey and investigations; in spite of the
fact that this is a matter on which the vendor is most likely to have information.
In general there is no need for solicitors to raise questions the answers to which
do not call for legal interpretation or advice. These can be left to the parties to sort
out between themselves. Clearly, Timothy has allowed himself to be pushed by
Mrs French into asking a host of totally unnecessary questions.

4.4.1 Liability of the vendor for misleading statements

The purchaser who feels that she has been misled by the vendor’s replies to
enquiries, or any other statement or conduct of the vendor, may have a remedy
under three main heads:
(a) For breach of contract; where the replies have been incorporated into
the main contract or can be construed as part of a collateral contract
(para 9.5.3). In normal circumstances, unless replies have been
expressly incorporated into the main contract, they are not likely to be
held to have contractual effect.
It is important in practice that proper instructions are taken; and that
whatever the parties want to be an enforceable part of their agreement
has been properly incorporated by express provision into the contract.
It should be remembered that if any matter expressly agreed between
them is not incorporated, the whole contract might fail under s 2 of the
Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989 (Chapter 9).
(b) For fraudulent, negligent or innocent misrepresentation. A
misrepresentation is a false statement of fact made by one party to the
contract to the other party (generally the vendor to the purchaser)

3 See HW Wilkinson, ‘Neighbours from Hell’ (1996) 146 NLJ 559.

103
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

which is one of the factors inducing that other to enter into the contract. A
misrepresentation does not have to be in writing to give rise to liability;
though it is quite common to find a contractual term seeking to exclude
liability for oral statements.
A representation of a fact qualified by words to the effect, ‘Not so far as the
vendor is aware’, contains an implied representation that reasonable
investigations have been made and, in the case of a documentary matter, that
the ‘vendor’s records are not in such a state that a reasonable conveyancer
would realise that they were inadequate for the purpose of enabling him to
answer the question’.4
Although damages and/or rescission may be available for both breach of
contract and misrepresentation, the remedies for the two are by no means
identical; and as shown by Hamp (below) it is important to distinguish
between the two.
(c) Proprietary estoppel. The principle of proprietary estoppel has developed
in recent years as a broad equitable principle; and it is difficult to give a
simple statement of its requirements. It can perhaps be said that if the vendor
(as it will normally be) has by statement, conduct or even acquiescence
encouraged the purchaser to act to her detriment in reliance on a belief that
she is to get some interest in property, the vendor may be estopped from
denying that interest to the purchaser. Such estoppel does not depend on the
existence of a contract and does not have to be put into writing; indeed, it
may enable an agreement avoided by s 2 of the Law of Property
(Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989 to be enforced (para 9.5.3).
Hamp v Bygrave5 illustrates some of these principles. The plaintiffs
contracted to buy a large house in Sussex with over seven acres of gardens
and paddock. They were suing the vendors for removing certain garden
ornaments which had been in the gardens when they viewed and at the time
of contract. The items included eight patio lights fixed to the walls, five stone
urns, a stone statue and a lead trough. The estate agents’ particulars expressly
incorporated the items in their description of the property. At one stage of the
negotiations the vendors suggested excluding these items as a way of
reducing the price. This suggestion was dropped and eventually a sale agreed
subject to contract without mention of the items. Preliminary Enquiries sent
by the plaintiffs’ solicitors included the following standard, common-form
ones relating to fixtures and fittings:
‘(a) Does the sale include all the following items now on the property:
trees, shrubs, plants, flowers and garden produce; greenhouses, garden
sheds and garden ornaments?

4 William Sindall plc v Cambridgeshire CC [1994] 1 WLR 1016; and see, farther, below para 4.4.3.
5 (1982) Lexis transcript.

104
 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

(b) What fixtures and fittings affixed to the property are not included in
the sale?’
The replies were, respectively, ‘Yes’ to (a) and ‘None’ to (b).
After exchange of contracts one of the requisitions on title was the common-
form one: ‘If the enquiries before contract replied to on behalf of the vendor
were repeated herein, would the replies now be the same as those previously
given? If not please give full particulars of any variation.’ The answer
given—again in common-form—was: ‘Yes, save as varied by subsequent
correspondence, if any.’ In fact, by this time some of the ornaments had been
removed by the vendors.
Boreham J decided as follows:
‘(i) Contrary to an argument by the vendors, there was on the evidence no
oral agreement between the parties to exclude the items from the sale.’

Question On the assumption that s 2 of the Law of Property (Miscellaneous

Provisions) Act 1989 was then in force, what should the decision have been if there
had been such an agreement? Would it have made any difference whether the items
were fixtures or chattels? (See Wright v Robert Leonard Developments Ltd.6)
(ii) The statements in the estate agents’ particulars and the Replies to
Preliminary Enquiries were not actionable as misrepresentations (and this
was not in fact pleaded). In so far as they were statements of fact about the
property they were true—the ornaments were on the property. What the
plaintiffs were trying to show was that the statement of intention to include
them in the sale was binding,
(iii) The Replies to Preliminary Enquiries were not part of the contract of
sale. Boreham J said:
‘Whether or not an assertion or representation is to have contractual effect
as a warranty must depend on the intention of the parties, such intention
being a matter of inference from all the relevant circumstances.’
Here, in particular, the words prefaced to the Replies: ‘These replies are believed
to be correct, but the accuracy is not guaranteed and they do not obviate the need
to make appropriate searches, enquiries and inspections’ negatived any
contractual intention.7 And the request for their confirmation in the requisitions
would have been otiose if they had already become part of the contract. In any
case, the replies, said Boreham J:
‘were not intended to create a warranty…they were not of themselves
intended to create any contract, their purpose was to enable a proper
contract of sale to be drawn up.’

6 [1994] EGGS 69.

7 See also William Sindall plc v Cambridgeshire CC [1994] 1 WLR 1016.

105
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Question If they had been intended to be part of the contract, and on the
assumption that the Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989, s 2
was in operation, what would have been the effect?8
(iv) The items in dispute were fixtures and so passed to the purchasers under
the contract as part of the land without express mention. Their removal by the
vendors was therefore wrongful. This aspect of the decision (other than in the
case of the patio lights) may be open to criticism. Boreham J seems to have
interpreted the purpose of annexation test to mean the subjective
classification of an item as a chattel or a fixture by the person bringing it onto
the land. But if you build a house it does not become a chattel because you
call it a chattel.
(v) Further, the vendors were estopped from denying that the items were
included in the sale. Their ‘references to those items were calculated to
induce the plaintiffs to act in the belief and on the basis that they were all
included in the sale…[and] the plaintiffs did act on that understanding and so
paid more than they would otherwise have done’.

4.4.2 Fixtures and chattels

It is convenient to interpolate here something about fixtures and chattels.

Fixtures present at the time of contract pass under a contract for the disposition
of land unless expressly excluded. Chattels do not pass unless expressly included.
There may be no argument about the photograph of granny on the mantelpiece,
but in practice, especially in the residential situation, it is extremely difficult to say
with certainty whether a great many items from fitted carpets to light bulbs are
fixtures or chattels. It is important therefore that the contract deals with the matter
and preferably deals with all items about which dispute might arise. The special
conditions should stipulate which items are included in and which are excluded
from the sale. If this is done on a separate list, the list should be properly
incorporated into the contract. If any separate price has been agreed for specified
chattels, such chattels and the price should be identified in the contract. If the
price of the land can be reduced, and stamp duty saved, by an honest
apportionment of the total price between the land (including fixtures) and
chattels, the client should be so advised (para 10.7.1).
Under Transaction Protocol, the vendor is required to complete and supply to
the purchaser with the draft contract a detailed Fixtures, Fittings and Contents

8 See Record v Bell [1991] 1 WLR 853.

106
 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

Form. This covers items from immersion heaters to curtains, carpets and dustbins;
and provides for the vendor to tick whether they are included in the sale, excluded
or not at the property. It might be necessary to add to the list. This completed form
should be attached to the contract and incorporated by express provision. The
printed special conditions of the Standard Conditions provide: ‘The chattels on
the property and set out on any attached list are included in the sale.’ This is not
really adequate; especially if, as is commonly the practice, the list is not actually
attached. And the Transaction Protocol form deals both with the inclusion of
items which may be chattels and the exclusion of items which may be fixtures, the
latter not being mentioned in the printed condition.

Question Draft a suitable standard contract clause to incorporate the Transaction

Protocol form.

Question Timothy has just had a phone call from Miss Obebe’s mother. She had
promised to buy her daughter a complete set of curtains for the new house and
went round yesterday to Winchester Avenue to measure up. She says that when
she first viewed the house with her daughter there was a large, almost new shed in
the garden. Her daughter explained to Miss Mixford that she hoped to use the
shed to make the hand-thrown pottery which she sells in Ledchester market in her
spare time. The mother tells Timothy that she noticed yesterday that the shed had
gone. She did not mention it to Miss Mixford for fear of upsetting the sale; but her
daughter is annoyed. Timothy says that he is in the middle of an interview (he is
not) but will ring back as soon as he is free. He puts down the phone and digs out
the Obebe file. The Fixtures and Fittings list shows the shed to be included in the
sale. Timothy rushes off to the firms library, where he tries to find an entry for
‘sheds’ in the index to Emmett on Title.
What advice should Timothy give Mrs Obebe? What advice should he give if
the shed were not mentioned in the Fixtures and Fittings list and were removed by
Miss Mixford after exchange of contracts?
Where chattels are included in the sale, Standard Condition 9.2. applies:
‘9.2. Whether or not a separate price is to be paid for the chattels, the
contract takes effect as a contract for the sale of goods.
9.3. Ownership of the chattels passes to the buyer on actual
completion.’
The effect of this is that s 12 of the Sale of Goods Act 1979 applies giving the
purchaser the benefit of an implied condition that when title is to pass the vendor
will have the right to sell the goods free from any charge or incumbrance (such as
an outstanding hire-purchase agreement; and the client should be advised to be
sure that there are none such). Since, under Standard Condition 9.3 title is to pass

107
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

only on completion, s 18 of the 1979 Act will not apply. This means that, as with
the land itself under Standard Condition 5.1.1. (para 3.3.1), the risk remains with
the vendor until completion; and, for her own protection, the vendor should keep
the items insured until then.

4.4.3 Position of solicitors and other agents in relation to preliminary

enquiries

The purchaser’s solicitor is under a legal and professional duty to pursue proper
enquiries on behalf of the client. (This of course applies not just to Preliminary
Enquiries of the vendor but any other pre-contract searches and investigations
which should be made in the circumstances.)
Computastaff Ltd v Ingledew Brown Bennison and Garrett and others,9
although decided on rather special facts and possibly open to criticism for
imposing too high a duty on solicitors, does show the need to think beyond
sending off a standard form of Preliminary Enquiries and filing away the
replies.
In this case the replies to preliminary enquiries showed the rateable value of
the business premises to be leased to the plaintiffs as £8,305. The plaintiffs’ own
estate agents, having got the figure from the landlord’s letting agent, had stated it
as £3,305. The plaintiffs’ solicitor spotted this discrepancy in the information
received, pointed it out to the plaintiffs, and asked the plaintiffs’ estate agents
which figure was correct. They in turn checked with the letting agents and as a
result confirmed the lower figure; and, on this understanding, the plaintiffs took
the lease, discovered that the higher figure was the correct one and suffered loss.
The plaintiffs’ solicitor was held liable for negligence (as were their estate
agents)10 mainly on the basis it seems that he should have pursued the further
inquiry with the landlord’s solicitor.
The case does show that a solicitor must always make a careful judgment as to
the proper place to seek any particular information.
The purchaser’s solicitor must communicate any relevant information to the
client; and the purchaser will be deemed to have knowledge of information
communicated to the solicitor in that transaction.
‘In this as in all other normal conveyancing transactions, after there
has been a subject to contract agreement, the parties hand the matter
over to their solicitors who become the normal channel for

9 (1983, Lexis transcript).

10 And also letting agents, in tort,

108
 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

communication between the vendor and purchaser in all matters

relating to the transaction. In doing so, in my judgement the parties
impliedly give actual authority to those solicitors to receive on their
behalf all relevant information from the other party relating to the
transaction. The solicitors are under an obligation to communicate that
relevant information to their own clients. At the very least, the
solicitors are held out as having ostensible authority to receive such
information…. In my judgement such knowledge should be imputed
to the principal.’11
In the case just quoted, the vendors had initially misrepresented that the drainage
was to the mains rather than to a cesspool. This misinformation was repeated in
the replies to enquiries before contract, and by the surveyor employed by the
purchasers to survey the property for them (he having simply asked the vendors as
to the drains—a procedure, rather surprisingly perhaps, held by the court to show
sufficient professional competence). The information had been corrected by a
letter from the vendors’ estate agents to the purchasers’ solicitor which was not
communicated to the purchasers (and indeed disappeared from the file) who
purchased in ignorance of the truth.12
The vendor’s solicitor, like the purchaser’s solicitor, is taken to know what is on
the file; and the vendor is taken to know what her solicitor knows. Thus, in Rignall
Developments Ltd v Halil,13 the plaintiff contracted at auction to purchase a house
from the defendant without first doing a local land charges search (para 4.5). The
contract contained a provision that the property was sold subject to any matter
which would be disclosed by searches and inquiries of the local authority; and that
the purchaser would not raise any requisition or objection in relation to such matter.
In fact there was, as the search done after contract showed, an adverse entry in the
local land charges register. This recorded a condition attached to an improvement
grant made for the property that the house had to be available for letting for a
specified period. Breach of this condition, binding on the owner for the time being
of the property, would make the grant repayable. In replies to a requisition on title
(para 10.6.2) as to whether any improvement grant had been made, the defendant’s
solicitor—whilst claiming to answer without obligation and maintaining the
contractual rights—did produce a local search which had been with the deeds all the
time and revealed the important improvement grant. It was held that the potential

11 Strover v Harrington [1988] 2 WLR 572 at p586 (Browne-Wilkinson V-C). Compare Halifax
Mortgage Services Ltd v Stepsky [1996] Ch 1; lenders held not to have constructive notice of
information coming to their solicitor before instructions; s 199(1) of the Law of Property Act 1925
applied.
12 The case was also decided on the basis that the purchasers had not suffered any actual loss.
13 [1987] 3 WLR 394.

109
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

liability to repay the grant was an incumbrance since it was binding on the owner for
the time being of the property; that the vendor had not made full and frank
disclosure of an incumbrance which she knew about (through the agency of her
solicitor) and could not therefore rely on the special condition. She had not therefore
shown good title at the time due for completion. It was further held, in arriving at
this decision, that s 198 of the Law of Property Act 1925, deeming registration of a
local land charge to be ‘notice’ to all the world, did not fix the purchaser with
knowledge of the incumbrance so as to relieve the vendor of this duty of disclosure.
This case underlines how important it is for the vendor’s solicitor to check the
title before drafting the contract; and Standard Conditions 3.1.2(d) and 3.1.4.
must be read subject to it.
A vendor’s solicitor or estate agent has the ostensible authority of the vendor to
make statements about the property to prospective purchasers. If false, such
statements may therefore give rise to action for misrepresentation against the
vendor. This authority may be negatived by notice to the recipient of the statement,
in which case the vendor herself will not be liable—though the agent herself may be
personally liable in tort for negligent misrepresentation.14 Such exclusion of
authority is not caught by s 3 of the Misrepresentation Act 1967 (para 4.4.4).

4.4.4 Limiting liability for misleading statements

Any provision in the contract of sale which seeks to exclude or limit the liability
of the vendor to the purchaser (or vice versa) for misrepresentation will be subject
to the test of reasonableness under s 3 of the Misrepresentation Act 1967.15 The
courts have taken a tough view of such clauses. In Walker v Boyle16 the purchaser
was seeking to rescind for misrepresentation in spite of Standard Condition 17 of
the National Conditions of Sale (one of the predecessors of the Standard
Conditions) which was incorporated into the contract and provided:
‘No error, mis-statement or omission in any preliminary answer concerning
the property shall annul the sale, nor (save where the error, mis-statement or
omission is in a written answer and relates to a matter materially affecting
the description or value of the property) shall any damages be payable, or
compensation allowed by either party, in respect thereof.’
The clause did not protect a vendor who incorrectly (and knowing the truth)
represented to the purchaser that there were no disputes regarding the boundaries
of the property. It was held, on the principle mentioned above, that failure to give

14 For the possibility of liability in tort for negligent work, see above, para 1.8.4.
15 As substituted by s 8 of the Unfair Contract Terms Act 1977.
16 [1982] 1 All ER 634; and see HW Wilkinson, ‘The Death of Disclaimers’ (1994) 144 NLJ 1773.

110
 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

full and frank disclosure about this possible defect in title prevented the vendor
from relying on condition 17. Further, the condition was ineffective under s 3 of
the 1967 Act. It is notable that Dillon J took this view in spite of the fact that
condition had been a common, standard one in sale contracts for many
generations (though its effect circumscribed by the courts) and that there were
solicitors acting for both parties who would presumably understand and be able to
advise on the effect of the condition. Dillon J said:
‘It is, of course, the duty of a solicitor to advise his client about any
abnormal or unusual term in a contract, but I think it is perfectly normal
and proper for a solicitor to use standard forms of conditions of sale such
as the National Conditions of Sale. I do not think he is called on to go
through the small print of those somewhat lengthy conditions with a
tooth-comb every time he is advising a purchaser or to draw the
purchaser’s attention to every problem which on a careful reading of the
conditions might in some circumstance or other conceivably arise. I
cannot believe that purchasers of house property throughout the land
would be overjoyed at having such lengthy explanations of the National
Conditions of Sale ritually foisted upon them.’
In other words, a purchaser should be able to act on the assumption that the terms
of her contract are reasonable and fair. But a solicitor should understand and be
able to explain the terms when the circumstances require it.

Question Consider how Standard Condition 7.1.(Appendix 3) differs from

condition 17 of the National Conditions of Sale. After researching if necessary,
the remedies for misrepresentation, explain how Standard Condition 7.1. seeks to
modify those remedies. Acting for a vendor, can you suggest any modification
that you might make to Standard Condition 7 without running foul of s 3?

Disclaimers of the vendor’s liability are often found in estate agents’ particulars and
in the replies to preliminary enquiries. Since the particulars and the replies will not
normally have contractual force (see above) neither can the disclaimer. Therefore,
without need to resort to s 3, it cannot bind a purchaser suing the vendor for
misrepresentation contained in the particulars or replies. At most, such a disclaimer
might support evidence that the purchaser did not rely on the statement.
Such disclaimers often seek to extend their protection to the solicitor or other
agent. The agent cannot be personally liable for misrepresentation since she is not
a party to the contract; and so s 3 has no application. Where the solicitor or agent is
potentially liable in tort for negligent statement or advice, s 2 of the Unfair
Contract Terms Act 1977 would probably apply and, again, subject the disclaimer
to the test of reasonableness (and see para 3.4).

111
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

In addition to civil liability, an estate agent or developer may be criminally liable

for false misleading statements under the Property Misdescriptions Act 1991.

4.5 Local authority searches

Under the Local Land Charges Act 1975 each district and London borough
council (and the Common Council of the City of London) keeps a register of local
land charges. The registers of local land charges are quite distinct from and should
never be confused with the central Land Charges Registry at Plymouth.
Local land charges comprise a very extensive array of burdens generally of a
public nature (rather than private property interests) enforceable by local
authorities, the Crown, government departments and other public bodies and
utilities. In general they represent financial charges (ie monies recoverable from
the owner of the land) and restrictions on the use or enjoyment of the land. The list
of possible charges is so long and varied that it is not possible here to deal with it
in detail. Nevertheless, the great importance of these charges must not be
underestimated. A solicitor must have a sufficient understanding of the possible
charges (and the matters revealed by replies to additional enquiries of the local
authority—below, para 4.6) to spot anything which may have implications for the
clients pocket or enjoyment of the property; and to be able to advise a landowner
of her right and obligations as such. A number of reference works on local charges
are included in the bibliography (Appendix 8).
What follows is a few examples of the different types of charge that might
affect a property.
(a) A financial charge to recover the cost of works incurred by the local
authority under the private street works code (para 6.7).
(b) A range of charges to secure the recovery of money expended by the local
authority on work which it was the primary obligation of the landowner to
do. For example, under the Highways Act 1980, s 146, the landowner is
under an obligation to maintain stiles across footpaths passing through her
land. On default, the highway authority can, after giving 14 days’ notice do
the work and recover the cost as a land charge from the owner. Similarly,
under the Environmental Protection Act 1990, s 81, a local authority has
powers to abate a statutory nuisance and recover the cost from the defaulting
owner as a land charge.
(c) A great number of charges restrict the use or enjoyment of land under
planning and environmental law (see also, para 6.5). For example:
(i) Designation of an area as a conservation area. A conservation area is
one of special architectural or historic interest the character or appearance
of which it is desirable to preserve or enhance,

112
 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

designated under the Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas)

Act 1990. The main significance of designation is that planning
permission is more likely to be refused and there are narrower limits on
development automatically permitted under the General Development
Order.
(ii) Designation as a listed building under the same Act. The list is of
buildings designated by the government as being of special architectural
or historic interest. Any work for the alteration or extension of such a
building which affects its character as such a building needs listed
building consent whether or not the work also constitutes development
and needs planning permission. In 1972 the painting of a front door
yellow in the Georgian Royal Crescent in Bath was held by the Secretary
of State to require consent. Also registrable as charges are conditions
attached to listed building consents; and listed building enforcement
notices—ie notices designed to enforce compliance with listed building
controls. Building preservation notices are also registrable. These give
temporary protection to an unlisted building pending a decision whether
to list it or not.
(iii) Tree preservation orders.
(iv) Cases where public money has been granted to the landowner and is
repayable in certain circumstances.
(v) Compulsory purchase orders where notice to treat has been served,
(vi) Enforcement notices and stop notices under the Town and Country
Planning Act 1990. These are the chief mechanisms for enforcing
planning control (para 6.5.2).
(vii) Conditions attached to the grant of planning permissions.
Applications for permission, unconditional grant of permissions and
refusals are not registrable as land charges; but a separate public register
of applications is kept by the authority and one of the standard enquiries
(para 4.1.7) asks whether there is any relevant entry.

4.5.1 Search procedure

The register consists of 12 parts. A search can be made in one or more individual
parts; but it is not easy to say which parts might produce relevant information in
any case, and the fee for searching in the whole is cheaper than searching in three
or more individual parts.17 Invariably, then, the whole register is searched.

17 £4.40 to search in whole; £1.70 for any one part; Local Land Charges Rules 1977, as amended.

113
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Charges are registered against the land (unlike the central Land Charges Register
where entries are against the name of the estate owner at the time of registration—
para 13.6). It is therefore important when requisitioning an official search by post to
be sure that it is sent to the authority for the area in which the land lies.
A personal search can be made or an official one requisitioned. In either case
the necessary fee has to be paid.
A personal search of the register can be made by attending at the authority’s
office. This is not to be recommended, unless urgency makes it the only course. It
is time consuming, easy to miss relevant entries and somewhat greater protection
is given by an official search. From the solicitor’s point of view, a personal search
does not give the protection of s 13 of the 1975 Act. This exempts a solicitor from
any liability for an error in an official certificate of search. This immunity does not
of course cover a solicitors negligence in reading or interpreting the results of the
search. A solicitor making a personal search for the client is subject to the
ordinary law of negligence.
The procedure for making an official search is utterly simple. There is a printed
form of application (LLC1) which complies with the requirements of the Local
Land Charges Rules 1977 and which includes detailed instructions. This must be
completed and sent in duplicate to the relevant local authority. The application must
identify the property either by giving the postal address or, if this is not sufficient to
enable the property to be identified, by a scale plan, also to be sent in duplicate. The
second part of the form contains the form of official certificate of search which will
be completed by the authority either indicating ‘no subsisting registrations’, or
referring to attached schedules identifying any registered charges.18

4.5.2 The legal effect of charges and searches

Any local land charge, whether or not it has been registered, is binding on
successive owners of the land.19 In this sense at least they are incumbrances on the
title. An outstanding local land charge will therefore bind a purchaser (like any
other owner of the land) whenever it was created and whether or not registered.
Further, it is enforceable even if not revealed by a search, either because it not
registered at the time or because of an error in the search. An official certificate
gives no immunity.

18 A voluntary code of practice is being drawn up to be followed by local authorities in handling

search applications. Under the Local Land Charges (Amendment) Rules 1995 (SI 1995/260), where a
local authority agrees, applications for and official certificates of search can be transmitted by
electronic means.
19 Local Land Charges Act 1975, s 1.

114
 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

However, s 10 of the 1975 Act, does give a purchaser a right to compensation

from the local authority for loss suffered as a consequence in the following cases:
(i) in the case of a personal search, where the charge was in existence but
not registered at the time of the search;
(ii) in the case of an official search, if the charge was either not registered
or not shown by the certificate of search.
Where, as in the normal sale and purchase transaction, there is a contract (other
than a qualified liability contract—that is one which is made conditional on the
results of local searches) prior to completion and conveyance of the property, the
search must have been made before the time of the contract (the ‘relevant time’).
In any other case—eg in the case of a lease where often negotiations lead straight
to the grant of the lease without any preceding contract—the relevant time is the
acquisition of the interest (in the case of a registered title transaction this means
completion rather than the subsequent registration).
The search can have been made by the purchaser herself or her agent. But the
purchaser can also claim if the search was by someone else provided the
purchaser or her agent had knowledge of it before the relevant time. This principle
will give the right to compensation to the purchaser’s mortgagee.20

4.5.3 Position between vendor and purchaser

Under an open contract the vendor would be under a duty to disclose all local land
charges existing at the date of the contract.
Standard Conditions 3.1.2(d) and 3.1.4. follow the traditional conveyancing
practice of selling the property subject to any such charges, thus putting the onus
on the purchaser to discover any for herself before contract. This tradition is also
reflected in the compensation provisions of s 10 of the Local Land Charges Act
1975 which entitles only a ‘purchaser’ to claim compensation and does not
envisage the vendor suffering loss.21
However, when taking instructions and drafting the contract, the vendor’s
solicitor needs to remember that she must have an accurate picture of what title
subject to what incumbrances and defects the vendor has to sell; that a limiting
clause such as 3.1.2(d) will not protect against non-disclosure of title defects
known to the vendor and that any factually incorrect replies to the purchaser’s
enquiries may constitute actionable misrepresentation.

20 In the case of a mortgage, the offer of a loan is likely to be made before searches are done, though
subject to title being proved satisfactory. Presumably this makes the loan agreement a qualified
liability agreement.
21 ie if a vendor, due to an incorrect certificate, failed to disclose a subsisting local land charge in the
contract.

115
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

In practice a vendor is likely to have knowledge of local land charges affecting

the property either from search certificates held with the deeds or as a result of
some kind of notification from the imposing authority; but a vendor’s solicitor
may find it necessary to check the position as to local land charges by doing a
search. Where the vendor has a recent local search and additional enquiries, it
may be offered to the purchaser on payment of the fee.
An official search gives no period of protection against charges created or
registered after the date of the search (compare central Land Charges searches, para
13.6). It follows that a purchaser needs a search made as close to the date of contract
as possible. Practitioners will normally rely on a search which is not more than
about two months old. A search is more likely to be out of date where it has been
done by the vendor. To enable less than fresh searches to be used, the Law Society
has set up a search validation scheme. This provides insurance cover against any
reduction in the market value of the property caused by new adverse local land
charges or a change in replies to additional enquiries arising between the date of the
search done and the date of contract. The purchaser has to pay a fixed premium for
this cover. The solicitor wanting cover will complete the form and send it with the
premium to the insurers; and on completion the validation scheme certificate will be
placed with the title deeds. The scheme can only be used for a search and additional
enquiries which are not more than six months old.22
It is duty of the purchaser’s solicitor to check that the local search and replies
to Additional Enquiries are satisfactory in all respects—including date. If they
are more than about two months old, either the validation scheme should be
used or a new search and additional enquiries made. If they are older than six
months new ones will have to be done. The search supplied by Moriartys in the
Obebe purchase (Document 4.1.1) was more than six months old; clearly
Timothy should have sent it back and done his own fresh search and additional
enquiries.

4.5.4 Charges arising after exchange

Under an open contract the general principle is that the risk passes to the
purchaser on exchange (para 3.3.1). This means that the purchaser takes the
benefit of any increases in the value in the property and bears any decrease—eg
due to fire damage—if this is not caused by the vendor’s default or neglect. It
seems that this extends to the risk of a central or local authority imposing burdens

22 For insurance available in relation to local searches and other areas of conveyancing see L
Chamberlain, ‘Conveyancing Related Insurance’ (1995) 91(24) LS Gaz 24. One of the main
companies specialising in this area is Legal & Professional Indemnity Ltd.

116
 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

on the property23; or indeed compulsorily acquiring it. As Lawton LJ said in

Amalgamated Investment24:
‘Anybody who buys property knows, and certainly those who buy
property as property developers know, that there are all kinds of hazards
which have to be taken into consideration. There is the obvious hazard
of planning permission. There is the hazard of fiscal and legislative
change. There is the hazard of existing legislation being applied to the
property under consideration—compulsory purchase for example.’
On the other hand there is also a principle that the vendor is under a duty to give vacant
possession at completion (para 14.6). This principle has been applied to relieve a
purchaser where the property was requisitioned by the government between contract
and completion.25 The cases seem to suggest that in some situations there may be a
conflict between these two principles which has not been judicially resolved.
The Standard Conditions quoted above put the risk and burden of all such
matters arising between contract and completion on the purchaser.26

4.6 ADDITIONAL ENQUIRIES OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITY

It has been indicated that even under an open contract the vendors duty of disclosure is
limited to matters of title. It is for the purchaser, before committing herself to a
contract, to satisfy herself as to the physical state of the property and any other matters
which might affect her use and enjoyment of the property and its environment.
The standard form of Additional Enquiries which is sent to the local authority
in addition to the requisition for a search of the register is aimed at getting
information on what might be called public matters particularly within the
knowledge of the local authority.
Some such matters are not registrable as local land charges; some may operate
outside the boundaries of the property but nevertheless affect its enjoyment. For
example, new roads in the neighbourhood may affect traffic flow and pollution
levels. Further, there may be matters as yet only at the drawing board stage (or not
yet even thought of) which will at some time in the future affect the property.

23 Hillingdon Estates Co v Stonefield Estates Ltd [1952] 1 Ch 627; Amalgamated Investment and
Property Co Ltd v John Walker & Sons Ltd [1976] 3 All ER 509.
24 See previous note, at p518.
25 James Macara Ltd v Barclay [1945] 1 KB 148 (exercise of power to take possession under the
Defence (General) Regulations 1939—though possession not actually taken); compare Korogluyan v
Matheou (1975) 30 P & CR 309; in which Hillingdon was distinguished (obiter) on the very artificial
ground that in the latter case notice to treat but not a subsequent notice to enter had been served.
26 See Korogluyan v Matheou (note 25 above).

117
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

There has to be a limit to the type of information which a purchaser’s solicitor

can be expected to seek; and to both the area and the time span over which she can
be expected to make enquiries. Beyond this the purchaser must seek what
information she wants herself.
The printed form of Enquiries of Local Authorities (commonly referred to as
Additional Enquiries) agreed between the Law Society and the various local authority
associations, is Form Con 29 (1994) (Document 4.1.7). This is for use with all local
authorities, both district councils and London boroughs. The form must be submitted
in duplicate with the appropriate fee. The fee is now at the discretion of the local
authority.27 The notes on the form indicate that a plan of the property in duplicate
should be attached whenever possible and may be insisted upon by some councils;
and that without a plan replies may be inaccurate or incomplete.
The form contains two sets of questions. Part I contains those standard
enquiries which are applicable in every case. Part II contains additional, optional
enquiries. The applicant has to indicate which if any of these optional ones she
wants answering. As with the local search the use of a compulsory, standard form
simplifies matters; but again it is important to understand the significance of the
questions and possible replies; to know which if any of the optional enquiries
need to be asked; to be able to spot those matters which need to be drawn to the
attention of the client and those which require further investigation. The standard
questions relate for example to the status of existing roads and proposals for new
roads; the status of the foul and surface water drainage; planning matters
including planning proposals and decisions which might affect the future use or
enjoyment of the property; miscellaneous matters such as smoke control orders
and environmental pollution notices. The optional enquiries include, for example,
a question whether any public footpath or bridleway crosses the property.

4.6.1 Liability for incorrect replies

The form contains the following statement:

‘The replies will be given after the appropriate enquiries and in the belief
that they are in accordance with the information at present available to
the officers of the replying Council(s), but on the distinct understanding
that none of the Councils, nor any Council officer, is legally responsible
for them except for negligence. Any liability for negligence shall extend
for the benefit of not only the person by or for whom these Enquiries are
made but also a person (being a purchaser for the purposes of s 10(3) of
the Local Land Charges Act 1975) who or whose agent had knowledge,

27 For fees, see the Law Society’s booklet Local Search Fees; England & Wales.

118
 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

before the relevant time (as defined in that section), of the replies to
these Enquiries.’
As between the authority and the person making the Enquiries, whether the
vendor or purchaser, this creates contractual liability. Where the vendor makes the
Enquiries and hands them over to the purchaser before contract, the authority
expressly assumes a duty of care and will potentially be liable in tort.28 Where
enquiries are made of a local authority outside the standard form, liability will be
governed by the ordinary principles of negligent mis-statement.

4.7 INSPECTION OF THE PROPERTY

There are three main reasons for inspecting the property before contract:
(a) to check its physical condition (para 3.4).
(b) to check the physical identity. The vendor is under an obligation to show
good title to and convey the property as identified in the contract. But the
purchaser needs to be satisfied that the boundaries of the property in the
contract tally with those on the ground—that she is buying what she thinks
she is buying.
(c) to check for patent, title defects. As explained above under an open
contract the vendor is under no obligation to disclose patent title defects. A
patent defect is a defect of title which is discoverable by reasonable care on
an inspection of the property. These might include, for example, an easement
of light to a neighbour’s window; or if title to part of the property had been
acquired by a stranger by adverse possession—with a consequent shift in the
patent boundary features.
Standard Condition 3.1.2(b) makes the sale subject to the incumbrances
‘discoverable by inspection of the property before contract’. Presumably, though
not limited to those reasonably discoverable, this would be held to have the same
effect as the open contract principle.
Whether or not the rights of persons, other than the vendor, residing in the
property are patent or ‘discoverable’ has not been clearly decided. It has to be
remembered that what we are concerned with here is the duty of the vendor to the
purchaser; not the distinct question of whether any such rights will bind a
purchaser who completes. If there is no duty to disclose the purchaser will have no
remedy once contracts are exchanged. If there is such a duty the purchaser can, in
law, ignore the possibility until after exchange, and refuse to complete until
satisfied that there are none that would bind her after completion.

28 See Coats Patons (Retail) Ltd v Birmingham Corporation (1971) 69 LGR 356; JGF Properties Ltd
v Lambeth LBC [1986] 1 EGLR 179.

119
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

It is submitted that the principle of caveat emptor should not be pushed in

the direction of holding such rights to be patent (or ‘discoverable’). The
vendor is in a position to know who else has any interest in the property; such
rights are only discoverable on making enquiries, rather than inspection; and
the prospective purchaser cannot be expected to start delving into the family
history and relationships of the vendor at this stage. For this reason the
question of adverse rights of residents other than the vendor is dealt with later
(paras 13.10, 13.15).
The Property Information Form and most standard forms of preliminary
enquiries of the vendor do include questions about other occupants of the property;
and it is of course better to discover such rights before contract if possible.
It must be rare for the purchaser’s solicitor herself to inspect the property,
unless there is evidence of some particular problem which needs investigation.
But, at least, the solicitor should be able to advise the client of what matters to
look out for when viewing the property.29

4.8 INDEX MAP SEARCH

Contrary to Timothy’s notion, this is a search which should always be done in the case
of unregistered title; and will not be done in the case of an already registered title.
The search is an official one of the Index Map and Parcels Index made by the
district Land Registry for the area which includes the property; and should be
addressed on printed form 96 together with the appropriate fee. A plan is not
necessary if the registry can identify the property from the postal description. The
fee is £5.30
The search will reveal whether any title (freehold or leasehold) to the property
is registered; and, if not registered, whether any caution against first registration
has been registered. It is possible, though unlikely, that the whole or part of the
property being sold has in fact been registered in a previous purchaser’s name. If
it has, the registered title will, in principle, prevail, though subject to the
possibility of rectification of the register. This possibility and the danger of not
making the search (and more generally the importance of checking the identity of
the property shown in the title offered by the vendor is illustrated by the case of
Epps v Esso Petroleum Ltd.31 A house, 4 Darland Avenue, and the adjoining
garage were originally owned by the same person. The dispute related to an 11'
strip of land lying between the two properties though on the garage’s side of the

29 See McManus Developments Ltd v Barbridge Properties Ltd (1992), Lexis transcript.
30 Land Registration Fees Order 1996 (SI 1996/187).
31 [1973] 1WLR 1071.

120
 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

physical, dividing wall. In 1959 the personal representatives of the common

owner sold and conveyed the garage including the strip to a Julian Ball who, the
area having become one of compulsory registration, was registered as first
proprietor. However, earlier, in 1955, the house (again including the strip) had
been sold by the personal representatives to a Mrs Jones. In 1968 her personal
representatives sold and conveyed the house with strip to the plaintiffs. On
seeking to register, the plaintiffs were not able to register the strip (now registered
together with the garage in the name of the defendants who had bought from Ball
in 1964). The plaintiffs were seeking (and failed to get) rectification of the register
in relation to the strip.
A number of points are worth making:
(a) The sale to Mrs Jones was a sale of part (ie part of the land in the
single title of the common owner. In such a situation the title deeds will
be retained by the vendor; though the purchaser will get in her
conveyance an acknowledgement for their production (para 12.4.3). As a
matter of good conveyancing practice the purchaser should get the
vendor to endorse a memorandum of the sale of part on the last title deed
of the common owner. In fact in Epps a memorandum of the 1955 sale
was endorsed on the probate of the common owner; though it only noted
a sale of 4 Darland Avenue and was, as noted by Templeman J
‘uninformative and in retrospect misleading’ in that it did not indicate
that a new strip had been added beyond the existing wall boundary of the
property. A solicitor acting for the purchaser of the land in such a title
should spot such a memorandum (and it should be abstracted by the
vendor when deducing title); and should check what was included in the
earlier sale of part and that it did not include any part of what is now
being bought. In Epps if the defendants’ title had not become registered,
the plaintiffs would have had an unanswerable case. They had obtained
the earlier legal title which would have been good against all the world
and prevailed over the later conveyance to Ball. This in turn illustrates
how registration can (subject to the possibility of rectification) cure a
defective title and destroy a good one.
If Ball’s solicitors had called for a copy of the conveyance to Mrs Jones they
would have seen that the strip had been included in the sale to her. This was
not it seems put forward in the case as a ground for allowing rectification.
And it has to be said that the problem arose (and this was partly why
rectification was refused under s 82(1)(c) of the Land Registration Act 1925)
because Mrs Jones had failed when she bought, although having covenanted
to do so, to move her boundary to enclose the strip. When Ball purchased
there was nothing on the ground to indicate that the strip was not still part of
the garage property.

121
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(b) The solicitors acting for the plaintiffs when they bought in 1968 should
have done a public index map search. This would have revealed that the strip
was already registered in the defendants’ name. This was another reason why
rectification in favour of the plaintiffs was refused.
(c) The plaintiffs clearly thought that their purchase was to include the
disputed strip. It is probably fair to say that when viewing the property before
contract, even though not lawyers, they should have appreciated that the
obvious, physical boundary of the property did not tally with what they were
expecting to buy; and should have got the matter resolved at that stage. It is
also worth adding that the solicitor acting for them on the purchase did not
after completion and registration notice the discrepancy between the title
plan received from the Land Registry (excluding the strip) and what had been
conveyed to them.
This aspect of the case perhaps at least underlines the need for a solicitor to
warn a purchasing client to check that the physical boundaries on the ground
match the expected purchase.
(d) For completeness, it should be added that if the strip had been actually
occupied by Mrs Jones in 1959 at the time of the conveyance to Ball, the title
would have been protected against the registration of Ball as an overriding
interest under s 70(1) (g) of the Land Registration Act 1925. In fact all that
could be shown was an occasional parking of a car on the strip.
To return to the index map search. A caution against first registration is the
method by which the owner of an interest in unregistered land can make sure
that her interest is brought to the attention of the registry prior to first
registration. She will then have the chance to show her interest and have it
protected on the title register. Normally, where the interest is shown in the title
deeds of the property which will be produced to the registry on first registration,
this will not be necessary. The trouble in Epps was that there was nothing on the
title deeds of the retained land (the garage) to show that the extra strip had been
sold off.
In practice the index map search is made before contract. Under the Standard
Conditions this is necessary because of Standard Condition 3.1.2(d).

4.9 CENTRAL LAND CHARGES REGISTER SEARCH

Textbooks on conveyancing commonly state that a search in the central Land

Charges Register is not necessary before contract; but go on to suggest that in
some circumstances it may be a good idea to do one at least against the vendor,
particularly mentioning the case of the ‘haunting’ spouse of the vendor who

122
 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

might at any time materialise and register a class F right of occupation under the
Matrimonial Homes Act 1983.31a
For the reasons which follow, I suggest that this notion is misconceived and
that there really is no need to search until the pre-completion search (para 13.6).
The central Land Charges Register is a national, public register maintained at
Plymouth under what is now the Land Charges Act 1972. It should not be
confused with the registers of Local Land Charges, already discussed. Even more
important, it should not be confused with the registers of title to registered land
kept by the various district Land Registries.
Charges are registered against the name of the estate owner at the time of
registration.
It is assumed that the reader, having assiduously pursued if not enjoyed her
study of land law, will be familiar with the principles and the different classes of
charge, A-F.
Any registered charge is an incumbrance on the title. Under an open contract it
is the duty of the vendor to disclose it, unless of course it is to be removed on
completion—for example, a puisne mortgage which is to be redeemed. Similarly,
there is a duty of disclosure under the Standard Conditions (see Standard
Condition 3.1.2(d)).
Until the Law of Property Act 1969, s 24, it was thought32 that s 198 of the
Law of Property Act 1925 relieved the vendor of the duty of disclose and made
it necessary to search before contract. This provides that the registration ‘shall
be deemed to constitute actual notice to all persons and for all purposes
connected with the land affected’. Such a search could in any case only be done
if the names of all previous estate owners on the title were first obtained from
the vendor.
Section 24(1) of the 1969 Act provides that on a contract for the sale or
disposition of land, the question of whether a purchaser had knowledge of a
registered charge ‘shall be determined by reference to his actual knowledge and
without regard to the provisions of section 198 of the Law of Property Act 1925’.
Under sub-section 2 of s 24, the vendor cannot contract out of the duty of
disclosure which thus arises. Section 24 does not, of course, affect the question of
whether a purchaser who completes will be bound by any registered charge.
Hence, a search must be done pre-completion.
The common justification for making such a search pre-contract is that it is
better for a purchaser to discover these matters before contract and back out (no
doubt paying some legal costs to her solicitor) rather than rely upon the possible

31a To be replaced by Part IV of the Family Law Act 1996.

32 This thought stemmed from the decision of Eve J in Re Forsey & Hollebone’s Contract [1927] 2
Ch 379.

123
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

expense and uncertainty of a post-contract remedy. And it is fair to say that

registration of a class F land charge, unlike most other central land charges, is
outside the control of the vending spouse. She may have chosen to marry; but in
the present context the charge will probably have been registered without her
consent or indeed knowledge.
However, the following points should be noted. First, land charges can be
registered so as to affect a purchaser at any time up to completion (or, at least, up
to the protection period given by the purchaser’s pre-completion official search—
para 13.6(c))33 A pre-contract search gives no idea of what may be brewing in the
mind of the vendor’s spouse.
More fundamentally, in my view, the clear philosophy of conveyancing should
be that the vendor is selling something, should state clearly in the contract exactly
what she is offering for sale (and if deserted husbands and equity-owning
grannies go with the property this should be stated!), and the purchaser should be
able and expected to rely on what is set out in the contract. The vendor is in a
position to know who may have registrable or other claims to the property and
should sort these out before putting the property on the market.
Of course, it should be stressed that the vendor’s solicitor should be satisfied
(by doing a search if necessary) as to the actual and potential (in the case of
uncooperative spouses, grannies, etc) incumbrances when drafting the contract
and advising the client.

4.10 SEARCH IN THE COMMONS REGISTER

If there is any possibility that the property includes common land (which under
the 1965 Act includes waste land of a manor), a town or village green or is subject
to rights of common land, an official search should be made in the public registers
maintained by county, metropolitan district and London Borough councils under
the Commons Registration Act 1965. Each of these authorities maintains two
registers; one for town or village greens and one for common land; but a single
official search covers both.
The application for a search is made in duplicate on prescribed form CR21
with the appropriate fee and two copies of a plan clearly identifying the land in
question.
Final (as opposed to provisional) registration of the land as a common or
village or town green, or of common rights, is conclusive as at the date of
registration. Common land or village or town green land which was not registered

33 See Wroth v Tyler [1974] Ch 30.

124
 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

by 30 July 1970 ceased to be such; similarly, common rights which had not been
registered by then ceased to be exercisable unless protected on the register of title
at the land registry. Although the registers may indicate the identity of the owner,
there is no guarantee that this is accurate.
There is limited provision for the register to be amended from time to time (ss
13, 14) where, for example, land ceases to be or becomes common land.34
The significance of registration, from the purchaser’s and landowner’s point of
view, is that it is almost certain to prevent any development of the land.
(i) If there are common rights these cannot of course be interfered with,
(ii) There is likely, though not necessarily, to be a public right of access under
s 193 of the Law of Property Act 1925 or other legislation,
(iii) The land is likely to be protected by s 194 of the same Act. This makes it
unlawful to erect any building or fence or construct any other works whereby
access to the land is prevented or impeded without the consent of the
Secretary of State. The Secretary of State, in deciding whether to give
consent (which is most unlikely) must, inter alia, have regard to the health
and comfort and convenience of the local inhabitants in relation to the use of
the common as an open space.

4.10.1 When a search should be made

Under the Standard Conditions, by virtue of Standard Condition 3.1.2(d), the
search should be made before contract. Registered matters will of course bind a
purchaser on completion.
If there is any doubt whether to make a search, one should be made. A search
should be made (unless the status of the particular land is known) whenever any
part of the land (even a small part if its use is significant for the purchaser, and
whether in town or country) appears never to have been built on, especially if the
public appears to have access; and especially if other available information rings
an alarm bell.
In G&K Ladenbau (UK) Ltd v Crawley & de Reya35 the purchaser’s solicitor
was held liable in negligence for failing to make a search which would have
revealed registration. The land consisted of once marshy land beside a river which
had been reclaimed by the deposit of waste from a nearby motorway construction.
Before exchange, he had received a deed which showed that the mineral rights
had previously belonged to the lord of the manor. This was an alarm bell warning
that the land might have been manorial waste.

34 And note the Common Land (Rectification of Registers) Act 1989, which allowed three years for
any land with dwelling houses erected on it continuously from 1945 to be removed from the registers.
35 [1978] 1 All ER 682.

125
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

The fact that planning permission has been granted for development does not
affect registered common rights.

4.11 OTHER POSSIBLE SEARCHES AND ENQUIRIES

There may be other pre-contract investigations about the property which

circumstances indicate to be necessary.
First, it should be stressed that the responses to the investigations already
discussed should be studied carefully; and may require further investigation.
It is not possible here to list all the other possible investigations which may be
necessary. Some may arise from the location of the property; some from physical
features impinging on it; or from the particular use intended by the purchaser. (For
relevant texts, see the bibliography, Appendix 8.)
To give a few examples: If the property lies within a coal, tin, or limestone
mining or a clay quarrying or brine extraction area, investigation may be
necessary particularly in relation to any danger of subsidence and the possibility
of compensation if there is subsidence.
It may be necessary to check the routes of pipe-lines and cables under the
property—especially if a client is proposing to develop.
If the property is crossed or bounded by existing or disused railways or rivers
enquiries of the appropriate authority may be necessary in relation to location of
the boundary and liability for boundary fences and banks.

4.12 REGISTERED TITLE

Timothy (para 4.1.9) is as confused about this as most other things. His notion that
pre-contract searches and enquiries are not necessary in the case of registered land
is totally misconceived. The general principles governing pre-contract
investigations are the same for bother unregistered and registered title. There are
some differences in the particular investigations necessary.

4.12.1 Preliminary Enquiries of the vendor; search in the Register

of Local Land Charges; Additional Enquiries of the local authority

These will be invariably necessary in the case of registered title and for the same
reasons; and the same standard forms will be used.

36 See Law Society’s Guidance Notes and Directory for Coal Mining Searches, 1994.

126
 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

4.12.2 Inspection of the property

Property should at least be inspected by the purchaser herself. This again is

necessary for the same reasons. As already stressed, although it may be
uncommon for the solicitor herself to inspect, she should at least feel satisfied that
the purchaser herself knows what to look for, particularly in relation to patent
defects and the correspondence between the identity of the property on the
ground and in the draft contract.
It should also be stressed again that what the purchaser is concerned with is
patent defects in title, a concept common to registered and unregistered title. Subject
to what has been said above (para 4.7) she is not concerned at this stage with the
rights of those in actual occupation. The wording of some forms of Enquiries
Before Contract which refer to overriding interests and persons in actual occupation
is strictly inapt; unless of course the contract itself uses the same language when
stating expressly the burdens subject to which the property is to be taken.37

4.12.3 Index Map

A search here is not relevant and not necessary when the title is already registered.
Any interest protected by a caution against first registration will have been dealt
with on first registration; and either given protection on the register of title or
adjudged invalid.

4.12.4 Central Land Charges register

Again, a search here is not relevant and not necessary. All burdens on the title will
be protected on the register, overriding or not enforceable against a purchaser.
(As to bankruptcy only searches pre-completion, see para 13.14.)

4.12.5 Land Registry search

A pre-contract search here is not necessary. As already stressed under an open contract
it is the vendor’s duty to prove her title, subject only to defects disclosed in the contract
and any permissible limits on the duty contained in the contract. The contract will have
to disclose any defects/incumbrances contained in the register of title. Today this is
usually done by incorporating a copy (office copy under the Standard Conditions) of
the register in the contract and sending it to the purchaser with the draft contract.

37 Compare the first edition of the Standard Conditions, Standard Condition 3.1.2(d), which made the
sale subject to ‘if the title is registered, overriding interests’, with Standard Condition 3.1.2(b) of the
third edition.

127
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Standard Condition 3.1.2(d) confirms this principle by making it clear that the
purchaser is not expected to search in the Land Registry before contract.

4.12.6 Other possible searches and enquiries

What has been said in relation to unregistered title applies equally here.

4.13 CONTRACT RACES

Moriartys have instituted a contract race on the sale by Miss Mixford (Document
4.1.1).
A contract race exists where, on the instructions of the client, a draft contract
for a property is sent to more than one prospective purchaser at the same time. It
does not necessarily involve a legal obligation to sell to the first prospective
purchaser willing to exchange unless there is a separate contract to that effect.
In Daulia Ltd v Four Millbanks Nominees Ltd38 there was no contract race;
but the prospective vendors (the defendants) orally promised the plaintiffs that
if the latter attended the defendants’ offices the following morning before 10
o’clock with a banker’s draft for the deposit and their part of the contract
signed, they (the defendants) would exchange. The plaintiffs complied with the
requirements but the defendants, having meanwhile received a higher offer,
refused to exchange. It was held, on an application by the defendants to strike
out, that the facts if proved gave rise to a valid, unilateral contract—ie
complying with the above requirements constituted acceptance of the offer to
exchange on the main contract. However, this preliminary contract was itself
one for the sale of land and so caught by s 40 of the Law of Property Act 1925;
and not being evidenced in writing was not enforceable. Further, the required
acts done by the plaintiffs did not amount to a sufficient act of part performance
within s 40(2) of the Act.
Timothy has got it wrong. He has simply misread Moriartys letter excluding
any obligation to exchange with the first prospective purchaser to produce a
signed contract.
Any such preliminary contract will now be within s 2 of the Law of Property
(Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989; and will itself have to satisfy the
requirements of that section.

38 [1978] 2 All ER 537.

128
 PRE-CONTRACT INVESTIGATIONS

Question V sends out a draft contract for the sale of Blackacre each to P1 and P2
with a covering letter saying that she will exchange with the first of them to return
the draft signed. Two weeks later, after doing her local searches, and before P2, P1
signs and returns the draft to V.V refuses to sign her part. Advise P1. With particular
reference to s 2, what procedures and what forms of wording would you
recommend to make an offer such as V’s legally binding and irrevocable, so that V
would have to sign her part and complete the exchange? Could the doctrine of
proprietary estoppel be relied upon if necessary? (See para 9.8 on options and s 2.)

4.13.1 The Law Society’s Rule

There is nothing illegal in sending out more than one draft contract at the same
time. The basis of English conveyancing is that until there is a binding contract at
exchange each side accepts the risk of the other backing out for whatever reason
and thus wasting any pre-contract costs already incurred. Indeed, the ordinary
sale by auction is really a kind of contract race, the prize going to the highest
rather than the fastest bidder.
Nevertheless, there is commonly a feeling that in morality (at least by the one
to suffer from the others ‘immorality’) that once a preliminary bargain has been
struck with agreement subject to contract, neither party should back out without
exceptional reason; and that neither should start negotiating with someone else
behind the other’s back.
The Law Society has, in this case at least, made its members the guardians of
morality. Rule 6A of the Solicitors’ Practice Rules39 includes the following:
‘(2) Where a seller instructs a solicitor to deal with more than one
prospective buyer, the solicitor (with the client’s consent) shall
immediately disclose the sellers decision, if possible by telephone or
fax, to the solicitor or other conveyancer acting for each prospective
buyer or direct to the prospective buyer if acting in person. Such
disclosure, if made by telephone, shall at once be confirmed by letter or
fax. If the seller refuses to authorise disclosure, the solicitor shall
immediately cease to act. Each prospective buyer must be notified each
time a decision is taken to deal with any further prospective buyer.’
The notes to the Rule stress that it is the seller’s decision to deal with more than
one prospective purchaser, not the actual submission of two or more contracts,
which triggers the Rule. They further state:
‘A solicitor will have been instructed to deal with a prospective buyer
where the solicitor is asked to submit a draft contract or to provide any

39 Added to take effect from 1 March 1995 and replacing Council Direction of 6 October 1977.

129
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

other documentation or information (eg a plan or a note of the Land

Registry title number) in order to facilitate the conveyancing of the
premises to the prospective buyer. The rule does not, however, cover
activities normally performed by an estate agent, such as issuing
particulars of sale, showing prospective purchasers round the property,
and negotiating the price.’
The Rule itself continues:
‘(3) The obligations in paragraph (2) of this rule apply where a seller
client, to the solicitor’s knowledge, deals (whether directly or through
another solicitor or other conveyancer) with another prospective buyer
(or with that buyer’s solicitor or other conveyancer).
(4) A solicitor shall not act for more than one prospective buyer.
(5) A solicitor shall not act for both the seller and one of the
prospective buyers, even in a case which would fall within Rule 6(2) of
these rules.
(6) For the purpose of this rule a prospective buyer shall continue to be
treated as such until either the prospective buyer or the seller gives
written notice (either by letter or by fax) of withdrawal from the
transaction, such notice to be between solicitors or other conveyancers
save where such notice is given by or to a prospective purchaser acting
in person.
(7) This rule does not apply to a proposed sale by auction or tender.
The rule does, however, apply to require disclosure to a prospective
buyer by private treaty of instructions to offer the property by auction
or tender.’

130
 CHAPTER 5

DRAFTING THE CONTRACT:

UNREGISTERED TITLE

5.1 TIMOTHY TRIES HIS HAND

Friday morning, 23 February. There is a bundle on Timothy’s desk when he

arrives at work. The deeds of Fell View from the Ledchester & Bongley Building
Society (the Goldberg Sale). In spite of some years (we diplomatically omit to
mention how many) struggling with a law degree followed by the Legal Practice
Course, this is the first time that Timothy has seen a real deed of conveyance. He is
disappointed. Expecting something like a medieval, illuminated manuscript on
finest parchment heavy with wax seal, he finds documents typed on ordinary
(though of rather better quality than Basildon Bond) paper and the seals no more
than red circles of paper stuck on (one of which becomes detached and floats
gently to earth as he looks at the document).
The magic and awe of conveyancing immediately dissolves in Timothy’s
mind; buying and selling land is really no different from buying and selling shares
(about which his father has taught him much); so he begins to think. Confidence
(‘Over-confidence!’ Old Jarndyce is heard to mutter) in himself as a fine
conveyancing lawyer is boosted. There is nothing to it.
Timothy takes the bundle of documents and methodically starts to put them
all in chronological order. The first one to come to hand is a conveyance on sale
dated 24 June 1974. ‘Ah!’ says Timothy, intoning old lecture notes from
memory, ‘Under an open contract, a good root of title is a document which is at
least 15 years old, deals on the face of it with the whole legal and equitable
interest in the property, contains an adequate description of the property and
contains nothing to cast doubt on the title. A conveyance on sale or a mortgage
is likely to provide a good root.’ (It has to be said that Timothy has got this
right.) He is happy; this is a conveyance on sale. It is over 22 years old. He puts
the documents back in a bundle with a note for the secretary to photocopy the
1974 conveyance and all the later ones and do an epitome (para 10.6.1). ‘Now
to draft the contract,’ he thinks.
Timothy takes out the Goldberg file. There is a copy of the letter and
undertaking sent to the manager of the local branch of the Ledchester & Bongley
in the following terms (see Guide, Form 2, p455).

131
Document 5.1.1 Goldberg Sale: Letter to Vendors’ Building
Society
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: UNREGISTERED TITLE

In addition, Timothy finds on the file a note signed by both the Goldbergs
giving their irrevocable authority to Jarndyce & Jarndyce to pay the proceeds of
sale on completion to the building society.

Question Explain how this undertaking satisfies (assuming that it does!) the
essential requirements of a solicitor’s professional undertaking (para 5.13). Note
that the specific authority of the clients is not really needed in this situation; any
more than it is to discharge any mortgage out of the proceeds of sale. The building
society holds the title deeds in its own right as mortgagee. The deeds can only be
obtained and the property sold free of the mortgage in accordance with the
client’s instructions if the money is paid over to the society. It would be different if
there were a surplus of proceeds after total discharge of the mortgage. It is
different where an undertaking to pay over the proceeds is given, for example, to a
bank to secure a bridging loan. The bank, not being a mortgagee of the property,
has no right to the property or the proceeds of its sale without the clear authority of
the vendor.

Nevertheless, it is always important that the client does clearly understand and
authorise what is being done on her behalf.
The letter from the Ledchester & Bongley accompanying the title deeds
confirms their willingness to release the part being sold on the above terms.
There is also a plan of the property showing the portion to be sold off
(Document 5.1.3).
There is also on the file a completed form of Instructions on Sale completed by
Mr Perky before his flight to love. Where this form indicates that it is a sale of part,
Mr Perky has noted: ‘See attached sheet for details of easements and covenants,
etc.’ This sheet appears to have become detached. Timothy rummages for it in the
file without success. However, his new found confidence in his conveyancing
skills tells him ‘Not to worry. It won’t make any difference. The Standard
Conditions already cover sales of parts.’ (A noise off suggests that Old Jarndyce
may at this point be worrying.)
The Instructions on Sale are as follows:

133
Document 5.1.2 Goldberg Sale: Instructions on Sale
Document 5.1.3 The Goldberg Sale Plan

The plan on the file, prepared by a surveying friend of Mrs Goldberg

and based on the plan from the 1970 conveyance (Document 5.2(a)) is as
follows:
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Timothy has decided that the golden rule in any conveyancing transaction is
to ‘Find an appropriate blank form and fill it in. ‘A few words with the secretary
reassures him that all he has to do is to ‘Fill in the blank contract form. I’ll print
it out.’
He soon finds a blank contract form in a drawer. It is entitled ‘AGREEMENT
(incorporating the Standard Conditions of Sale (First Edition)’. He is innocent of
the fact (and the secretary assumes him to be much too wise to be told) that the
first edition has been replaced by a second edition and a third edition which make
substantial and significant changes to the first edition of the Standard Conditions.
Luck is with him. The form has been scribbled on (no doubt by one of Miss
Pinky’s offspring). Delving into the drawer, he finds another copy which happens
to be the third edition.
Wasting little time (and less thought) and using the information from the file
and what he remembers from the deeds (now with the secretary and too much
trouble to fetch), he has soon completed the front page of the form as follows:

136
Document 5.1.4 The Goldberg Sale: Draft Contract
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: UNREGISTERED TITLE

5.1.7 Timothy can think of nothing to add and is about to leave it as it is. The
words ‘indemnity covenant’ do suddenly float into his mind. ‘You always need an
indemnity covenant,’ he thinks. So he adds a special condition 5: ‘The Purchaser
will in the conveyance enter into the usual indemnity covenant.’ ‘Usual’ is a word
frequently resorted to by Timothy, whether in a pub or a contract, when he is not
quite sure what he is asking for.
Timothy fails to express any choice between the alternative versions of special
printed condition 5.

Question Is Timothy’s identification of the 1974 conveyance accurate? (See

below, Documents 5.2(a) and (b).)

Having drafted his first contract and feeling highly satisfied with himself Timothy
leaves the room to give it to the secretary and goes to get himself a cup of coffee.
Old Jarndyce, who is never far away, steps, as it were, front stage.

5.2 OLD JARNDYCE COMMENTS—THE TITLE TO FELL VIEW

Once again Timothy seems to be showing more enthusiasm to learn about the law
of negligence than conveyancing.
Before proceeding it might be useful to explain briefly the history of the
property and rescue the text of the 1970 and 1974 Conveyances from the
secretary.
Pit Mansion originally belonged to the family that owned the local coal-pit;
subsequently to a high-ranking official of the National Coal Board. It was then
bought by Bonnie and Clyde Smith (who between them controlled Bonnie &
Clyde Smith Ltd). In 1970 (the first conveyance shown below) they sold part of
the garden to Sedgewick Smiler. Sedgewick intended to build a house for himself
on part of the land; and a house to be sold off on the other part. He built Fell View
but died before completing the rest of his plan. His son and executor, John
Sedgewick Smiler, sold the whole to the Goldbergs in 1974 (the second
conveyance shown below). The Goldbergs are now selling off this other part with
the benefit of planning permission to the Singhs who are planning to build the
second house.

139
Document 5.2(a) Goldberg Sale: The 1970 Conveyance
Document 5.2(b) Goldberg Sale: The 1974 Conveyance
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Question If you were acting for the Singhs, and in the light of all the
information supplied, what particular investigations would you make and what
matters would you check on before advising exchange of contracts?

The Singhs want to know whether they will be able to stop the public using the
path along the riverside. What will determine the answer to this question? And
where will you find the answer? (Note para 6.7.)
Should the existence of this footpath have been disclosed in the contract, under
the Standard Conditions of Sale? Would this answer be the same if it were an open
contract?

5.2.1 To appreciate the importance of care in drafting the contract, it is necessary

to have a clear picture of the legal effect of exchanging contracts; and of the
elements of such a contract; a matter which we will now look at.

5.3 THE LEGAL EFFECT OF A CONTRACT

Broadly speaking, from a legal point of view, the two most crucial points, the
conveyancing Rubicons of no return in a sale transaction, are exchange of
contracts, as it is commonly called (ie the creation of a binding contract) and
completion. Completion is the stage at which (in final performance of the
contract) the title to the property is finally transferred to the purchaser (subject to
registration in the case of registered title) and in return the purchaser hands over
the balance of the purchase money. This is dealt with later (see Chapter 14). We
are concerned here with exchange.
In accordance with ordinary contract law, until there is a binding contract
neither prospective vendor nor prospective purchaser is legally bound to the other.
Either side can withdraw for any reason whatsoever without penalty or liability.1
If a prospective purchaser has paid what is commonly called a preliminary
deposit (para 2.3.1) she can recover it.
The moment a binding contract does come into existence, both parties are
legally bound. Each party becomes liable to complete the contract and,
wrongfully failing to do so, will be liable for breach of contract. From this
moment their respective rights and obligations are determined by the terms of the
contract; and cannot unilaterally be altered.

1 But note that financial liability may have been incurred for work done to the solicitors, estate agents,
valuers, etc. And liability to the other party may be incurred under the principles of proprietary
estoppel and restitution; see Regalian Properties Ltd v London Docklands Development Corporation
[1995] 1 WLR 212; [1995] Conv 135; and see below, para 9.5.3.

144
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: UNREGISTERED TITLE

It is therefore important to be able to identify the contract terms; to understand

them and be able to advise the client in simple English on their implications; and
to be able to negotiate and draft any necessary amendments.

5.3.1 The content of a sale contract

The terms of the contract, like indeed the terms of any contract, are derived from
two sources:
(a) Express terms. The express terms are those which have been expressly
agreed between the parties and written into the contract. In general, the
parties can agree to whatever terms they like—for example, that completion
will take place on a certain date. As will be seen, this freedom of contract is
limited in a few respects by statute and equity.
In principle, and occasionally in practice, the parties may form a contract
which contains no more than the parties (who is selling to whom), the
identity of the property and the price. This gives the basic minimum certainty
to constitute a valid contract. Such a contract is commonly referred to as an
open contract. In contrast to a sale of goods contract, in the absence of
agreement on price, the courts will not imply a reasonable price and there
will be no contract.
(b) Implied terms. A moments thought, even to a Timothy brain, will indicate
that a sale of land transaction involves a whole galaxy of other matters which
must, or may have to, be decided—for example, on what date must
completion take place; what is to happen if the building is destroyed by fire
before completion; is the purchaser required to pay a deposit; what if the
vendor’s husband suddenly claims an interest in the property and refuses to
move out? However, failure to deal expressly in the contract with any or all of
these points does not leave the parties in a contractual vacuum. Provided
there is a valid contract, the law contains, enmeshed in past decisions and
statute, what can be seen as a reserve storehouse of principles and terms
which will be applied to resolve any matter not settled by the expressly
agreed terms. These implied terms are commonly referred to as the terms
implied under an open contract (and lawyers talk of ‘the open contract
position’).
If a contract is a contract by correspondence2 and in so far as it is not
governed by its own express terms, it will be governed by what are

2 See Steam v Twitchell [1985] 1 All ER 631; Pips (Leisure Productions) Ltd v Walton (1982) 43 P &
CR 415. But can a valid contract of correspondence be created under the Law of Property
(Miscellaneous) Provisions Act 1989, s 2? See below, para 9.5.

145
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

generally known as the statutory conditions of sale. This is a set of

conditions drawn up by the Lord Chancellor under s 46 of the Law of
Property Act 1925 to govern such contracts.3 Parties to any contract can use
these conditions if they wish by express incorporation as a set of standard
conditions; but they deal only with the very basic matters and are not
resorted to in practice.
In practice, parties would be foolish to leave all matters to be decided by these
implied terms; and will incorporate a full set of express terms into their contract
dealing with more or less all issues that might arise.
The practice is for the vendor’s solicitor to draft the contract for the purchasers
solicitor to approve or suggest amendments. The terms as finally negotiated will then
be incorporated into the final form of the contract ready for exchange (Chapter 9).
If a solicitor sat down, with a blank sheet, and attempted to draft a full set of
express terms every time she acted on a sale, she would soon find herself using
substantially the same clauses time and time again. She would, in effect, be
creating her own standard form of contract.
All sale of land transactions have a great deal in common. It is therefore
possible and desirable to have available a single, standard set of terms which can
be used in whole or part in any sale of land contract. Indeed, as will be seen,
conveyancing solicitors use standard forms and precedents as the basis for most
stages in any transaction.
Use of such a standard set of contract terms is advantageous for a number of
reasons: (i) It saves time and money; (ii) A lot of thought should have gone into
the drafting of a set of standard terms. This means that, hopefully, it will deal with
all points that may arise in a comprehensible and suitable manner, reasonably fair
to both sides. Without their use, it would be all too easy to overlook (or not deal
fully) with important issues—and typically, the issue not dealt with would be the
one to give rise to a dispute; (iii) Such standard terms are likely to have come
before the courts at some time; their meaning is likely to have acquired the
certainty of a judicially binding construction.
Sets of standard terms (commonly described as standard conditions—though
of course they are made up of both conditions and warranties) have been
published. The one most commonly used by lawyers today for residential
conveyancing is probably that produced jointly by the Law Society and the
Solicitors’ Law Stationery Society Ltd, known as ‘The Standard Conditions of
Sale (Third Edition)’. These Standard Conditions have been incorporated into a
printed form of contract, published by the same two bodies, and used as the basis
for illustration throughout this book.

3 SR & O 1925/779.

146
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: UNREGISTERED TITLE

Alternatively, a firm may draft and use its own set of standard conditions. Or a
solicitor may think it desirable to make her own standard amendments (to be
incorporated as a matter of course in each transaction) to a published set.
There are, of course, matters which will necessarily need to be changed from
transaction to transaction—most obviously, the identity of the parties, the
property and the price; and the date for completion; on a sale of part the restrictive
covenants that may need to be imposed on the purchaser’s land and so on. Any
term which is put in to add to or amend the standard conditions is commonly
referred to as a special condition (though, again, it may of course itself be a
condition or a warranty).
At this point, a caveat needs to be entered. No set of standard conditions is
perfect; or necessarily reflects what both sides want and are prepared to negotiate
for. And no two transactions are exactly alike. Timothy’s attitude that there is a
standard form for everything which only needs filling in is a dangerous one. For
every transaction it is important to consider whether there is any feature of that
transaction or of the client’s requirements which necessitates amendment of
whatever standard conditions are being used.

5.3.2 Void conditions

A number of contractual conditions are made void by statute. For example, the
overreaching machinery is fundamental to the philosophy of the 1925 legislation;
that is that buying and selling land is about buying and selling the legal estate. The
legislation is designed to keep equitable, trust interests off the title, to guarantee
that a purchaser will take free of any such without having to investigate them.
Section 42(1) of the Law of Property Act 1925 accordingly provides that any
stipulation requiring a purchaser to take a title made with the concurrence of a
person entitled to an equitable interest, if it can be made without such concurrence
(that is by operating the overreaching machinery) will be void. To deter avoidance
of this rule, s 42(2),(3) and (8) provide that any stipulation requiring the purchaser
to pay towards the cost of operating the overreaching machinery or of getting in
any outstanding legal estate will be void.4
The section does not insist that the overreaching machinery must be used;
merely that the vendor cannot insist on it not being used. In practice, it is common

4 Compare s 110(1) and (5) of the Land Registration Act 1925, designed to prevent the sanctity of the
register as the basis of conveyancing of registered land from being undermined.

147
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

to have a person (such as a person who has originally contributed to the purchase
price) with a certain or a possible equitable, trust interest in the property to join in
the contract or otherwise sign a consent to release her interest.
Under s 48 of the Act any term which might restrict a purchaser in the selection
of a solicitor to act for her will be void; including one that the conveyance or
registration of title is to be carried out by a vendor-appointed solicitor at the
purchaser’s expense.
The section does not prevent the vendor stipulating the form (ie the wording)
of the conveyance and charging a reasonable sum for doing so. And this is
commonly done by estate developers for the sake of preserving uniform
conveyancing on the estate and avoiding negotiation over the wording of each
individual conveyance.
Equally, it does not prevent the customary practice whereby, on the grant of a
lease, the lease is prepared by the lessor’s solicitor at the cost of the lessee (subject
to the Costs of Leases Act 1958 (para 17.2.3)).
As to conditions requiring the purchaser to cure stamping defects, see para
10.7.1.

5.3.3 Drafting the contract: general points

In addition to what has been said, a few basic objectives should be kept in mind
when drafting the contract.
(a) You must draft the contract so as to reflect accurately your client’s
instructions and authority. This of course also involves, where necessary,
drawing the client’s attention to and explaining the points on which her
instructions are necessary.
(b) You must be very careful to create in the contract only obligations which
your client is capable of fulfilling. The objective is not to draft your client into
court for breach of contract. This applies particularly in deciding what title
can be offered to the purchaser.
Since the abolition of the rule in Bain v Fothergill a vendor will be liable to pay
substantial damages for loss of bargain and not just the purchaser’s legal costs, if
there is a defect in title which is not dealt with in the contract (para 10.6.4).
Timothy has failed miserably to pursue either of these objectives. He has lost a
crucial part of the instructions; he has drafted the contract without checking what
if any title to the land the Goldbergs have. His laxity is not unique.

148
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: UNREGISTERED TITLE

In Errington v Martell-Wilson5 Latey J opened his judgment as follows:

‘From first to last this has been an unhappy action, punctuated by a
series of mistakes and errors of judgment. This went on until the eve of
the hearing when the Plaintiff’s solicitors included in the large bundle of
documents for the use of the judge a letter from the Defendant’s
solicitors, informing the Plaintiff’s solicitors of the amount of a payment
into court.’
Mrs Martell-Wilson was an old lady of 82 in 1977. The plaintiff’s solicitor
approached her with a view to buying a piece of land which his client wanted
to develop. Eventually, a letter came from her solicitors to the plaintiff’s
solicitors:
‘all we have been able to extract from her as yet in relation to the
property—she appears for the time being to have mislaid the title deeds
of which we have on our file a schedule receipted by her—is a copy of a
plan, referred to by her as ‘the deeds’, comprising in our opinion
considerably more land, although it includes the sites of Nos 1 to 10
Walton Terrace that is now the subject of this transaction. In the
meantime we have been able to prepare from the papers in our file a
draft contract and this we are enclosing, together with a duplicate, with a
view to getting this matter moving at least. Although we cannot be
certain, we do not believe that the copy plan herewith is the same as the
one referred to in the draft contract.’
Note, in passing, the importance if you part with deeds which you hold of getting
a receipted schedule signed by the person to whom they are passed.
The matter did move—without the deeds!—and the next thing we read in the
report is that ‘a contract was signed dated 28 March 1977. Within a few days the
Plaintiff discovered that [Mrs Martell-Wilson] had no title to the property.’ She
had in fact forgotten, being old, that she had sold it five years earlier. Needless to
say (the defence of mental incapacity and unconscionable bargain having been
rejected on the facts—see Cresswell v Potter6), the plaintiff was held entitled to
damages—in fact for misrepresentation (para 4.4.1).
I will now turn to consider some of the special conditions which need to be
drafted, following the sequence of the form used by Timothy. The meaning and
possible amendment of the various, printed, general conditions will be considered
where appropriate in the text.

5 (1980) Lexis transcript.

6 [1978] 1WLR 255.

149
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

5.4 IDENTITY OF THE PROPERTY AND BOUNDARIES

The contract must contain an accurate legal and physical description of the
property.
The legal description will state whether the land is freehold or leasehold; and,
if leasehold, whether a lease or a sub-lease. (See Chapter 17 for leases.) Unless the
contract provides otherwise it is implied that the freehold will be proved and
conveyed.
As to physical description: The vendors solicitor needs to be satisfied that the
description of the property in the contract is accurate and clear and that it
corresponds with (i) what she wants to sell; and (ii) what she is able to prove
title to.
The purchaser’s solicitor will need to be satisfied that the property as defined
in the contract matches what the client wants to buy.
The property can be described verbally, or verbally with reference to an
attached plan. Where the boundary features are long established it may not be felt
necessary to have a plan prepared. Frequently the verbal description and a plan
can be adopted from a previous conveyance of the whole property; but care
should be taken that it is accurate and sufficiently definite. The parcels clauses (as
they are known) in old conveyances tend to be prolix, written in what is now
archaic legal language and often not very illuminating in relation to the property
on the ground. ‘All that piece or parcel of land now in the occupation of John
Thomas as tenant’ may at best lead you to a plot of land in some churchyard!
Where only part of the land in the existing title is being sold, a plan will
invariably be desirable.
Particular care is needed on behalf of both vendor and purchaser where there is
anything to suggest that the boundary line may not be clear and undisputed on the
ground and correspond with available plans. In McManus Developments Ltd v
Barbridge Properties Ltd7 the plaintiff purchasers were claiming, inter alia,
against their solicitor for negligence. Although a sale of registered title, the same
principles apply.
The property was described in the contract as ‘Garden House, rear of 33
Hartswood Road, London W12 (registered at HM Land Registry under absolute
title no NGL 436091)’. The problem was that a fence supposedly marking the
northern boundary on the ground was between three and four metres to the north of
the true boundary line shown on the title plan of the registered title (of which the
plaintiffs’ solicitor had a copy). When the discrepancy was discovered by the
plaintiffs after completion they had to buy in the extra strip in order to carry out their

7 (1992) Lexis transcript.

150
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: UNREGISTERED TITLE

intended development. The plaintiffs did have a copy of the estate agent’s location
plan which, like the filed plan, showed the correct position of the boundary and
their solicitor had orally advised them before contract to check the boundaries.
The basis of the finding of negligence was that one day before completion the
plaintiffs had discovered that the fence had been moved by the neighbours to what
in fact was the true boundary. They immediately informed their solicitor who
treated it simply as a matter of unlawful encroachment by the neighbour, wrote to
the vendor’s solicitors requiring them to get the fence put back to its former
position and this was in fact done. The plaintiffs’ solicitor thereupon completed
the purchase. In fact, unknown to the plaintiffs or their solicitor, a dispute was
seething over the boundary between the vendor and the neighbour. In the view of
the court the information that the fence had been moved ‘was calculated to set
alarm bells ringing in a solicitor’s mind’. A competent solicitor would at that point
have made a proper investigation as to why the fence had been moved and
whether there was any dispute as to ownership of the boundary. Indeed, if the
solicitor had checked the boundary on the ground with the filed plan, the true
position would immediately have become obvious.8
Hopefully, the verbal description will tally with any plan annexed. If, in any
document, there is a discrepancy the court will have to decide which prevails. If
the property is referred to as ‘more particularly delineated on the plan annexed’
(or words to that effect) the plan will normally prevail. If the plan is referred to as
being ‘for the purposes of identification only’ (or words to that effect), the verbal
description will normally prevail.

5.4.1 Land Registry plans

(See also para 11.2.3.) It should be remembered when drafting or perusing a draft
contract that any conveyance of unregistered title on sale will now have to be
registered by the purchaser.
‘One of the distinguishing features of registered conveyancing is that the
land is described by reference to an official plan based upon the
ordnance survey map, revised up to date. Consequently, an applicant for
first registration must give the registry sufficient information by plan or
verbal description to enable his land to be identified with precision on
the ordnance survey map of the Land Registry general map.’
The same authors also say:
‘More than one in eight of the plans which are brought into the registry
on first registration, or in connection with transfers of part of the land in

8 See also Jackson v Bishop (1979) 48 P & CR 57; below para 5.7.

151
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

a registered title, contain errors and inaccuracies which are too serious to
be ignored.’9
The best plan for submission to the Registry is likely to be one based on the
ordnance survey map,10 though copyright permission is needed to use these maps.
The Law Society has an arrangement with the Ordnance Survey Department
under which solicitors can obtain a general licence to use their material.

5.4.2 Ownership of boundaries

Who owns the privet hedge? Where exactly is the line dividing me from my
neighbour? There are probably many running battles and little final certainty in this
area. It is uncommon for the title deeds (except perhaps on new developments and
when part of the property has been sold off) to delineate the mathematically exact
line of boundaries and the consequent ownership of boundary features. Where
ownership of boundary features such as fences and walls is shown on plans it is
conventional to do it by means of a ‘T’ facing inwards from the boundary. The
significance of the ‘T’ should be incorporated into the verbal description.
In usual conveyancing practice the need to show and prove the exact line of
boundaries is avoided by what can be called the general boundaries rule. Standard
Conditions 4.3.1. (iterating this open contract principle) and 4.3.2. provide:
‘4.3.1. The seller need not:
(a) prove the exact boundaries of the property;
(b) prove who owns fences, ditches, hedges or walls.
4.3.2. The buyer may, if it is reasonable, require the seller to make or
obtain, pay for and hand over a statutory declaration about facts relevant
to the matters mentioned in condition 4.3.1. The form of declaration is to
be agreed by the buyer, who must not unreasonably withhold his
agreement.’
This principle allows the vendor a measure of latitude in proving the exact limits
of the property; but failure to show the boundary line to a significant degree would
not be protected by the condition.
The Land Registry normally adopts the same general boundary principle on its
filed plans; which again means that if any dispute arises between neighbours it
will have to be resolved as a question of fact in the light of all the evidence and

9 Ruoff & Pryer, pp18, 22. For Land Registry advice on plans, see their Practice Advice Leaflet (PAL
No 8).
10 Except, for example, where there are overlapping floors when proper architectural plans may be
advisable.

152
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: UNREGISTERED TITLE

common law presumptions as to the limit of boundaries. If the relevant deeds sent
on registration of the title do mark boundaries with a ‘T’ which is referred to in the
verbal description, this will be replicated on the title plan and noted on the
property register.11

5.5 ROOT OF TITLE

(See also Chapter 10.) In principle, the vendor must prove her title; that is prove
that she owns the legal estate which she has agreed to sell (the legal freehold or
leasehold) free from any trust and free from any incumbrances other than those to
which the contract declares the land to be subject and any which are patent at the
time of the contract.
The contract determines, by its express and implied terms, how that title must
be proved, that is what evidence of title must be offered.
In traditional conveyancing practice at least, the actual proof takes place after
formation of contract.
How can V(endor) prove her ownership of the legal estate being sold? She can
show that the title was transferred to her in one of the ways stipulated by law for
the effective transfer of the legal estate—for example, a deed of conveyance, a
written assent to her as a testamentary beneficiary of a deceased relative—and in
most cases some deed or legal document is needed for the transfer of the legal
estate. But what if the person (W) transferring it to her did not own it, was a
squatter for example? If W did not own it, any transfer to V would be ineffective.
The ownership of the real owner of the legal estate (that is someone with a better
right than W), being legal and good against all the world, can be asserted against
W and V. V is driven to go yet another stage further back and show how the land
was transferred effectively from say X to W; and so on.
In fact, the law puts a limit on how far back the vendor has to go; and is so
designed that a title proved over this period will run very little risk of challenge.
Section 23 of the Law of Property Act 1969, provides that under an open
contract 15 years is ‘the period of commencement of title’ which a purchaser of
land may require. The proof of title for this period must start with a good root of
title. Here, Timothy has got something right. His definition of a good root of title
is correct. His application of the rule is less happy (below). The vendor will then
have to prove title by tracing and proving the legal history of the land in an
unbroken chain from the root to her own ownership.

11 See Rule 278 of the Land Registration Rules 1925; and Cutlan v Atwell (1994) Lexis transcript

153
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

The Standard Conditions do not alter this open contract rule as to the age and
quality of a good root. It is usual, as Timothy has drafted, for the contract to
stipulate what root is being offered. Unless, as for example under TransAction
Protocol, title is deduced with the draft contract, the contract is not
accompanied by copy of the root document or the subsequent documents
constituting the chain of title. These are provided by way of deducing title after
contract.
Whenever one document is referred to in another (as here when stipulating the
root document in the contract) it should be identified by stating its nature, its date
and the parties to it. Timothy has not even managed this correctly. More seriously,
he has identified the wrong document.
Where the document specified as the root of title is not a good root, the vendor
(to avoid being in breach of contract) should put in a special condition stipulating
the defect and requiring the purchaser not to object; alternatively she should provide
(if there is one) an earlier document which is a good root. The document stipulated
by Timothy, with such careless abandon (the 1974 Conveyance) is unsatisfactory. It
identifies the property only by reference to the plan on an earlier conveyance (the
1970 conveyance). If the contract were left like this, the purchaser would probably
be entitled to reject the 1974 conveyance as a satisfactory root. In any case, under s
45(1) of the Law of Property Act 1925 (para 10.5.2) she would be entitled to
requisition production of the earlier conveyance. It follows that Timothy should
have used the 1970 conveyance as the root of title. If for any reason (eg if it had been
lost) it were not possible to produce this, the 1974 conveyance should be used and a
special term put in the contract stating the absence of the earlier document and
consequent deficiency in the title and requiring the purchaser to accept title subject
and without objecting to this deficiency.

Question John Keats is instructing you on the sale of his house and market garden
of 10 acres, Nightingfield, at Koppax. There is a problem. The title deeds have
been lost. John, as the only child, took over the property when his father, William,
died about seven years ago and continued to work the market garden. His father,
by then a widower, had always kept the deeds in a box under his bed; but on his
death neither the box nor the deeds could be found. John had worked the garden
with his father for many years; and so when William died John just carried on
without any formal papers being signed.

(a) How can you check whether the land has been registered, either in
William’s name or in the name of someone else?
(b) Suppose it has been registered in William’s name. What steps will you
advise John to take now?

154
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: UNREGISTERED TITLE

(c) Suppose that for the last five years, part of the garden—a part on the
4boundary, not cultivated by John because of pollution from a nearby
stream—has been registered with possessory title in the name of neighbour,
Pablo Neruda. Advise John.
(d) Assume that no part of the property has been registered, and that you are
drafting the contract of sale. What evidence of title can John not offer? What
evidence can he offer? Draft a suitable special condition to put in the
contract. Research a suitable form and draft the document to be incorporated
into the contract containing this evidence. (See paras 7.11 (b) and 10.4.1.)

5.6 APPURTENANT RIGHTS AND INCUMBRANCES

ALREADY AFFECTING THE PROPERTY

When drafting both the contract and the conveyance for a sale of part of the
vendors land (as in the Goldberg transaction), it is important to distinguish
between:
(a) Those rights and obligations affecting the land which are already in
existence at the time of the contract. These may exist whether the vendor is
selling only part or the whole of her land. Existing rights and obligations
affecting the land will be for the benefit of or a burden on adjoining land
owned by someone other than the vendor. As such, the vendor cannot
modify them in any way; and can only pass on the benefit or burden as it
exists.
(b) New rights and obligations which the parties have agreed to create;
designed to benefit or burden the land being retained by the vendor. (As to
these see Chapter 6.)

5.6.1 Appurtenant rights

Any benefits already attached to the property being sold (easements or covenants)
may be set out or incorporated by reference in the contract in the description of
the property preceded by the words ‘Together With…’ They will then be set out in
the conveyance in the same way (in the parcels clause—see para 12.4.2). The
benefit will then pass to the purchaser as part of the estate being purchased (the fee
simple, if the freehold is being purchased).
In fact rights which are appurtenant (that is the benefit of which is attached to
so as to run with the dominant property) will pass automatically to the purchaser
on a conveyance without express mention in the contract or conveyance. Section
62 of the Law of Property Act 1925, implies an all estates clause, as it is called,
into a conveyance of the land. It provides:

155
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

‘A conveyance of land shall be deemed to include and shall by virtue of

this Act operate to convey, with the land, all buildings, erections, fixtures,
commons, hedges, ditches, fences, ways, waters, watercourses, liberties,
privileges, easements, rights and advantages whatsoever appertaining or
reputed to appertain to the land or any part thereof, or, at the time of
conveyance, demised, occupied, or enjoyed with, or reputed or known as
part or parcel of or appurtenant to the land or any part thereof.’

Note: that the section operates to pass existing rights (as now being discussed);
but it has also been held to operate on a sale of part of the land to convert quasi-
easements into new, actual easements in favour of the part purchased.
Where existing appurtenant easements or covenants are expressly set out in the
contract description as part of what is being sold, it should be remembered that the
vendor is thereby obligating herself to convey them just as much as the land itself.
The vendor must therefore be in a position to prove title to the rights just as to the
land. If she is not able to do this a special condition should be put in the contract
barring the right to raise requisitions or objections in respect of the title to the
easement or covenant.
The purchaser of land with the benefit of easements or covenants needs to be
satisfied that the right was created by a landowner with title (ie to the servient
land) to create it; that it was properly annexed to the dominant and servient
properties (which will be shown by the original wording of the easement or
covenant); registered against the servient owner if necessary; and that title has
passed down to the present vendor.
Even if the easement or covenant was intended to run with the whole land of
the vendor it will not necessarily run with the part of that land being sold. It is
generally a question of the proper construction of the words used on the creation
of the right. For example, in the case of a restrictive covenant the benefit will only
run with part if, when created, it was expressed to be for the benefit of ‘each and
every part’ of the covenantee’s land (or words to the same effect). If a restrictive
covenant was not expressly annexed to the dominant property, its benefit can still
be expressly assigned on a conveyance of the land.
In practice, proving title to appurtenant easements and covenants does not
normally present a problem. The easement or covenant will usually have been
created earlier in the title when the property was sold off as part by the common
owner of the intended dominant and servient properties. Title to the easement or
covenant will be shown in the deeds to have passed down from them along with
the title to the dominant land and, assuming that there is no evidence that the
easement has been extinguished, proof of title to the land will embrace proof of
title to the easement or covenant.
The 1970 conveyance granted a drainage easement in favour of the property
being purchased then by the Goldbergs.

156
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: UNREGISTERED TITLE

The grant of the drainage easement in the 1970 conveyance makes it clear
that it could be enjoyed by the owner of any part of the dominant property. In
fact, as the Instructions on Sale note, the Goldbergs are no longer interested. A
special condition could be put into the contract agreeing a Declaration (to be put
in the ensuing conveyance) under which they would (effectively at least in
favour of the Singhs and their successors in title) release any right for the
owners of the retained Fell View to exercise the easement. On the facts, this is
not really necessary. Any such drain has to enter Pit Mansion at point P on the
plan; this is inside the part being sold to the Singhs. The courts would not imply
into the conveyance to the Singhs the reservation of an easement in favour of
Fell View to lay a drain across the Singhs’ property to point P (but see next
Question).

Question Assuming that such a Declaration is to be put into the conveyance, draft
it. If Standard Condition 3.3. of the contract were not modified (as to which see,
para 6.4.4) and no special condition were put in the contract as to the drainage
right, would the Goldbergs be able to assert a right to use it after conveyance?

For the transfer and registration of appurtenant rights in the case of registered
land, see para 7.9.

5.6.2 Incumbrances

The 1970 conveyance contains a number of restrictive covenants imposed on the

land purchased by the Goldbergs. These are clearly and expressly intended to
bind each and every part of the property; and will (subject to having been
registered) bind the Singhs as subsequent purchasers of part. The contract drafted
by Timothy does not set out the actual wording of the obligations imposed by the
earlier conveyance. As with benefits a contract should disclose not only the
existence of but set out the actual wording of any burdens attached to the property.
Especially in the light of special condition 2 of the Standard Conditions of sale
(barring requisitions on the incumbrances), the prospective purchaser’s solicitor
should insist on this before exchange of contracts.
It is common simply to include with the contract a copy of the wording of the
relevant clauses in the deed creating the benefit or burden of easements and
covenants. But the prospective purchaser’s solicitor should consider the need to
see the whole deed. For example, in the case of a restrictive covenant burdening
the property it may be necessary to see the whole deed to ascertain the identity
of the dominant property and whether the covenant is likely to be still
enforceable.

157
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

5.6.3 Positive covenants and indemnity covenants

Finally, the 1970 conveyance contains a positive obligation to erect a fence along
the boundary with Pit Mansion. This is a positive obligation. As such the burden is
not capable in itself of running with the covenantor’s land and will only be directly
enforceable by the owners12 of the benefited land against the original covenantor
personally and his estate.13 It should be noted that as it is worded it will continue to
bind the covenantor and his estate even after parting with the land. Consequently it
is usual for the covenantor when selling to require an indemnity covenant by the
purchaser to be included in the conveyance. This is a covenant by the purchaser
(who will now be in control of the land affected) with the vendor to perform the
terms of the covenant and to indemnify the vendor if, on failing to do so, the vendor
is sued by the original covenantee (or person with the benefit of the covenant) in
contract on the positive covenant. The 1974 conveyance contains such an indemnity
covenant by the Goldbergs; and they in turn will want a similar one from the Singhs
in respect of the part of the Pit Mansion boundary to the property which they are
buying. In this way, a chain of indemnity covenants is built up as the title changes
hands; so that, in principle at least, if there is a breach and the original covenantor
sued liability can be passed down the line to the actual wrongdoer.
The existence of the indemnity covenant in the 1974 conveyance should be
shown in the contract. But Timothy is wasting ink in putting in a special condition
requiring an indemnity covenant from the Singhs. Standard Condition 4.5.4.
already provides for the purchaser to give one (and the court would order one
even without such a condition). Note that an indemnity covenant is only
necessary, and under the Standard Conditions will only be given, where the
vendor will continue to be liable. If there is a break in the chain of covenants on
the title, a covenant will not be required.
An indemnity covenant will be required in the case of both positive and
restrictive covenants; though in the case of the latter, since direct enforcement (by
injunction or damages in lieu, in equity) against the present owner is normally
possible, action against the original covenantor to the restrictive covenant is not
likely. In the case of restrictive covenants a distinction should be noted between
imposing the proprietary burden on the land and the personal burden on the
covenantor. For the burden of a restrictive covenant to run the covenantor will
have to show an intention to bind subsequent owners of the land. This may be
done, for example, by expressing the covenant to be made on behalf of herself and

12 The words used would probably be sufficient to annex the benefit of the covenant to the retained
land by virtue of s 78 of the Law of Property Act 1925.
13 As to the possibility of an obligation to fence existing as an easement, see Crow v Wood [1971] 1
QB 77; but this case concerned only the passing of the benefit of the obligation under s 62 and so
establishes very little.

158
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: UNREGISTERED TITLE

successors in title to the land. But at the same time the covenant may make it clear
that the covenantor is only intended to be personally liable while she retains some
interest in the land. In this case, she will not be under any liability after parting
with the land; and neither she nor any subsequent owner of the land will be
entitled to (or indeed need) an indemnity covenant.
If there has been a break in the chain of indemnity covenants, there will be no
liability and no right to take one. For example, a personal representative may have
neglected to include an indemnity covenant in an assent to a beneficiary (as she would
have been entitled to under the Administration of Estates Act 1925, s 36 (10)).

5.7 COVENANTS FOR TITLE

The general principle of conveyancing law is that until completion the parties are
bound by the contract and can sue for any breach. However, upon completion the
contract is said to merge with the conveyance. In other words, with certain
exceptions, the contract comes to an end at that point and is replaced by the
conveyance. If, after that, the purchaser discovers any defect in the title—for
example a binding but hitherto undiscovered restrictive covenant—her only
possible remedy is to sue for breach of the covenants for title contained expressly
or by the statutory implication in the conveyance.
Merger will not occur when, on a proper construction of the contract, it can be
said that the obligation was intended to persist after conveyance. The intention
may have to be inferred from the nature of the obligation. For example, an
obligation in the contract of sale to erect a house on the land will persist after
completion of the purchase with the house not yet finished. The obligation to give
vacant possession will not merge (para 14.6.). In Mason v Schuppisser14 a term in
the contract giving the vendor a right to re-purchase was held to persist.
To avoid subsequent dispute, the intention that any specified terms should
persist after completion should be expressed in the contract, the term incorporated
into the conveyance, or initially made part of a separate contract.
Standard Condition 7.4. provides: ‘Completion does not cancel liability to
perform any outstanding obligation under the contract.’ Presumably this means
that the principle of merger is not to apply at all to a contract subject to the
Standard Conditions.15

14 (1899) 81 LT 147.
15 And so not to the guarantees of title contained in such a contract; though arguably a distinction
might be made between outstanding obligations (yet to be performed) which would not merge, and
liability for obligations already broken which would not be covered by Standard Condition 7.4. and
would still merge.

159
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

The doctrine of merger applies equally to registered land; and, it is generally,

assumed, operates on transfer rather than registration.
The principle of merger means that a purchaser will want some guarantee of
title which will continue to be enforceable after completion.
The parties are free to negotiate what guarantees of title they wish and provide
in the contract for these to be incorporated in the conveyance.
Prior to 1 July 1995 (when the Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions)
Act 1994 commenced) the almost invariable practice was for the contract and
conveyance simply to state the capacity of the vendor and allow this to
determine the covenants for title to be implied into the conveyance in
accordance with s 76 of the Law of Property Act 1925. Proof of title to
unregistered land will continue for some years to depend on documents prior to
the implementation of the 1994 Act. An understanding of this earlier practice
therefore continues to be important.
The covenants to be implied by s 76 in relation to freehold dealings (for
leasehold, see paras 17.3.2. and 17.5(d)) depend on whether the person ‘conveys
and is expressed to convey’:
(a) as beneficial owner in a conveyance (other than a mortgage) for valuable
consideration (which expression does not include marriage);
(b) as beneficial owner in a mortgage of the property;16
(c) as settlor in a settlement; or
(d) as trustee, mortgagee or personal representative.
In situation (a), the four covenants (though they are described in the section and
sometimes regarded as one covenant) are set out in Schedule 2, Part I of the 1925
Act; and can be listed as follows: full power to convey; quiet enjoyment; freedom
from incumbrances; for further assurance.
These covenants provide a limited guarantee of the purchasers title and that the
vendor will (at the purchaser’s expense) do anything further necessary to perfect a
title which is found to be imperfect. Two points should be noted: first, it was (and
of course still is) is the basic duty of the purchaser’s solicitor properly to
investigate the title being offered before conveyance. Especially today, when
(though the student may find it hard to believe) title is so much a simpler matter,
any significant defect coming to light after completion is likely to be a result of
careless conveyancing. Secondly, the covenant is in any case not an absolute
guarantee of the purchaser’s title. The covenantor is only liable for the acts or
omissions of herself and her predecessors in title back to the last purchase for
value; and the lawful acts and omissions of those who have acquired a derivative
interest from the covenantor.

16 For title covenants in relation to mortgages, see para 8.3.1 (g).

160
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: UNREGISTERED TITLE

The matter is best explained by an illustration. Suppose that (prior to

commencement of the 1994 Act) A sold and conveyed to B who, in turn, sold
and conveyed to C. In both cases the vendor conveyed as beneficial owner. After
completion C discovers that the land is subject to a hitherto undiscovered, but
enforceable, mortgage. If the mortgage was created by A, then C can in
principle sue A on the covenant given to B. The benefit of the title covenants
runs with the legal estate. But C cannot sue her own vendor, B, in this case; the
defect was created behind the last conveyance for value (from A to B). If the
mortgage was created by B, then C can sue B on the covenant in the B to C
conveyance.
Potentially, therefore, the person suffering as a result of the defect should have
a claim against someone back in the chain of ownership. But that person, or her
personal representatives may not be traceable, may not be worth suing, or, if a
company, may have gone into liquidation. The right of action may have been
barred under the Limitation Act 1980. On all but the covenant for quiet
enjoyment, the time limit of twelve years starts to run from the date of the
conveyance containing the covenant being sued on. In the case of quiet enjoyment
it is 12 years from disturbance of the enjoyment. There may be no beneficial
owner covenant to rely on. Suppose that A, having created the mortgage, had died
and the land passed to PR her personal representative; and suppose that PR had
sold and conveyed it to B. The only statutory covenant implied on a conveyance
by a personal representative, mortgagee or trustee is that the person conveying has
not herself ‘done or knowingly suffered’ anything to be done to incumber the title.
In this case no one would be liable to C.
There is a further possible weakness in the s 76 provision. There is judicial
opinion which suggests, because s 76 only implies the covenants where a person
‘conveys and is expressed to convey’, that the beneficial owner (for example)
covenants only apply where the vendor is both stated in the conveyance to be and
is in fact beneficial owner of the property. If the issue arises and this view does
find judicial favour it is a serious limit on the utility of the covenants. One of the
most common post-completion title problems is probably the discovery that there
has been a double conveyance. S sells and conveys land to B which, it discovered,
has already been conveyed to A. B can have no title, at least in unregistered
conveyancing.17 A’s title is legal and good against all the world. If the above
mentioned view is correct, B cannot sue S on the title covenant, because S was not
in fact beneficial owner (or any sort of owner) of the land at the time of the
conveyance to B. Without delving here into the arguments it is submitted that the
broader view is correct.

17 In registered conveyancing registration might cure B’s title at the expense of A.

161
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

In Jackson v Bishop18 a residential estate, Hummicks Estate, was being

developed by the second defendants. The first defendants bought plot 6; the
plaintiffs then bought plot 7. Dispute arose between them as to the correct
position of the dividing boundary. The identical plan on each conveyance was
copied directly from the site plan, purported to be drawn to a given scale; and gave
the purported measurements of the boundaries. The dividing boundary on each
conveyance plan was shown in the same position. No room for dispute here one
might think. But there was. Both parties were claiming a small triangle of land.
Examination of the plan showed internal inconsistency. Two of the boundaries
were marked in figures as 209' and 70'; but when these boundary lines were
measured on the plan and scaled up they emerged as respectively 195' and 83'.
Further inconsistency emerged when an attempt was made to match up the plan to
the reality on the ground.
The plan showed an inspection cover giving access to certain oil pipe lines as
being adjacent to and immediately outside the south-eastern boundary of plot
number 6, and only a short distance, some 17 or 18 feet from the southernmost
corner of that plot, whereas if one applied to those fixed features on the ground
which could be determined without hesitation, the plot as indicated by the scale
and the boundaries drawn to scale, that oil inspection cover would have fallen
well within the plot.19
Using this position of the inspection cover as the base line gave the disputed
triangle to plot 6; using the alternative gave it to plot 7.
The necessary logic of the Court of Appeal’s decision (though they denied
this) seems to be that both interpretations were correct. For they decided that the
disputed plot had been conveyed to plot 6; and then subsequently (and therefore
ineffectively) to the plaintiffs with plot 7—a double conveyance. The plaintiffs
were therefore held entitled to damages from the developers for breach of the
covenants for title. No mention was made of s 76 or its correct interpretation; by
inference it supports the view preferred above.20
The case is also noteworthy because it illustrates the importance of accurate
identification of the property in contract and conveyance.21
Where, prior to the commencement of the 1994 Act, a person conveyed and
was expressed to convey as settlor, the only covenant implied was for further
assurance; where a person conveyed and was expressed to convey as trustee,

18 (1979) 48 P & CR 57; [1982] Conv 324; and see Conodate Investments Ltd v Bentley Quarry
Engineering Co Ltd [1970] EGD 902.
19 Per Bridge LJ, at p61.
20 The developers were also held liable in negligence; see [1982] Conv 324.
21 For the question whether, under s 76, joint tenants should have sold and conveyed as beneficial
owner or as trustees for sale, see the first edition of this book, para 5.7.

162
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: UNREGISTERED TITLE

mortgagee or personal representative, the only covenant implied was that she
herself had not incumbered the title.
In relation to all (apart from those governed by the transitional provisions)
dispositions (whether or not for value) taking effect after 1 July 1995, guarantee
of title is governed by the 1994 Act and in relation to such dispositions, s 76 is
repealed. Thus, in drafting contracts or conveyances today, it is the 1994 Act
which is relevant. Briefly, the position is as follows:
A disposition can be expressed to be made with full title guarantee or with
limited title guarantee; or with no title guarantee at all. Which is used will depend,
not as with the old covenants, on the capacity in which the vendor conveys, but on
which has been agreed to in the contract. Thus, where beneficial joint tenants are
selling they can (and normally will be expected to) offer full title guarantee.22 In the
absence of express agreement, the purchaser will not be entitled to any guarantee.23
Standard Condition 4.5.2. provides that if the agreement makes no provision as to
title guarantee, the seller is to transfer the property with full title guarantee. In
practice, full title guarantee will be stipulated on a conveyance on sale of freehold
(whether by a sole owner or joint tenants) and on mortgage. Trustees, mortgagees
and personal representatives are likely to offer the limited title guarantee.24 Settlors
and donors are not likely to offer any guarantee. As before, the parties can agree to
limit or extend the covenants implied under either of these guarantees.
Where the full title guarantee is stipulated in the transfer, the transferor
covenants (subject to any title defects expressly stipulated) that she has a right to
convey; that she will do all that she reasonably can to perfect the title of the
transferee; and that the property is free from incumbrances at the time of the
disposition (other than those the transferor did not and could be expected to know
about). These covenants are thus not restricted to events since the last disposition
for value. The covenants implied by the limited title guarantee are nevertheless
much wider than the old covenant implied on a conveyance by a trustee,
mortgagee or personal representative; and in practice are likely to be limited by
express provision in the contract. Its inclusion implies a covenant (again subject to
any defects expressly stipulated) that the transferor has a right to convey; will do
all that she reasonably can to perfect the title of the transferee; and that since the
last disposition for value she has not herself incumbered, nor suffered anyone else
to incumber, and is not aware that anyone else has incumbered, the property. The
benefit of all these covenants will run with the estate of the transferee and so be
enforceable by a subsequent owner of that estate. Time under the Limitation Act

22 Under the old law, it was arguable that since, as joint owners, they were trustees (albeit for
themselves) they should convey as trustees rather than beneficial owners, implying only the limited
covenant for title.
23 For the exceptions to this, see PH Kenny, ‘The Way Ahead on Covenants’ (1995) 92 LS Gaz 20.
24 As to mortgagees, when selling, see PH Kenny, ibid.

163
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

1980 (12 years if the guarantee is contained in a deed) will begin to run from the
time of the transfer.

5.8 NEW RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS NEEDED ON

A SALE OF PART

These are dealt with in Chapter 6.

5.9 THE COMPLETION DATE

This is the date agreed by the parties for completion when title will be transferred
to the purchaser by conveyance or (in the case of registered land) transfer (subject
to registration), when she will be given vacant possession (if the sale is with
vacant possession), the balance of the purchase price paid to the vendor and any
other outstanding matters dealt with. (See Chapter 16 for the consequences of late
or non-completion.)
The contractual completion date should not be confused with the agreement date.
The latter will be inserted at the time the agreement is made to show when it was made.
Fixing of the date for completion is a good example of the relationship
between implied terms, standard conditions and special conditions, (para 5.3.1).
The open contract position (ie the implied term) is that completion must take
place within a reasonable time. What is reasonable is a question of fact in each
case depending on what has to be done by way of proving title, drafting
documents, etc. Standard Conditions 6.1.1. and 6.1.2. provide:
‘6.1.1.Completion date is twenty working days after the date of the
contract but time is not of the essence unless a notice to complete has been
served.
6.1.2. If the money due on completion is received after 2.00 pm, completion
is to be treated, for the purposes only of conditions 6.3. and 7.3, as taking
place on the next working day.’

Question Explain the consequences for the purchaser if completion takes place at 4.00
pm on the agreed completion date as a result of the purchaser’s solicitor having been held
up by another appointment. What would you put into the contract by way of amendment
or addition if both parties wanted completion to take place at 4.00 pm on that date?

Normally the parties want to agree their own specific completion date which will be
inserted as a special condition. Under special printed condition 1 (a) of the printed
form being used by Timothy this will then prevail over the standard condition.

164
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: UNREGISTERED TITLE

5.10 CONTRACT RATE

Standard Condition 1.1.1(g) provides: ‘Contract rate’, unless defined in the

agreement, is the Law Society’s interest rate from time to time in force.’
This is the rate of interest used as the measure of compensation under Standard
Condition 7.3.2. where either party is liable for late completion (para 16.6). It is
usual to set it at something like 4% above the base rate of a specified one of the big
clearing banks; or, under the Standard Conditions, to leave it as that fixed for this
purpose by the Law Society and published weekly in the Law Society Gazette
(fixed at 4% above the base rate of Barclays Bank plc). Since it may become
payable by either party it is not usually in the interests of either party to set it at a
punitive rate.

5.11 THE DEPOSIT

This is dealt with in Chapter 2.

5.12 CHATTELS AND FIXTURES

These are dealt with in para 4.4.2.

5.13 PROFESSIONAL UNDERTAKINGS

The Ledchester and Bongley sent the title deeds to Jarndyce & Jarndyce in return
for their undertaking (Document 5.1.1).
Solicitors are often asked to give undertakings. In conveyancing transactions
the most common occasions are:
(a) An undertaking given by the vendor’s solicitor to a mortgagee to obtain
the title deeds so that the draft contract can be prepared. The mortgagee will
normally want a guarantee that the deeds will be held to its order and, in
particular, not handed over to the borrower; and either get the deeds back or,
if completion takes place, the money to discharge the mortgage. In the
Goldberg case they will want on completion (in accordance with their
agreement), the return of the deeds (which will not be handed over to the
Singhs as they relate also to the retained part of Fell View) and the net
proceeds of sale.
In the case of registered land, the mortgagee would be holding a charge
certificate (with the land certificate held at the Land Registry) or the Land
Certificate itself in the case of an informal mortgage. The land or charge
certificate will not necessarily be up to date with all current entries on the
register. The proper procedure for the vendor’s solicitor is therefore to obtain

165
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

up to date office copies of the entries on the register (para 11.2.1) and use
these as the basis for drafting the contract. Copies (office copies under the
Standard Conditions) will in any case have to be supplied to the purchaser
either with the draft contract or immediately after exchange of contract in
order to prove title.
(b) An undertaking given to a bank or other financier by the purchaser’s
solicitor to secure a bridging loan to the client, generally either to enable her
to pay the deposit on exchange (para 2.3.3) or to finance the full purchase
price pending the sale of an existing property.
(c) An undertaking by the vendor’s to the purchaser’s solicitor on completion
to guarantee that an outstanding mortgage will be discharged out of the
proceeds of sale (para 15.3.1).
In some cases forms of undertaking have been agreed or recommended for
general use. For example, forms of undertaking have been agreed with
banks; and there is a recommended form of undertaking to discharge a
building society mortgage (see Guide, p454).
The Guide defines an undertaking as follows (para 19.01):
‘An undertaking is an unequivocal declaration of intention addressed to
someone who reasonably places reliance on it and made by:
(a) a solicitor or a member of staff in the course of practice; or
(b) a solicitor as “solicitor”, but not in the course of practice whereby
the solicitor becomes personally bound.’
Such a professional undertaking is normally acceptable because it is enforceable
in the following ways:
(a) Failure to honour it is prima facie serious professional misconduct
likely to give rise to disciplinary proceedings.
(b) The court, by virtue of its inherent jurisdiction over its own officers,
has power to enforce performance of a solicitor’s professional
undertaking.25
(c) Breach may give rise to direct liability in civil law, in contract, tort
or for breach of fiduciary duty; if for example money is paid to a
solicitor in reliance on an undertaking and disbursed by the solicitor in
breach of the undertaking.26

25 See Rooks Rider v Steel [1994] 1 WLR 818.

26 Note Barclays Bank plc v Weeks, Legg & Dean (1996) Times, 28 February, and Lexis transcript;
solicitors (who had not been employed to investigate title pre-contract) held on the particular facts to
have complied with undertaking to the bank to release the bank’s money only on receipt of a ‘good
marketable title’ even though the property was subject to a right of way; it would have been otherwise
had the undertaking referred to an ‘open market title’.

166
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: UNREGISTERED TITLE

It follows that, in giving any professional undertaking, a solicitor should

adhere to the following principles:
(i) She should have any necessary authority of the client in writing and
signed. For example, when a bridging loan is being made to finance the
purchase deposit, the express, irrevocable authority of the client will be
needed for an undertaking to pay the proceeds of the related sale to the
lender.
(ii) She should undertake only what she is sure that she will be able to
honour. Thus on undertaking to pay the proceeds of sale to a lender of
bridging finance, the undertaking should be expressly limited to the
proceeds ‘if and when received’. The sale may go off or the vendor fail to
complete; or the client may change solicitors. Similarly, the undertaking
should be confined to the net proceeds of sale after deduction of legal
costs, disbursements, etc. And if the money likely to be available is not
likely to be sufficient to cover the loan this must be made clear to the
lender.
(iii) Since an undertaking given by a partner will bind other partners in the
firm, and since a solicitor employer is responsible for the undertakings given
by a member of her staff, whether or not admitted, there should be clear rules
within a firm as to who has authority to give undertakings.

167
 CHAPTER 6

SALE OF PART

6.1 TIMOTHY’S INSTRUCTIONS COME TO LIGHT

The lost, additional instructions relating to the Goldberg sale (para 5.1.2)
have come to light in the Obebe file. Timothy glances through them. Having
already decided that the Standard Conditions must say all that needs to be said
about a sale of part, he decides to stick to that view (Timothy was famous at
law school for stubbornly defending an untenable position with untenable
arguments).
A few moments later, as Timothy leaves to do a little shopping in town, the
hand of Old Jarndyce (shaking a little with age or despair?) is seen rescuing a now
crumpled sheet of paper from the waste bin. It contains Document 6.2 (overleaf).
(Note: For the initial instructions and plan, see Documents 5.1.3 and 5.1.4.)

Question (a) Can the Singhs take the benefit of the planning permission granted
to the Goldbergs?
(b) What are the planning implications of the suggestion for a new access?
Consider Town and Country Planning Act 1990, s 336(1); Town and Country
Planning General Permitted Development Order 1995, Schedule 2, Part 2, Class
B; case notes at [1981] JPL 380 and [1988] JPL 787; and Encyclopedia of
Planning Law and Practice, p38106.
If there is any doubt whether they need planning permission, what is the easiest
way to get a ruling? See Town and Country Planning Act 1990, s 192.
(c) What would the implications be if Timothy’s course were adopted, and
none of the matters mentioned in the above additional instructions were dealt with
expressly in the contract? For example, would the Singhs nevertheless acquire a
right of access along the driveway? If the Goldbergs had in the past been wont to
walk down to the river and along the footpath to Lower Koppax, would they be
able to go on doing so?
Note: As to the footpath, see further, Question after Document 5.2(b).
(d) Is the instruction that Singhs are to ‘pay half cost of repairs to drive’
sufficiently clear and specific? Is it clear whether it relates to the cost of making
good the drive after work on the service pipes or to the routine maintenance of the
surface of the drive? Do both need to be dealt with?

169
Document 6.2 Additional Instructions on Goldberg Sale
 SALE OF PART

(e) Suppose the Goldbergs’ service pipes and cables did at present pass along
the driveway. Would the contract need to be amended to take account of this? If
so, in what way? Would the Goldbergs need to reserve easements?

Question After reading the rest of this chapter, draft the parts of the contract on
the Goldberg sale not dealt with by Timothy.

6.3 OLD JARNDYCE COMMENTS

Unless indicated otherwise what is said applies equally to unregistered and

registered title.
A sale of part occurs where the owner sells part of the land in a single title
(whether unregistered or registered) retaining the rest.1 On the ground it means
that she will be selling off part of her land and retaining adjacent land. In
residential conveyancing, a sale-off is likely to be seen to fall into one of two
categories, although legally the same:
First, where the builder/developer acquires a site, builds houses and sells
off each plot with house to an individual purchaser. Secondly, where, as in the
case of the Goldbergs, the owner of a single property sells off a piece—maybe
to a neighbour for use as extra garden or maybe as a plot for erection of a new
house.
In the first case the client-purchaser will be buying a standardised product,
with a standardised title. The developer’s solicitor is likely to supply the
individual plot purchaser’s solicitor with a bundle of documents including (where
the title is registered):
– Draft contract with plan.
– Standard form of transfer. The contract will normally contain a
provision that the transfer is to be in the form supplied by the vendor.
– Copy of the planning permission and building regulation approval.
– Copies of the agreements and bonds relating to the drains and roads.
– The NHBC documentation.
– Local searches and Additional Enquiries of the local authority.
– Office copies of entries on the register. As to title plan, see para
7.11(b)(i)
Another situation which should be mentioned, with its own features, is the sale-
off of flats by a developer, either purpose-built or converted from a larger, older

1 The property being sold could, of course, be held under a separate title from the retained land.

171
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

building. Such flats will undoubtedly be sold off on long leases rather than
freehold. The title aspects of leasehold are looked at in Chapter 17. Apart form
that, most of what is said below is equally applicable.
The residential estate development is likely to have the following features of
significance to the conveyancer. Each of them is equally capable of applying to an
isolated sale-off such as that of the Goldbergs:
(a) The creation of a new road, drainage, power and water supply systems,
laid over what is, initially at least, the private land of the developer. Each plot
owner needs the guarantee of access to this system by suitable public or
private rights.
(b) The imposition of a common set of restrictions (restrictive covenants) on
the purchaser of each plot, dictating to a greater or lesser extent the limits of
behaviour of each plot owner. In law this may involve the creation of a
building scheme—a common set of restrictions enforceable by each plot
owner against the owner of each other plot.
(c) The erection of new houses by the developer and a concern for guarantees
as to workmanship and materials.
(d) The need to comply with planning law.
(e) Matters due to the severance of the legal title; namely
(i) The retention of the title documents by the vendor (para 14.9.2).
(ii) The creation of easements by implied grant or reservation,
(iii) The demarcation of boundaries and the ownership and maintenance
of boundary features.
(iv) The need to provide an accurate plan based description which can be
transposed to identify on the ground the property sold and that retained.
(On this see paras 5.4 and 7.11(b).)
(v) The release of the part sold from subsisting mortgages.
This chapter focuses on a sale of part. But many of the principles discussed are of
more general application.
Whenever acting for a purchaser of a property which has been divided
from a larger property in the recent past or which is part of a recently
developed estate, it may be necessary to check that the sale-off transaction
was handled correctly by the then purchaser’s solicitor, not leaving matters
adverse to the interests of your client. Indeed, on any purchase, any of the
above matters may be of relevance in the particular circumstances and need
special attention. For example, if the house being purchased was recently
built it will be necessary to check for planning and building regulation
approval and NHBC guarantee etc. Again, wherever the house being
purchased does not have access directly onto a public highway with services
leading directly into the highway, it will be necessary that the property has the
benefit of all the necessary easements. If your client wants to change the use

172
 SALE OF PART

of the property from, say, residence to a shop, you will have to be prepared to
advise on planning law and check the title for restrictive covenants adverse to
such a change. And so on.
It seems convenient to deal with the above matters under the following heads:

6.4 CREATION OF NEW EASEMENTS AND COVENANTS

It is important to distinguish between:

(a) existing rights which may be appurtenant to or a burden on the property
before sale. Here, in the contract and conveyance, it is simply a question of
passing on to the purchaser the benefit or burden of the already existing right.
There is no scope for altering the content of them. (See paras 5.6, 7.11.3.)
(b) The creation of new rights. The effect of a sale of part is to bring into
existence two separately owned properties with the opportunity to create
new easements and covenants between vendor and purchaser as owners
respectively of the retained land and the part sold.

6.4.1 Taking instructions

You do not want to discuss the subtleties of Thesiger LJ’s judgment in Wheeldon v
Burrows2 with the client; nor tell jokes about pleasure grounds in Weston-super-
Mare.3 What you must do is to get clear instructions from her as to what rights she
has agreed to grant the purchaser and what to reserve to herself; prompting her if
necessary about matters that she may not have thought of.

6.4.2 Possible rights

Attention should be paid to the following principles:
(a) New easements and covenants may consist of burdens imposed on the
part sold for the benefit of the part retained; or burdens on the part retained
for the benefit of the part sold.
(b) It may be possible to give effect to the intentions of the parties by the
creation of one or more of the following proprietary rights—that is rights
capable of binding successors to the burdened land and enforceable by
successors to the benefited land: easements, profits, restrictive covenants,
proprietary estoppel, rentcharges and leases.

2 (1879) 12 Ch D 31.
3 See Re Ellenborough Park [1956] 1 Ch 131, for the case without the jokes.

173
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

A lease is different from the others in that it gives possession of the owner’s
property to the lessee for a longer or shorter period. Leases are dealt with in
Chapter 17.
Profits—the right to take some part of the produce of the soil or of the soil itself
from a person’s land—are probably not often encountered in practice today;
except perhaps in the context of fishing and other sporting rights. Even here one is
more likely to be creating pure contract, rather than property, rights. One feature
of profits to note is that (unlike easements) they can exist in gross, that is
belonging to a person and her assigns and not appurtenant to any dominant
property.
Rentcharges. The only type of rentcharge (a periodic payment charged on
freehold and not to be confused with rent service), relevant in the present context,
which can still be created is the ‘estate rentcharge’—that is, one intended to secure
the performance of positive covenants or one intended to contribute to the cost of
services and repairs to a property In practice the estate rentcharge is not used to
support the few positive covenants encountered on the sale of freehold houses.
These are dealt with in different ways (see below). Flats, where the enforcement of
positive covenants is crucial, are normally dealt with as leasehold where the
problem does not arise. Rentcharges will not therefore be dealt with further.
Proprietary estoppel is not often used as a formal conveyancing device—
though it could be and it is important in the context of informal arrangements
relating to land where formal requirements have not been satisfied.
Positive covenants are in the nature of bastard, proprietary rights. The benefit
can be made to run provided certain conditions are satisfied (that it touches and
concerns the land intended to be benefited, etc). The burden cannot be made to
run as such; though various devices are available to conveyancers to more or less
achieve the same result.4
Easements and restrictive covenants are dealt with below.
Any other obligation agreed between the parties in relation to the use of land
can only be created in contract as a matter of personal obligation, that is as a
licence, not enforceable by or against successive owners of their respective
properties (though the benefit of a contractual obligation can normally be
expressly assigned). Personal, contractual or non-contractual (bare licence)
obligations may arise between the parties either because they did not want to
create property rights or because their agreement does not fulfil the law’s
requirements to create an easement, restrictive covenant or other proprietary
right. If the parties only intend to create personal rights (licences) this intention
should be made clear. For example:

4 See Rhone v Stephens [1994] 2 All ER 65; and J Snape, ‘Positive Guidance on Covenants’ (1994)
91 LS Gaz 22.

174
 SALE OF PART

‘The vendor hereby gives the purchaser a personal licence to park her
car in the driveway of the vendor’s retained land paying therefore £1 per
week, such licence to be enforceable only between the vendor and
purchaser personally and to be terminable by the vendor or purchaser on
giving one month’s notice.’
Such an agreement does not affect the title in any way; and it is generally best to
have it in a separate agreement, outside the contract of sale of the property.
In drafting the contract of sale, the point to bear in mind is that without care
proprietary obligations may be created when only personal ones were intended;
and only personal ones when proprietary ones were intended.
Question Suppose that V sells part (a greengrocer’s shop) of her property to P.
The conveyance contains a provision as follows:
‘V so as to bind the retained land and the owners for the time being thereof
grants to P and the owners for the time being of the land hereby conveyed
the right to use the access across the retained land for all purposes
connected with the business carried on on the land hereby conveyed
subject to the exigencies of the business carried on on the retained land.’
Would this, or could it if modified, create an easement in favour of P’s land? Note:
Consider Green v Ashco Horticulturist Ltd.5

Question Suppose V is selling a freehold farm cottage to P. V has agreed that P

and subsequent owners of the cottage shall be allowed to park in the farmyard.
Could this right be granted as an easement? Note: Newman v. Jones (1982)
unreported; see Maudsley & Burns, Land Law: Cases and Materials (5th edn),
p573; and London and Blenheim Estates Ltd v Ladbroke Retail Parks [1992] 1
WLR 1278; Handel v St Stephens Close Ltd [1994] 1 EGLR 70. Draw an
imaginary plan of the scenario. Draft a suitable easement, if you think such
possible; if not, draft a suitable licence agreement. What further instructions
might you need from the vendor-client before drafting?

What follows next is more specifically directed at easements and covenants.

6.4.3 Drafting easements

The contract determines what goes into the conveyance. Preferably, the contract
should include the exact wording which is to be drafted into the conveyance.
Particular care should be taken with the following matters:

5 [1966] 1 WLR 889.

175
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(a) Identifying both the dominant and servient properties.

(b) Making clear the intention that the easements are intended to be attached
to and run with both the servient and dominant properties.
(c) Making clear the ambit of the intended right.
Taking each of these in turn:
(a) The identity of the property. The retained land, like the land sold, must be
properly identified in the contract (and consequentially the conveyance/transfer)
for example by being referred to in the contract as ‘shown edged in green on the
annexed plan’. If the easement affects less than the whole land sold or retained,
the land affected must be clearly identified; for example, the exact boundaries of
any right of way granted across the retained land.
The courts may be able to gather the identity of the land intended to be
benefited by construing the conveyance in the light of the circumstances
surrounding it at the time of execution—the factual matrix.6 With proper drafting
this sort of thing should not be necessary.
In Scott v Martin7 the issue was the width of a private road over which the
plaintiff had been granted an express right of way (ie the extent of the servient land
over which the easement was exercisable). The conveyance contained the following
parcels clause (ie description of the property being conveyed in fee simple):
‘All that piece of land situate in and having a frontage on the west to a
private road called Allerton Garth at Alwalton in the County of
Huntingdon which said property forms part of Ordnance Survey
Number 38 and is for the sake of more particular identification only and
not of limitation delineated on the plan annexed hereto and thereon
edged red Together With a right of way at all times and for all purposes
over and along the said private road leading into Church Lane.’
The plaintiff contended that the road in this description meant and the right of way
extended to include the three feet wide verges on either side of the carriageway. The
defendant as owner of the soil had sold and conveyed part of one of the verges to the
second defendant who had enclosed it. The verbal description of the road (given
above) did not refer to the delineation of the road on the plan. The plan did in fact
show the road edged with two continuous black lines with two broken black lines
about three feet (when scaled up) inside these. The court held that the plan, although
for the purposes of identification only, was part of the conveyance and could be
referred to clear up any ambiguity in the verbal description; though not to contradict

6 See Johnstone v Holdway [1963] 1 QB 601; it is not clear whether the judge was applying this
recognised aid to the construction of documents or was looking totally outside the conveyance to
discover the identity of the dominant property. The distinction is in any case a blurred one.
7 [1987] 1WLR 841.

176
 SALE OF PART

the verbal description. It further held that the road in the verbal description meant
the same as the road shown on the plan; that this included the verges; that therefore
the right of way extended to include the verges as claimed by the plaintiff. The court
also held that the planning permission for the development could be referred to as
part of the matrix existing at the time the conveyance was executed. The
documentation accompanying this permission supported the decision reached.
Question Re-draft the above clause, using a plan if necessary, to eliminate the
ambiguity.
(b) Intention that the easements should run as proprietary rights. A new
easement to be granted in favour of the purchaser might be drafted into the
contract as follows:
‘The Property [which will have been described elsewhere in the
contract] is sold Together with a right for the purchaser and her
successors in title and those authorised by her to pass and repass with or
without vehicles at all reasonable times over and along the part of the
driveway coloured yellow on the plan annexed hereto for the purpose of
gaining access to the property hereby agreed to be sold the purchaser
and her successors in title contributing one half of the costs of
maintenance of the said driveway.’8
If the same right were being created in favour of the vendor’s retained land, the
clause might be modified as follows:
‘There will be excepted and reserved to the vendor out of the property
hereby agreed to be sold a right for the vendor and her successors in title
and those authorised by her to pass and repass with or without vehicles
at all reasonable times over and along the part of the driveway coloured
yellow on the plan annexed hereto for the purpose of gaining access to
the property to be retained by the vendor and edged in green on the said
plan the vendor and her successors in title contributing one half of the
costs of maintenance of the said driveway.’
The following points should be noted.
First, the precedents give the exact wording to be incorporated into the
conveyance. Secondly, they clearly create easements not licences (and the right
being created fulfils all the legal requirements for it to be capable of existing as an
easement). The inclusion of the right as being sold ‘Together With’ the property
shows that it is part of what is to be conveyed in fee simple. Similarly, the formula
‘Excepting and Reserving’ the right shows that the right is being kept back from
the fee simple that is to be conveyed as part of the fee simple retained by the

8 See Encyclopedia of Forms and Precedents, vol 35, para 587; Form 61.

177
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

vendor. The intention to create a fee simple easement is further indicated by

granting it to ‘the Purchaser and her successors in title’, ie to the successive
owners of the dominant land.
Thirdly, this precedent is an example of the common case where the parties
want to impose positive obligations permanently binding on the owner of one of
the properties—ie here, to contribute to the cost of repair and maintenance of the
subject matter of the right, in this case the driveway. It has been done here, and this
is the standard way of doing it, by relying on the principle in Halsall v Brizell9—
that is that the person who enjoys the benefit of a right (here the easement of way)
must comply with the obligation (here to contribute to the cost of maintenance)
which is made a condition of its enjoyment.10
(c) The ambit of the right. The above precedent shows the need to spell out the
precise ambit of the right being created in accordance with the particular wishes
of the parties. In this context thought may have to be given to a possible change of
use of the dominant property. What if Mrs Singh does open a doctor’s surgery? Is
it envisaged that the access up the drive will embrace the consequential increase in
the amount of traffic? As always, where the parties have not made a matter
express and clear, where there is a dispute, the courts will have to construe
whatever terms have been put in the document creating the right.
In Rosling v Pinnegar11 the appellant bought a house and land with the benefit
of a right of way (an easement) along a private lane to the house, expressly created
in an earlier conveyance, ‘at all times and for all purposes’ ‘in common with the
Purchaser and all other persons entitled thereto’. The house was derelict when
purchased by the appellant. He renovated it and opened it to the public causing a
substantial increase in traffic flow along the lane. It was held that the change in use
of the house, in that it had been opened to the public causing increased traffic, did
not amount to breach of the grant; but that the provision that its use was to be
enjoyed with others ‘entitled thereto’ implied that user should not be such as to
interfere with that user by others. On this basis the user was excessive and
restrained by injunction.
The following are some of the matters that may need to be agreed and drafted
into the contract and conveyance on, by way of example, the grant of a new
easement of drainage. They may be dealt with in defining the easement, as
ancillary rights attached to it, or as conditions of its exercise:

– Defining the exact route of the drain on the plan, especially if it is a new
one to be constructed by the purchaser.

9 [1957] Ch 169.
10 For the limits of this doctrine see Rhone v Stephens [1994] 2 All ER 65; and J Snape (footnote 4
above).
11 (1986) 54 P & CR 124; and see White v Richards (1993) 68 P & CR 105.

178
 SALE OF PART

– If it is a new drain, the right to enter the servient land to construct as well
as the right thereafter to use the drain.
– Whether use is to be exclusive or shared with, eg the dominant owner.
– Who is to be liable to maintain or contribute to the cost of maintenance
and repair?
– Right of access onto the servient property to inspect and maintain, doing
as little damage as possible and making good any damage done. Whether
such right of access should be restricted in any way, eg to certain times
except in emergency.
– If it is a new drain, whether it should be required to be constructed
within a certain period of time.

6.4.4 Implied easements

On a sale of part, easements may arise by implied grant in favour of the
purchaser’s land under the rule in Wheeldon v Burrows, under s 62 of the Law of
Property Act 1925, as easements of necessity12 or as intended easements. They
may, unusually, arise by implied reservation in favour of the vendor’s retained
land as easements of necessity or intended easements.
If the contract is silent on the matter the above rules will apply. This is not
normally sensible. If disputes subsequently arise they will have to be resolved by
evidence, from outside the deed, of events which become increasingly remote in
time and ambivalent.
The Standard Conditions (Standard Condition 3.4.) provide:
‘3.4.2. The buyer will have no right of light or air over the retained land,
but otherwise the seller and the buyer will each have the rights over the
land of the other which they would have had if they were two separate
buyers to whom the seller had made simultaneous transfers of the
property and the retained land.’
The effect of this is that the purchaser will get no implied easement of light or air;
but subject to that, both vendor and purchaser will be able to claim under any of
the heads of implied easements. This may be fairer to the vendor; and it may be
useful where the parties have not addressed their minds to the issue. But it really
just compounds the problem of proof and uncertainty. And it should be added that
such easements would not be identified by entry on the register of title when the
title is registered.

12 Note: MRA Engineering Ltd v Trimster Co Ltd (1987) 56 P & CR 1; and Manjang v Drammeh
(1990) 61 P & CR 194. For the informal creation of easements between neighbouring owners, see ER
Investments Ltd v High [1967] 2 QB 379; and Thatcher v Douglas (1996) 146 NLJ 282.

179
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

There are two main alternatives. First, special conditions could be drafted to
create expressly agreed easements, leaving Standard Condition 3.4. as a long-stop
to govern anything which has not been expressly provided for. Secondly, and
perhaps preferably, the creation of implied easements could be excluded
altogether; so that both vendor and purchaser could get only those easements
expressly agreed in the contract. Note that this second course requires a special
condition both excluding Standard Condition 3.4. and providing for a declaration
in the conveyance negativing the creation of any implied easements in favour of
either vendor or purchaser. It is not enough just to exclude Standard Condition
3.4. This would simply restore the common law position.13

Question Draft such a special condition.

6.4.5 Drafting restrictive covenants

Whereas easements (and profits) are granted together with the fee simple or
reserved out of the fee simple conveyed, restrictive covenants arise out of a
covenant—that is an agreement by deed—between the parties. This agreement, if
it satisfies the necessary legal requirements, is then recognised as having the same
proprietorial effect as an easement; and the benefit and burden will run with both
properties.
It is therefore necessary that the conveyance/transfer expresses the covenant in
the form of an agreement between the vendor and purchaser, distinct from the
parcels clause.
In general, what has been said about drafting easements applies equally here.
The dominant and servient properties must be clearly identified; subject to ss 78
and 79 of the Law of Property Act 1925 (below), the intention to annex the benefit
and burden to the dominant and servient properties respectively must be shown;
and the precise content of the obligation clearly defined. Again, it is preferable if
the contract contains the exact formulation to be used in the conveyance. As with
easements, it may be convenient, especially if a number of covenants or
easements are being created, to place them at the end of the document in
schedules which will be incorporated into the body of the document by reference.
It should be remembered (from the study of land law) that the covenant should be
annexed to the whole and every part of the dominant property. If this is not done it
will not normally be enforceable by a subsequent purchaser of only part of it.

13 Note that the grant of express easements does not in itself exclude the possibility of additional
easements being implied; see Millman v Ellis (1995), Lexis; and see [1995] Conv 346.

180
 SALE OF PART

A standard introductory clause might be as follows:

‘The Purchaser shall in the transfer [or conveyance] enter into the following
covenant with the Vendor:
“The Purchaser covenants with the Vendor to the intent that the burden of
the covenant will run with the land and bind the Property hereby
transferred [or conveyed] and every part of it and that the benefit of the
covenant will be annexed to and run with the Retained land more
particularly identified on the said plan annexed hereto and thereon edged
green and every part of it to observe and perform the stipulations set out in
the second schedule hereto.”’
The restrictive stipulations can then be set out in the schedule in accordance with
the parties’ agreement. For example:
‘1. Not more than one house shall be built on the property hereby
conveyed, such house to be used as a private dwelling house in the
occupation of one family only or as the professional residence for one
doctor of medicine.’
Even if the intention to annex the benefit to the land of the covenantee and the
burden to that of the covenantor is not expressed, it may be implied under ss 78
and 79 of the Law of Property Act 1925. Section 79 provides that a covenant
relating to land of the covenantor shall, unless a contrary intention is expressed,
be deemed to be made by the covenantor on behalf of himself, his successors in
title and the persons deriving title under him or them. Successors in title is stated
to include, in the case of restrictive covenants, the owners and occupiers for the
time being of the land of the covenantor.
Section 78 applies the same principle to the benefit of the covenant.
Nevertheless, these sections can only help if the dominant and servient
properties—to which the covenant relates—are identified as such in the
documents.14 It is difficult not to identify the servient property when drafting a
covenant restricting its use; it is quite easy to omit all mention of the dominant
property. In spite of ss 78 and 79, it is unwise not to use express words of
annexation and in doing so identify the dominant property.15
The difficulty of framing covenants to cover all eventualities is illustrated by
the case of C & G Homes Ltd v Secretary of State for Health16:

14 See Federated Homes Ltd v Mill Lodge Properties Ltd [1980] 1 WLR 594. If the annexation fails
for this reason, it may still be possible for the covenantee expressly to assign the benefit to a purchaser
when she comes to sell the land; see Newton Abbott Co-operative Society Ltd v Williams and
Treadgold Ltd [1952] Ch 286.
15 Especially as there is still a view that even if s 78 does effect statutory annexation of the benefit, s
79 (which is not worded exactly the same) does not.
16 [1991] 2 WLR 715.

181
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

The district health authority, acting on behalf of the Secretary of State,

acquired two houses to provide, in the words of Nourse LJ (struggling for an
expression other than ‘private dwelling house’), ‘small NHS homes for people
who have suffered from mental disability’.
Each house was subject to the following covenants whereby the Secretary of
State was:
‘not to cause or permit or suffer to be done in or upon the property any act or
thing which may be or become a nuisance, annoyance, danger or detriment
to the [plaintiff] or owners or occupiers for the time being of other parts of
the estate’ and ‘not at any time within 10 years of the date [of the transfer] to
carry on or from the property any trade business or manufacture whatsoever
with the exception of [certain specified professions] and not to use the
dwelling house for any purpose or purposes other than those incidental to
the enjoyment of a private dwelling house.’
The issue was whether the use mentioned above was in breach of this covenant. It
was held by the Court of Appeal, first, that this use was not use as a ‘private
dwelling house’. (Perhaps ‘less-than-public dwelling house’ would have been the
occupants’ natural choice of expression to define their position!) It was therefore
in breach of the covenant.
Secondly, the court decided, even more surprisingly perhaps, that the effect of
the use on the marketability of the plaintiff company’s neighbouring property was
not a ‘detriment’ within the meaning of the covenant, since it was a financial loss
suffered in the exploitation of the retained land, but dissociated from the
enjoyment of it.17 Surprising, because one of the central purposes of restrictive
covenants has always been to maintain the amenities and thereby the financial
value of the dominant property
The point about the covenant in the present context is that it shows that even the
most detailed drafting can leave areas of uncertainty of meaning and application.

6.5 PLANNING

Planning law is a major and important topic. It may affect the client whether
buying a new house on a residential estate or just building an extension to a house
already owned.
It is not possible here to give more than a brief outline. Details of the standard
works are included in the Bibliography (Appendix 8).
A prospective purchaser may be concerned with two main questions:

17 Per Nourse LJ, p724.

182
 SALE OF PART

(a) Has there been any building, change of use or other work on the property
which will render the purchaser liable to enforcement proceedings under
planning law?
(b) Will planning law interfere with purchaser’s intended use of the property
or any building work that she may wish to carry out?
The starting point, in relation to both these questions, is that any development
requires express planning permission. ‘Development’ is defined as ‘the carrying
out of building, engineering, mining or other operations in, on, over or under land,
or the making of any material change in the use of any buildings or other land’.18
This definition contains two basic elements which should not be confused:
building and other operations; and material change of use.
The definition is extremely wide. ‘Building operations’ is expressed to
include, inter alia, demolition of buildings, and also ‘other operations normally
undertaken by a person carrying on business as a builder’.19 If it were not for the
General Development Order (below) and other exemptions, even building a
garden wall would require express application for planning permission (and in
some circumstances it does).
Some activities are manifestly development: building a house; changing a
house into a shop. Whether a change of use is material is a question of fact and
degree. Thus, in one case, the installation of an egg-vending machine on farmland
adjacent to a lay-by on the public road was held to be a material change of use. 20 It
is expressly provided that changing the use of a single dwelling house to two or
more is development and so does require express permission.
Some activities do not need express permission, either because they are
exempt or deemed by statute not to constitute development. The most important
in the present case are:
(a) Permitted development. The Town and Country Planning General
Permitted Development Order 1995 (SI 1995/418.) (commonly referred to as the
GDO) specifies various classes of development which may be undertaken on land
without the need to apply to the local planning authority for express permission.
Such development is known as permitted development. Schedule 2 to the Order is
divided into 33 Parts each containing a number of classes of permitted
development which must comply with the conditions stated in that Class. The
most important Parts in the present context are Part 1 (‘Development within the
curtilage of a dwelling house) and Part 2 (‘Minor operations’). It is worth setting
these out in full:

18 Town and Country Planning Act 1990, s 55.

19 Ibid, s 55(1A). As to demolition see V Moore (1995), p85.
20 Hidderley v Warwickshire CC (1963) 14 P & CR 1340.

183
CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

184
SALE OF PART

185
CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

186
SALE OF PART

187
CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

188
 SALE OF PART

Article 1(5) land, that is, the areas defined in Article 1(5) of the Order, includes
the National Parks, areas of outstanding natural beauty, the Broads and
conservation areas. In these areas the development permitted under Schedule 2 of
the Order is in some cases restricted.
Under Article 4 of the Order, if either the Secretary of State or the local
planning authority is satisfied that it is not expedient that development in
Schedule 2 should be carried out without express permission, she or it can give a
direction (known as an Article 4 Direction) excluding the operation of the Order
for the specified area. Orders are particularly likely to be made in conservation
areas.
(b) Change of use within the same use class. The Town and Country (Use
Classes) Order 1987 made under what is now the Town and Country Planning Act
1990, ss 55(2)(f) and 333(3) (SI 1987/764) specifies 15 different classes of use. A
change of use within one of the classes is deemed not to be development and so
does not require permission. For example, the following are in the same class: the
use of premises to provide (a) financial services, or (b) professional services
(other than health or medical services) or (c) any other service (including use as a
betting shop) appropriate to a shopping area provided, in all three cases, the
services are provided principally to visiting members of the public. Thus an
accountant could become a bookmaker; but not a barrister without having to get
new planning permission for the change of use of the premises!21
(c) By s 55(2) of the 1990 Act ‘the use of any building or other land within the
curtilage of a dwelling-house for any purpose incidental to the enjoyment of the
dwelling-house as such’ is deemed not to be development. Note that this
exemption relates only to use; not to any building work which would have to be
considered separately. Thus, by way of example, an existing outhouse could be
converted into extra sleeping accommodation for the family. But to park a
commercial vehicle used for business purposes in the house drive would not be
within the exemption, unless the change could be said to be not material. Again, it
is a question of fact and degree whether a hobby carried out at home (whether or
not involving a commercial element) comes within the provision—ie is incidental
to the enjoyment of the dwelling-house as such. Thus, the use of outbuildings to
breed dogs22 and the use of a kitchen to prepare sandwiches and salads for local
firms have been held not to be within the exemption.
(d) By s 55(2)(a) of the 1990 Act, the carrying out of works for the
maintenance, improvement or other alteration of a building which either only
affect the interior or do not materially affect the external appearance, are deemed
not to be development and so do not require permission.

21 A solicitor’s clients might be classified as ‘visiting members of the public’; see Kalra v Secretary
of State for Environment (1995) Times, 13 November.
22 See A Samuels ‘In the Doghouse’ (1995) 139 Sol Jo 1096.

189
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(e) Simplified planning zones: A simplified planning zone is an area

designated as such by the local planning authority and made subject to a scheme.
The scheme will specify types of development within the area which can be
carried out without express permission. The sort of area envisaged for the scheme
is the disused industrial estate or where a specific area has been designated in the
development plan as a new industrial estate.
Where there is doubt whether express permission is needed for a particular
proposal, an application can be made to the local planning authority under s 192
of the 1990 Act for a certificate of lawfulness.

6.5.1 Planning permission

The London boroughs and metropolitan district councils are the planning
authorities for their areas. Outside these areas planning control is normally
exercised by the district council with a few matters being reserved to the county
council; though all applications are addressed to the district council in the first
place.
The Lake District has a Special Planning Board, and the Peak District a Joint
Planning Board, exercising control in those areas.
In certain cities, urban development corporations have taken over from the
local authorities as the planning authorities.
Application for permission has to be made to the relevant authority.
Application may be made for full permission in the first place; or for outline
permission which commits the authority to allow the development but subject
to final approval of specified, reserved matters such as road access,
landscaping.
If full permission is granted, the development must, unless it states otherwise,
be commenced within five years. In the case of outline permission, application for
full permission must be made within three years of the outline permission; and the
development itself must begin within five years of the outline permission, or, if
later, within two years of the full permission. These time limits are important.
Development not complying with them will be unauthorised.
Permission may be granted unconditionally (very unusual), subject to
conditions or refused. Any failure to comply with a condition makes the
development liable to enforcement proceedings.
There is a right of appeal against refusal or the imposition of conditions to the
Secretary of State. The appeal is in effect a reconsideration of the application.
Subject to this, a decision can only be challenged, in court, on the limited grounds
of ultra vires—ie that the minister or the local planning authority has not taken
into account all the relevant factors or has taken irrelevant factors into account or
has been in breach of the rules of natural justice.

190
 SALE OF PART

Whether or not express permission will be granted for any particular

proposal cannot be said with certainty until an application has been made and
decided. A guide to the likely outcome of any proposal can be gained from the
development plan and from informal approach to the planning officers of the
authority. Since 1947 local planning authorities have been under a duty to
prepare development plans for their areas. These are the formalisation of their
policies for the future development of the area. In general a development plan
consists of two elements: First, a structure plan, being essentially a written
statement. In effect this is intended as the strategic policy for the area taking into
account its physical, demographic and economic characteristics. Secondly, a
local plan. This sets out within the framework of the structure plan, the detailed
policies for an area showing how the overall strategy is intended to be
implemented on the ground.
Thus a local plan should indicate whether the area of a particular proposal is
intended for business, residential use, etc.
A development plan may be ‘old style’, prepared under provisions contained
originally in the Town and Country Planning Act 1947; or ‘new style’, prepared
under provisions contained originally in the 1968 Town and Country Planing Act.
In the case of metropolitan districts and the London boroughs there may be a
unitary plan prepared under the Local Government Act 1985. The unitary plan is
intended to replace and combine the functions of the structure and the local plans.
In addition the local planning authority may have prepared non-statutory
planning and development proposals for the area.
It has to be stressed that all such plans, statutory or otherwise, can be altered;
and even without alteration there is no guarantee that permission will be granted
merely because the proposal is in accord with the relevant plans.
Initial information on relevant development plans will be given in replies to
Additional Enquiries of the local authority.

6.5.2 Enforcement of planning law

Any development without necessary planning permission or in breach of

condition attached to a permission is a contravention of planning law.
Where the local planning authority suspects that there may have been a breach,
it can serve a planning contravention notice under ss 171(C) and (D) of the 1990
Act23 on the owner or occupier, requiring information which will enable it to
decide whether there has been a breach.

23 Inserted by s 1 of the Planning and Compensation Act 1991.

191
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Where it decides that there has been a breach it can serve an enforcement
notice on the owners and occupiers of the land. The notice will detail the breach
considered to have occurred; the steps required to remedy it; and the time within
which those steps must be taken. Under s 172 of the 1990 Act, the local
planning authority will only issue a notice where it is expedient to do so having
regard to the provisions of the development plan and any other material
considerations.
An appeal against an enforcement notice is possible to the Secretary of State
on the grounds, inter alia, that planning permission ought to be granted. The
development can thus be authorised retrospectively.
The authority can, if it considers it expedient, issue a stop notice under s
183 of the 1990 Act, with or after service of the enforcement notice. The
purpose of a stop notice is to bring the allegedly unlawful activity to a halt
during the period until the enforcement notice takes effect. Without this the
developer could continue building and, by appealing, etc delay the taking
effect of the enforcement notice, hoping that retrospective permission would
ultimately be given.
Where the breach consists solely of non-compliance with a condition attached
to a permission, the authority can, under s 187A of the 1990 Act,24 issue a breach
of condition notice specifying the steps required to comply with the breached
condition. There is no appeal against such a notice.
Failure to comply with a planning contravention notice, an enforcement
notice, a breach of condition notice or a stop notice is a criminal offence.
Where the breach consists of carrying out building, engineering, mining or
other operations without permission, enforcement action can only be taken within
four years from the completion of the operation. The same time limit applies
where the breach is the change of use of any building to use as a single dwelling.
In the case of any other breach enforcement action must be taken within 10 years
of the date of the breach.
Where there has been any sort of building work on the property (whether a
new house or the extension of the dog kennel!) or change of use, the purchaser
will need to be satisfied that either the development was in accordance with
planning law (by production of the permission); or that planning permission
was not needed; or that the time limit for enforcement has expired. It should be
remembered that not every breach (for example, where it has gone officially
undetected) will be revealed by local authority searches and additional
enquiries.

24 Introduced by the Planning and Compensation Act 1991.

192
 SALE OF PART

6.6 BUILDING REGULATIONS

Planning permission and building regulation compliance are two separate

requirements. Even if building work does not require planning permission, it
must comply with any building regulations relevant to the work.
The Building Regulations 1991 (SI 1991/2768), made under the Building
Act 1984, are designed to ensure compliance with standards of health and
safety in building work.25 Under Regulation 11 of the Regulations, any person
who intends to carry out building work or make a material change of use (as
defined in regulations 3 and 5) must deposit plans with specified details with
the local authority. The authority must pass the plans unless they are defective
or show that the proposed work would contravene the building regulations in
which case they will be rejected. If the work does not commence within three
years of deposit of the plans, the local authority can decide to treat the deposit
as of no effect. The work itself must comply with the Regulations and be
inspected at various stages.
Any breach of the Regulations is (generally) a criminal offence; and under
s 36 of the Act the authority can within one year of completion of the work take
enforcement proceedings against the owner of the building.
The authority can be requested to—and in some cases, must—issue a
certificate when the work is complete. If the authority is satisfied, after taking
all reasonable steps, that such is the case, the certificate will state that the
regulations specified in the certificate have been complied with. Such a
certificate is evidence, though not conclusive evidence, that they have been
complied with.
The purchaser of a new building should be satisfied that the plans have been
approved by production of the local authority’s notice passing them; and that
the work itself complies with the building regulations. Where the building is
covered by the NHBC guarantee (para 3.6) this will in effect guarantee that the
building work is in accordance with the regulations.
An action in tort against the authority or inspector for pure economic loss
caused by negligence in carrying out the duties under the Regulations is not
likely to succeed; see Murphy v Brentwood DC.26
The standard form of Additional Enquiries of the local authority asks
whether proceedings have been initiated in respect of breach of the regulations.
As with planning law, it should be remembered that there may be breaches
undetected by the authority.

25 And see Building Regulations (Amendment) Regulations 1995 (SI 1995/1356).

26 [1991] AC 399 (para 3.6).

193
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

6.7 ROADS AND ACCESS

A purchaser will need to be satisfied on two matters:

(a) That she will have any necessary right of access to the property, whether
by public right of way or easement.
(b) As to responsibility for maintaining the access roads, and any potential
liability for their maintenance that may be imposed on her.
In this context access routes, whether roads or paths, can be classified into three
main categories.
(a) Highways maintainable at the public expense. A highway is a route along
which the public have a right of a passage. A highway may be a public
footpath along which the public have a right of way on foot; a public
bridleway (normally referred to simply as a bridleway) along which the
public have a right of way on foot and horseback; or any other highway (a
public carriageway) along which the right of passage extends to vehicular
traffic.
A highway maintainable at the public expense is one which the highway
authority is under a duty to maintain out of public funds. Each highway
authority is under an obligation to keep, available for public inspection, a list
of the highways in its area which are maintainable at the public expense.
(b) A highway not maintainable at the public expense is one which there is no
such public duty to maintain. These are not common. If, for example, a
landowner dedicated a way across her land to the public (making it a
highway on acceptance of the dedication by the public, evidenced by user)
the way would not be maintainable at the public expense unless and until
adopted by the highway authority.
(c) Private streets or ways. Any way which is not a highway must be a private
one over which there is no public right of way. A right of passage over such a
way may be created as an easement the benefit of which will be attached to
and confined to the dominant property or properties; and the burden of which
will be annexed to the land over which it passes. As explained above, the
permitted use of an easement may be more or less restricted as to the time,
mode of enjoyment, etc. A right of passage over private land may also exist
(occasionally) as a customary right; or as a licence (para 6.4.2).
A highway authority has various statutory powers under which it can make
up private ways prior to adopting them (that is turning them into highways
maintainable at the public expense) and charging the cost of doing so to the
frontagers. For example, where a street is not sewered, levelled, paved,
flagged,channelled and lighted the authority may execute street works under
the private street works code and apportion the cost between the premises

194
 SALE OF PART

frontaging the street. The street can then be declared a highway maintainable
at the public expense.

6.7.1 New roads

Where a new residential estate is being developed normally new roads will be
constructed. Like the rest of the development these need planning permission.
But this itself does not guarantee that the roads will be adopted. It is possible
and usual therefore for the developer to enter into an agreement with the
highway authority under s 38 of the Highways Act 1980 under which the
developer will agree to build and make up the roads to a specified standard,
whereupon, on a specified date, they will become maintainable at the public
expense. Such an agreement should be supported by a bond—that is an
insurance guarantee that if the developer goes into liquidation the road works
will be completed. If there is no such agreement and bond, the purchaser of a
plot fronting onto the road faces the likelihood that the highway authority will
do the work under the private street works code and charge the cost to herself
and other frontagers.
Finally, it should be noted that highway authorities have wide, statutory
powers to improve, widen and build roads (in the case of trunk and special roads,
the authority being the Secretary of State).

6.7.2 Procedure on purchase

There is no obligation on a vendor under an open contract to show any right of

access to the property; or to prove title to anything beyond the property being
sold. It is therefore necessary for the purchaser’s solicitor to check. The local land
charges search should indicate whether there is any outstanding charge on the
property for street works. The Replies to Additional Enquiries of the authority
should indicate which of the access roads indicated by the enquirer on the front of
the form are maintainable at the public expense; which are subject to a s 38
agreement and whether any such agreement is supported by a bond; and any
information held by the authority on proposals to make up roads, improve
existing roads or build new ones within 200 metres of the property. The enquirer
would need to satisfy herself that any bond was for a sufficient amount to cover
the possible works. The distance of 200 metres is an arbitrary figure, without legal
significance, being chosen as the sort of distance within which any road changes
are likely to have a major impact on the property. If a client were worried about
roads beyond this limit she could be directed to the highway authority to seek
information.

195
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Insofar as access roads are not highways maintainable at the public

expense, the purchaser’s solicitor needs to check that satisfactory easements
of access are available; and this includes roads subject to s 38 agreements
until they have been adopted (para 6.4). It is important to remember that
where, under the terms of the contract, a purchaser is to get the benefit of
existing easements or to have new ones created in her favour, the vendor must
prove title to the easement. She must be able to show, in the case of an
existing easement, that the easement was lawfully granted; in the case of a
new easement, that she has title to the intended servient property and so title
to grant the easement.

6.8 DRAINS AND SEWERS

Under what is now the Water Industry Act 1991, powers in relation to water
supply and foul and surface water disposal are vested in water undertakers and
sewerage undertakers. These consist of the old statutory water companies and the
new water companies as successors to the old water authorities.
A drain, whether foul or surface water, is one that drains one building or
buildings in the same curtilage. A sewer is one that drains more than one. A public
sewer is one that is vested in a sewerage undertaker.
Under s 102 of the 1991 Act, a sewerage undertaker has power (but is not
obliged) to adopt private sewers, that is to vest them in itself as public sewers.
Like roads, sewers can be built (subject to planning approval) but will only
become public and so maintainable by the sewerage undertaker if adopted under s
102 or other statutory authority. Until this happens, the property owner will be
concerned, again as with roads, where any private drain or sewer serving the
property crosses other property, that the necessary easements exist or will be
created by the owner of the servient property.
The owner of a drain is responsible for the cost of maintaining her own
drains. If drainage is by private sewer, that is with shared use, she will need to
be satisfied that there is a satisfactory arrangement with the others as to the
cost of maintenance either by agreement or by condition attached to the
easement.
Under s 106 of the 1991 Act, the owner of a drain or sewer has, with certain
exceptions, the right to connect up to the public sewer. The connection will
normally be made by the undertaker and the cost recovered from those requiring
the connection.
Under the Building Act 1984, ss 59 and 21, the local authority can require
work to be done on private drains and sewers to bring them up to standard and can
require a drain to be connected to a public or private (if there is a right of

196
 SALE OF PART

connection) sewer if there is one available within 100 feet of the building at a level
that makes connection practicable and there is a right to pass the drain through
any adjoining land.
Under s 21 of the same Act, connection can similarly be required in the case of
a new building.
Under s 104 of the 1991 Act, a sewerage undertaker can enter into an
agreement with a developer (or anyone else) that if a proposed sewer is
constructed in accordance with the terms of the agreement, the undertaker will on
a specified date or completion of the work or other specified time declare the
sewer to be vested in the undertaker—that is to become a public sewer. Where the
sewerage system on a new estate has not yet been vested in the undertaker, a
purchaser’s solicitor should check that such an agreement (which, by s 104(5), is
enforceable by the purchaser against the undertaker) has been made. If the
developer has not already fulfilled her side of the agreement by constructing the
sewerage system, etc, it should be a term of the sale agreement that it will be
fulfilled; and there should be a bond of sufficient value lest the developer should
become insolvent before it is.
In so far as any part of the property’s drainage system has not yet been or will
not be vested in the undertaker, the purchaser needs to check for satisfactory
drainage easements.
On purchase of an established property, the purchaser will need to know
whether the property drains into a public sewer without crossing other property. If
its private drains do cross other property, a check will have to be made as to
necessary easements. If it is not connected to a public sewer, she will need to
know whether there is a public sewer (or a private one with a liability to
connection) within one hundred feet of the property. Most of the above
information should be revealed by replies to the Additional Enquiries of the local
authority, though in some cases the replies advise further enquiries of the
sewerage undertaker. The line of drains may have to be discovered by survey or
enquiry of the vendor.

6.9 WATER SUPPLY

The purchaser will need to check that the water supply is connected to the mains
and working satisfactorily.
A water undertaker can be required to provide a mains water supply; to
connect that supply to the individual premises’ service pipe; and to supply water
for domestic purposes. The person requiring the mains supply or the connection
to the mains will have to meet the cost.
Since the water mains belong to the undertaker from the beginning there is no

197
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

problem (as there are with roads and sewers) of any period prior to adoption by
the undertaker.
The service pipe from the water mains to the premises generally belongs to,
and is the responsibility of, the individual owner; or, in the case of common
service pipes, the common owners. Where there is a common service pipe, the
arrangements for repair should be investigated. Where the service pipe reaches
the property across other private land, it is necessary to check that satisfactory
easements exist.
The undertakers have wide statutory powers under the Water Industry Act
1991 to lay and maintain pipes; but, in general, they only have power to lay
service pipes in private land if there is already a service pipe laid there.
Where the water supply is from a private source, such as a well, any necessary
easements of supply and access need to be considered. Under s 80 of the Water
Industry Act 1991, a local authority can require remedial steps to be taken if
satisfied that the water supply is not wholesome—including requiring the owner
to obtain connection to the mains.

6.10 POWER SUPPLY

Under the Electricity Act 1989, s 10 and Schedule 10, mains electricity suppliers
have power, in the absence of agreement, compulsorily to acquire wayleaves
across private land for cables.
As with the mains water pipes, the cables to the supply terminal in premises
will be vested in the supplier from the beginning.
In the case of gas, under the Gas Act 1986, Schedule 3, in the absence of
licence or easement by agreement, the mains gas suppliers have statutory powers
to compulsorily acquire land for laying pipes; and to enter land for the purpose of
maintaining them. As with water and electricity, the supply pipes to the premises
will be vested in the supplier from the beginning.

198
 CHAPTER 7

DRAFTING THE CONTRACT:

REGISTERED TITLE

7.1 TIMOTHY FINDS ANOTHER FILE

It is still the 23rd. When taking out the Goldberg file, Timothy has found that
another file has slipped inside it: the Obebe sale file. He is reminded that the time
has come (if not passed!) to prepare the contract on this one.
In fact, in fairness to Timothy, he has not been idle on the Obebe sale—
prompted no doubt by the benign immanence of Old Jarndyce. He has sent off a
requisition for a search in the Local Land Charges Register and Additional
Enquiries. He has sent off to the district Land Registry, and received, office copy
of the entries on the register of title and title plan. There is already on the file,
obtained by Miss Pinky before her increasingly lamented departure, a completed
Instructions on Sale form; copies of the Property Information Form and the
Fixtures Fittings and Contents List both completed by Miss Obebe. These are
headed TransAction Protocol; so Timothy has decided to use TransAction
Protocol (para 7.12). He is not quite sure what it is; but he is quite sure that it will
mark him as a modern conveyancer. No one has told him (or rather no one has told
him twice!) that it can only be used if the other side agrees. Secretly, he suspects
that it is just an advertising agency’s presentation of the same old conveyancing
procedures.

Question Is there any truth in this thought? (See para 7.12.)

7.2 The Instructions on Sale form is as shown in Document 7.2 (overleaf).

Question What letters do you think should have been written immediately on
receiving the above instructions? Write them.

Question Advise Miss Obebe on the basis of the above information (and see para 1.9.2)
what rights her boyfriend might be able to claim if he suddenly did get a taste for
property ownership. Would it make any difference if they were married? You are also
acting for the Ledchester and Bongley in relation to the mortgage loan on her purchase.
What if any duty would you owe to them in relation to the boyfriend? What steps, if

199
Document 7.2 Obebe Sale: Instruction On Sale
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: REGISTERED TITLE

any, might be taken in relation to the purchase to protect the interests of Miss
Obebe and the building society?
What steps, if any, would you recommend in relation to the contract of sale of
the existing house, or otherwise as part of the sale transaction, in relation to the
boyfriend, which would protect the interests of Miss Obebe, and probably be
satisfactory to the purchaser? (See paras 1.9.2 and 13.10.) Draft any necessary
clauses or documents.
The office copy entries on the register and title plan are as shown in 7.3
Document 7.3 (overleaf).

7.4 OLD JARNDYCE ON THE FUNDAMENTALS OF

REGISTERED CONVEYANCING

Before looking at the drafting of a contract for the sale of a registered title, it is
worth reviewing a few of the fundamental principles and the essential way in
which registered title differs from unregistered.

7.4.1 A comparison of unregistered and registered conveyancing

(a) The same proprietary interests can be created in registered as in
unregistered land—beneficial freehold and leasehold ownership, trusts,
easements, restrictive covenants, etc. And, generally, they can be created in
the same way.
(b) What is an incumbrance in the one is equally an incumbrance in the
other; and so in relation to a contract the vendor’s duty of disclosure is
essentially the same.
(c) The rules which govern the formation of a valid contract and the rules
which determine the rights and obligations of the parties under the contract
are generally the same.
Question Read through the Standard Conditions. Point out where they do
distinguish between registered and unregistered title. Explain the reason for any
such distinction.

(d) The two systems are fundamentally different in the following ways:
(i) In the way ownership of land (freehold or leasehold), incumbrances
and other interests can be protected so as to be enforceable against a
purchaser or other transferee of the land.
(ii) In unregistered title legal ownership is determined by the deeds and
documents of title. Assuming that V is the legal, freehold owner

201
Document 7.3 Obebe Sale: Office Copy Entries on Register and Title
Plan for 14 Hardcastle Drive
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

of Blackacre a deed of conveyance will be needed and will be sufficient to

transfer that ownership to P. In the case of registered title, ownership
depends in principle on the state of the register. If V is the registered
proprietor of Blackacre (and the fact that she is so registered will in itself
mean that she is the legal owner) a deed of transfer—ie roughly the
equivalent to a deed of conveyance in unregistered conveyancing—will
be necessary to transfer ownership to P; but it is not enough and in itself
will only transfer equitable title (a minor interest). P will only become
proprietor (legal owner) when she is registered as proprietor in place of V
at the appropriate district Land Registry.
(iii), (i) and (ii) in turn lead to a difference in the method by which the
vendor fulfils her contractual duty to prove title to what she is selling. And
it means that the terms of the contract dealing with proof of title will be
drafted differently in the two cases.
To understand this difference it is necessary to understand the way in
which proprietary interests in the two types of title are classified for the
purpose of determining their enforceability against transferees or anyone
else with a contrary interest.

Question It has been said that the policy of registration of title in this country is
to ‘simplify the machinery of conveyancing without altering the substantive
rules of law’. The same authors also say that it is to ‘substitute a single,
established title, guaranteed by the state, in place of the traditional title which
must be separately investigated on every purchase at the purchaser’s own risk’.1
Again, it has been said that ‘today, proof of title, whether registered or
unregistered, is a relatively simple matter. The real problems facing a purchaser
and her lawyer lie outside the realm of title and are the same in both registered
and unregistered conveyancing’.
As you pursue the practice of the practice of conveyancing, consider the truth
of these various statements.

7.4.2 Classification of interests

In the case of unregistered title any proprietary interest will fall into one of the
following categories; and this categorisation will determine any steps needed
to protect the interest and its enforceability against a transferee or other
contrary interest:

1 Megarry & Wade, pp195, 194.

206
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: REGISTERED TITLE

(a) Legal estates and interests which are not registrable under the Land
Charges Act 1972. Such an estate or interest will be good against all the
world and enforceable against anyone with a subsequent contrary claim. The
legal freehold ownership itself, and similarly any legal lease, come into this
category. So do legal easements and legal mortgages protected by the deposit
of title deeds.2
(b) Those legal and equitable interests that are registrable under the Land
Charges Act 1972. Such interests will, if properly registered, be binding on
any subsequent, contrary claim; but void against the purchaser3 of an adverse
interest if not registered.
(c) Equitable interests which are not registrable. Such interests—eg the
interest arising by proprietary estoppel—are enforceable against any
subsequent adverse claimant except a bona fide purchaser for value of a legal
estate without notice of the interest. Equitable interests arising under a trust
come in this category—for example, the interest under a resulting trust for
sale of a contributor to the purchase price of land. However, such trust
interests may be overreached if the correct conveyancing mechanisms are
employed (for example, sale by at least two trustees in the case of a trust for
sale). In this event notice becomes irrelevant.
In general, in all these categories, the crucial time for determining enforceability
of the interest is the moment that the legal estate is conveyed to the purchaser.4
In the case of registered title, the above categories are totally irrelevant. Any
proprietary interest in registered land will fall into one of the following categories:
(i) Interests which are substantively registrable—ie with their own individual
titles. The most important registrable interests are the legal freehold and legal
leases granted for more than 21 years—that is the legal ownership of the
land—legal mortgages and legal easements.
Correctly speaking, it is titles to land that are registered, not the land itself.
Two registered titles may, and commonly do, exist in relation to the same
piece of land at the same time. For example, the registered freehold
proprietor may grant a 99-year lease to T. T’s lease will need to be registered
with its own, new register and title number and T will be shown on this
register as proprietor of the leasehold interest. (It will also have to be noted on
the charges register of the freehold title so as to bind transferees of the
freehold title.)

2 Though such a legal mortgage can lose priority to a subsequent mortgage by gross negligence.
3 Either for value of any interest or of a legal estate for money or money’s worth, depending on the
class of land charge.
4 In the case of registrable land charges, if a purchaser takes her conveyance within the protection
period of an official search certificate, the crucial date will be the date of the search (para 13.6).

207
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Registered mortgages (known as registered charges) do not have their own

title registers. They are registered on the charges register of the title
mortgaged—ie the freehold or leasehold as the case may be. Similarly, an
easement will not (since it can only exist as a burden on a servient property
and a benefit to a dominant property) have its own register of title. It will
normally, if created expressly, be substantively registered on the property
register of the title to the dominant land and noted in the charges register of
the servient property.
Unless and until a registrable interest is substantively registered, it will fall
into the category of either a minor or an overriding interest.
(ii) Overriding interests. An overriding interest is any incumbrance, interest
right or power not entered on the register but subject to which any registered
disposition takes effect.5 Thus an overriding interest will bind a purchaser or
other transferee of the registered title even though there is no mention of it on
the register and whether or not she has notice or knows of it. Indeed, it should
be stressed that the doctrine of notice is not (with one or two minor,
exceptions) relevant to registered conveyancing.
The list of overriding interests is contained in s 70(1) of the Land
Registration Act 1925 as amended by the Land Registration Act 1986. The
most important are as follows (the lettering following that in the Act):
‘(a) Rights of common, drainage rights, customary rights (until
extinguished), public rights, profits a prendre, rights of sheep walk,
rights of way, watercourses, rights of water, and other easements not
being equitable easements required to be protected by notice on the
register.’
Basically, this category includes public and customary rights, profits and
legal (and possibly equitable)6 easements.
‘(f) Subject to the provisions of this Act rights acquired or in course of
being acquired under the Limitation Acts.
(g) The rights of every person in actual occupation of the land or in
receipts of the rents and profits thereof, save where enquiry is made of
such person and the rights are not disclosed.
(h) In the case of possessory, qualified or good leasehold title, all
estates, rights, interests and powers excepted from the effect of
registration.
(i) Rights under local land charges unless and until registered or
protected on the register in the prescribed manner…
(k) Leases granted for a term not exceeding twenty-one years.’

5 Land Registration Act 1925, s 3(xvi).

6 See Celsteel Ltd v Alton House Holdings Ltd [1985] 1 WLR 204; Thatcher v Douglas (1996) 146
NLJ 282.

208
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: REGISTERED TITLE

If an interest is overriding it will not be a minor interest (Land

Registration Act 1925, s 3(xv)).
(iii) Minor interests Any interest in registered land which has not been
or cannot be substantively registered and is not overriding will
necessarily be a minor interest. Minor interests require protection by
an appropriate entry on the register of the title affected.

7.5 FIRST AND SUBSEQUENT REGISTRATION

7.5.1 First registration

Before the introduction of the system of registration of title in this country7 all title
was unregistered. Since then, under the Land Registration Act 1925, registration
of title has been made compulsory in an increasing number of areas. The
programme is that ultimately all freehold and long leasehold titles will be
registered; and registered conveyancing will be the only system.
Under the Registration of Title Order 1989 (SI 1989/1347) compulsory
registration of title was finally extended to the whole of England and Wales as
from 1 December 1990.
Compulsory registration means that first registration of (a previously
unregistered) title must be applied for on:
(i) A conveyance on sale of the freehold.
(ii) The grant of a term of years absolute for more than 21 years from the date
of the grant.
(iii) The assignment on sale of a leasehold held for a term of years absolute
having more than 21 years to run from the date of the assignment (Land
Registration Act 1925 as amended by the Land Registration Act 1986).
Conveyances and assignments not on sale do not attract compulsory
registration—for example, an assent by personal representatives, a legal mortgage
by the existing owner, a vesting deed executed by a local authority on compulsory
purchase or an exchange of land where no equality money is paid.8 The pace at
which all freehold land and existing long leases are converted to registered title
depends therefore on the pace at which such titles change hands on sale. In the
Chief Registrar’s Annual Report for 1993–94 it was stated that in 1993–94 over

7 Registration of title was in fact introduced on a voluntary (and little used) basis by the Land
Registry Act 1862 and the Land Transfer Act 1875.
8 See Ruoff & Pryer, p56.

209
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

600,000 titles were added to the register, making a total of just uner 15 million. By
2011, 19 million properties should be registered. This would leave about 2 million
unregistered including those passed down rather than sold and those belonging to
public authorities and corporate institutions.9
A transaction which gives rise to first registration will be conducted and take
effect in all respects according to the rules of unregistered land conveyancing.
However, in addition, and within two months of completion (ie of legal title
vesting) the purchaser, assignee or grantee, as the case may be, must apply to the
appropriate District Registry for first registration of the title acquired. This means
that the newly acquired title will have to be proved to the satisfaction of the
Registrar in the same way that it was (hopefully) proved to the purchaser, assignee
or grantee herself.
When the Registrar has investigated the title, the unregistered title will be
converted into a registered title with absolute, qualified, possessory or good
leasehold whichever is found to be appropriate (below). For the use of Land
Registry forms see below, para 7.5.3. For the procedure on applying for first
registration, see para 15.4.2.
Registration is compulsory in the sense that if the title is not registered within
the two-month period the legal estate will revert to the vendor, assignor or grantor
as the case may be who will hold it on trust for the purchaser, assignee or grantee.
Consequently, the latter will have only an (equitable) minor interest which, if
coupled with actual occupation will become an overriding interest under Land
Registration Act 1925, s 70(1)(g).
The Registrar has a discretion to accept late applications and this will cure
the defect. Where a defaulter lodges her application out of time, she must
satisfy the Registrar (with appeal to the court) that the application for
registration could not have been made within the prescribed period of two
months; or could only have been made within that period by incurring
unreasonable expense; or that it was not made in time because of some
accident or other sufficient cause.
Failing such acceptance a new deed would have to be executed by the
original vendor, assignor, grantor or whomsoever the legal title had then passed
to (if for example the vendor had died); and, although there would be a right to
have such a conveyance under the principle in Saunders v Vautier10 a person
might be difficult to trace.

9 See [1995] Conv 93.

10 (1841) Cr & Ph 240.

210
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: REGISTERED TITLE

7.5.2 The consequences of first registration

Sections 5 and 6 of the Land Registration Act 1925 establish the position at the
opening of play as it were. It is commonly said that registration gives a title
guaranteed by the state. This is by no means completely true.
Registration of a person as first proprietor of a freehold estate with absolute
title vests the legal fee simple absolute in possession in that person ‘together with
all rights, privileges and appurtenances belonging or appurtenant thereto’ (s 5).
But the title is limited in a number of important ways:
(i) It is subject to any minor interest appearing on the register. These will of
course be revealed when the register is searched by a purchaser and so
present no difficulty.
(ii) Any overriding interests affecting the registered land. These do present
one of the major dangers to the purchaser of registered land, since they will
not appear on the register and inspection of the land will not necessarily
reveal them.
(iii) Where the first proprietor is a trustee she will hold subject to minor
interests of which she has notice even if these are not protected by any entry
on the register. Thus if the proprietor is a trustee for sale she will be subject to
the interests of any beneficiaries of which she has notice.
(iv) Quite separately, but equally important, under s 82 of the Land
Registration Act, the court or Registrar (with appeal to the court) has
jurisdiction to rectify the register in certain circumstances. To this extent a
proprietor can be deprived of her registered title. Under s 83 there may be a
right to compensation from public funds in such a circumstance; but this does
not necessarily follow.11
For other matters which may not be revealed by the register, or not revealed
in adequate detail, see below para 7.10.

Dealing with the land prior to first registration

Under Rule 72 of the Land Registration Rules 1925 a person having the right to
apply for registration as first proprietor can deal with the land in any of the ways
permitted by the Act. Pinekerry v Needs (Contractors)12 is a neat illustration of this
principle and the consequences of not applying for first registration in time. R had
bought the land some months earlier; but had not applied for registration within the
two months period nor for an extension of time in which to apply in accordance with

11 See, eg Epps v Esso Petroleum Co Ltd [1973] 1 WLR 1071; para 4.8.
12 [1992] NPC 15, CA.

211
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

s 123 of the Land Registration Act 1925 and the Land Registration Rules. Thus
when R did apply for registration he had no ‘right’ to be registered as proprietor. R
agreed to sell to A who was obtaining a mortgage from M. A, in accordance with
M’s requirements, required a legal title from R and refused to complete until R had
in fact been registered as proprietor. R was claiming interest for this consequential
period of delay in completing. It was held that he was not entitled to it. A purchaser
is, subject to the terms of the contract, entitled to the legal title. At the time due for
completion R did not have the legal title since he had not been registered; nor had he
applied for registration within the two months or an official extension granted by the
Registry, which would have brought him within Rule 72. Although the Registry did
in fact process his application out of time, R had no right to insist on this.

7.5.3 Registration of subsequent dispositions

The proprietor of a registered title can, in effect, do anything that the owner of the
equivalent unregistered title can do; and in general according to the same
substantive rules of land law. There are two important qualifications to this:
(a) The transaction must be carried out in the manner and using the forms, if any,
prescribed by the Land Registration Acts 1925 to 1988 and Rules. What follows in
relation to use of forms applies equally to any transaction involving the Land Registry.
Rule 74 of the Land Registration Rules 1925 as amended provides:
‘The forms in the Schedule hereto shall be used in all matters to which
they refer, or are capable of being applied or adapted, with such
alterations and additions, if any, as are necessary or desired and the
Registrar allows.’
Rule 75 of these Rules provides:
‘Instruments for which no form is prescribed or to which the scheduled
forms cannot conveniently be adapted, shall be in such form as the
Registrar shall direct or allow, the scheduled forms being followed as
nearly as circumstances will permit.’
Individual Rules prescribe specific forms for particular transactions. Thus, for
example, Rule 98 provides that a transfer of the land comprised in a freehold title
shall be made by an instrument in Forms 19 or 20 (19 is for a transfer of the whole
of the land in a title; 20 for transfer of part of the land). Form 56, prescribed by
Rule 170, is for an assent to a devisee of land or for the purposes of an
appropriation.
Some of the statutory forms have been modified by the Registrar under the
above powers, in some cases two or more statutory forms being hatched out of
one original version.

212
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: REGISTERED TITLE

In addition to the statutory forms, modified or not, s 127 of the Land

Registration Act provides:
‘Subject to the provisions of this Act the Chief Land Registrar shall
conduct the whole business of registration under this Act, and shall
frame and cause to be printed circulated or otherwise promulgated such
forms and directions as he may deem requisite or expedient for
facilitating proceedings under this Act.’
A number of forms have been promulgated by the Registrar under these
powers.
All these forms statutory or promulgated can be described as prescribed
forms; and they must be used whenever appropriate. However, this system of
prescribed forms for registered title is by no means inflexible; and the Registrar
has wide discretion to allow variations. ‘Alterations and additions to the
prescribed forms are permitted so long as no document other than that produced
has to be perused and the general principles on which the registers are kept are
not violated.’13
Most of the prescribed forms, statutory and promulgated, have been printed by
HMSO and law stationers, each with its own individual form number which, if it
is a statutory form, generally corresponds to the number in the Schedule to the
Land Registration Rules. Where a needed form has not been printed its wording
has to be copied from the Schedule or the wording published by the Land
Registry.
In general, there is no legal obligation to use the printed version of forms; a
document using the necessary form of wording can be typewritten or printed from
a machine (or indeed handwritten) on stout A4 size paper with a sufficient margin
on the left-hand side to allow for stitching into the land certificate if necessary.
Printed forms can be obtained from HMSO shops and law stationers. A list of
the available printed forms can be obtained from HMSO—itself a printed list!—
Land Registry Sectional List, No 43.
A list of the more commonly used printed forms is included in Appendix 7.
A number of practice guidance leaflets are published by the Land Registry and
are available from district registries.
There is no prescribed form of wording for leases or mortgages. In practice the
same forms and precedents are used for these as in unregistered conveyancing.
Institutional lenders use a single printed form for mortgages of registered and
unregistered title. But with both leases and mortgages the property must be
clearly identified by reference to the title number.

13 Ruoff & Pryer, p64.

213
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

For further comment on the drafting of registered title documents, see below,
Chapter 12.
(b) The disposition of a registered title will not be effective at law to create a
registered interest until registered. This is one of the central distinctions between
registered and unregistered conveyancing.
Section 19(1) of the Land Registration Act 1925 provides that any transfer of a
registered estate or part of it shall be completed by registration of the transferee as
the new proprietor. Similarly, s 19(2) provides that any other disposition by the
registered proprietor transferring or creating an interest must be completed by
registration of the proprietor of the interest. Thus not only transfers of the whole
or part of the land in a freehold or leasehold title but also, for example, the grant of
registrable leases, creation of mortgages and legal easements, constitute
dispositions and require to be completed by registration.
Registration is deemed to have taken place on the day when the application is
delivered to the appropriate district Land Registry. An up to date list of district
registries and the areas which they cover can be obtained from any district
Registry. An application which is delivered after 9.30 am on one day is deemed to
have been delivered on the following day. If the order of delivery of two
documents by different applicants on the same day is crucial the matter can be
decided by the court or Registrar with appeal to the court. (See Land Registration
Rules 1925, as amended, Rules 83–85.)

The effect of registration of a disposition

By s 20 of the Land Registration Act 1925, in the case of freehold, the registration
of any such disposition for valuable consideration of or out of an absolute title
confers on the transferee or grantee the legal estate subject only to:
(i) minor interests protected on the register;
(ii) overriding interests; and
(iii) as in the case of first registration, the possibility of rectification
under s 82.
It should also be added that, very unusually, a transferee, may be fixed with a
constructive trust in favour of someone with a claim to an adverse interest in the
property even though that claim is not protected on the register or overriding. But
such a trust will be a new one imposed on the transferee, rather than a previously
existing one subject to which she has taken the land.14

14 See Peffer v Rigg [1978] 3 All ER 745, using s 59(6) of the Land Registration Act 1925; and Lyus v
Prowsa Developments Ltd [1982] 2 All ER 953. But today such a constructive trust will have to
survive very close scrutiny of the circumstances by the court; see Ashburn Anstalt v Arnold [1989] Ch
1; and Burr v Copp [1983] CLY 2057.

214
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: REGISTERED TITLE

Where the disposition is not for valuable consideration, the transferee or grantee
will in addition take subject to minor interests even if not protected on the register.
If a disposition is not registered it is not void, but it remains a minor interest
(and equitable) unless and until it is registered and does not have the above
protection; though if the transferee or grantee is in actual occupation the interest
may be protected as an overriding one.

7.6 CLASSES OF REGISTERED TITLE

The proprietorship register of the title register will specify whether the title is
absolute, possessory or qualified or (applicable only to leasehold) good leasehold.
Subject to the possibility of conversion to a better class of title, the class of title
depends on how satisfied the Registrar is with the title on application for first
registration.
The classes of leasehold title are dealt with in Chapter 17.

(a) Absolute title

If the Registrar approves the title, as will generally be the case, it will be registered
as absolute, with the effect described above (para 7.5.2) giving the best class of
title. Even if the unregistered title contains technical flaws the Registrar has power
at the time of first registration
‘to turn a Nelson’s eye upon them and grant absolute title, provided the
flaws are not likely to lead to the landowner being deprived of his estate.
This he can do even if the landowner has only asked for possessory title.’15
The effect of s 20 of the Land Registration Act 1925 is that such registration cures
any then defect in the title (subject again to the possibility of rectification). Argyll
Building Society v Hammond16 is illustrative of the strength and weakness of
registration of title. The appellant was registered as proprietor with absolute
freehold title of a house in north London. The facts, as assumed for the purpose of
this appeal on a preliminary point, were that his sister and brother-in-law had
forged a transfer of the property to themselves while he was in America, and on
the same day executed a charge to the building society. The sister and brother-in-
law and the society were registered as proprietors of the freehold and the charge
respectively. When the building society sought to obtain possession, the appellant
materialised and claimed rectification.

15 Ruoff & Pryer, p23; and see Land Registration Act 1925, s 13.
16 (1984) 49 P & CR 148.

215
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

It was held that registration of the sister and brother-in-law as proprietors

gave them a valid title in spite of the (assumed) forgery and enabled them to
create a valid mortgage. Nevertheless, there was discretionary power in the
court under s 82 of the Land Registration Act 1925 to order rectification even
against an interest such as the society’s innocently acquired and properly
protected on the register. The exercise of the discretion was left to the court
hearing the trial of the action. The advantage to the society of its possibly
fleeting appearance on the register was that it might have a claim to
compensation from public funds. In unregistered conveyancing, the mortgage
would have been void ab initio; and the only claim would have been against the
sister and brother-in-law.

(b) Possessory title

Registration with possessory title has the same effect and is subject to the same
limits as absolute, except that it is additionally subject to one other and
fundamental limitation: It is subject to any adverse interest existing at the time of
first registration. And if such an adverse interest is given recognition by
rectification of the register, there will be no compensation for the possessory
proprietor. However, the title is guaranteed in respect of events subsequent to the
first registration in the same way as absolute title.
Most commonly, possessory title is granted on the application of an adverse
possessor. This means that the right of the real owner to recover the property
will not be affected. However, as time passes without challenge, the possessory
title will become more and more secure. The rights of the real owner will after,
normally, 12 years from the start of the adverse possession, be barred under the
Limitation Act 1980. Possessory title is also likely to be granted where the
applicant for first registration cannot produce the title deeds—for example, if
they have been lost; and occasionally where there is a documentary title but it is
a weak one.
Under s 77 of the Land Registration Act 1925 as amended and Rule 48 of the
Land Registration Rules 1925 as amended, once a possessory title has been
registered for 12 years (15 if first registered before 1 January, 1987) the proprietor
if in possession has a right to have it converted to absolute freehold; and the
Registrar must convert earlier if satisfied as to the title. The latter might happen for
example if the missing title deeds were found.
A possessory title is by no means necessarily unmarketable. Its practical
security depends on how long it has been so registered and all the surrounding
circumstances; and whether a purchaser’s or lender’s solicitor feels able to
recommend that it is marketable and acceptable with or without title
insurance.

216
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: REGISTERED TITLE

(c) Qualified title

This is rare in practice; and can only be granted on an application for such a title (though
the Registrar may recommend this course). It means (Land Registration Act 1925, s 7)
that the title is found to be subject to some specific defect which will be entered on the
register excluding the defect from the effect of registration—for example, that the rights
of the beneficiaries under a particular trust are preserved because the title shows the land
to have been purchased by one of the trustees from the co-trustees.
The effect of qualified title is as for absolute, except that it is subject to the
specified defect.
Qualified title can be converted to absolute if the Registrar can be satisfied as to
the title—ie that the defect no longer exists.

7.7 PROTECTING MINOR INTERESTS

Section 101 (1) of the Land Registration Act 1925 provides:

‘Any person, whether being the proprietor or not, having a sufficient
interest or power in or over registered land, may dispose of or deal with
the same, and create any rights or interests therein which are permissible
in like manner and by the like modes of assurance in all respects as if the
land were not registered, but subject as provided by this section.’
If a transaction relating to registered land is not a registrable disposition, it can
only create a minor interest (which may of course gain protection by becoming
overriding if, for example, coupled with actual occupation). Such a minor
interest, to be enforceable against a transferee for value of the registered title or
against other adverse minor interests, must be protected by entry of a notice,
caution, restriction or inhibition as appropriate on the register of the title affected.
In general, the Land Registration Acts 1925–88 and the Land Registration Rules
1925 as amended specify which method of protection is appropriate.

(a) Notice

A notice is entered on the charges register of the title. The process of entering a
notice is commonly referred to a ‘noting’ the interest.
Entry of a notice is the normal method of protecting restrictive covenants,
easements, leases (unless overriding) and other land charges and incumbrances
(apart from mortgages).
In general a notice can only be entered with the consent of the registered proprietor
who must produce the land certificate to the Registry. If the land is subject to a
registered charge, the chargee will have a charge certificate and the land certificate will
be held at the Registry. If an existing chargee is to be bound by the interest noted, she

217
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

too will have to give consent in the same way and produce the charge certificate to the
Registry. However, in the case of a spouse’s right of occupation under the Matrimonial
Homes Act 1983,16a neither consent nor production of the land certificate is necessary;
and here the application is made on printed form 99 with no fee payable. For other
applications, printed form A4 is available.
A separate application for the entry of notices is not necessary on first
registration, when the Registrar will automatically note whatever interests
burdening the land are shown by the title produced.
Similarly, when an application is made for registration of a transfer of part, any
incumbrances created by the transfer will be entered on the registers of the existing
and new title as necessary without separate application (though of course they will
have to be included in the transfer and drafted as they would be for unregistered title).
On the other hand, where such incumbrances are created independently of any
transfer—for example, if a proprietor grants her neighbour an easement or
restrictive covenant—a separate application will be necessary by the grantee with
the consent of the grantor and production of the land certificate.
Section 52(1) of the Land Registration Act 1925 provides:
‘A disposition by the proprietor shall take effect subject to all estates,
rights and claims which are protected by way of notice on the register at
the date of registration or entry of notice of the disposition, but only if
and so far as such estates, rights and claims may be valid and are not
(independently of this Act) overridden by the disposition.’
Thus, in general, a purchaser, chargee or other disponee will be bound by any
interest protected by notice on the register. A date against each entry in the charges
register shows when the interest was noted.
A notice is the most effective method for the protection of incumbrances; but it
does not make enforceable an interest which is not enforceable under the general
law. Thus, for example, a restrictive covenant will not bind a purchaser of the
servient land if it is not noted (or otherwise protected) on the register; but the
dominant owner seeking to enforce will still have to show that the requirements of
Tulk v Moxhay are satisfied (and this will not be shown or guaranteed by the
noting on the register). Similarly, the noting of an estate contract will not make it
enforceable if the requirements of s 2 of the Law of Property (Miscellaneous
Provisions) Act 1989 have not been satisfied.17

16a To be replaced by Part IV of the Family Law Act 1996.

17 Mortgage Corporation Ltd v Nationwide Credit Corporation Ltd [1993] 3 WLR 768 decided that a
charge protected by notice can be overridden by an earlier charge not protected by notice on the
grounds that ‘independently’ of the Act (ie according to unregistered title rules) the earlier one would
prevail. The logic of the Court of Appeal’s rationale in this case seems to be that entry of a notice still
leaves priority to be governed by the unregistered title rules; and entry of a notice may serve only to
give notice to a subsequent incumbrancer.

218
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: REGISTERED TITLE

(b) Caution

Entry of a caution against dealings under s 54 of the Land Registration Act 1925 is
a device enabling anyone claiming an interest in the registered property to ensure
that she is notified of any proposed disposition (referred to as a ‘dealing’ in s 54)
of the land.
The application must be made in printed form 63; but the land certificate does not
have to be with the Registry so the consent of the proprietor is not necessary. In this
sense it is commonly thought of and commonly is a ‘hostile’ entry made where the
landowner is not prepared to co-operate. The application must be supported by a
statutory declaration in prescribed form (the basic form being included on the back of
form 63) stating the nature of the interest to be protected. Thus, a claim to be entitled to
the benefit of an option or ordinary contract to purchase the land, or to have a lease of
the land, or to be entitled as a beneficiary under a trust for sale to a share in the proceeds
of sale, could all be protected by entry of a caution; though in the last case the claim
could be overreached by two joint vendors in the ordinary way.
A caution is entered in the proprietorship register with the date of entry. The
entry gives no indication of the claim sought to be protected. A person lodging a
caution without reasonable cause is liable to pay such compensation as may be
just to any person who suffers damage as a result.
Where there is a caution on the register which is preventing an intended
disposition, it can be dealt with in one of three ways:
(i) the cautioner may agree to withdraw it (because for example her claim has
been satisfied in some way);
(ii) the registered proprietor may apply by letter to the Registrar for a
warning-off notice to be sent to the cautioner; or
(iii) a warning-off notice will be sent on its own initiative by the Registry
whenever a disposition by the registered proprietor is lodged for registration.
In the case of (ii) and (iii), if the cautioner does nothing in the period specified in
the notice (usually 14 days) or agrees to removal, the caution will be cancelled.
Alternatively, the cautioner may object to the proposed dealing in which case she
will be given the opportunity at a judicial hearing before the Registrar (with
appeal to the court) to show why the caution should be continued or the proposed
disposition not be registered. If not able to show such cause the caution will be
cancelled.
A caution can be entered against both the freehold or leasehold title and
against any charge already on the register. The last will prevent any
disposition by the chargee—eg a sale in the exercise of the power of sale to
enforce the security—which would automatically override any interest
protected only by a caution against the freehold or leasehold title. If the
cautioner claims for some reason to have priority over the registered charge

219
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

the caution should be registered against the charge as well as against the
freehold/leasehold title itself.
Neither a notice nor a caution validates an interest which is not valid under the
general law. A caution is inferior in that the cautioner may be called on at any time
at short notice to establish and defend her interest. Further, a caution does not give
priority to an interest; it merely gives the cautioner chance to assert any priority
which it otherwise has under the general law.18 A notice does give priority to a
(valid) interest. For example, Proprietor P contracts to sell to A who puts no entry
on the register; then contracts to sell to B who gets the contract noted on the
register. B gains priority over A. If A had entered a caution, this would have
preserved her priority. But if A put no entry on the register, and B entered only a
caution, A’s interest would prevail.19
Under s 53 of the Land Registration Act 1925 a caution against first
registration can be made in the same way; and will be revealed on a search of the
index map (para 4.8).

(c) Restriction

A restriction is designed to enforce any limit on the power of the registered

proprietor of the land or a charge to deal with the land or the charge as the case
may be. It should be remembered that a central principle of registered title is that a
proprietor can dispose of or deal with the land in any way permitted by law,
subject only to what is on the register (and overriding interests). Thus, for
example, a purchaser buying from a sole proprietor is only concerned with any
trust if it is protected in some way on the register.
A restriction will prevent a specified transaction from being registered unless a
specified procedure is complied with.
The application for a restriction may be endorsed on a transfer of the title or
other document to be sent for registration; or it may be applied for separately on
form 75. Application can be made by the proprietor of the registered land
(freehold or leasehold) or of a registered charge. As with a notice, entry requires
the land certificate to be at the Registry.
In certain cases the Registrar is under a duty to enter a restriction. For
example, under the Land Registration Act 1925, s 58(3) and Land Registration
Rules 1925, Rule 213 (as amended) a restriction in Form 62 must be entered on
the registration of joint proprietors of the land or charge unless it is shown to the
satisfaction of the Registrar that the survivor of them will have the power to give

18 See Clark v Chief Land Registr [1994] 3WLR 593.

19 See Barclays Bank Ltd v Taylor [1974] Ch 137. But, as to the first proposition, see Mortgage
Corporation Ltd v Nationwide Credit Corporation Ltd, footnote 17 above.

220
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: REGISTERED TITLE

a valid receipt for capital on a disposition of the land or charge. This restriction
is in the following form:
‘No disposition by a sole proprietor of the land (not being a trust
corporation) under which capital money arises is to be registered except
with an order of the Registrar or of the court.’
Thus, it is essential for joint applicants for registration to supply the information
necessary to decide whether this restriction is needed; and all printed forms for
first registration and registration of dealings by joint proprietors contain the
necessary question to be answered by the applicants’ solicitor.
Other cases in which a restriction may need to be applied for include:
(i) To protect the beneficial interest where a nominee is registered as
proprietor: ‘Except under an order of the Registrar no disposition or dealing
other than a transfer to [nominator] is to be registered without her consent.’
(ii) To protect shares in partnership property where the partners are registered
as joint proprietors: ‘Except under an order of the Registrar no disposition by
the proprietors of the land is to be registered after the death of either [any] of
them without the consent of the personal representative of the deceased
proprietor.’
(iii) By a chargee to prevent dealings with the equity of redemption without
the chargee’s consent (a condition commonly found in mortgages): ‘Except
under an order of the Registrar no disposition by the proprietor of the land is
to be registered without the consent of the proprietor for the time being of
charge no…’ Without such a restriction the borrower could sell or lease the
land, though of course only subject to the mortgage.
The Registrar can refuse to enter any restriction which is unreasonable or likely to
cause inconvenience.

(d) Inhibitions

Apart from bankruptcy (para 13.12.4) inhibitions are rare. They are used to
prohibit totally or partially the exercise of unfettered powers of disposition of the
proprietor. In practice a restriction will usually be more appropriate.

221
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

7.8 THE DOCUMENTATION ASSOCIATED WITH

REGISTERED TITLE

(a) The register of title

The register means primarily the official record kept at the appropriate district
Land Registry of one estate owner’s title to a particular piece of land, freehold or
leasehold, with its own title number. The expression is also sometimes taken to
include the Registry’s filed plan of that title (the title plan).
Each register consists of three parts, each part also being referred to as a
register:
(i) The property register. This contains a verbal description of the property and
identifies it by reference to a title plan. (As to title plans see para 11.2.3.) It also
states whether the land is freehold or leasehold. In the case of leasehold it will give
short particulars of the lease (not all the terms of the lease which will be returned
to the lessee—and remains an essential part of the title to be kept safe with the
land or charge certificate, as the counterpart lease will be for the reversioner). The
property register will state, if such be the case, that the lease contains a prohibition
against assignment without licence. Thus the Registry does not concern itself with
or investigate whether any such consent has been obtained; and it is essential to
preserve consents with the title documents.
The property register may also contain information about easements or
(occasionally) covenants which are appurtenant to (ie benefit) the land (below).
(ii) The proprietorship register. This states the class of title (absolute, etc); the
name and address of the registered proprietor; and any restrictions, cautions,
creditors’ notices or bankruptcy inhibitions.
(iii) The charges register. This contains all the subsisting burdens and
incumbrances on the title protected by notice, including a note of registered leases
to which the title is subject—the lease will, of course, also have its own register—
adverse restrictive covenants and other land charges and adverse easements. In
addition, charges are registered here together with the name and address of the
proprietor of the charge.

(b) Office copies of the register and title plan

These are copies actually issued by the Registry of the entries on the register. They
should be distinguished from photocopies of the office copies and can be
identified by the presence of the Land Registry watermark in the paper. Office
copies of the register and title plan and of documents filed at the Registry are
admissible in evidence in judicial proceedings. (See below, para 11.2.1.)

222
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: REGISTERED TITLE

(c) The land certificate and charge certificate

A land certificate is prepared by the Registry for each registered freehold and
leasehold title. It is a document bearing the seal of the registry and contains office
copies of entries on the register and of the title plan (and possibly certified copies
or originals of other documents (see below).
It is issued to the registered proprietor; but if there is a registered charge against
the title, the land certificate is held at the Registry and in its place, while the charge
continues, a charge certificate is issued to the proprietor of the charge. The charge
certificate is similar to the land certificate, containing office copies of the entries
on the register and of the title plan and also containing, bound into it, the original
mortgage deed.
In general, with exceptions such as in the case of cautions, the land certificate must
be produced to the Registry on any dealing with the land and if any entry or alteration
is to be made to the register. Similarly, the charge certificate must be produced when
any entry affecting the charge is to be made on the register—for example on the
discharge of the charge. Whenever it is produced at the Registry the land or charge
certificate will always be updated to make it correspond with the register. There is also
a panel inside the certificate for Registry date stamps to show when it was last updated.
Since, however, some entries on the register can be made without its production, there
is no guarantee that the certificate does so correspond at any particular time. It is for
this reason that on sale and other transactions, investigation of title is based on office
copies and official searches of the register itself (see Chapter 13).
The land certificate is admissible in evidence of what it contains and can be
said to be the equivalent of the title deed in the case of unregistered title; while the
holding of the charge certificate is the equivalent of the deposit of the title deeds
with a first mortgagee. But it must be stressed that title itself is constituted by the
entries on the register. This is demonstrated by the fact that a lost or destroyed
certificate can and will be replaced by the Registry.

7.9 EASEMENTS AND COVENANTS ON THE REGISTER

(a) Easements

Legal easements are overriding interests. It has been held that equitable easements
are as well.20 If this is correct all adverse easements will bind a purchaser of the
servient property whether or not shown on the register.

20 Celsteel Ltd v Alton House Holdings Ltd [1985] 2 All ER 562; and see Thatcher v Douglas (1996)
146 NLJ 282.

223
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

In considering both easements and restrictive covenants it is important to keep

in mind the distinction between their benefit (and the dominant property to which
they are appurtenant) and their burden (and the servient property on which they
are incumbrances).
Legal easements existing at the time of first registration are overriding. On first
registration of the dominant property the Registry will enter any shown to exist on
the property register as appurtenant to the registered title; and this will give them
the same guaranteed validity as the registered title to the land itself. On first
registration of the servient property, any easements shown to exist will be noted
on the charges register of the new title.
Any easement expressly created by the registered proprietor is a ‘disposition’
within s 19 of the Land Registration Act 1925 and to be legal must be completed
by registration. Until this is done it will only be a equitable interest though, as
noted above, even as such it may be overriding. Where the easement is expressly
created by grant or reservation on a transfer of part of the land in a title (the usual
situation in which they arise) the Registrar will automatically enter easements on
the property register of the dominant title and note them against the charges
register of the servient title.
If an easement is created by separate grant—for example, if one neighbour
grants another a right of way over her land—application for registration will have
to be made and provision for the servient owner (the grantor) to deposit her land
certificate at the Registry so that the new easement can be noted.
On a sale or other transfer of registered land the benefit of any easement
shown on the property register as appurtenant to the title will pass automatically
to the transferee.21 They are part of the registered title which is being sold and,
on the assumption that office copies of the register are supplied with the draft
contract, do not need to be mentioned separately in the contract. On a sale of the
servient title, the burden of easements noted on the charges register are of
course incumbrances which will bind the transferee and which there is a duty to
disclose; and the contract should expressly state that the sale is subject to them
and disclose their content either by setting them out or, usually, by
incorporating a copy of the register into the contract. Not all easements are
shown on the title register of either the dominant or servient property. Implied
easements can arise under s 62 of the Law of Property Act 1925 and Wheeldon v
Burrows just as in the case of unregistered title. They will be legal and
overriding without mention on the register provided they arose out of a
registered disposition of part of the land. Similarly, easements in the course of
or having arisen by prescription are legal and overriding without registration.

21 See Land Registration Act 1925, s 20(1); and Law of Property Act 1925, s 62; and Land
Registration Rules 1925, as amended, r 256.

224
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: REGISTERED TITLE

Both implied and prescriptive easements can be registered on the property

register of the dominant property and noted against the servient title and
registration will give them the guarantee of validity that goes with registration.22
But this is not bound to happen any more than such easements will appear on
the title deeds of an unregistered title.
On a sale of the servient property the duty of disclosure extends (subject to
the terms of the contract) to all adverse easements unless they are patent. On a
sale of the dominant property the benefit of any already existing implied or
prescriptive appurtenant easements will pass automatically to the purchaser
without mention; and there is no need to mention them in the contract. Indeed,
if they are mentioned care should be taken. The contract should state that no
requisitions or objections are to be made on them; otherwise, the vendor will be
under a duty to prove the title to their benefit as to the rest of the property being
sold (and see para 5.6).

(b) Restrictive covenants

Restrictive covenants can only arise by express agreement. Any shown to exist at
the time of first registration of the servient property will be noted in the charges
register. Similarly, any created subsequently will need to be noted in the charges
register of the servient property to be binding on a transferee.
Where practicable the text of the covenants is set out in full in (or in a
schedule incorporated into and part of) the charges register with the identity of
the deed creating them. If this is not practicable they will be noted in the charges
register and the original document creating them or a certified copy stitched
into or issued with the land or charge certificate with the original filed at the
Land Registry.
On a sale of the land the burden of any existing restrictive covenants affecting
the land must be disclosed in the same way as the burden of easements.
As to the benefit of restrictive covenants, appurtenant covenants are not
normally included in the property register of the dominant title. Even if, on special
request being made, they are shown the form of wording will be that a specified
transfer contains covenants expressed to be for the benefit of the land in the title.
In other words there is no guarantee that the covenant is enforceable by the
dominant proprietor.
As with easements, on a sale of the registered title the benefit of any existing,
appurtenant restrictive covenants (whether or not shown on the property register)
will pass automatically by the transfer without mention in the contract or transfer.
If appurtenant, existing covenants are included in the contract description of the

22 See Land Registration Rules 1925, as amended, rr 250–58.

225
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

property (whether by incorporation of the property register or by specific

mention) the vendor should be able to prove title to the benefit or should exclude
requisitions or objections on them. For example:
‘The property is sold with the benefit of the rights contained or referred
to in the property register of the said title and the Purchaser having been
supplied with a copy thereof shall raise no objection or requisition in
relation thereto.’

(c) Positive and indemnity covenants

If positive covenants are created after first registration, the burden will be noted on
the proprietorship register of the title. This does not make the burden of such
covenants run with the land; it is intended by the Registry to help remind a
vendor’s solicitor that an indemnity covenant will be needed in the transfer.
As to indemnity covenants, see para 12.9(g). They are required in the same
circumstances as on the sale of unregistered title; and Standard Condition 4.5.3. is
equally applicable.

7.10 IS THE REGISTER SELF-CONTAINED?

The underlying philosophy of registered title is that the register presents a

complete, self-contained picture of the ownership of the freehold or leasehold
estate, its appurtenant rights and its burdens. Apart from overriding interests, there
are other cases where it may be necessary to look beyond the four corners of the
register to get a complete picture. For example:
(i) The actual covenants and terms contained in a registered lease are not
recorded in the register. The original lease, after registration, should be
retained in safe custody with the land or charge certificate of the leasehold
title; the counterpart with the land or charge certificate of the reversionary
title.
(ii) The original mortgage deed creating a registered charge of the property
will be included with the charge certificate; details of its terms will not
normally be available from the Registry. Under s 96(1) of the Law of
Property Act 1925 a borrower has a right (at her own cost) to inspect and have
copies of the mortgage. For convenience of information a borrower should
preserve a copy of the mortgage,
(iii) If a registered lease contains a qualified covenant against assignment this
will be noted on the property register; but the register does not guarantee that
necessary consents to assignments have been obtained (the absence of which
consent might make the lease liable to forfeiture). Consents to assignments

226
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: REGISTERED TITLE

need to be kept with the land or charge certificate. The same principle applies
to an obligation in the lease to give notice to the lessor of assignment or
charging of the lease,
(iv) The benefit of implied and prescriptive easements appurtenant to the
land is not likely to be evidenced on the title register of the dominant property
(nor the burden on the register of the servient property); similarly with the
benefit of restrictive covenants. Documentary evidence of such rights where
available should be kept with the land or charge certificates.
(v) The benefit of restrictive covenants relating to the land is not usually
shown on the register.

7.11 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT 23

It follows from what has been said that there are three crucial stages to the normal
sale of registered title transaction:
(a) formation of contract (exchange of contracts);
(b) transfer to the purchaser; and
(c) registration of the transfer at the Registry.
The three are linked together. The terms of the transfer are governed by and give
effect to the terms of the contract. In turn, the transfer must be acceptable to the
Registry in form and content so as to give rise to the required registration.
The contract is the base line of this structure and its drafting requires careful
thought. What follows is based on the format of the Law Society’s printed form of
contract, incorporating the Standard Conditions, as used in the Goldberg sale
(Document 5.1.4). It focuses on the points of departure from a contract for the sale
of unregistered title.

7.11.1 Agreement date; seller and buyer

‘No problem; these are the same as for unregistered title,’ says Timothy. ‘Timothy
has got something right,’ says Old Jarndyce.

7.11.2 The property

It is essential that the description of the property states whether it is freehold or
leasehold, gives the title number and the class of title and a brief description of the

23 Note that possible amendments to the standard, printed conditions are considered as relevant
in the text.

227
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

property as given in the property register. (See the draft contract on the Obebe
purchase, Document 4.1.2.) Where as is now usual a copy of the register and title
plan is provided with and incorporated into the contract there is no need for
anything further by way of description of the property; and, as already mentioned,
there is no need to mention any appurtenant easements or covenants referred to in
the property register. As with unregistered title, if any existing appurtenant rights
are expressly set out in the contract description of the property, the vendor should
either be in a position to prove title to them or should expressly exclude any
requisitions or objections in relation to them.
Thus for example, the description might be:
‘The freehold property known as…registered at HM Land Registry with
title absolute under title no…’
7.11.2(a) Sale of part
On a sale of part of the land in a title, the property description should in
addition to the above make it clear that this is the case and include a plan
identifying what is being sold. Thus, you would expect something like
the following: ‘All that plot of freehold land more particularly shown on
the plan attached hereto and thereon edged in red being part of the
property known as…comprised in title number…and registered at HM
Land Registry with absolute title.’
As to the plan in such a case:
‘It is desirable that this plan [which will also be needed for the transfer]
should be an extract from, or based upon, the vendor’s filed plan. If the
land is unfenced or otherwise undefined, except by surveyor’s pegs on
the ground, it is essential that the boundaries on the plan to the transfer
[and therefore the contract also] should be tied by means of accurate
measurements to permanent features such a road junctions or existing
walls or fences.’24
As to boundaries see, further, para 5.4.
The land certificate will have to be produced to the Land Registry to register the
new title to the part purchased and amend the register of the existing title to show what
has been removed from the title. In this situation, the land certificate can be deposited
by the vendor at the Registry using form A. 15. A special condition will need to be put
into the contract requiring the vendor to place the certificate on deposit at the Registry
and to supply the purchaser with the deposit number prior to completion.
Where a new, residential estate of more than 20 plots is being developed, a
procedure has been agreed by the Registry to simplify the identification of the

24 Ruoff & Pryer, p85.

228
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: REGISTERED TITLE

property. This is described in Practice Leaflets 7 and 14. A detailed, accurate,

large-scale lay-out plan is filed at the Registry, with a copy officially stamped by
the Registry being returned to the developer. The contract and rest of the
transaction for each plot can then proceed without use of the title plan for the
whole estate (which may be very large). The contract can then identify the plot
being sold by annexing an extract from the approved layout plan and its plot
number. An identical copy of the plan will be used annexed to the transfer.
The purchaser’s solicitor will need to be satisfied that the client’s plot on the
ground is as shown on the plan. The vendor will supply office copies of entries on
the register; but not of the title plan. Instead the purchasers solicitor will apply to
the Registry on form 109 for a certificate of official inspection of the title plan.
The certificate, on form 102, will confirm (hopefully) that the plot is part of the
vendor’s title and that it is not affected by any colouring on the title plan relating
to adverse entries on the register (or, if it is, give details).
Immediately prior to completion, the purchaser will do a standard pre-
completion search on form 94B (para 13.12) which can identify the plot simply
by reference to its plot number on the approved plan. This will confirm (again,
hopefully) that no adverse entries have been made in the register or the title plan
since the date of the office copy.
Thus the contract description may be something like this:
‘All that plot of freehold land comprised in title number…and registered
with absolute title which is shown as plot number…on the accompanying
plan, being a true copy or an extract from the plan of the vendor’s
said…estate which plan was officially approved by the…district land
registry on… Together with the dwelling house erected thereon And
Together With the easements described in the First Schedule to the draft
transfer annexed hereto but Excepting and Reserving to the Vendor the
easements described in the Second Schedule thereto.’
In addition there will be a condition in something like the following terms:
‘The vendor shall be under no obligation to supply to the Purchaser a copy
or extract of the title plan of the above-mentioned title but arrangements
have been made with the… district land registry for the Purchaser (on his
applying on printed form 109 for an official certificate of inspection of the
title plan) to be informed whether the land sold to the Purchaser is within
the Vendor’s said title and whether or not it is affected by any colour or
other references shown on the title plan of such title.’
On such a development, and contrary to the usual conveyancing practice, the
transfer will be drafted in a standard form by the vendor and supplied as part of
the contract with a special condition that it is to be the one used on the transfer.
Thus, one might expect something like the following:

229
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

‘The draft form of transfer attached hereto the form of which has been
approved by the…district land registry for general use in connection
with the vendor’s…estate comprised within the above mentioned title
shall be used without alteration (save only for such variations as may be
necessary for defining the powers of joint or corporate purchasers) for
the transfer to the purchaser and in particular the purchaser shall in the
transfer to him covenant with the vendor in the terms set out in clause [2]
of the draft to observe and perform the stipulations contained in the
[Third Schedule].’25

This form of transfer will probably have been approved by the Registry with a
written guarantee that the easements granted by it will be registered, thus saving the
need for the vendor to prove her title to grant the easements on the sale of each plot.
Each transfer will have to incorporate a separate plan, normally based on an
extract from the approved lay-out plan. This plan must contain sufficient detail to
identify the property and its dimensions in relation to nearby recognisable features.
A plan ‘for the purpose of identification only’ will not be accepted by the Registry.
7.11.2(b) Less than absolute title
Under an open contract and the Standard Conditions, in the absence of provision
to the contrary, it is implied that absolute title will be proved and conveyed. It
follows that if the title is less than absolute (for example, possessory), this must be
stated clearly in the contract. But, even if the possessory title is correctly
described as such in the contract, s 110(2) of the Land Registration Act 1925
provides:
‘The vendor shall, subject to any stipulation to the contrary, at his own
expense furnish the purchaser with such copies, abstracts and evidence
(if any) in respect of any subsisting rights and interests appurtenant to
the registered land as to which the register is not conclusive, and of any
matters excepted from the effect of registration as the purchaser would
have been entitled to if the land had not been registered.’
Standard Condition 4.2.1. provides:
‘The evidence of registered title is office copies of the items required to
be furnished by s 110(1) of the Land Registration Act 1925 and the
copies, abstracts and evidence referred to in section 110(2).’
In the absence of special condition, the vendor will have to deduce and prove the
title to the freehold prior to the first registration in accordance with the rules of

25 Ruoff & Pryer, p211.

230
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: REGISTERED TITLE

unregistered conveyancing. Since the reason for the title only being possessory
will invariably be that this was not possible at the time of first registration, the
vendor’s solicitor will probably have to insert a special condition into the contract
barring investigation of and objections to this title and possibly offering whatever
evidence of title the vendor does have—for example a statutory declaration of
actual possession (ie adverse possession) for whatever period possible.
A purchaser who then contracts on this basis will have decided to take the risk.
Thus, for example, one might find:
‘1. Title to the Property is registered at HM Land Registry with
possessory title under the title number…and title shall be deduced in
accordance with the Land Registration Act 1925 Section 110 save that
copies of the entries on the register title plan and any documents referred
to on the register shall be office copies.
2. The Purchaser shall not require the Vendor to supply any evidence of
title prior to first registration.’
Or one might find:
‘2. The title prior first registration to the property coloured green on the
Plan shall consist of a statutory declaration made by the Vendor in the
form of the draft annexed to this agreement.’
Here the declaration would state, for example, that the vendor had been in
uninterrupted possession of the property for a specified period without
acknowledging the right of any other person to possession or to the rents and profits of
the property in question. (See Encyclopedia, vol 36, p249; and paras 5.5 and 10.4.1.)

Question After researching the matter, explain whether a statutory declaration (as
opposed to a simple statement) is obligatory in this situation; and the advantage of
the former over the latter.
Explain why uninterrupted possession is evidence of title; and the significance
of saying that there has been no acknowledgement of the right of any other person
during the period of possession.

7.11.3 Incumbrances

Under an open contract the vendor’s duty of disclosure is the same in the case of
registered as unregistered title. Subject to the terms of the contract, the vendor
must disclose any incumbrances other than those which are patent or already
known to the purchaser (and those which are to be removed before completion).
The Standard Conditions (3.1.) do not differentiate between registered and
unregistered title in this respect.

231
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Disclosure of incurnbrances is done in the contract by reference to the state of

the register a copy being supplied as part of the contract. For example:
‘Incumbrances on the property. The matters referred to in entries
nos…on the charges register of the said title a copy of which is
incorporated herein.’
Printed special condition 2 of the Law Society’s form of contract excludes the
right to raise requisitions or objections on the incumbrances: ‘The property is sold
subject to the Incumbrances and the Buyer will raise no requisitions on them.’
Incumbrances that are to be removed—such as mortgages—will not be
mentioned in the contract.
If there is any caution or inhibition on the register which is not to be cleared
off, this too must be made clear in the contract.
The same duty of disclosure extends to overriding interests. Subject to
Standard Condition 3.1. these too must be disclosed (para 4.3).

7.11.4 Title guarantee

The Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1994 applies to registered
land as it does to unregistered land (see above, para 5.7.). It will thus be necessary
to state whether full title guarantee, limited title guarantee or no title guarantee is
to be given. Rule 77A of the Land Registration Rules (as amended) provide that
the covenants implied under the Act will be subject to:
‘(a) all charges and other interests appearing or protected on the register at
the time of execution of the disposition and affecting the title of the
registered proprietor;
(b) any overriding interest of which the person to whom the disposition is
made has notice and which will affect the estate created or disposed of
when the disposition is registered.’
This means that the covenants will not guarantee the property free of any adverse
interest shown on the register. It will also mean that, where only a possessory or
qualified title is being offered, the covenants will not extend the limited guarantee
implicit in such a title—ie in the case of a possessory title, will not guarantee the
pre-registration title in any way.
As with unregistered title, the covenants can be limited or extended by the
terms of the contract; in which case the Transfer must expressly refer to the
section of the Act containing the covenant to be modified.
In the case of the sale of an absolute title, the assumption might be, as the title is
guaranteed by the state once it is on the register (subject to entries on the register and
overriding interests), that there is no part for the covenants to play. The covenants
might, however, be relevant in two situations (which justifies their retention):

232
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: REGISTERED TITLE

(i) Where the title is rectified against the covenantee under s 82 of the Land
Registration Act 1925 and either public fund compensation is not available
under s 83 or a larger sum is potentially recoverable by suing the covenantor
on the title covenant.26
(ii) Where the transfer to the covenantee has not been (or because of the
defect cannot be) registered. The case of AJ Dunning & Sons (Shopfitters)
Ltd v Sykes & Son (Poole) Ltd27 illustrates such a situation. This was
another case of a double conveyance by developers. The defendants, the
developers, sold land including the small piece in issue referred to as the
yellow land to purchasers who were registered as proprietors.
Unfortunately, the purchasers had not included the yellow land in the
fencing with which they enclosed their purchase. Subsequently, the
defendants sold and transferred land including this yellow land to the
plaintiffs. Consequently, the Registry refused to register title of the
plaintiffs to the yellow land. The defendants were held liable for breach of
the title covenants.
The main point of law decided in the case was that the term ‘register’ in Rule 77
(quoted above) meant only the register of the transferor’s title not the global
register encompassing all registered land nor the register of adjoining land. The
register of the adjoining property of the original purchasers did show their interest
as proprietors of the yellow land. The defendants’ title did not show any charge or
interest in the yellow land; it simply excluded it from the title.28
It should be stressed that Dunning was an unusual case, though by no means
unique. Reliance on the covenants was only possible because it was the
defendants who had done the act or omission giving rise to the defect (by
previously selling the same land to the first purchasers).
There is a further limit on the ambit of the covenants in the case of registered
title (and an isolated introduction of the concept of notice into registered
conveyancing). Rule 77A(2)(b) excludes reliance on the covenants in relation to
overriding interests of which the purchaser had notice. In unregistered
conveyancing a claim is not, it seems, barred even if the covenantee had
knowledge of the defect at the time of conveyance.29 This makes it even more
important to discover overriding interests before completion.

26 For an, unsuccessful, claim on this basis see Meek v Clarke (1982), Lexis transcript; which also
illustrates how the covenants do not protect against title paramount
27 [1987] Ch 287.
28 Though, if the plaintiffs’ solicitor had properly compared the transfer plan he was using with the
title plan on the defendants’ register the discrepancy should have been noticed.
29 Great Western Railway v Fisher [1905] 1 Ch 316; though it is difficult to see why in principle the
vendor should not be able to get rectification to make the conveyance expressly subject to a defect of
which the purchaser’s knowledge before contract excluded the vendor’s duty of disclosure.

233
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

7.11.5 Title number

This must of course be given, either here or in the description of the property.

7.11.6 Completion date; contract rate; chattels and fixtures

What has been said in relation to unregistered title contracts applies equally here.

Question In the light of the above and using the same format, draft the contract
for the Obebe sale. See Documents 7.2 and 7.3 for Instructions on Sale and the
office copy entries on the title. Include any special conditions you think necessary
(not implying that any are) relating to insurance (para 3.5), fixtures and fittings
(para 4.4.2), and the NHBC agreement (para 3.6).

Question You are drafting a contract of sale for Silencia Ramsbotham the title to
whose large house and two hectare garden is registered with absolute title. When
taking instructions you have learnt the following facts: The next door property is a
college for theology students. The students hold noisy barbecue-parties into the
early-morning hours every weekend; and are constantly throwing rubbish into
Silencia’s garden. Repeated complaints to the college authorities has produced no
result—this is one of the reasons why Silencia wants to move. For a long time she
has been in dispute with the neighbour on the other side over ownership of the
dividing fence (which both claim). There are two outstanding mortgages on the
property which will be paid off from the proceeds of sale. The local rambling club
is claiming a right of way (which, they say, has been a right of way since medieval
times) along her drive. The property register of Silencia’s title shows that her
property has the benefit of a right of way across the grounds of the theology
college to the village shops.
How, if at all, should the above matters be dealt with in the draft contract?
Draft any necessary clauses. Insofar as they do not have to be shown in the
contract, would Silencia have to disclose them to a purchaser in dealing with the
purchaser’s enquiries before contract?

7.12 TRANSACTION PROTOCOL

In 1990 the Law Society introduced (with a great deal of media ‘hype’) a
recommended conveyancing procedure for use in domestic conveyancing
transactions, to be known as TransAction Protocol (more formally known as the
National Conveyancing Protocol). The latest edition is the third, published in 1994.

234
 DRAFTING THE CONTRACT: REGISTERED TITLE

There is no legal or professional duty on solicitors to use or not to use it. In

using it a solicitor is not giving a professional undertaking to comply with its
requirements; its use is subject to the overriding professional duty of the solicitor
to her client. It does not change the law of conveyancing or in general the duty of a
solicitor in relation to the transaction. Where it is used it does to some extent
change traditional conveyancing practice.
The Council statement which introduced the Protocol stated its purpose to be
to streamline conveyancing; to speed up pre-contract formalities; and to improve
communication between solicitors and their clients.
The Protocol (and modern domestic conveyancing practice in general) has to be
seen as just part of the response to the development of owner-occupied housing as
an increasingly mass-produced, consumer article, serving a relatively mobile, job-
chasing population, and spreading to the lower socio-economic groups. These
factors demand—and the necessary profit margins of solicitors reflect this
demand—cheaper, speedier and (hopefully) more efficient conveyancing
procedures.
It has been said that:
‘There is little in it which is either new or controversial. It represents the kind
of routine and standard practice which has been carried out for the past five or ten
years or so. As a statement of preferred practice, the protocol is quite capable of
working satisfactorily.’30
The terms of the Protocol are reproduced in Appendix 6 as it is a useful
statement of most (though not all) the steps likely to be necessary in an ordinary,
domestic conveyancing transaction; and can usefully be compared with the steps
based on more tranditional procedure in Appendix 1.
To highlight a few of its specific points:
(a) The respective solicitors should agree at the outset whether or not they are
going to use the Protocol. If they use it any decision to depart from its
procedures should be notified to the other side.
(b) It involves the use of the Standard Conditions of Sale and certain
standardised, Protocol forms: namely, the Seller’s Property Information
Form (Document 4.1.4) and Sellers Leasehold Information Form—the latter
for use on sale of leasehold (para 17.3.1); and a Fixture, Fittings and
Contents List (Document 4.1.5).
(c) Subject to the overriding duty of client confidentiality, it requires the
solicitor to keep the other side informed of progress in the client’s related
purchase/sale.

30 F Silverman, ‘Problems with the Protocol’ LS Gaz, 25 September 1990, p22; and see
‘Conveyancer’s Notebook’ [1990] Conv 137.

235
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(d) The main departure from traditional practice (if not from general
modern trends) is that the vendor’s solicitor will supply the purchaser’s
solicitor with a package with the draft contract. This will include
completed Property Information form and Fixtures, Fittings and Contents
form; and the evidence of title; and the sellers target date for completion.
Traditionally, the purchaser’s solicitor would have to take the initiative in
sending any enquiries before contract which she wanted the vendor to
answer; and traditionally, evidence of title would be supplied by the
vendor after exchange of contract.

236
 CHAPTERS 8

MORTGAGES

8.1 TIMOTHY HAS NOT RETURNED

Timothy has not yet deigned to return from the wine bar. Old Jarndyce is secretly
rather hoping that he has drowned in a butt of sack; but suspects that they would
not sell Falstaff’s favourite tipple at Timothy’s favourite wine bar. Meanwhile,
Old Jarndyce will collect together a few thoughts on mortgages.
It is assumed that the reader is familiar with the general law governing
mortgages of both unregistered and registered land. This chapter gathers together
some of those aspects relating to conveyancing transactions.

8.2 OUTSTANDING MORTGAGES

The vendor’s property is likely to be subject to one or more mortgages at the time
of sale. Her solicitor should consider the following points:

(a) Prior to drafting the contract and giving the client any necessary financial
advice, the vendor’s solicitor will need to know what mortgages are
outstanding on the property and how much is needed to redeem them. This
may involve a search in the Land Charges Register, in the case of
unregistered title, for possible second or subsequent mortgages. In the case of
registered title they should be revealed by entries on the register of title or by
deposit of the land certificate with the lender.
(b) In the case of unregistered title, the deeds will have to be obtained from
the mortgagee in order to prepare the draft contract. In the case of registered
title, the office copy entries should be used to draft the contract. (See paras
1.8.1, 5.11 and 5.13.)
(c) Any outstanding mortgage will have to be cleared off the title (except in
the unusual case where the property is being expressly sold subject to the
mortgage). There are three ways in which this can happen:
(i) the usual course is for the mortgage to be redeemed either before
completion or after completion in accordance with the vendor’s
solicitor’s undertaking given to the purchaser’s solicitor (para 14.9.3); or

237
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(ii) on a sale of part of the vendor’s land, the mortgagee may agree to
release the part being sold (paras 12.4(c) and 14.9.3); or
(iii) the mortgagee may sell in exercise of the power of sale (below).

8.2.1 The purchaser’s solicitor and outstanding mortgages

The purchaser’s solicitor will need to check that any mortgage has been cleared
off the title in one of the above ways.
In the case of discharge it is important to check that there is a proper receipt,
properly executed, operating as a discharge and not a transfer of the mortgage
(para 14.9.3).
The unregistered title to 24 De Lucy Mount, being purchased by Fancy French
and Sam Saunders shows a mortgage of 4 July 1985 and a subsequent sale by the
building society (Documents 10.2.4 and 10.2.5).
In the case of unregistered title, a purchaser buying from a mortgagee (and the
same principles apply when investigating a sale by a mortgagee earlier in the title)
needs to check that the statutory power of sale given by s 101 of the Law of
Property Act 1925 has arisen—that is, that the mortgage money ‘has become
due’. Subject to this, the title of a purchaser in good faith will be protected even if
the statutory power was ‘improperly or irregularly’ exercised (Law of Property
Act 1925, s 104(2)). Although a mortgage can contain an express power of sale,
mortgagees normally rely on the statutory power, which gives the purchaser the
protection of s 104(2)1 Thus, the purchaser does not have to investigate whether
the power of sale is being properly exercised; and will be protected so long as she
does not have actual knowledge of irregularity or of facts suggesting irregularity.
Any claim which the mortgagor may have for irregularity in the sale will have to
be made against the mortgagee.
The purchaser will take the legal estate of the mortgagor free of all subsequent
mortgages (even if protected on the register), free of the borrower’s equity of
redemption and free of any interests derived out of that equity2; but subject to any
mortgages or other interests having priority to that of the mortgagee selling. In
practice, a second or subsequent mortgagee selling will arrange to redeem any
earlier mortgages out of the proceeds of sale (and there is a right to redeem them)
so that the property can be sold unincumbered.
As indicated above, the purchaser does need to check that the mortgage money
was due at the time of sale. Traditionally, mortgage deeds made the money due

1 And a sale is deemed to be in exercise of the statutory power unless the contrary intention appears (s
104(3)).
2 Duke v Robson [1973] 1 All ER 481; Lyus v Prowsa Developments Ltd [1982] 2 All ER 953.

238
 MORTGAGES

(the legal date of redemption) six months after the date of the mortgage; even
though neither party expected the money to be repaid on that date. In the absence
of such provision in the mortgage deed (which is not always included in modern,
institutional, instalment mortgages) the purchaser should require evidence that
the money (ie repayment of the loan) was due at the time of sale. In the case of an
instalment mortgage it has been held that the mortgage money is due (for the
purpose of allowing sale) when any instalment is in arrear.3 This must be subject
to any contrary intention in the mortgage.
The abstracted mortgage (Document 10.2.4) merely states that the mortgage
contains the ‘usual mortgage clauses’. A requisition should be raised for a copy of
these clauses and a check made that the power of sale had arisen.
In the case of registered land, the purchaser is only concerned where she
herself is buying from a mortgagee. By s 34(1) of the Land Registration Act 1925,
the proprietor of a registered charge has all the powers of a legal mortgagee. In
effect, ss 101 and 104, described above, apply to a registered charge as they do to
a mortgage of unregistered land.
The transfer by the proprietor of the registered charge must be in form 31 and on
application for registration will have to be accompanied by the charge certificate. As
with unregistered title, the purchaser should check that the mortgage money has
become due; although the Registrar will make no enquiries as to whether a case has
arisen to authorise the sale or whether the best price has been obtained.4
The Registrar will serve notice on the proprietors of subsequent charges
(which will be overreached by the sale) requesting lodgement of their charge
certificates. The purchaser will of course take subject to any prior registered
charges (and other entries on the register or overriding interests) which are
binding on the chargee selling.

8.3 CREATION OF A NEW MORTGAGE

Two situations should be distinguished:

(a) Where the purchaser is buying with the aid of a mortgage.
(b) Where an existing owner is raising money (for whatever purpose) by
a mortgage loan—ie a loan that is not being used to finance the
purchase.
In general the same principles apply in relation to the mortgage but, in particular,
the distinction, may affect what adverse interests are capable of binding the

3 Payne v Cardiff RDC [1932] 1 KB 241.

4 See Ruoff & Roper, para 24–12.

239
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

mortgagee and therefore the steps to be taken by the mortgagee’s solicitor (paras
13.10, 13.15).

8.3.1 The purchase-linked mortgage

The purchaser/borrowers solicitor may also be acting for the lender. This is
possible in the case of an institutional lender provided there is no conflict of
interest. In the case of a private mortgagee, it is only possible if one of the
exceptions stated in Rule 6 applies and there is no conflict of interest (para 1.9.3).
The mortgage transaction closely parallels the purchase transaction with, in
effect, the borrower in the position of a vendor, having to show good title to the
land and convey it (in this case by way of mortgage) to the lender; the lender in the
position of a purchaser (taking a mortgage of the land in return for the money (in
this case the loan).
The following points should be noted (bearing in mind that the purchaser/
borrower’s solicitor may be the same person as the lender’s):
(a) The borrower may need advice in relation to the available types of
mortgage loan; and in relation to the lender’s valuation/survey requirements
(paras 2.5 and 3.4).
(b) The lender will make an offer of a mortgage loan which may be accepted
by the borrower. This offer will be accompanied by and subject to conditions.
Some of these will be addressed to the borrower herself (eg as to any
retention of part of the advance pending repairs); others directly to the
lender’s solicitor (eg as to the lender’s particular requirements as to title)
(para 2.5.2).
(c) As to title, it should be appreciated that a title acceptable to a purchaser/
borrower may properly be rejected by the lender; and the making of the loan
will be conditional on a proper title to the property being proved. The
purchasers solicitor should bear this in mind when advising the purchaser
whether to exchange contracts. The lender is not bound by the contract of
purchase. If it does contain onerous terms as to title, etc. these must be
acceptable to the lender as well as the purchaser. The same applies to the
outcome of all pre-contract investigations (Chapter 4). The lender as well as
the borrower needs to be satisfied before contracts to purchase are
exchanged. If a separate solicitor is acting for the lender, approval of the
results of pre-contract investigations should be sought before contracts are
exchanged. On the need to satisfy the lender as to title see Pinekerry v Needs
(Contractors) (para 7.5.2) and Luck v White (para 10.6.6).
(d) Pre-completion steps, relating to investigation of title, will need to be
done on behalf of the lender as they are done on behalf of the purchaser/
borrower. If a separate solicitor is acting for the lender, the proof of title will

240
 MORTGAGES

have to be forwarded by the purchaser’s solicitor to the lender’s solicitor. As

to who will do pre-completion searches, in whose name, see paras 13.6
(unregistered title) and 13.12.3 (registered title).
It has to be remembered that the lender is concerned not just with the title of
the vendor; but also with the intervening title of the purchaser/borrower; but
for the unlikelihood of the purchaser encumbering the title so as adversely to
affect the lender, see paras 13.10, 13.15.
(e) In the case of an endowment mortgage, the borrower’s solicitor will have
to take the necessary steps required by the lender to prepare and complete the
mortgage of the endowment policy (paras 2.5.1(b) and 15.3.2).
(f) In principle, the mortgage deed is drafted by the lender to be approved by
the borrower, engrossed by the lender when agreed and forwarded to the
borrower’s solicitor for execution by the borrower. There is rarely any need
for execution by the lender. In practice, institutional lenders have standard,
printed mortgage deed forms, which simply have to be completed and
executed by the borrower.
It is important to remember that the borrower is undertaking a serious
commitment and should appreciate the financial and legal implications.
Though it has to be said that with the standardised mortgage practices of the
large institutional lenders there is little scope for negotiation or departure
from their imposed practice; which is probably why there is not seen to be
much risk of conflict of interest!
(g) A mortgagor will normally be expected to give full title guarantee,
(h) The lender’s solicitor will have to report on title to the lender; and if
satisfactory receive the advance cheque in preparation for completion (para
14.2).
(i) After completion registration of the purchase and mortgage will have to be
attended to by the lender’s solicitor (paras 15.4.2, 15.5.2). The charge
certificate and other documents of title will be sent to the mortgagee (para
7.8(c)).

241
 CHAPTER 9

FORMATION OF CONTRACT

9.1 MONDAY, 4 MARCH TRAINEE

TIMOTHY BACK AT WORK

Timothy walks into the office having just been entrusted to file a request for the
issue of an originating application in the local County Court under Order 24
(summary proceedings for the recovery of land). Timothy does rather enjoy the
part (small though it may be—and we will not reproduce here his drafting of the
affidavit in support) he is occasionally allowed to play in the eviction of squatters.
Timothy has rather strongly-coloured views on lager louts, gypsies, social
security scroungers and anyone else who would not be admitted to his favourite
wine bar. It is fair perhaps to note in passing, that the present target of Order 24 is
short haired, the legitimate husband of a legitimate wife with 2.5 legitimate
children, a highly skilled (though redundant) computer programmer and the
victim of a vast negative equity in a once proudly owned home.
Reflecting on the merits of Order 24 and the promise of an evening in the wine
bar with his favourite Fiona, he absent-mindedly puts the file in the filing drawer
marked ‘Completed Transactions’ and looks at his diary.
‘Got to exchange on the Goldberg sale this afternoon; And on Obebe.’ He gets
out the Goldberg file and finds a copy of the contract signed by his clients, Mr and
Mrs Goldberg, together with a copy signed by the purchasers and the following
letter from Moriarty & Co (see Document 9.2(a) (overleaf). (For the Instructions
on Sale, see Document 5.1.2.)
Note: The instruction by Moriartys to hold the ‘cheque’ to their order means
that, if taken literally, Jarndyces could not cash the cheque until exchange. This
would pose problems if the deposit money were needed by the vendor for the
deposit on a simultaneous, related purchase (unless the cheque were simply
endorsed over in favour of the vendor’s own vendor—in which case solicitors
endorsing it would become liable on the cheque). An alternative would be to
require the deposit money to be held to order. The cheque could then be paid into
the bank immediately.

243
Document 9.2(a) Goldberg Sale: Letter from Purchasers’ Solicitor
Document 9.2(b) Goldberg Sale: Memorandum of Sale
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Timothy gets on the phone and manages to contact Mary Moriarty Junior who
is handling the matter. After a few pleasantries, they exchange using formula A.
Putting down the phone, Timothy dictates a letter to Moriartys enclosing the part
contract signed by Mr and Mrs Goldberg with instructions for it to be sent first
class; and a letter to Mr and Mrs Goldberg stating that exchange has taken place
and that the purchasers can now be allowed onto the property. He sends the
deposit cheque to accounts and completes a memorandum of exchange form as
shown in Document 9.2(b).

Question What does Standard Condition 6.1. have to say about the time of day for
completion? What would the position be if on the 14 March, Moriartys did not
produce the money until after 2 pm; or, if they were ready with the money but
there was no one available at Jarndyces to complete until after 2 pm?

Note: Standard Condition 6.1.1. will invariably be amended, by implication, by

the insertion in the special conditions of a specific date for completion. It may be
necessary to amend Standard Conditions 6.1.2. and 6.1.3. to match your client’s
requirements. For example, a purchaser may not be able to complete until after 2
pm when she has received the proceeds from her sale; a vendor may need to
complete by a particular time to provide the money necessary for her purchase.
The purchaser should not complete until certain that the vendor is leaving the
property (and not leaving it full of unwanted junk and rubble); and the vendor
should not complete until assured that she is going to get the balance of the
money. In other words, ideally, the keys should be handed over at completion
when a draft for the balance of the purchase price is handed over.

Question Suppose that you act for a purchaser who will not have funds available
for completion until after 3pm on completion date; but would like to have the keys
to start moving in at 12 noon on that date. The vendor is agreeable to this
arrangement. Draft any special condition you think necessary to amend/replace
Standard Conditions 5.2., 6.1.2., 6.1.3. (See below, para 9.4.1, as to Standard
Condition 5.2.2.)

Of course, in practice, the client’s removal arrangements will often not be known
until after contract and nearer the date of completion. A mutually satisfactory
arrangement will have to be agreed then with the other party’s solicitor.
In reality, practice on completion may be more ‘relaxed’ than suggested by the
above; with a degree of trust entering into the final stages. The vendor is likely to
hand over the keys to the purchaser arriving with her pantechnicon at more or less

246
 FORMATION OF CONTRACT

the time that the solicitors are completing the transaction.1 But care should be
taken before advising a selling client to hand over the keys, and before handing
over the purchase money for a buying client.2

9.3 TIMOTHY BACK AT WORK

Timothy then takes out the Obebe file and finds a note saying that the other
solicitors on both the sale and purchase will be available to exchange this
afternoon. He checks and finds that he has his client’s part of the contract on both
the sale and purchase signed by Miss Obebe. A glance at his check list suggests
that there is no outstanding matter to be attended to prior to exchange. Conscious
of the dangers of not synchronising exchange, he first rings Havishams and is told
by Miss Havisham that she is ready to exchange on the sale according to formula
B and will be in the office for the next hour. He then rings Moriartys and
exchanges with Mr Moriarty on Miss Obebe’s purchase using formula B, makes a
file note of the exchange, and then again rings Havishams. Miss Havisham is not
available. Thirty minutes later she rings Timothy. After an embarrassed hmm-ing
and haa-ing, she confesses that her clients have just been on the phone and told
her to withdraw as they have found a cheaper property.
Timothy puts the phone down with one hand, reaching with the other into his
drawer for a small flask of whisky which he keeps there, and begins to wish that
he had taken his fathers advice and gone to work on the family pig farm. If only
Fiona had liked pigs!
After a moment, realising that the problem will not go away, he gets on the
phone to Miss Obebe at work. Before he is able to break the news to her that she
now has two properties, Miss Obebe says, ‘Oh, I’m so glad I’ve got hold of you. Is
it too late to cancel the sale? My sister would like to buy it; and she is talking of a
higher price than the Headcases were offering. She can afford it. Her husband’s a
law lecturer. And she wants you to act for her as well which will save a bit more
money won’t it? Can we come and see you tomorrow and you can help get her to
agree a price?’
Timothy, hoping that she does not notice the sound of relief in his voice, says
that he should be able to arrange that. And, thinking to himself, ‘Professional
conduct rules—conflict of interest—two sisters related by blood; no problem
here’, he arranges an appointment with the two sisters for the following afternoon.

1 For a case where the courts had to try and ascertain the exact moment of completion in relation to the
buyer moving in, and the difficulty of doing so with modern completion practice, see Abbey National
Building Society v Cann [1990] 2 WLR 832.
2 For the relevant provision (para 8.3) of TransAction Protocol, see Appendix 6.

247
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

He puts down the phone, makes a note of the new instructions, and finishes off the
flask of whisky.

Question Will the Headcases be able to recover their preliminary deposit paid to
Dream Homes? (see Document 7.2); and, if so, from whom? (para 2.3.1).

Question Can Timothy properly act for Miss Obebe and her sister as suggested?
(See para 1.9.3.)

9.4 OLD JARNDYCE COMMENTS

9.4.1 Occupation before completion

Maybe, in a conveyancer’s paradise, the purchaser’s solicitor would always hand over
the money with one hand and receive the keys giving possession with the other. But
conveyancing must adapt to the convenience of the client, not the other way round.
If the property is already vacant, the purchaser may want possession before
completion. The vendor may be happy to oblige. She can be earning interest on
the purchase money (see Standard Condition 5.2.2(d)); and she can be relieved of
the responsibility for the physical state of an empty property (see Standard
Conditions 5.1.1., 5.2.3.).
Standard Condition 5.2. is an attempt to cover this eventuality. A number of
points should be considered.
(a) There is a fairly serious risk to the property owner (one that it would be
very hard to contract out of) in allowing a prospective purchaser into
occupation before exchange of contracts. Standard Condition 5.2. will not of
course be applicable; since this can only have contractual effect when it
becomes part of a binding contract. In the event of dispute, the courts are
likely to hold that the occupant has been given exclusive possession and is
therefore a tenant—even if a written agreement is drawn up indicating that
only a licence is intended.3 The danger is that, if a contract does not
materialise, the occupant may be able to claim security of tenure as an
assured tenant under s 1 of the Housing Act 1988; only liable to be evicted if
one of the limited grounds specified in the Act can be established. Clearly, an
owner should not get herself into this situation.

3 See Street v Mountford [1985] AC 809; Bretherton v Paton [1986] 1 EG 172, CA; and Bhattacharya
v Raising (1987) (unreported—Lexis transcript).

248
 FORMATION OF CONTRACT

(b) If a purchaser is let into occupation after and pursuant to a contract to

buy, Standard Condition 5.2. does apply. In Street v Mountford the House
of Lords recognised that there were exceptional situations in which a
person’s exclusive possession could be effectively attributed to some legal
relationship other than that of landlord and tenant; and recognised the
purchaser let into occupation under a contract to purchase as such a
situation.4 Thus, although you cannot turn a tenancy into a licence by
calling it a licence, it is safe to assume that effect would normally be given
to Standard Condition 5.2.2. Whether a tenant or a licensee, the
contracted purchaser will be subject to her obligation to complete; but her
status might become important if the contract were found to be void; or if
the purchaser had proper grounds for rescinding the purchase contract.
A contract to buy, made with a sitting tenant, does not automatically
imply immediate surrender of the tenancy5; but, if considered necessary, a
term could be put into the sale contract expressly surrendering the tenancy
and replacing it with a Standard Condition 5.2. licence. This would
presumably be effective, even if the tenant were an assured tenant.
(c) If completion is delayed beyond the contractual completion date, the
Standard Conditions make the purchaser potentially liable, in effect, to
pay double compensation—twice the contact rate on the purchase price
less deposit paid—under Standard Conditions 5.2.2(d) and 7.3. This in
effect gives the vendor benefit of the purchase money and of the land at
the same time. The term introduced by Moriartys letter (above) is an
attempt to deal with this and align the position to that under open contract
rules.
On the other hand, a purchaser in occupation, faced by relatively low
payments for delay, may not be in a hurry to complete. If 5.2.2(d) is
removed it might be desirable to increase the contract rate of interest.
(d) Standard Condition 5.2.5. enables either side to terminate the licence
on giving five working days’ notice. This may put the purchaser in a
vulnerable position, especially if, as in the Goldberg case, she is going to
embark on expensive works on the property. Of course, the vendor will
still normally be obliged to complete in accordance with the contract and
reinstate the purchaser into possession. But it might be advisable—
especially if there is to be some delay between contract and completion—
to make the licence terminate only on completion or rescission.6

4 [1985] AC 809, at p828, per Lord Templeman.

5 Nightingale v Courtney [1954] 1 QB 399.
6 For an attempt, in breach of contract, to evict a licensee contractor from a building site, see
Hounslow LBC v Twickenham Garden Developments Ltd [1971] Ch 233.

249
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(e) More serious, is the question of whether the purchaser will be able to
recover the value of works done on the property (and cost of moving, etc)
if the contract is not finally completed for any reason. This is a matter on
which the purchaser in particular needs clear advice and warning.
Note that, under Standard Condition 5.2.2(f), the occupying purchaser must
not alter the property. Obviously, this will have to be amended where the
purpose—as in the Goldberg case—is to do anything other than repair work.
If the contract proves to be void for any reason, it seems that the purchaser
may be in a position to claim equitable compensation for work done on
the property under the principle of proprietary estoppel.7 Where the
contract is terminated as a result of the vendor’s breach, the purchaser will
be entitled to damages. Damages may include the cost of improving the
property if the expenditure was in the contemplation of the parties at the
time of contract.8 On the other hand, if it is the purchasers breach which
brings an end to the contract, she will not get compensation for work done
on the property; and, indeed, a suing vendor may claim that changes made
to the property have increased the loss.9
(f) Acceptance of title. Once the purchaser accepts the vendors title it is too
late to raise further requisitions (see para 10.6.7). If a purchaser goes into
occupation under an open contract and exercises acts of ownership (such as
making alterations) this is presumed to imply acceptance of title in relation to
any irremovable title defects of which she then has notice—eg those shown by
a delivered abstract. Standard Condition 5.2.7. deals with this issue; and
preserves the full right to raise requisitions where the purchaser is let into
occupation. But where, as in the Goldberg case, occupation is given to
exercise acts of ownership such as doing works, it may not be enough to say
that the right (ie the open contract right mentioned above) is ‘unaffected’. It
may be desirable to provide that any works done by the purchaser will not be
deemed to be acceptance of title or waiver of any right to raise requisitions.

Question In the light of the above discussion consider and draft what
amendments/additions to Standard Condition 5.2. you think might be reasonable
in a case where the intention is to give the purchaser occupation on exchange to
carry out major building works.
Note: The above demonstrates a number of points about negotiating and
drafting contracts:

7 See Lee-Parker v Izzet (No 2) [1972] 1 WLR 775; Megarry & Wade, p804; and para 5.3 above.
8 See Lloyd v Stanbury [1971] 1 WLR 535, where the expenditure was held not recoverable, partly on
this ground.
9 See Maskell v Ivory [1970] Ch 502.

250
 FORMATION OF CONTRACT

(a) Standard, common form, general conditions are clearly essential. You
could not (and do not need to) sit down and draft a complete set of terms every
time you carry out a conveyancing transaction.
(b) Whether you use the Standard Conditions or some other published set, you
should not simply assume that they comprise a perfect set of conditions. You may
think it desirable to produce your own in-house standard variations to be included
in any contract.
(c) No set of standard conditions, however well drafted, can cater for all
situations. Each time a contract is drafted, thought should be given to the possible
need to amend your standard form of conditions to cover the exigencies of the
particular transaction.
(d) Drafting conditions, whether standard or special, is not a simple matter and
needs careful thought. You have to think through all the possible eventualities that
you are trying to provide for, how you are going to provide for them; and then
articulate your provisions in the clearest, simplest, most unambiguous language
possible. (See also para 5.3.1.)

9.4.2 Access to do work before completion

Standard Condition 5.2. does not itself determine whether a purchaser is being
given occupation or merely rights of access for some purpose such as decoration.
Which is intended should be made clear in writing, preferably in the contact itself.10
In the case of access only, the permitted works and anything else agreed should
also be spelt out; If Standard Condition 5.2.4. applies the rest of Standard Condition
5.2. will not. The purchasers presence on the property (so long as she keeps to the
terms of the agreement) will be as a licensee, since she will not have exclusive
possession. The licence can be revoked at any time on giving reasonable notice in
the absence of a contract not to revoke it. What has been said about compensation
for work done on the property applies equally here. A purchaser’s solicitor cannot,
of course, give an undertaking to complete in these situations; unless she is sure of
being able to fulfil the undertaking (see para 5.13 as to undertakings).

Question Draft an agreement, to be separate from the contract of sale, giving the
buyer access to do certain works. Specify the works (which you can invent) with
sufficient particularity.
Would such an agreement be caught by s 2 of the Law of Property
(Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989?

10 See Desai v Harris (1987) Independent, 16 February, CA for a case where a clause in the contract
did specify, though the proper construction of the clause was in dispute.

251
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

9.5 FORMATION OF A BINDING CONTRACT

A contract for the sale of land is subject to all the rules which govern the
formation of any contract.
In addition, s 2 of the Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989
must be complied with. Section 2 recognises two, and only two, ways in which a
binding contract ‘for the sale or other disposition of an interest in land’ can be
made. ‘Interest in land’ is defined by s 1(6) to include any interest in the proceeds
of sale of land. Thus, in spite of the possible effect of the doctrine of conversion at
common law, the interest of a beneficiary under a trust for sale of land is deemed
to be an interest in land within the section. The term will not normally apply to a
licence; since it seems now to be accepted that a licence by itself does not
constitute an interest in land.11
If the section is not complied with there is no binding contract; and, subject to
what is said below (para 9.5.3), either side is free to withdraw.
The two ways are firstly, by exchange of contracts. Here two copies
(commonly referred to as ‘parts’) of the contract are produced and a binding
contract comes into existence when the two copies are exchanged. ‘Exchange’
means that in a contract between S and B, possession of one copy passes from S to
B and possession of the other from B to S.
Each copy must incorporate ‘all the terms which the parties have expressly
agreed’. A term does not have to be in identical wording in each copy; but, as
would be the case with any contract, however expressed, the terms in each copy
must have the same meaning,12 otherwise the agreement would be void as a
contract for uncertainty of terms. Clearly, it is advisable for the wording of each
copy to be identical. An agreed term may be set out in the copy contract itself; or it
may be set out in a separate document which the copy contract incorporates by
reference.
It is quite common in practice for the signed contract to state that the
Standard Conditions of Sale (3rd edition) are incorporated, without referring to
any particular document containing those standard conditions. It is arguable
(though probably the courts would get round it) that this is not incorporation by
reference to some other ‘document’, and that s 2 is not satisfied. Both for this
reason, and so that the client has before her the whole of what she is agreeing to,
any standard conditions being used should be fully set out as part of the contract
document.

11 See Ashbum Anstalt v WJ Arnold & Co [1989] Ch 1.

12 See Record v Bell [1991] 1 WLR 853.

252
 FORMATION OF CONTRACT

It is important that the written contract does contain all the terms which the
parties have agreed and want to include. A party, seeking to use s 2 to avoid
liability, might argue that some additional term was in fact agreed (perhaps during
an early stage before solicitors became involved), and that s 2 has not been
satisfied because this term has not been included in the written contract. You can
probably guard against this effectively by including a special condition in the
written contract to the effect that: ‘This contract is intended to replace any
previous agreement and to contain all the terms finally agreed between the
parties.’ This would of course leave anything previously agreed and not properly
incorporated without legal effect,13 unless it could be seen as a separate, valid
collateral contract (below).
Each party to the contract or her authorised agent must sign one of the copies.
In practice, a party signs the copy to be handed to the other party.
‘…when a document is required to be “signed by” someone, that means that he
must write his name with his own hand upon it.’14 Further, the placing of the
signature (normally at the end of the document) must show that it is intended to
authenticate the whole.
It would seem that an exchange of letters (the one being the acceptance of an
offer contained in the other; thus, both not containing identical terms) cannot be
an exchange within the meaning of s 2.15
The second way is by the use of a single document constituting the contract.
Each party, or her authorised agent, must sign the contract which must
incorporate all the expressly agreed terms. Again, the section is satisfied if a term
is set out in the contract document itself or in a separate document which is
incorporated by reference into the contract document.

13 Conceivably, the courts might take the view that an incomplete document which declares itself to
be complete is still incomplete. But, see McGrath v Shah (1987) 57 P & CR 452 where there was a
term that the written contract constituted the entire terms of the contract. This was held effective to
prevent representations made before the contract being treated as part of the contract; and, further, this
term was held not to be caught by s 8 of the Misrepresentation Act 1967 since it defined what the terms
of the contract were rather than seeking to restrict or exclude liability for what were terms.
14 Denning LJ in Goodman v Eban Ltd [1954] 1 QB 550, 555, quoted by Peter Gibson LJ in Firstpost
Homes Ltd v Johnson [1995] 1 WLR 1567, 1574. The latter case decided, reiterating the point decided
in Record v Bell (above, footnote 12), that it is the ‘contract’ document which must be signed, not a
document incorporated into that contract. It also decided, on the facts, that the letter (the contract
document) from the vendor agreeing to sell, did not contain any express commitment by the purchaser
to buy, and so for this reason also failed to satisfy s 2.
15 See Milton Keynes Development Corporation v Cooper (Great Britain) Ltd (1993) 69 P & CR 221 ;
a case of exchange of letters by fax; see [1995] Conv 319. Even if identical copies of a contract are sent
and received, such an attempt at exchange faces the additional difficulty that it is not the document
actually held by the sender which is transferred to the recipient; and the document received bears only
the facsimile of a signature.

253
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

In the ordinary sale and purchase transaction where different solicitors are
acting (whether from different firms or, in the few cases permitted—see para
1.9.3—from different offices of the same firm) it is usual to use the exchange
procedure. Where (again in the few situations permitted by professional conduct
rules) the same solicitor is acting for purchaser and vendor, exchange is not
possible. The notion of a person exchanging contracts with herself has been
judicially described as an ‘artificial nonsense’.16 To comply with s 2 the one-copy
contract (whether or not it incorporates other documents) method must be used.
Here the contract will normally come into existence when both parties have
unconditionally signed.

9.5.1 Side letters and last-minute amendments

It is not uncommon for last-minute amendments/additions to be made to a

contract by exchange of solicitors’ letters. This practice raises a number of issues
one of which is compliance with s 2.
In Record v Bell17 there was a standard form contract subject to the National
Conditions of Sale, by the plaintiffs to sell a house in Smith Square, London, to
the defendant. At the time of exchange the plaintiffs’ solicitors did not have
current copies of the title register; and accordingly sent a covering letter with their
clients’ part of the contract stating that exchange was conditional on there being
none other than certain specified incumbrances on the title. In return, the
defendant’s solicitor sent their client’s part of the contract together with a
covering letter which stated: ‘This letter is written to be attached to the contract of
sale and is part of the contract between the parties. It is agreed that…’ and went on
to set out in substance (so it was held) the same condition as to title. This letter was
‘annexed physically’ (presumably, though not stated in the report, pinned or
stapled) to the defendant’s part of the contract.
It was held that s 2 had not been satisfied (though the court went on to hold that
the agreement was enforceable as a collateral contract; see below). On a contract
by exchange, as here, any express term must be incorporated into both parts of the
contract. It was held that the extra term had been incorporated into the defendant’s
part—presumably, by being fixed together, the letter and part contract were
deemed to have become one document. But the plaintiffs’ solicitors had not done
this. Their part of the contract (the National Conditions of Sale form) did not
contain the new term; and did not contain any reference incorporating the letter.
And it must be, so it seems, the ‘contract’ (here, the National Conditions of Sale

16 Smith v Mansi [1962] 3 All ER 857, p861.

17 [1991] 1 WLR 853. For other cases, see [1995] Conv 365.

254
 FORMATION OF CONTRACT

form) which incorporates the other document (here, the letter).18 This suggests
that practices developed under s 40 of the Law of Property Act 1925 and the old
pre-1989 Act law are no longer adequate. Under the old law you could enforce the
contract if you could find any document signed by the defendant if this led you
back by linking references to other documents; and if these documents together
contained all the terms of the contract. Under the old law the documents in Record
v Bell would have been sufficient for the plaintiffs to enforce.

9.5.2 Section 2 and ‘subject to contract’ correspondence

Under the pre-1989 Act law it was the invariable, and necessary, practice to mark
all pre-exchange correspondence ‘subject to contract’. The effect of s 40 of the
Law of Property Act 1925, as interpreted by the courts was that:
(i) a valid contract for the sale of land could be made orally;
(ii) to be enforceable its terms had to be evidenced by a written memorandum
(which could consist of several linked documents (as mentioned above)
signed by the defendant or her authorised agent;
(iii) a solicitor does not have implied authority to make a contract for her
client; but does have implied authority to write letters incidental to the
transaction. It followed, so it was held,19 that a solicitor’s letter could
(possibly unwittingly) by itself or with linked documents constitute an
effective s 40 memorandum of an oral contract previously made by the
clients. Prospective purchaser and vendor might have met and shaken hands
on a deal, without legal advice and without negotiation on all the details
which need to be considered before making such a contract. Such a solicitor s
letter might tie them beyond recall to the oral agreement;
(iv) the words ‘subject to contract’ indicate an intention not to be legally
bound (ie they negative any intention to create legal relations by what is
being said). A letter which denied liability in this way could not, so the courts
finally made up their minds,20 show the necessary acknowledgement of an
existing contract to constitute a s 40 memorandum.
What is the position under s 2? It was suggested by the Law Commission, in
proposing the new law, that:
‘It will still be possible to create contracts by correspondence, so it will
still be desirable for the parties to use the formula ‘subject to contract’ on
letters which contain, or which refer to documents containing, the terms

18 But, see Tootal Clothing Ltd v Guinea Properties Ltd (1992) 64 P & CR 452; below, para 9.5.3.
19 See Daniels v Trefusis [1914] 1 Ch 788.
20 See Tiverton Estates Ltd v Wearwell Ltd [1975] Ch 146.

255
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

of the contract, if the letters are signed by a party to the contract. Use of
the phrase, however, would not strictly still be necessary in letters
written on behalf of the parties.’21
Consider the following points:
(a) Clearly, a client should be advised (if it is not to late!) not to sign anything
in writing; and that, if anything has to be put into writing, it should be clearly
marked ‘subject to contract’.

Question (i) Suppose S signs a letter to B: ‘Further to our talk, I am prepared to

sell you Blackacre for £100,000.’ B signs a reply: ‘Thank you for your letter. I am
pleased to accept your offer.’ Analyse how this would (if it would) satisfy s 2. (ii)
How would the position be affected if, during the talk, B had agreed with S, if the
sale went ahead, to ‘also take the livestock at valuation’. (Read the rest of this
chapter before considering this question.)
(b) As stated above, employing a solicitor as a conveyancer does not cloak
the solicitor with implied or apparent authority to make a binding contract on
behalf of the client. The solicitor may, of course, be given such authority
expressly or by ratification; in which case the client will be, and will expect to
be, bound. It is true, therefore, that a solicitor will not normally need to
protect her client by use of the words ‘subject to contract’. Nevertheless,
there might be situations in which a court would hold that a solicitor’s letter
purported to agree to something on behalf of the client and purported to have
authority to do so. There is a risk that the solicitor personally (not the client)
might be held liable for breach of implied warranty of authority; or there
might be facts on which it could be held that the client had held out the
solicitor as having authority to sign (para 1.9.1).
It therefore seems wise to continue to head correspondence ‘subject to
contract’ to make it clear that no such authority exists or is being asserted. It
will remembered that the Moriarty letter (above Document 9.1 (a)) is headed
‘subject to contract’. This seems to be a case in which the words should not
have been used. Ignoring the words, Moriartys clearly were intending to
create a binding amendment to the contract on behalf of (and presumably
with the express authority of) their clients. The use of the words would
presumably be held to negative contractual intention; and to prevent the
amendment contained in the letter from being part of what the parties had
‘expressly agreed’. Presumably, therefore, the unamended contract would be
held to satisfy s 2 and be binding; the amendment to have no legal effect.

21 Law Commission Report, Transfer of Land, Formalities for Contracts for Sale, etc of Land, (Law
Com No 164).

256
 FORMATION OF CONTRACT

9.5.3 Enforcement outside section 2

Section 2 of the 1989 Act does not apply to the following contracts:22
(a) A contract to grant a legal lease within s 54(2) of the Law of Property Act
1925—ie a lease taking effect in possession for a term not exceeding three
years at the best reasonably obtainable without taking a fine (ie a lease at a
rack rent). Such leases can themselves be created orally. It is logical that a
contract for such a lease should be subject to the same rule. In practice, such
leases (especially periodic tenancies) are likely to be made without any
preliminary contract (and commonly without the intervention of solicitors).
The first and only legal agreement between the parties will be that contained
in the lease itself. This is likely (though not necessarily) to be in writing in the
form of a ‘tenancy agreement’ (in law having the same meaning and effect as
a ‘lease’) signed by the landlord; with a duplicate counterpart signed by the
tenant for retention by the landlord.23
(b) A contract made in the course of a public auction (see below).
(c) A contract regulated under the Financial Services Act 1986.
The above three types of contract are not subject to any formal, writing
requirement at all and can now be made orally.24 Obviously, such contracts still
can be made in writing; and should, for practical and evidential reasons, be made
in writing or (as in the case of auction sales) be reduced into writing as soon as
possible.
Where an agreement is made which is subject to, but fails to satisfy, s 2, there is
in law no contract; and either side is free to withdraw at any time.
Nevertheless, the facts of the situation may give rise to legal obligation by
virtue of other legal principles.25
(a) The rules relating to implied, resulting and constructive trusts. Such trusts
can be created without a contract; and, even in relation to land, without
writing.26

22 See s 2(5).
23 Note that if, as is likely to be the case, an assured shorthold is intended, the requirements of the
Housing Act 1988 will have to be complied with.
24 Conversely, an equitable mortgage must now satisfy s 2; and cannot be created simply by the
deposit of the title deeds or land certificate; see United Bank of Kuwait v Sahib (1996) Times, 13
February, CA. For a suggestion that the wording of the 1989 Act fails to repeal s 40 of the Law of
Property Act 1925 in relation to these contracts, see JA Greed, ‘Is Exchange of Contracts Binding?’
NLJ, 2 March 1990.
25 See Law Com No 164 (footnote 21 above); and paras 5.1 et seq.
26 See, eg Hodgson v Marks [1971] Ch 892.

257
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(b) Proprietary estoppel.27 Even in the absence of a contract, A may be able to

claim an interest in land or other equitable relief against B under this
principle. In general, A will have to show:
(i) that she acted to her detriment (eg by spending money on
improvements to the land) in reliance on a belief that she was to be
granted an interest in the land; and
(ii) that B encouraged or acquiesced in the act of detriment knowing of
this reliance.
Such a doctrine might well apply where the vendor allowed the purchaser to
spend money on improving the property before both discovered that non-
compliance with s 2 made the contract void.
In Du Boulay v Raggett28 (decided under s 40 of the Law of Property Act 1925)
R agreed orally with DB and T to bid for land at an auction on the terms that the
land would then be divided between them. R purchased at the auction, but then
failed to carry out the agreement. It was held that he was bound and specific
performance ordered. The facts established a fiduciary duty owed by R to DB and
T and it would be unconscionable to allow R to rely on the absence of written
evidence under s 40. In effect, R held the land as constructive trustee for the
others. Alternatively, T’s refraining from bidding at the auction constituted an act
of part performance under s 40(2). The trustee principle would presumably apply
equally after the 1989 Act; and what was seen as an act of part performance could
equally be seen as giving rise to a proprietary estoppel.
(c) Rectification. ‘If the parties have reached agreement but fail to record all
the terms in writing, or record one or more of the terms wrongly, then either
party may apply to the court for the written contract to be rectified.29 The
document as rectified will then satisfy s 2.
In Wright v Robert Leonard Developments Ltd30 there was a single agreement for
the sale of a show flat together with its contents. The written agreement satisfied s 2
save that it did not include the agreement to include the contents. It was held that the
whole agreement had to satisfy s 2 (including any terms not relating to land). For
this reason, the writing did not satisfy s 2; but the requirements for rectification were
present, and the agreement as rectified by the court did satisfy s 2.

27 See, generally, Megarry & Wade, p804; in particular, Crabb v Arun District Council [1976] Ch 179.
For the relationship between proprietary estoppel and the doctrine of part performance under the
repealed s 40 of the Law of Property Act 1925, see KG Nicholson, ‘Richard v Hogben: Part
Performance and the Doctrines of Equitable and Proprietary Estoppel’ (1986) 60 Aus LJ 345. For a
review of the principles, see Lim Teng Huan v Ang Swee Chuan [1992] 1 WLR 113, PC.
28 (1989) 58 P & CR 138.
29 Law Com No 164, para 5.6. And see s 2(4) of the 1989 Act.
30 [1984] EGCS 69.

258
 FORMATION OF CONTRACT

(d) Collateral contract. This is a contract which is separate and distinct from
the main contract but in some way linked to it. Commonly it will consist of a
promise or guarantee given by A to B in consideration of which B will enter
into the main contract. In the well-known case of De Lassalle v Guildford31
the plaintiff agreed to and did enter into a lease from the defendant in
consideration of a guarantee from the defendant that the drains were in good
order. They were not! The plaintiff was held liable for breach of the collateral
contract.
The doctrine may be important in the context of last-minute amendments which
have not been incorporated into the main, written contract. In Record v Bell32 the
court held that the letter was ‘an offer of a warranty by [the vendors solicitor] to
[the purchaser’s solicitor] as to the state of the title, and it was done to induce him
to exchange contracts given that protection. That offer was accepted by
exchanging contracts’. It was on this basis that the plaintiffs’ claim for specific
performance did in the end succeed.
Could this principle be applied to the Moriarty amendment (their letter,
Document 9.2(a) above)? There are two difficulties:
(i) The letter does say that their clients have agreed ‘to exchange on condition
that your clients let them have occupation…’—a classic hallmark of the
collateral contract. However, it also goes on to say that the term is intended to
be incorporated into the main contract. In Record v Bell Judge Paul Baker
decided that such an intention did not exclude the existence of a collateral
contract; but it is difficult to see how a term expressly intended to be part of a
main contract can yet be held to be part of a separate, collateral contract.
(ii) The collateral contract by itself might be one for the disposition of an
interest in land and so also caught by s 2. This was not the case in Record v
Bell; but it might be the case with the Moriarty amendment—if, for example,
the amendment were held to intend to give the purchasers occupation as
tenants rather than licensees (see para 9.4.1 above).
The court might be able to find that there are two separate agreements not
collateral in the sense defined above. In Tootal Clothing Ltd v Guinea Properties
Ltd33 there were two documents—a ‘lease agreement’ which did not mention the
other document referred to by the court as the ‘supplemental agreement’ and
which stated that ‘this agreement sets out the entire agreement between the
parties’. Under the supplemental agreement the defendant landlord agreed to pay

31 [1901] 2 KB 215.
32 [1991] 1 WLR 853. Contrast McAusland v Duncan Lawrie Ltd (1996) Times, 18 June.
33 (1992) 64 P & CR 452.

259
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

the plaintiff tenant £30,000 towards the shopfitting works to the demised
premises. After the lease had been executed the landlord reneged on this promise.
The landlord argued that the supplemental agreement was not enforceable
because it had not been incorporated into the lease agreement. The court decided
that it was not caught by s 2. and was enforceable. In effect, although the parties
had initially made a single bargain, they had, by ‘contractual choice’ turned it into
two separate contracts. The supplemental agreement was not within s 2; and even
if it was it satisfied that section. The lease agreement was not in issue since the
lease had been executed. Even if it had not been, it would have been enforceable.
It did not have to incorporate the supplemental agreement which was a separate
contract.

9.5.4 Old Jarndyce advises on amendment procedure

Both Timothy and Moriartys seem to have tied themselves (or rather their clients)
in potentially litigious knots. The transaction may well proceed amicably to final
completion. But it may not. If dispute does arise, or one side wants to back out, the
legal position is far from clear. This is not good conveyancing.
Particularly in the light of s 2, it is important to have a proper procedure for
incorporating last-minute amendments/additions into the contract:
(i) Any amendment to the contract should be written into the contract
document itself; or, at least, a term should be written into this document
identifying and incorporating the letter or other document which does
contain the term.
(ii) Where the contract is in two parts to be exchanged, the amendment, in
identical terms, should be put into each part.
(iii) Ideally, if feasible, ‘clean’ copies of the contract should be produced
showing the whole text as finally agreed without alterations or obvious
additions to existing text. Such final copies should then be signed by the
respective clients.
(iv) In general, a signature only authenticates what is there when it is made.
Any amendment or addition made to the text should be signed or initialled by
the client in the margin opposite. To avoid later argument this should be done
even if, in fact, the change was made before the contract was signed.
(v) The client must agree to the whole contract, including any amendments.
If the client herself signs, as indicated above, this of course indicates
agreement and makes the contract binding within s 2.
(vi) A s 2 contract can be signed by an authorised agent of the party—and
presumably this authority can be given orally. As indicated above, a solicitor
does not normally have implied or apparent authority to make or sign a

260
 FORMATION OF CONTRACT

contract (as opposed to a pre-1989, s 40 memorandum) on behalf of a client.

Failing express authority (or post facto ratification) the client will not be
bound; and the solicitor who purports to have authority runs the risk of being
sued personally for breach of warranty of authority.
If, therefore, it is not practicable for the client herself to sign any last-minute
amendments (or the contract itself), the solicitor should obtain the client s express
authority before signing for her. Of course, at times it may be proper to act without
prior authority, in the expectation of subsequent ratification. Whether it is proper
or wise must, of course, depend on the amendment being made, how well the
client and her wishes are known, etc.
Note that the above principles apply to the insertion of the completion date.
They do not affect insertion of the date of exchange.

9.5.5 Old Jarndyce comments on the Obebe exchange

The chance of a party backing out at the very last minute, as Miss Obebe s
purchaser did, is fairly remote. The fortuitous desire of the other party to
withdraw at the same time is even more unlikely Timothy had a bit of bad luck;
and a bit of good luck. But luck does not make an impressive curriculum vitae.
Conveyancing procedures should be designed as far as possible to eliminate error
and reliance on luck.

9.6 METHODS OF EXCHANGE

Broadly speaking, there are three methods of exchanging contracts:

(a) Personal exchange

Here the solicitors for both or all (for example, if there is to be simultaneous
exchange on two or more contracts) parties will meet and physically exchange
contracts; and the buyer’s solicitor will hand over the deposit. Even with only a
single contract, this method will not often be practicable.

(b) By postal or document exchange agency

Each solicitor will post her client’s part of the contract to the other. Normally, the
purchaser’s solicitor will send her client’s part of the contract with the deposit to
the vendor’s solicitor; and, on receipt of this, the vendor’s solicitor will post the
vendor’s part. It is commonly assumed (though not decided and by no means
certain34), by analogy with the common law, postal acceptance rule,35 that the

261
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

contract will become binding when the second part is placed in the post. Standard
Condition 2.1.1. iterates this principle; but this condition cannot be contractually
binding until it is found to be part of a contract; so it can hardly be used to
determine whether there is a contract of which it is part.36
Document exchange agencies, commonly referred to as DX, are in effect
private enterprise postal organisations. Thus, for example, solicitor A will have
her own numbered box at the local exchange office, which she will normally
collect from at least once a day. Another local solicitor, B, wanting to deliver a
document to A will place it in A’s box. For delivery to C, in a different exchange
area, the document will be deposited at the local exchange office which will
transmit it to C’s box to be collected by C. Members of the exchange are bound
by the exchange’s rules which will govern, for example, the time when a
document sent through the system will be deemed to have been received by the
addressee.37
It is commonly thought, again by analogy with the postal acceptance rule, that
the contract will be binding when the second part is deposited at the sender’s
document office. And, again, Standard Condition 2.1.1. iterates the same
principle.

(c) Exchange by telephone

It was recognised by the court in Domb v Isoz38 that exchange of contracts could
effectively take place by telephone; and this is now, no doubt, the standard way of
exchanging for its speed, convenience and utility when synchronised exchange
on linked transactions is desired (see below).
From a legal point of view, the essential essence of the matter is this: solicitor
S is ready to exchange by telephone with solicitor B. Solicitor S may already
hold B’s signed part of the contract (previously sent by post or document
exchange) to solicitor B’s order (ie as her agent). On the telephone, solicitor B
will release that part so that thenceforth it will be held by solicitor S
unconditionally on behalf of her own client, S. If solicitor B still holds B’s

34 See the opposing views expressed in Domb v Isoz [1980] Ch 548. The post office is an agent to
transmit letters not to receive them on behalf of the addressee; whereas the essence of exchange is the
actual or constructive transfer of possession to the other party.
35 See Adams v Lindsell (1818) 1 B & Ald 681.
36 An offer can stipulate any particular method of acceptance; and acceptance by such method will
be effective. So it could, very artificially, be argued that the buyer’s part constitutes such an offer
and Standard Condition 2.1.1. such a stipulation; the seller’s part being categorised as acceptance
of this offer.
37 See John Willmott Homes Ltd v Read (1985) 51 P & CR 90.
38 [1980] 1 Ch 548.

262
 FORMATION OF CONTRACT

signed part, she will agree to hold it from that moment unconditionally on
behalf of solicitor S (ie as agent for solicitor S). At the same time, the same
procedure will be adopted in relation to S’s signed part of the contract. The
matter was put like this by Buckley LJ in Domb v Isoz39:
‘Exchange of a written contract for sale is in my judgment effected as
soon as each part of the contract, signed by the vendor or purchaser as
the case may be, is in the actual or constructive possession of the other
party or his solicitor. Such possession need not be actual or physical
possession; possession by an agent of the party or of his solicitor, in such
circumstances that the party or solicitor in question has control over the
document and can at any time procure its actual physical possession
will, in my opinion, suffice. In such a case the possession of the agent is
the possession of the principal. A party’s solicitor employed to act in
respect of such a contract has, subject to express instructions, implied
authority to effect exchange of contracts and so to make the bargain
binding upon his client. This he can, in my judgment, do by any method
which is effectual to constitute exchange.’
Exchange by telephone does carry risks; though these risks are not all peculiar to
telephone exchange: for example, the risk of misunderstandings inherent in any
telephone conversation, with possible subsequent dispute as to what was said or
agreed; the risk that the two parts are not identical and contain the completion date
and all other agreed amendments and additions.
It is to minimise these risks that the Law Society has recommended detailed
procedures to be followed. These formulae are set out in Appendix 4. Formula A
is for use where one solicitor is holding both parts of the contract; Formula B for
where each is still holding her own client’s part.
Use of these formulae, like Formula C, is not mandatory or legally necessary.
But, for the reasons mentioned above, it is desirable to use them or some similar,
clear and agreed procedure.

9.6.1 Timothy and the Obebe exchange

Could Timothy have avoided the near fiasco in the Obebe transaction? More often
than not a client is simultaneously selling one home and buying another. The
mortgage loan on the present house will have to be paid off to allow a new loan on
the new home; the proceeds of sale will be needed to help finance the new
purchase; there will have to be a new home to move into when the old has to be
vacated. The sale and purchase are crucially interdependent.

39 [1980] 1 Ch 548, at p557.

263
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

There is a risk, if steps are not taken, of what happened in the Obebe case;
that after contracts have been exchanged on the client’s purchase, the client’s
own prospective purchaser refuses to exchange. The client is left with an
unwanted, and probably unaffordable, second home. Conversely, the client may
find herself bound to sell but with no contract to purchase—and potentially
homeless.
The problem is compounded by the fact that a whole chain of linked
transactions, each one dependent on the next, is likely to be involved. Apart from
the risk just mentioned, there is here the practical problem that if one person in the
chain drops out during the negotiation stage, the whole chain collapses. Like
trying to get all the horses in a national hunt race ready for the off at the same time,
it is difficult to get everyone in the chain happy with a proposed completion date
and ready to sign at the same time. If one person backs out, everything grinds to a
halt until a new prospective purchaser steps in to the gap; by which time another
person may have dropped out.
Little can be done about the last problem. But Formula C is designed as a
procedure for actual exchange to prevent the client being left with two houses
or no house. It does not prevent her being left where she is. Essentially it is a
two part procedure. Imagine that A (who is not selling—a first-time
purchaser) is buying from B, who is buying from C, who is buying from D
(who is not buying—maybe going into an old people’s home). First, solicitor
A will, by telephone, undertake to solicitor B to exchange with solicitor B if
called upon to do so by solicitor B within a specified time; solicitor B will in
turn give the same undertaking to solicitor C; and so on up to the top of the
chain.
The second stage will be activated by solicitor D at the top of the chain who
will contact solicitor C by telephone and require her to exchange in accordance
with the undertaking. The actual exchange will be in effect the same as under
formulae A or B. Solicitor C will then be able to repeat this process down the line
with solicitor B; and so on.40
A solicitor has implied authority to exchange; but Formula C requires an
undertaking to exchange within a specified time in the future. This is probably not
within the implied authority. The client’s express, written and irrevocable
authority needs therefore to be obtained. (See Appendix 4 for recommended form
of wording.)
Like Formulae A and B, Formula C is not without its difficulties. It depends,
for example, upon someone having to be available to carry out the second stage
during the stipulated time. Use of it in the Obebe transaction would, ironically,

40 For possible alternatives to Formula C and discussion of exchange by telephone, see LS Gaz 1 June
1988, 18 November 1987; (1985) 82 LS Gaz 306.

264
 FORMATION OF CONTRACT

have defeated Miss Obebe’s last minute change of mind; but then she would have
been warned when asked to authorise use of the Formula.
The danger of not checking that both parts of the contract are not identical is
not peculiar to telephone exchange. The case of Harrison v Battye,41 a case of
postal exchange, is worth mentioning if only to show that perhaps any solicitor is
capable of ‘doing a Timothy’. After one copy of the contract had been sent to the
purchasers’ solicitors, the parties agreed to amend by reducing the deposit
payable. The purchasers’ solicitors amended their part and sent it signed to the
vendors solicitors. The latter not only failed to amend their client’s part of the
contract in the same way, but by mistake sent the purchasers’ part back to the
purchasers’ solicitor by way of exchange with a covering letter saying: ‘We
enclose part contract signed by our client to complete the exchange.’ The court
held that as the two parts were not identical, there was no contract. Ironically, and
reminiscent of Timothy’s experience, the vendor whose solicitor had made the
mistake apparently gained by becoming entitled to the £200 profit for which the
house was sold.

Question Could the purchaser not have obtained rectification of the vendor’s
part? On this, see the judgment of Sir Eric Sachs.
Lord Denning suggested that: ‘The clerical error (in sending forward the
purchasers’ form) would have been overlooked.’ Could such a mistake be
overlooked? On what principle? Could it be argued that constructive, though not
physical, possession of the vendor’s part had been transferred by virtue of the
letter quoted above?

9.7 AUCTION SALES

A distinction has to be drawn between sales by auction and sales by private treaty
(that is any sale which is not by auction).
The ordinary rules of contract law as applied to auction sales should be
familiar enough to the reader.
In relation to the sale of land by auction, the following points should be noted:
(a) The auctioneer is agent for the vendor; though, in the absence of
agreement to the contrary, she will receive any deposit as stakeholder.
This means that the vendor may incur liability for any misrepresentation in
the particulars of sale or at the auction itself.

41
[1974] 3 All ER 830.

265
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(b) Under ss 2 and 4 of the Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act

1989, ‘a contract made in the course of a public auction’ can be made orally.
There is no requirement at all as to formality. In practice, the property will be
sold under the Standard Conditions or some other set of express terms which
the purchaser will be expected to sign when the sale is made.
There is no provision in the Standard Conditions as to how the deposit is to be
paid on sale by auction. The position where a subsequently dishonoured cheque
has been accepted or the deposit not paid, has been mentioned (para 2.3).
Standard Condition 2.3. deals specifically with sales by auction. The provision
contained now in Standard Condition 2.3.5. was considered in Richards v
Phillips.42 The Lyric Theatre, Hammersmith, was knocked down to the plaintiff
for £26,000, at which point another bidder, D, claimed that he had bid at the same
price (and the evidence supported this claim). In the face of D’s protests, the
auctioneer put the property up for sale again. This time, the bidding went up to
£37,500 before it was again knocked down to the plaintiff. The issue, as seen by
the court, was really one of fact; whether a dispute had arisen ‘respecting a bid’
which entitled the auctioneer under the conditions of sale being used to restart the
auction. The court held that there was.
One might argue that the conditions of sale were not relevant. The first sale
to the plaintiff at £26,000 was not evidenced in writing signed by the vendor
under s 40 of the Law of Property Act 1925 which was applicable at that time.43
The contract, and with it the condition about disputed bids, was therefore not
enforceable. It would follow that the auctioneer was legally entitled to ignore
the first contract and put the property up for sale again whether or not there was
a dispute.

Question Suppose that the above events happened after s 2 of the Law of Property
(Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989 had come into operation. How would this
affect the legal analysis of the facts?

(c) Standard Condition 2.3.4. is intended to prevent any argument for a

collateral, unilateral contract (accepted by attending and bidding) to sell to
the highest bidder.
(d) Standard Condition 2.3.2. and 2.3.3. are aimed to reflect the statutory
requirements contained in the Sale of Land By Auction Act 1867.

42 [1969] 1 Ch 39.
43 The court mentioned, but did not seek to answer, the question of whether the auctioneer owed some
sort of legal duty to the purchaser to sign a s 40 memorandum on behalf of the vendor.

266
 FORMATION OF CONTRACT

The effect of s 5 of this Act is that:

(i) If the sale is subject to a reserve price this must be made clear in the
terms of sale. What the reserve price is does not have to be disclosed.
(ii) If the sale is without reserve, it is unlawful for the vendor to employ
anyone to bid on her behalf.
(iii) The vendor, or one person on her behalf, can bid provided there is a
reserve and provided this right to bid has been expressly reserved in the
terms of sale. The right must be exercised strictly in accordance with its
terms.
(e) Whether a vendor decides to sell by auction or by private treaty is a matter
of weighing up the respective advantages and disadvantages in the particular
situation.
From a prospective purchaser’s point of view, the crucial factor is that if pre-
contract investigations are going to be made, they will have to be made
before the auction; and if there is a higher bidder they will have been paid for
in vain. This can be mitigated to some extent if, as can and does happen, the
vendor produces up to date local searches and Additional Enquiries.

9.8 OPTIONS

An option is an agreement under which the owner of the property, the grantor of
the option, gives the grantee of the option the right to acquire the property within a
specified period of time. The option will specify how the option is to be exercised,
normally by giving notice to the grantor. The option will lapse if not exercised
within the time limit; but until then the grantor cannot retract the option. The
grantee of the option is free to exercise it or not. The terms of the contract which
will exist when the option is exercised must be certain when the option is created.
Developers, for example, will commonly purchase options on differently
owned properties within a possible site, giving themselves the chance to ensure
assembly of all the properties and to get planning permission before committing
themselves to purchase.
There has been debate as to how s 2 of the Law of Property (Miscellaneous
Provisions) Act 1925 applies to options The answer may depend on how the
option is analysed. One view is that there is only one contract—the option
agreement—which is a conditional contract for the disposition of land and so
within s 2. On this view the option agreement must, but its exercise need not,
satisfy s 2. An alternative view is that the option agreement itself, which may or
may not be within s 2 (another point of debate44), creates an irrevocable offer. On
this view the exercise of the option is itself the creation of a contract (the
acceptance of the irrevocable offer) and so must satisfy s 2. The problem here is

267
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

that the exercise of the option is normally by means of unilateral notice by the
grantee of the option; and not by the exchange of signed documents envisaged by
s 245: ‘It is evident that the draftsmen of this section did not take account of
options.’46
In Spiro v Glencrown Properties Ltd47 Hoffmann J applied a workmanlike
view to the matter in deciding that the agreement creating the option was within s
2 as a contract for the sale or other disposition of an interest in land; but that the
exercise of the option was not and did not have to satisfy s 2:
‘The exercise of the option is a unilateral act. It would destroy the very
purpose of the option if the purchaser had to obtain the vendor’s
countersignature to the notice by which it was exercised. The only way
in which this concept of an option to buy land could survive section 2
would be if the purchaser ensured that the vendor not only signed the
agreement by which the option was granted but also at the same time
provided him with a countersigned form to use if he decided to exercise
it. There seems no conceivable reason why the legislature should have
required this additional formality.’
Hoffmann J took the view that an option is analogous to a conditional contract for
the sale of land rather than an irrevocable offer though, looked at strictly, sui
generis.
In Chippenham Golf Club v North Wilts DC48 the Court of Appeal did not
question this decision; though they did stress and decide on the basis that the
option agreement is sui generis, is not a conditional or any sort of contract for the
sale of land; and that therefore the statutory power of the council to ‘sell land’ did
not include the power to grant options.
The conclusion, following these decisions, must be that an option agreement is
a contract for the disposition (not sale) of an interest in land; that the exercise of
the option is not a separate contract but is simply the exercise of the option.
The spirit of Spiro was followed in Armstrong & Holmes Ltd v Holmes49 when
it was decided in the High Court that the option agreement is an estate contract
registrable as a Civ land charge (this was not disputed); but that the agreement
resulting from the exercise of the option was not a separate contract which

44 See Daulia Ltd v Four Millbanks Nominees Ltd [1975] 2 All ER 587; and see, above, para 4.13.
45 See EW Christie and TW Evans, ‘Options & s 2: Cause for Concern?’ LS Gaz, 25 July 1990, p21;
JE Adams, ‘Options and Section 2: Some Cause for Concern’, LS Gaz, 19 September, 1990, p19.
46 Chippenham Golf Club v North Wilts DC (1991) 64 P & CR 527, at p530 (Scott LJ).
47 [1991] Ch 537. Quotation taken from Lexis transcript.
48 (1991) 64 P & CR 527.
49 (1993) Lexis transcript; (1993) Times, 23 June.

268
 FORMATION OF CONTRACT

required separate registration. Registration of the original option agreement

protected the rights arising from exercise of the option.
Whichever view is eventually preferred and adopted by the judiciary, caution
demands that while uncertainty remains steps should be taken to ensure that the
option and its exercise do satisfy any possible s 2 requirement. It could perhaps be
done on something like the following lines:
The option agreement would be in two parts, one part to be signed by each
party to the agreement and exchanged immediately.
This agreement would contain a clause stating that on exercise of the option,
the sale was to be on the terms of the sale document (containing the conditions
of sale) signed by the grantor of the option and incorporated therein and
annexed to the grantor’s part of the option agreement (thus the grantor would
sign in two places); that this sale document was intended to be an irrevocable
offer by the grantor for the sale of the land on the terms of the option; and that
the offer was open to acceptance by the grantee signing a copy of the sale
document and serving it on the grantor in accordance with the terms of the
option.
On exchange of the option agreement, the grantee of the option would hold the
vendor’s signed part of the option agreement incorporating the vendor’s signed
part of the sale agreement.
If the grantee of the option chose to exercise it she would sign her part of the
sale document and serve it on the grantor in accordance with the requirements of
the option agreement.

Question Do you consider the above a satisfactory method ensuring that an

option transaction is valid under s 2? Can you suggest any alternative
procedure?50 Draft the necessary clauses.

In any event, if the option agreement itself complies with s 2, and the notice
exercising the option is properly given, there is no reason why the court should
not enforce the option agreement by requiring the grantor to enter into the sale
agreement itself.
A right of pre-emption (commonly called a right of first refusal) obliges the
grantor of the right, if she decides to sell, to offer it first to the grantee on the
agreed terms.

50 Compare P Jenkins, ‘Options and Contracts After the Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions)
Act 1989’ [1993] Conv 13.

269
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Curiously, to say the least, the courts have held that the right of pre-emption
does not constitute an interest in land until the grantor takes some step indicating
an intention to sell;51 at which point it does automatically constitute such an
interest.
Clearly, the agreement creating the right should be made to satisfy s 2. If and
when the grantor does decide to sell, she is obligated to enter into a s 2 contract to
sell to the grantee if the latter so wishes. If the original agreement satisfies s 2.
there is no reason why the courts should not specifically enforce the obligation to
enter into the sale agreement.

9.8.1 Lock-out agreements

A lock-out agreement is one in which a potential vendor agrees with a prospective

purchaser not to negotiate with any other prospective purchaser for a specified
period. For what it is worth, such an agreement may be binding (if the prospective
purchaser can show consideration). It gives the prospective purchaser chance to
put herself in a position to exchange; but it does not bind the vendor in any way to
sell to her, merely not to negotiate with anyone else for the agreed period.
Consequently, it is not caught by s 2.52

9.9 PROTECTING THE CONTRACT

A contract for the sale of land is an estate contract. In the case of unregistered land
it can be protected by registration as a Civ land charge; and if not registered will
be void against a purchaser of a legal estate for money or money’s worth.
Registration to be effective must be against the correct name of the current
estate owner (in the case of a sub-sale, this means against the name of the head
vendor) (para 13.6).
Even if the purchaser has paid the full purchase price, so that the vendor
becomes a bare trustee of the legal estate for her, it seems that she can still only
protect her interest against a subsequent purchaser by registration. She cannot
argue that in addition to the contract she now has a beneficial interest (or by
proprietary estoppel) which is not registrable and binding on a purchaser with
notice.53

51 Pritchard v Briggs [1980] Ch 338.

52 See Pitt v PHH Asset Management Ltd [1994] 1 WLR. 327; and R v London Borough of Camden,
ex p Hughes (1993, Lexis).
53 See Lloyds Bank plc v Carrick (1996) Times, 13 March; if this is followed it casts doubt on Ives
(ER) Investments Ltd v High [1967] 2 QB 379.

270
 FORMATION OF CONTRACT

Similarly, in the case of registered land, the contract will be a minor interest,
and unenforceable against a transferee for value if not protected on the register.
However, in the case of registered land, a purchaser in actual occupation will have
an overriding interest.
If a purchaser did lose her claim to the land in this way for non-registration, she
would have a claim for damages for breach of contract against the vendor—if the
vendor were worth suing—who would therefore be unlikely to gain by selling the
same piece of land twice. But it can happen inadvertently or, indeed,
deliberately.54 And though it is not the usual practice, circumstances may suggest
that the interest ought to be protected.
In practice, it is not usual to protect the contract in this way, unless, for
example, there is to be a long delay between contract and completion; or
circumstances to suggest that the vendor might agree to sell and convey
elsewhere.

54 See Midland Bank Trust Co Ltd v Green [1981] AC 513.

271
 CHAPTER 10

INVESTIGATION OF TITLE:
UNREGISTERED TITLE

10.1 TIMOTHY ON TITLE

In his post Timothy finds a letter from Copperfields enclosing the title on the
French/Saunders purchase. ‘Ah,’ says Timothy, ‘Requisitions needed. Nothing
difficult here. Bound to be a standard form.’
He gets out the file and finds the contract signed by the vendors, the Rocards. It
incorporates the Standard Conditions and includes the following special
conditions:
‘Root of title: Conveyance on sale of 4 August 1974 Between J Sprat (1)
and C & M Lamb (2).
Incumbrances: The covenants contained or referred to in the said
conveyance.’
The printed special conditions, to which Timothy has never bothered to apply his
mind, include the following:
‘2. The property is sold subject to the Incumbrances on the Property and
the Buyer will raise no requisitions on them.’
Timothy rummages among the jumble on his desk and does find a printed form of
Requisitions on Title. This includes a number of standard, printed requisitions
with an indication to ‘Please strike out requisitions which are not applicable’.
Timothy decides to leave it to the vendor’s solicitor to do the striking out. ‘After
all, he’s selling the property. He should know what’s not applicable.’
The form also contains space for additional requisitions specific to the title;
and the instruction ‘Requisitions founded on the Abstract of Title or Contract
must of course be added to the above’.
Timothy feels that honour requires a positive response to this. He works his
way painfully through the title with the constant reference to his once best friend’s
lecture notes (borrowed and never returned—the mysteries of title, like the price
of friendship, always were obscure to Timothy). The title sent by Copperfields is
as shown in Document 10.2, which is accompanied by Documents 10.2.1–10.2.5.

273
Document 10.2 French/Saunders Purchase: Epitome of Title
Document 10.2.1 French/Saunders Purchase: Photocopy of Conveyance
4 August 1974
Document 10.2.2 French/Saunders Purchase: Office Copy of Probate
of the Will of Mary Lamb
Document 10.2.3 French/Saunders Purchase: Photocopy of Conveyance
4 July 1985
Document 10.2.4 French/Saunders Purchase: Abstract of Mortgage of
4 July 1985
Document 10.2.5 French/Saunders Purchase: Photocopy of Conveyance
4 April 1991
 10.3 TIMOTHY RAISES REQUISITIONS

Timothy takes the standard, printed form of requisitions and fills in the address of
the property and names of purchasers and vendors with commendable accuracy.
He then dreams up the following ones to be added in by the secretary:
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

10.4 OLD JARNDYCE INTERVENES

Timothy is just about to send this ‘masterpiece’ down to the secretary to be

processed when Old Jarndyce, beginning to see the firm’s reputation as a member
of an endangered species, intervenes.

Question After reading the rest of this chapter, and the other relevant paragraphs
referred to, explain what is wrong, (if anything!) with each of Timothy’s
Requisitions.
Explain what is wrong with the title as deduced; and draft the necessary
Requisitions. Pay particular attention to the following aspects:
Do the present purchasers need to give an indemnity covenant? Consider in
this context the 1985 conveyance. See Standard Condition 4.5.4. and para 5.6.3.
The death of a joint tenant followed by the death of the sole survivor; followed
by a sale by the personal representative of the sole survivor. What matters would
this lead you to check?
What matters would you check in relation to the sale by a mortgagee?
Note: See also questions after Document 12.2 below.

Question Refer back to the Goldberg title (para 5.2(a) and (b)). What requisitions
would you expect the Singhs’ solicitor to raise if only the two conveyances shown
were offered as evidence of the title?

10.5 SOME GENERAL PRINCIPLES RELATING TO

PROOF OF TITLE AND REQUISITIONS

It is the duty of the vendor to prove title—that is, to prove (in the manner required
by conveyancing law) that she is able to convey (or compel someone else to
convey) to the purchaser the title which she has undertaken to convey in the
contract. In an open contract this means the fee simple absolute in possession free
from any trust and free from incumbrances.
This duty may be limited by the terms of the contract in two ways:
(a) The title itself (ie the interest being sold) may be limited in some way. In the
French/Saunders transaction the property was expressed to be subject to the
covenants in the 1907 conveyance (para 10.1 above). Similarly, if the property is
expressly sold as leasehold, the purchaser cannot then complain that it is not
freehold.

284
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: UNREGISTERED TITLE

(b) The contract may limit the proof of that title which the purchaser would
otherwise be entitled to receive. Thus, special condition 2 (para 10.1) is intended
to restrict the right of the purchaser to raise requisitions in respect of the 1907
covenants.
In a more extreme case, in a sale of unregistered land, the vendor may for
example have lost all or some of the title deeds; but she may in fact have held and
occupied the property for, say, 20 years. A special condition will have to be put
into the contract stating that the purchaser will accept as proof of title a statutory
declaration by the vendor to this effect. Or suppose that the vendor purchased
from someone whose only available title was by adverse possession. A special
condition something like the following might be found:
‘The property was conveyed to the vendor by a conveyance dated the 4th day
of June 1986 made between William Williams and the Vendor.
The said William Williams was in undisturbed possession of the Property in
his own right for a period of more than 15 years immediately preceding the
date of the conveyance to the vendor without at any time giving any
acknowledgement of any right of any other person to either the possession or
to the rents and profits of the Property.
A statutory declaration made by the said William Williams and which
confirms the said possession of the property will be handed over on
completion.
A copy of the conveyance and the said statutory declaration has been
supplied to the Purchaser who shall raise no objection or requisition in
relation to them.’ (Encyclopedia, Form 159.) (And see para 7.11.)

Question What is the significance of the phrase ‘without at any time giving any
acknowledgement of any right of any other person to either the possession or to
the rents and profits of the Property’?

Question Consider the implications of such a title when first registration is

applied for. What title would the Registry be likely to grant? And what would be
the disadvantage of being registered with such a title? Is registration with such a
title any better than not being registered at all? (See paras 5.5 and 7.11.)

The purchaser will have to decide before exchanging contracts whether to take the
risk of accepting such a limited proof of the vendor’s title. It should be stressed
that such a title will by no means necessarily be unacceptable. A judgment has to
be made of the risks in all the circumstances of the particular case and the client
purchaser (and mortgagees if also acting for them) advised accordingly.

285
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

10.5.1 The obligation of the vendor

As already explained (para 5.3.3) the vendors solicitor should have carefully
investigated the title before drafting the contract; and checked that either she
could prove the title to be offered, or put suitable special conditions in the contract
limiting the vendor’s obligations as to proof.
Quite apart from any such express limitations in the contract, the vendor does
not have to produce absolute proof that she owns the title being sold. Indeed, such
absolute proof of ownership is not possible; at least in the case of unregistered title
(and see para 5.5).
Suppose you are buying from S. S might be in possession; but she might be in
possession as a squatter and liable to be evicted by the real ‘owner’.1 She can,
however, produce the conveyance by which she acquired the land five years ago
from R. If R owned the land then so does S. The deed of conveyance is the proper
method for transferring legal title to unregistered land. But what if R did not own it?
Nemo dat quod non habet. It is a basic proposition of English law that you cannot
transfer title in what you do not own. But S can also produce the conveyance by
which R acquired the land 20 years ago from Q. But what if…and so on; back, in
theory, to the original partition of the Garden of Eden, Lockean contract, or
whatever other past mythical event you prefer to explain and justify the origins of
private property.
Conveyancing law limits any such absolute obligation on the vendor in two
ways:
(a) It stipulates what evidence of title the vendor must (subject to the terms of
the contract) produce and the purchaser must accept. The most obvious
example is that the vendor only has to produce proof of title going back at
least 15 years. It is convenient to explain this requirement here.
The vendor of unregistered title must produce a good root of title. This is a
document at least 15 years old which on the face of it:
(i) deals with the whole legal and equitable ownership;
(ii) contains a proper description identifying the property; and,
(iii) contains nothing to cast doubt on the title.
Starting with this the vendor must produce proper evidence of the whole
subsequent legal history of the property, leading from one transaction or
event to another, down to her own ownership. If the title is good, this chain
(as it can be pictured) will be demonstrably unbroken and undamaged.

1 Of course, the real owner would have to prove her title if she tried to evict S; though, English
unregistered title being relative, she would only have to prove that her title was better than,
superior to, S’s.

286
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: UNREGISTERED TITLE

Conveyancing law as developed by the courts and statute is so designed that if

the purchaser receives a title proved in all respects as laid down by the law, she
will have a title which is normally secure against any adverse claims. Suppose that
the root provided is a conveyance on sale from S1 to P1. Suppose that in fact S1
did not own the property, that the real owner was X, and that S1 was a squatter.
This scenario is itself unlikely. The root is a conveyance on sale. Therefore, when
P1 bought it can be assumed that S1’s title was examined a further 15 years2 back.
In any case, X’s title is almost certainly barred under s 1 of the Limitation Act
1980. This requires that, normally, any action to recover land must be brought by
the person entitled or her successors within 12 years from when the right to
recover arose.
Of course title defects which bind the purchaser can and do materialise after
completion even where all the proper rules for investigation of title have been
complied with. (This can and does also happen due to the negligence of
conveyancing lawyers.) At least in unregistered conveyancing (see para 7.5.2 as to
registered title) there is no such thing as a 100% guaranteed title. For example, the
vendor may have previously mortgaged the property by legal mortgage protected
by deposit of title deeds; she may then have somehow persuaded the mortgagee to
let her have the title deeds back and sold the property without disclosing the
existence of the mortgage to an innocent purchaser. The purchaser would
probably acquire the property subject to the mortgage; and her only remedy if any
would be on the covenants for title (para 5.7).
The contract should state what document is to be provided as the root of title;
and make clear the nature of that document—eg whether it is a conveyance on
sale or by way of gift. Normally, the root offered will be a conveyance on sale.
This is probably the best possible root of title, for the reason outlined above, and is
clearly acceptable. If any other root is offered in the draft contract, the purchaser’s
solicitor must decide whether it is acceptable. For example, the contract might
stipulate that ‘Title shall commence with a voluntary conveyance dated 4 July
1976 made between William Williams(1) and the Vendor (2) and the Purchaser
shall assume without requiring any further evidence that the donor under that
conveyance was solvent at the date of the conveyance’.
Question Explain in your own words (and words that the average client could
understand) the importance of the donor being solvent in such a situation (see
para 13.7).

If a purchaser accepts a title shorter than the 15 years, she will be deemed to
have notice of any interests which investigation for the full period would have

2 Or 30 years if the sale was before the Law of Property Act 1969, s 23.

287
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

revealed; will be bound by any land charges registered against estate owners
over the full period (and earlier—para 13.6(a)); and will not be entitled to
compensation under s 25 of the Law of Property Act 1969 in respect of any such
charges (para 13.6(a)).
(b) If the evidence produced by the vendor shows what is sometimes
called a good marketable title, the purchaser will be required to accept it
even if containing some technical defect.
If investigation of title does not reveal any defects, then the vendor has shown
good title and the purchaser will be in breach if she fails to complete.
Conversely, if some defect does emerge (other than one disclosed or properly
dealt with in the contract the vendor will have failed in her duty to prove title
and will be in breach.
Somewhere in between these two extremes, at the end of investigation of title
there may remain some point of doubt as to whether the title is good or bad. This is
likely, for example, where the proper construction of a document or the existence
of a fact on which the title depends is undecided. Here the title is doubtful. In
general, the courts will not force (by specific performance) a doubtful title on an
unwilling purchaser. In principle it is for the vendor (if wanting to enforce the
contract for the full contract price) to get the doubt resolved by litigation if
necessary. However, if the court decides that there is in reality no serious threat to
the title from the matter in doubt, it may force the purchaser to complete and
accept whatever risk there may be. As Megarry J put it in Darvell v Basildon
Development Corporation3 ‘nothing which could be called a substantial or
reasonable probability of litigation. Instead there was mere conjecture of an attack
by what would be idle litigation’. In such a situation, the vendor can be said to
have shown a good, marketable title.
In that case the plaintiff entered into a contract (so it was held) by
correspondence to sell to the defendant corporation. The corporation refused to
complete and resisted the plaintiff’s claim to specific performance on the ground
that the title was doubtful and not marketable.
The plaintiff had bought the property from a Mr Rand. The plaintiff’s father
had acted as Mr Rand’s estate agent (and therefore in a fiduciary relationship) on
the sale; and had suggested the sale to his own daughter. Shortly after the contract
had been made the plaintiff’s father, had persuaded Mr Rand’s father (who was
being cantankerous about moving out) to leave on terms advantageous to his
daughter, the plaintiff in the present case. It followed that, conceivably, Mr Rand

3 [1969] EGD 605. And see Barclays Bank plc v Weeks Legg & Dean (1996) Times, 9 February,
showing that what must be provided by way of ‘good marketable title’ may depend on the terms of the
contract.

288
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: UNREGISTERED TITLE

junior might have a claim to have the contract with the plaintiff set aside in equity
because of the involvement of the fiduciary. Briefly, the law here is as follows:

(a) The self-dealing rule

If trustees or personal representatives sell any part of the trust property (or estate)
to one or more of their own number, the beneficiaries have an absolute right to
have the contract set aside even if it was a fair and honest transaction. The
transaction will only be saved if authorised by court order, by the trust instrument,
by all the beneficiaries (being sui juris), or (in the case of a personal
representative) if she was acquiring the property under a contract made with the
deceased. The transaction will equally be voidable against anyone who
subsequently acquires the property from the trustee except a bona fide purchaser
for value without notice.
Where investigation by a purchaser’s solicitor shows such a self-dealing
anywhere on the title, the vendor must be requisitioned to show that it was
authorised in one of the ways mentioned; or to provide such authorisation

(b) The fair dealing rule

Where a trustee purchases the interest of a beneficiary under the trust from that
beneficiary, the fair dealing rule applies. The court has a discretion to set the
transaction aside unless satisfied that there was no impropriety. Such a transaction
will not normally concern a purchaser of the property since the equitable interests
will in any case be overreached, and the matter will only concern the trustee and
beneficiary.

(c) Principal and fiduciary

A principle similar to that in (b) applies where a fiduciary (such as a person’s

solicitor, estate agent—as in the present case—or banker) profits from a
transaction with the principal. This quite clearly applies where the transaction is
directly between the fiduciary and the principal. The court will set aside the
transaction if vitiated by undue influence or is otherwise unconscionable (see
para 1.9.3). If, for example, a solicitor purchases property from her client (when
there is a presumption of undue influence) the transaction will be set aside unless
she can show that the transaction was fair, and that the client was fully informed
and understood the nature of the transaction. The equity to set aside the
transaction will bind a transferee of the property unless a bona fide purchaser for
value of a legal estate without notice. It follows, as in (a) above, that if
investigation of title reveals any such transaction affecting the property, the
purchaser’s solicitor needs satisfactory evidence that it is not liable to be set aside.

289
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

In Darvell’s case, Megarry J recognised that the principle stated in (c)

potentially applied to a transaction between the principal and a relation of the
fiduciary; ie to the transaction between Mr Rand and the plaintiff.
To return to the facts of this case. Megarry J was not in a position to decide
whether the transaction would or would not be set aside so as to bind Mr Rand who
would be the person, if any, entitled to have it set aside; since Mr Rand was not a
party to the action between the plaintiff and the Corporation. And, of course, if he
did sue and get it set aside the Corporation which would have acquired with notice
of the possibility would be bound. However, he did decide that the prospect of such
an attack was so remote—there clearly had been full disclosure by the estate agent,
he was not using his daughter, the plaintiff, as a cloak behind which to buy the
property himself, and Mr Rand had as a witness in court expressed himself happy
with the transaction—that it should be dismissed. The Corporation was therefore
obliged to complete and accept whatever notional risk there might be.4
In contrast, in the case of Faruqi v English Real Estates5 the court declared the
contract not to be specifically enforceable when the property was found to be
subject to restrictive covenants and the deed which would have disclosed what
those covenants were could not be produced. It was not possible to say how bad or
doubtful the title was.
The property, which was registered with absolute title, had been purchased by
the plaintiff purchaser at auction. The plaintiff was bringing a vendor-purchaser
summons (para 10.6.6) for a declaration that the defendant vendor had not shown
good title. The contract provided that ‘The properties will be sold subject to…(b)
the entries on the registers of title’. It then proceeded to include some particularly
repressive conditions as to incumbrances affecting the title as follows:

‘Where by the special conditions of sale any property is sold subject to any
lease, covenant, restriction or other matter a copy of the said lease covenant
restriction or other matter may unless otherwise provided in the said special
conditions be inspected at the said offices of the solicitors for the vendor at
any time during normal office hours and the purchaser shall be deemed to
purchase with full notice and knowledge of such matters whether or not he
shall have availed himself of the opportunity of such inspection and shall
raise no objection or inquiry or requisition thereon.
The purchaser shall raise no objection, requisition or inquiry in respect of any
rights, covenants, obligations, easements, quasieasements, privileges,
licences subsisting, acquired or being acquired over under or in respect of the
properties whether or not the same are disclosed to the purchaser. Neither the

4 See also MEPC Ltd v Christian-Edwards [1981] AC 205.

5 [1979] 1 WLR 963.

290
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: UNREGISTERED TITLE

vendor nor the auctioneers shall be under any liability to disclose the same
whether or not the same are known to them.’
Clearly the purchaser, whether or not on the advice of his lawyer, was taking a risk
in accepting a contract with such a condition without further investigation before
making a contract.
The vendor did not provide the purchaser with copies of the entries on the
register before contract. In fact the charges register, a copy of which the
purchaser’s received after contract, contained a note that the title was subject to
restrictive covenants contained in a deed of 1883 and that neither the deed nor a
certified copy had been produced on first registration. When the purchaser’s
solicitors then requisitioned the vendors solicitors for a copy of the deed they
were told that it could not be produced.
In deciding the case the court applied the following principles:
(i) The purchaser had by contract agreed to take the property subject to any
entries that there might on the register and any other incumbrances; excluded
his right to raise requisitions about any that might exist; and relieved the
vendor of any duty to disclose any incumbrances whether or not he knew
about them. At common law, so decided Walton J these terms were binding
on the purchaser (although a copy of the covenant noted on the charges
register was not in fact available for inspection as promised by the condition).
(ii) In equity, there is a principle that a vendor can only rely on a clause
excluding or limiting the right to raise objections or requisitions on the title if
there has been full and frank disclosure of what the vendor does know (and
see para 4.4.3). As it was put by Fry J In Re Marsh and Earl Granville
(1883):6
‘a vendor who desires to limit the rights of a purchaser must do so by
explicit and plain conditions, and he must tell the truth, and all the
truth, which is relevant to the matter in hand.’
In the present case the vendor had not complied with this principle. They had
known about the lack of any information about the covenants mentioned on
the charges register. Indeed, when the vendor itself had bought there was a
perfectly proper and acceptable term in that contract as follows:
‘The property is sold subject to the covenants restrictions and
agreements contained or referred to in a deed dated May 17, 1883, and
expressed to be made between the several persons whose names and
seals are subscribed and set out in the second schedule thereto of the
first part and the United Land Co of the second part. The vendors are
unable to discover the whereabouts of this deed or any copy thereof but

6 24 Ch D 11, at p17, cited by Walton J at p967.

291
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

the purchaser shall be deemed to purchase with full knowledge thereof

and shall make no inquiry objection or requisition with respect
thereto.’
The result in the present case was that the plaintiff was entitled to a
declaration that specific performance would not be ordered. Further, the
court, exercising the discretionary power to do so given by s 49(2) of the Law
of Property Act 1925, ordered the deposit (held by a stakeholder) to be repaid
to the plaintiff.
(iii) The defendant was not of course seeking damages at common law for
breach of contract, as it was a vendor and purchaser summons brought by the
purchaser. Walton J did however suggest in passing (and following the view
of Megarry J in Schindler v Pigault7) that the effect of a court order for return
of the deposit under s 49(2) was to put an end to the contract at common law.
The vendor would not therefore be able to sue for damages at common law
(though the purchaser would not herself be able to claim her costs of
investigating title or damages since she could not have terminated the
contract at common law for any breach by the vendor.8
The emergence of any such unresolved doubt as to the title during investigation may
pose a problem for the purchaser’s (and indeed the vendor’s) solicitor. Is she to
advise the purchaser (and the mortgagees if also acting for them) that the title should
be accepted together with the doubt? In practice, more or less technical defects on
the title are quite common. In most cases the purchaser and vendor will be anxious
to get the matter completed on schedule. The solicitor has to make a judgment in the
light of knowledge of the cases and her conveyancing experience. Would a court
order the purchaser to complete? Can, maybe, a reduction of the purchase price be
negotiated on account of the doubt? Is insurance against the title risk necessary?
In the French/Saunders transaction, (para 10.1 above), as far as we are told,
only the existence but not the content of the covenants referred to in the 1974
root conveyance (and actually contained in the pre-root 1907 conveyance)
appears to have been disclosed to the purchaser before exchange of contracts.
What is the position in the light of the special conditions quoted? Timothy was
obviously foolish to allow the exchange to take place without finding out what
the covenants were. Since the vendor has not disclosed the details of the
covenants the position would probably be as in Faruqi—at least if the covenants

7 (1975) 30 P & CR 328.

8 The point was not raised in the case but s 110 of the Land Registration Act 1925 requires a vendor
‘notwithstanding any stipulation to the contrary’ to provide the purchaser with a copy of any
documents affecting the land ‘noted on the register’. It would seem that the vendor who was not able
to produce copies of the covenants, was in breach of this provision despite the express conditions in
the contract; and so was in fact in breach of contract at common law.

292
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: UNREGISTERED TITLE

did impose any limit on use not to be expected for the type of property, a limit
which in any way affected the value of the property adversely (see Faruqi, at
p968). The vendor s solicitor should properly have incorporated a copy of the
actual wording of the covenants into the contract; or an explanation of their
non-availability.9
Further principles, relevant in the present context, should be noted:
If Fanny and Sam did complete the purchase they would be bound by the
covenants. They are pre-1925 covenants and so not registrable as land charges;
they are therefore subject to the doctrine of notice. Fanny and Sam, either actually
or imputedly (through their solicitors) have notice of their existence at the time of
acquiring the legal estate and would take subject to them.

Question Would they have any remedy under the covenants for title? (See
para 5.7.)

10.5.2 Pre-root investigation

When investigating title Timothy would, at least in the absence of the special
condition 2, quoted in para 10.1 above, be entitled to requisition a copy of the
covenants and raise other relevant requisitions about them. The actual covenants
are contained in a pre-root document. Under the Law of Property Act 1925, s
45(1) the general principle is that a purchaser is not entitled to raise requisitions
relating to pre-root documents or title. However, this is subject to two
qualifications:
(i) If a serious pre-root defect in title does in fact come to light, the court will
not order specific performance against the purchaser and may order return of
the deposit under s 49(2) with the consequences discussed above.
(ii) Under s 45(1) the purchaser is entitled to requisition production of pre-
root documents in three cases.
First, if any document on the title was executed under a power of attorney
created before the root, the purchaser is entitled to a copy or abstract of the
document creating the power. This right cannot be excluded by the contract
(para 12.4.4(e)).
Secondly, any document ‘creating or disposing of an interest, power or
obligation which is not shown to have ceased or expired, and subject to which any

9 A standardised condition barring requisitions on any incumbrances is perhaps not good practice.
Either there is nothing, as it were, to hide; or the problem should be disclosed in the contract.

293
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

part of the property is disposed of by an abstracted document’. Thus, if the title

produced suggests that the property is still affected by any matter dealt with in a
pre-root document, a copy or abstract of that document should be requisitioned.
Common examples are as follows: the root document describes the property by
reference to a plan in an earlier pre-root conveyance; the property appears to be
subject to restrictive covenants or easements shown to have been created by a pre-
root conveyance. In any such case, an abstract or copy of the whole pre-root
document should be requisitioned; not just the plan or clause containing the
easements or covenants. The whole will normally be necessary to identify the
dominant property and determine the full effect of the clause.
Thirdly, any pre-root document creating a trust subject to which the property
has been disposed of during the title period. The basis of modern conveyancing is
to keep trusts off the title through the mechanism of overreaching. Property (that
is the legal estate) is sold free of any trusts which will be transferred to the
proceeds of sale. This category is therefore not likely to arise in practice. Of
course, quite apart from this provision and what is shown by the documentary
evidence of title, there may be evidence that the property is subject to a trust which
has not been cleared off the title and which the purchaser’s solicitor will need to
investigate. Suppose that V is selling to P. The root (or any other document) on the
title is a sale by A to B; and there is significant evidence that in fact X contributed
to the purchase price. A subsequent sale by B alone to V raises the possibility that
the property is still subject to the trust. P’s solicitor will need to raise requisitions
and either be satisfied that X does not have any claim or insist on the appointment
of a second trustee to overreach any claim that she does have.
In the second and third cases above the right to pre-root documents may be
modified by express term in the contract.

10.6 STEPS IN PROVING TITLE

The following description is based on the provisions of the Standard Conditions.

If other standard conditions are used their relevant terms will have to be studied.
In the absence of relevant express terms the open contract rules will govern.

10.6.1 Delivery of abstract or epitome and copies by vendor

This is sometimes referred to as deducing title. Under Standard Condition 4.1.1.

immediately after exchange of contracts the vendor must send the purchaser
evidence of title (or, to state it more accurately, an abstract or epitome and
copies of the evidence of title which the vendor will be able to produce). In the

294
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: UNREGISTERED TITLE

case of unregistered title this evidence must consist of either an abstract of title
or an epitome with photocopies of the relevant documents (Standard Condition
4.2.2.).
Before the days of photocopies an abstract was the method used. This was
typed on brief paper (approximately A3) and consisted of, in general, a copy of
the exact wording of each document and statement of each event affecting the
title which had to be proved. It was written in narrative form using the past tense
and passive voice. The date of each document or event was normally put in the
left hand margin together with a note of any stamping. Conventional
abbreviations for a great number of common terms were used, so that ‘vendor’
became ‘vdr’, ‘purchaser’ became ‘pr’ and ‘other’ became ‘or’. Standard
clauses might not be set out in full. For example, the testimonium and execution
of a deed might simply be recorded as ‘Executed by both parties and attested’.
Similarly, clauses more or less standard to most mortgages would be rendered
as ‘Usual mortgage clauses’ (see the mortgage on the French/Saunders title
above, Document 10.2.4).
With the universal use of photocopiers the art of writing abstracts hardly needs
to be learnt. It is necessary to be able to read and understand one. A vendor’s
solicitor may only have an examined abstract and not the original documents in
relation to part of the title—for example, where the title has previously been split
off from a larger title and the originals retained by the owners of the whole. She
will supply a photocopy of this; or, more probably, send the examined abstract
itself to the purchaser’s solicitor with instructions to hold it to her order pending
completion.
An epitome is a schedule of documents and events which constitute the title
and should be accompanied by photocopies of the documents including any
necessary to prove the scheduled events (see Document 10.2).
Whether evidence is to be provided by abstract or epitome and copies, certain
principles should be appreciated:

(a) The vendor must supply evidence of all documents and matters which
affect and are therefore necessary to prove the title which she has agreed to
sell. The vendor should have checked the title before drafting the contract.
The evidence supplied should be complete. Any burdens or defects on the
title should either have been removed (or arrangements made for their
removal—as in the case of mortgages which are to be discharged out of the
proceeds of sale); or they should be dealt with in the contract. If this has been
done it should not be necessary for the purchaser’s solicitor to raise other
than standard requisitions.
(b) Any document or event dealing with or affecting the legal estate must be
deduced. This obviously includes conveyances and assents. It also includes
legal mortgages even if previously discharged since the purchaser is entitled

295
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

to be satisfied that they have been properly discharged. In practice previously

discharged equitable mortgages of the legal estate are not deduced—unless
any registration on the land charges register has not yet been cancelled.
Equally, any death, marriage or change of name affecting the legal title will have
to be deduced and proved in the appropriate way. Marriages and deaths can be
proved by the original or an official copy of the certificate. Death can also be
proved by production of the original or an office copy of the grant. A change of
name can be proved by a deed poll—that is a deed made by a single person—in
this case changing her name. But a person can change her name without
formality; and other evidence may be satisfactory—for example, a statutory
declaration by the person herself or someone who knows or knew her.
It is customary and proper practice to deduce any official certificates of land
charge searches against any estate owners on the title that are available; though
there is apparently no duty to do so.
Copies of any relevant memoranda endorsed on any of the title documents
should be included. Where the absence of any endorsed memorandum is
significant (eg of any previous assent on a probate) this should be stated.
Any transaction creating or relating to easements, restrictive covenants or other
incumbrances should be included. For example, if the vendor has previously sold
off another part of her property, that sale may have created easements or restrictive
covenants either over or in favour of the property now being sold. If this is the case
the previous conveyance should be deduced. The part sold off may have been held
under the same title as the part now being sold. In this case the purchaser’s solicitor
may need to be satisfied that no part of what is now being purchased was included in
the earlier sale; and, in this case, a memorandum of the earlier sale should have been
endorsed on the last conveyance of the common title; here, the memorandum as
well as the earlier conveyance should be deduced.
In general, equitable interests existing behind a trust of the legal estate (or
behind the title of personal representatives) do not need to be and should not be
deduced. The principle of modern conveyancing is that such interests are
cleared off the title by the overreaching mechanism and do not concern a
purchaser.10 Where the legal title or evidence from elsewhere discloses the
existence of such interests, the purchaser is entitled to be satisfied that they have
been (or will be on conveyance to her) cleared off the title by adoption of the
correct procedures; but will not be entitled to investigate details of those
interests. For example, suppose an estate owner on the title has died and the
legal estate passed to her executrix. The personal representative has sold and
conveyed the property or assented it to a beneficiary. A purchaser will not be

10 See Law of Property Act 1925, s 10.

296
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: UNREGISTERED TITLE

entitled to investigate the terms of the will or the entitlement of the beneficiary
(para 14.7.1). Similarly, if the title (or information discovered elsewhere) shows
that the legal estate was held on trust for sale, the purchaser will not be entitled
to investigate the nature of the beneficial interests under that trust provided the
property was then conveyed by all of the trustees being at least two in number or
a trust corporation. Where such interests are capable of being cleared off the
title by overreaching, the purchaser can insist (but does not have to), on this
procedure being adopted.11
On the other hand, there may be situations where the overreaching
machinery cannot or has not operated. Here the vendor is under a duty to
disclose and the purchaser entitled to investigate the equitable interests if
necessary to be satisfied that they do not any longer burden the title. For
example, if investigation of title reveals a sale by trustees to one of their own
number, the purchaser would be entitled, subject to the terms of the contract
(unless, for example, a court order authorising the sale could be produced), to
investigate the equitable interests to be satisfied who the beneficiaries were
under the trust, that they were sui juris and that they consented (or now
consent retrospectively) to the affected sale (para 10.5.1(ii) above). Of
course, as with any defect in title, the vendor should have disclosed this defect
in title in the contract; and either provided for it to be cured in the way just
described, or added a proviso excluding the right of the purchaser to object to
the defect.
Again, suppose that S, the vendor, is found to be holding in trust for one other
adult person, X. In this case the 1925 legislation does not automatically impose a
trust for sale and there might not be one. In the absence of such a trust for sale,
even the appointment of a second trustee would not overreach X’s interest. As
before, subject to the terms of the contract, the purchaser would be entitled to
investigate X’s interest and (on being satisfied that she was in fact the sole
equitable beneficiary, insist on her concurrence in the sale.
(c) It is important to be clear about the distinction between, first, the
documents which are sent to the purchaser by way of deducing title; secondly, the
documents which have to be produced for inspection; and, thirdly, the documents
which have to be handed over to the purchaser at completion.
First, at the present stage of deducing title, the purchaser is only entitled to and
normally will only receive abstracts or copies, not the originals, of deed and
documents. It would generally be imprudent of the vendor’s solicitor to let the
originals out her control prior to completion and receipt of the purchase money. In
any case, commonly the property will be mortgaged and the vendor’s solicitor

11 Law of Property Act 1925, s 42(1).

297
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

will be holding the deeds as agent for and to the order of the mortgagees. She will
therefore not be entitled to deliver them to the purchaser’s solicitor. If originals or
examined abstracts are sent it should be on the basis that they are held to the order
of the vendor’s solicitor pending completion. What the purchaser is concerned
with at this stage is to be satisfied that, on the assumption that the originals are as
shown in the abstract/copies supplied, the title is a good one.
Secondly, before completing, the purchaser’s solicitor will need to be satisfied
that the abstract/copies do in fact match the originals. For this purpose the
vendor’s solicitor must produce the originals for examination. Standard
Condition 4.2.3. provides:
‘Where the title to the property is unregistered, the seller is to produce to
the buyer (without cost to the buyer):
(a) the original of every relevant document, or
(b) an abstract, epitome or copy with an original marking by a solicitor
of examination either against the original or against an examined
abstract or against an examined copy.’
For convenience this examination normally takes place at completion. Obviously,
if a significant discrepancy between the abstract/copies and the originals is found
completion will have to be held up until it is sorted out.
Thirdly, there is the question of which of the original documents will be
handed over to the purchaser at completion. This is dealt with later (para
14.9.2).
When preparing the epitome, the vendor’s solicitor should indicate clearly
for each document or event what evidence is being supplied with the epitome,
and whether or not the original will be handed over at completion. Where she
will not be able to satisfy Standard Condition 4.2.2. or 4.2.3. a special condition
will be needed in the contract relieving the vendor of liability to that extent. For
example:
‘The seller only has in her possession an unmarked abstract of the
conveyance designated herein as the root of title. A photocopy of the
said abstract is annexed hereto and the purchaser shall assume without
objection or requisition that the abstract is a true abstract of the original
conveyance.’
Under s 183 of the Law of Property Act 1925, it is a criminal offence and a
statutory tort to conceal from the purchaser any instrument or incumbrance
material to the title or to falsify any pedigree on which the title depends.

298
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: UNREGISTERED TITLE

10.6.2 Perusing title and requisitions

It is the duty of the purchaser’s solicitor to peruse (ie examine) the evidence of title
supplied; and to satisfy herself that (subject to the terms of the contract) the vendor
can prove title, in the proper manner, to what she has agreed to sell. Note that this
involves showing title not only to the property being sold but also to any easements
or restrictive covenants existing or to be granted over adjoining property. It must be
shown that the person who granted or will grant the easement or covenant was or is
the owner of the adjoining property. Thus, if the vendor is selling part of her land
and granting an easement to the purchaser over the land retained, she will have to
show title to the retained land as well as that being sold (para 5.6.1).
After perusing the title the purchaser’s solicitor will raise requisitions (ie
address requisitions to the vendor’s solicitor) on the evidence of title supplied by
the vendor. Each requisition should indicate clearly the defect which is being
queried; and state if possible the action which is expected of the vendor’s solicitor
to deal with it, or alternatively ask how she proposes to deal with it.
For example:
‘There is no evidence of an assent by the personal representative of
Annie Walker in her own favour prior to selling as beneficial owner in
the conveyance of 6 September 1980. Please confirm that such an assent
was executed, supply a copy and confirm that the original will be handed
over on completion.’
Standard Condition 4.1.1. provides that the time limit for raising written
requisitions is ‘six working days after either the date of the contract or the date of
delivery of the seller’s evidence of title on which the requisitions are raised
whichever is the later’. It further provides that:
‘The time limit on the purchaser’s right to raise requisitions applies even
where the seller supplies incomplete evidence of his title, but the buyer
may, within six working days from delivery of any further evidence,
raise further requisitions resulting from that evidence. On the expiry of
the relevant time limit the buyer loses his right to raise requisitions or
make observations’.
This last sentence is the same in effect as standard clauses making time for raising
requisitions ‘of the essence’.
Where the time between contract and agreed completion date is less than 15
working days, Standard Condition 4.1.4. stipulates a shorter period for raising
requisitions and dealing with them; and for preparing the conveyance or transfer.
If the vendor has not at first supplied all the evidence of title which she should
have done the purchaser must still make any requisitions on the evidence which
has been supplied; but will have a further six working days from delivery of the

299
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

further evidence in which to raise requisitions on the further evidence. Thus,

different periods may apply to different parts of the evidence of title.
Once the time limits have elapsed, it will be too late to raise requisitions
relating to the vendor’s evidence of title; and to that extent the purchaser will be
deemed to have accepted title and waived any objection not already made. If a
vendor’s solicitor does choose as a matter of courtesy to answer out of time
requisitions, she should make it clear that they are being dealt with as a matter of
courtesy; and that the vendor’s rights (ie to insist on completion at the agreed
date) are not to be affected.
There are important exceptions to these contractual time limits on raising
requisitions.
First, it is said that if any objection goes to the root of title it can be made even
after expiry of the time limit. It is by no means clear what defects will be held to
come within this category. Obviously such objections should, in any case, normally
be made within the time limits. In Rosenberg v Cook12 the vendor had bought the
land from a railway company. It was clear that in the circumstances the railway
company had no power to sell, making the conveyance to the vendor void.
Nevertheless, it was held that this defect did not entitle the purchaser to object out of
time, rescind and recover his deposit. The court applied a fundamental principle of
English property law; though its application in this context might be questioned.
The principle is that, at least unregistered, title to land is based on possession, not
ownership. What you have and what you sell is your right to possession. And
possession (like that of an adverse possessor) in itself constitutes a right to
possession, good against all except someone who comes along able to show a
superior right to possession. The vendor could therefore transfer what he had agreed
to transfer—his right to possession. But a right to possession derived immediately
from a void conveyance is clearly a very different thing from one shown to be
derived from a full length legitimate chain of title going back to a good root. If this is
good law it is hard to imagine what defect would let in out of time objections.13
Secondly, and most important in practice, the contractual time limit does not
govern requisitions relating to defects not discoverable from the face of the
vendor’s evidence; for example, those appearing from pre-completion searches
and inspection of the property. Requisitions on such defects must be made
within a reasonable time of their discovery. In Re Cox & Neve’s Contract14 the
purchaser objected to the title on the grounds that there was a restrictive
covenant restricting the right of building on part of the property which would

12 (1881) 8 QBD 162.

13 The purchaser would probably have failed even on the basis of in-time objections since the contract
expressly excluded the right to raise requisitions in relation to the conveyance from the railway
company.
14 [1891] 2 Ch 109.

300
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: UNREGISTERED TITLE

bind him if he completed. The root of title stipulated by the vendor was a
mortgage of 1852, giving the purchaser a title two years shorter than he would
have been entitled to under an open contract (at that time 40 years; for
acceptance of a title shorter than the statutory one, see para 10.5.2 above). The
restrictive covenant was contained in a deed of 1847. The purchaser discovered
its existence not from the vendor but from a third party when making enquiries
about a different matter. His objection was made after expiry of the contractual
time limit for requisitions. It was held that the purchaser was not too late to
object as the defect had not been contained in the vendor’s evidence of title; that
the vendor had failed to prove the title agreed to be sold; and that the purchaser
was therefore no longer bound by the contract.
Thirdly, a purchaser is entitled to raise what are known as matters of
conveyance as opposed to matters of title, even after expiry of the time limits. A
matter of conveyance is a defect (albeit it is a defect of title) which the vendor
herself has a right to remove without the concurrence of any other person. The
commonest example is where there is an outstanding mortgage on the property
(unless of course it has been sold expressly subject to the mortgage). The
vendor can be required to discharge the mortgage prior to completion.
Similarly, where the property is subject to a trust for sale, a sole vendor who is
in a position to do so, can be required to appoint a second trustee to overreach
the beneficial interests.

10.6.3 Standard form Requisitions

Printed, standard form Requisitions are available, eg the Oyez printed form.
These contain printed requisitions which are likely to be raised in most
transactions. For example:
‘1. If the enquiries before contract replied to on behalf of the Seller were
repeated here, would the replies now be the same as those previously
given? If not, please give full particulars of any variation.
4. (A) All subsisting mortgages or charges must be discharged on or
before completion.
(B) In respect of each subsisting mortgage or charge;
(i) Will a vacating receipt, discharge of registered charge or consent to
dealing, entitling the buyer to take the property freed from it, be
handed over on completion?
(ii) If not, will the Seller’s solicitor give a written undertaking on
completion to hand one over later?
(iii) If an undertaking is proposed, what are the suggested terms of it?’

301
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(As to this requisition, see para 10.6.3 below.)

This form concludes with:
‘The right is reserved to make further requisitions which may arise on the
replies to the above, the usual searches and enquiries before completion,
or otherwise.’
A common form reply to this last is: ‘Noted, subject to contract.’
Any requisitions specific to the particular title have to be added to the above
printed ones; and any of the printed ones which are not needed should be
struck out.

10.6.4 Pre-contract deduction and investigation of title

It is increasingly the practice, especially with registered title, for the vendor’s
solicitor to send her evidence of title with the draft contract; and indeed for the
purchaser’s solicitor to investigate and satisfy herself as to this aspect of title
before exchange.
Both the legal and practical aspects of this practice, which reflects a significant
change in the nature of conveyancing, merit some discussion.
Historically, before the reforms now encompassed in the 1925 legislation,
land title was a complex matter with a high potential for defects. Even in 1914,
some 90% of residential accommodation was in (commonly weekly) tenancies.
Freehold ownership was vested in a relatively small number of the landed
families and entrepreneurial classes. Their titles were complicated because the
land was subject to highly complex family settlements; and because the
common law did not contain the present day mechanisms such as overreaching
keeping the beneficial interests under such settlements off the title. Much of
conveyancing was about the drafting of these settlements and transferring the
settled land from one generation to the next. Where conveyancing in today’s
usual sense of buying, selling and mortgaging freehold did take place, the
central focus of attention, the most expensive, time-consuming and problem
provoking part of the process was investigation and proof of title. It was natural
for this process to take place after exchange of contracts. Without this guarantee
the purchaser would not want to incur the expense of investigating title. The
vendor, then as now, was under a duty to disclose any defects or limitations on
the title in the contract and then prove that title. But the complexities and
difficulty of proving of title were recognised by two rules in particular. First,
under the rule in Bain v Fothergill if the purchaser rescinded the contract on
discovering an undisclosed defect in title, she was only entitled to recover her
deposit with interest and the legal costs of investigating title; not damages for
loss of bargain. Secondly, for a long time it has been customary to include a

302
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: UNREGISTERED TITLE

standard term in the contract giving the vendor a right to rescind (with no
liability other than to return the purchaser’s deposit) on being unable or
unwilling on reasonable grounds to deal with a requisition on title.
Today, partly because of social changes and partly because of reform of
unregistered conveyancing law and the introduction of registered title,
conveyancing is very different.
Over 60% of housing is now owner-occupied, by which is meant not a
family estate but a terraced, semi-detached or detached house with, maybe, a
bigger or smaller garden. Together with vastly increased social mobility, this
has increased the pressure for speed and cheapness in conveyancing. Today, it is
a matter of having to sell a house in London to buy one to go with a new job in
Leeds all, hopefully, in the space of a month or two. The client is likely to focus
on the exchange of contracts as the secure foundation on which to commit
herself to future plans. If one contract is upset on discovery of a defect in title, a
whole chain of dependent contracts is likely to become entangled. If a client’s
sale is rescinded because of a title defect, she is still likely to be committed on
her purchase with possibly disastrous financial consequences. As far as possible
the client wants to be able to rely upon the contract, once made, being
completed.
At the same time, and in response to these changing pressures, even
unregistered title has been vastly simplified. In the common case it is likely to
consist of one or two previous conveyances with a one or two standard building
society or bank mortgages and maybe a death and probate in the family. Indeed,
today it is perhaps doubtful whether unregistered conveyancing is more
complicated or less secure than registered.
This has been reflected in the abolition of the rule in Bain v Fothergill. And
now the third (following the second) edition of the Standard Conditions omits any
right for the vendor to rescind without penalty on not being able to deal with
requisitions on title. All this means that the vendor needs to be, and with relative
ease can be, sure of her title before committing herself to a contract. It also makes
it desirable, and practically possible, for the purchaser’s investigation of the
vendor’s evidence of title to take place before contract.
Another rather different response to the above factors has been discussed
from time to time; that is to make the initial agreement between purchaser and
vendor (maybe made in an estate agent’s office and before either side has
consulted a lawyer) binding; subject to a right to back out in certain
circumstances. Indeed, as far as proof of title is concerned such a scheme
could easily be devised at least for registered title. Lawyers could be by-
passed. The vendor could be required to produce an office copy of entries on
the register; a contract in a form approved by a consumer protection group
could be signed.

303
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

In my view (says Old Jarndyce) any such development would not be desirable.
As suggested above, title is no longer usually complicated or a problem. What has
happened is that the threat to the purchaser living happily ever after in her new
home comes today from matters other than title. These are matters which were not
generally a threat or did not exist in earlier days of conveyancing. They are
matters on which a purchaser does need skilled advice before committing herself
to a contract. They are matters to which the law schools and domestic
conveyancers have not devoted enough serious attention. I refer to such things as
planning including threats to the physical environment from development beyond
the boundary walls; the physical condition of the property itself; ownership of
boundaries which can be more crucial to the owner of a terraced house rather than
of a large, landed estate; insurance and financial advice; advice where co-habitees
are buying.
All these things are matters which a purchaser needs to be happy about before
signing any sort of contract. In short, in my view, the emphasis of conveyancing
has, or should have, shifted from the post contract to the pre-contract stage.

The legal implications of pre-contract investigation

The basic duty of the vendor is still to prove and convey the property as agreed
in the contract. If the vendor does deliver her evidence of title with the draft
contract, the purchaser is not (subject to the terms of the contract for example
limiting or excluding the right to raise requisitions) obliged to investigate it at
that stage. Standard Condition 4.1.1. envisages this situation and gives six
working days from the date of the contract in which to raise the requisitions.
However, there are two rules which in this situation the purchaser’s solicitor
should bear in mind.
First, the vendor does not have to disclose and the purchaser will have to take
subject to any incumbrances of which she has knowledge at the time of contract.
This means that if the purchaser’s solicitor does investigate the vendor’s evidence
of title before contract and discovers defects not mentioned in the contract, they
will bind the purchaser. But the key word is knowledge, not notice. It does not put
any obligation on the purchaser to investigate title before contract and discover
defects.
Secondly, where evidence of title has been supplied and investigated before
contract, the act of exchanging contracts might be deemed to be acceptance of
title and waiver of objections (see para 10.6.7). The Standard Conditions do not
deal with this situation.
In summary: where evidence of title is supplied before contract, the
purchaser’s solicitor should either investigate it and be satisfied with it before
exchanging; or, if choosing not to investigate it or not being fully satisfied with it,
should make it clear in writing to the other side before exchanging that the right is

304
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: UNREGISTERED TITLE

retained to raise requisitions (or further requisitions) after and in accordance with
the terms of the contract.

10.6.5 Replies to requisitions

Standard Condition 4.1.1. requires the vendor ‘to reply in writing to any requisitions
raised’ within four working days after receiving the requisitions. The purpose of
replies is to deal satisfactorily with the purchaser’s legitimate requisitions and
objections on title; that is to provide the proper evidence of title which has been
omitted from the evidence originally supplied; or cure a defect which has been
pointed out. It follows that, although the standard conditions refer to ‘any’
requisitions, the vendor need only deal substantively with legitimate ones. If the
vendor’s solicitor considers that any requisition is not a proper one—because for
example it is out of time—the reply should state why it is not being dealt with.
If as a matter of courtesy out of time requisitions are answered, the reply
should make it clear that this is the case and that it is without prejudice to the
vendor’s rights; otherwise the vendor may be taken to have waived the right to
insist on the time limits (see Luck v White below).
Requisitions should be addressed to a specific point; there is no obligation to
answer general ones.
If the vendor fails to reply within the stipulated time limits, that will be a
breach of contract; and, if for example it contributes to a delay in completion may
give the purchaser a right to compensation under Standard Condition 7.3.
Care should be taken when replying to requisitions, that a reply does not
inadvertently constitute a professional undertaking which it may not be possible
to honour. Requisitions will commonly ask for confirmation that outstanding
mortgages will be discharged before completion or the usual undertaking given
(see para 5.13 as to undertakings; and para 14.9.3 as to discharge of mortgages). A
simple affirmative given by a solicitor in response to this will constitute a
professional undertaking to do one or the other. Before giving such a reply the
solicitor should be satisfied that there will be sufficient monies available to her
from the sale to honour the obligation; and that there are no unknown charges that
might be embraced by it.

10.6.6 Observations on replies

Under Standard Condition 4.1.1. the purchaser has three working days after
receiving replies in which to make written observations on the replies. Failure to
make any such observations will (although not stated in the standard conditions)
be likely to constitute acceptance of title by the purchaser; and waiver of any right

305
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

to pursue further requisitions already raised. It follows that if the purchaser’s

solicitor is not satisfied with any of the replies to requisitions, she should make
this clear in observations within the above time limit.
There is no provision in the Standard Conditions for response to the
observations or further stages. These, if there are any, must be taken within a
reasonable time as under an open contract.
In practice, by this stage one of two things will have happened. The purchaser
may be satisfied with the title as evidenced by the vendor and accept it (below,
para 10.6.7). Alternatively, the parties will be in dispute as to whether the vendor
has fulfilled her obligations to prove title in accordance with the contract. For
example, the vendor may be refusing to answer a requisition which she considers
improper; the purchaser may consider evidence offered not to be adequate. If the
dispute cannot be resolved, as obviously it ought to be, wherever possible, by
negotiation, it will have to be resolved by litigation. And each side’s solicitor will
have to make a judgment on the strength of her client’s case and advise on steps
accordingly. In general terms, either side may feel entitled to:
(a) treat the contract as discharged for a breach of condition by the other side;
(b) serve notice to complete and treat the contract as discharged on non-
compliance; or
(c) seek specific performance.
Courses (a) and (b) are risky where the rights of the matter are not clear. If a
contract is wrongly treated as discharged this is in itself a breach giving the other
side a right to treat it as discharged.
The vendor and purchaser summons is a summary procedure available for
deciding disputes as to title. It is a procedure little used today, showing perhaps
that title does not usually give rise to dispute.
Luff v Raymond15 is an interesting case in that it concerns the sale not of land as
such but of a mortgage. A mortgage is as much an interest in land as beneficial
freehold ownership, entitling the mortgagee to recover the loan and interest and
any other sums secured under the mortgage and to enforce the other terms of the
mortgage. The reason for selling a mortgage is likely to be to raise an immediate
capital sum; in return the purchaser will get a (presumably) larger sum paid over a
longer period. Such a mortgage can be sold and transferred in the same way as
ordinary freehold or leasehold ownership. The case is also interesting in showing
the path that such a dispute might take.
The special conditions in the contract provided that if (but only if) completion
took place on the contractual completion date, 26 August, the purchaser would be
entitled to the August instalment of £210 due under the mortgage. The mortgage

15 (1982) Lexis transcript.

306
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: UNREGISTERED TITLE

itself contained a provision that the borrower would keep the buildings insured with
an insurer approved by the lender and produce the policy and receipts for payment
of premiums to the lender if required. After exchange of contracts, and within time,
the purchaser raised the following requisition: ‘Please give full details of the fire
insurance maintained under clause 1 of the mortgage and confirm that the policy
will be handed over on completion.’ The vendors solicitors failed to reply to this
requisition. In consequence, the purchaser who considered this requisition to be
fundamental, refused to complete on 26 August. The vendors did, on 5 September,
supply the requested insurance details. But now the argument shifted to whether or
not the purchaser was entitled to receive the £210 on completing late. If the
requisition was a proper one, the vendor was wrong in not answering it in time for
completion on the agreed date and wrong not to complete in accordance with the
notice to complete; and the purchaser would be entitled to the £210 and damages for
breach of contract. If it was not a proper one, the purchaser was at fault in failing to
complete on the agreed date and forfeited the £210. On 9 September the purchaser
served notice to complete on the vendor, that is to complete with the purchaser
having the benefit of the £210. The vendor, disputing the claim to the £210, failed to
complete in accordance with the notice. In these situations the vendor at least has the
advantage of holding on to the deposit and forcing the purchaser to take action if she
wants to recover it. Here the purchaser was suing for specific performance (to
include payment of the £210) and/or damages.
Was the requisition a proper one? Dillon J put the matter like this:
‘It is normal practice on any transaction in respect of land for a large
number of questions to be asked either by way of preliminary inquiry or
by way of requisition. Very often they are questions which it is
reasonable for a purchaser or his advisers to ask in order to get
information at some stage about the property that is being bought and
solicitors for the purchaser might well be negligent if they failed to ask
many of such questions, but it is quite plain that they cannot all be
questions which would entitle a purchaser to refuse to complete,
notwithstanding that contracts have been exchanged, until an answer
was forthcoming.The primary duty of a vendor, once contracts have
been exchanged, is to deduce title to the property as described in the
contract of sale, or as represented on behalf of the vendor, in accordance
with the terms of the contract for sale. The requisitions are normally
directed to that or to the form of the conveyance of the property to the
purchaser. I am not suggesting that the requisitions which a purchaser is
entitled to insist on having answered before he completes must
inevitably and in all cases be limited to requisitions which fall within
that general description; there may be other cases, but I cannot think that
it can go so far as is suggested in the passage I have read from Emmett.’

307
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

The passage in Emmett was suggesting that the purchaser should answer to the
best of his ability all specific questions put to him in respect of the property or the
title thereto.
Dillon J dealt with the facts of the case before him by making three points:
‘The first is that the vendor does not in the contract of sale in any way
warrant or represent that the borrowers have observed all the covenants in
the mortgage. He does not warrant that the property is in the state of repair
required by the mortgage. He does not warrant that the property is insured in
accordance with the mortgage or that the sum for which insurance, if there is
insurance, is effected is the full insurable value of the property.
The second point is that, as between vendor and purchaser, the risk of
destruction of the property by fire or other peril passes to the purchaser on
the contract being made and not on completion, and therefore, it is too late
for the purchaser to start exploring matters of insurance after contract.
The third point is that the purchaser, having contracted to purchase the
mortgage, has an insurable interest in the property, which she could
protect without serious practical difficulty, in my judgment, at her own
expense over an interim period until satisfied as to the particulars of the
borrower’s insurance if she has failed to make inquiries about insurance
before exchanging contracts.’
It followed that the purchaser was in breach; and the vendor was entitled to
specific performance—that is, in return for a transfer of the mortgage, to payment
of the purchase price with interest during the period of delay and with the vendor
retaining the disputed £210.

Question In the light of the principles enunciated in this case, consider the
propriety of the requisition made in this case if made today on a sale of freehold
under the Standard Conditions. Consider particularly the significance of Standard
Condition 5.1. (para 3.5.2).

Of course, reasonable requisitions should be answered if possible whether or not

technically legitimate, the vendor’s legal position being expressly reserved if
necessary.
Luck v White16 provides a useful warning for solicitors acting for a purchaser
where the purchase price is being raised in part by mortgage, especially where
other solicitors are acting for the mortgagee. The mortgagees will have to be
satisfied with the title before releasing the money needed to complete the

16 (1973) Lexis transcript.

308
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: UNREGISTERED TITLE

purchase. The purchaser’s solicitor will have to prove title to the mortgagee’s
solicitors; and their view of title may be more stringent.
The case also illustrates the serious attention that needs to be given to any step
in a conveyancing transaction and its possible implications. The dispute was over
a contract to buy a house in 1971 for £5,200 which was not finally resolved until
the order for specific performance in March 1973.
The standard conditions in use provided for requisitions to be raised within 14
days of delivery of the abstract; and completion was fixed for 14 May 1971, 124
days after exchange of contracts. In fact the abstract had been delivered and the
title investigated by the purchaser’s solicitor before exchange. The purchaser had
been let into possession immediately on exchange. The trouble arose because the
abstract was not sent by the purchaser’s solicitors to the building society’s
solicitors until 13 May; and they sent requisitions on 24 May. Completion had to
be delayed until the building society was satisfied as to title. On 27 May the
purchaser’s solicitors sent on the building society’s requisitions to the vendor’s
solicitors seeking ‘their assistance’ to be able to answer them. The vendor’s
solicitors dealt with these requisitions by letter the following day without
reserving the contractual rights relating to time for delivering requisitions. In
June, the vendor’s solicitors, having failed to get a firm date for completion from
the purchaser and the purchaser having refused to vacate, served notice to
complete expiring on 6 September. After this the vendor’s solicitors continued to
press the purchasers solicitors to complete. By November, the building society
had been satisfied and a completion date was fixed, 16 November. But now the
dispute shifted to liability for interest on the unpaid purchase money from the
contractual date for completion. Consequently, completion did not take place;
and the purchaser issued a writ seeking specific performance.
The first issue was this: had the vendor done all that was required of him under
the contract by way of proving title. Prima facie he had, because he had
satisfactorily answered all requisitions raised within the fourteen days allowed by
the contract; and those raised on 27 May were out of time and there was no
obligation to deal with them. Indeed, Goulding J found that the purchaser’s
solicitors had accepted title before exchange of contracts. Goulding J did find on
construing the contract that it did allow further requisitions to be raised within 14
days after exchange on certain aspects of title. But of course none had been
delivered in that time.
However, Goulding J did state the following principle of law:
‘…a vendor who receives and deals with requisitions out of time,
without making any allusion to his rights under the contract, may be
held to have waived the stipulation imposing a time limit. But it is
necessary to look at the facts of the particular case to see whether that
proposition is applicable.’

309
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Goulding J went on to hold that, since the purchaser’s solicitors had made it clear
that they were simply ‘seeking assistance’ to deal with their mortgagee’s
requisitions, the vendors solicitors in replying were not waiving their contractual
rights and were therefore entitled to serve a notice to complete.
The other and decisive issue was whether the vendors solicitors had waived the
effect of their notice to complete—ie to give them the right to treat the contract as
discharged on non-compliance. It was held that they had, by continuing to treat
the contract as still subsisting after expiry of the notice. Goulding J stated:
‘It would have been easy for the vendors to reserve their rights in express
terms. They might, for example, have extended the period for
compliance with the notice to a specified day, time to be of the essence
in that regard. Indeed, the mere extension of the period to a new fixed
date would on the authorities have preserved the position that time was
of the essence, without fresh stipulation to that effect. The vendors
however, did nothing of the kind. They encouraged the purchaser to try
to complete notwithstanding the expiry of the notice, and there was
nothing to tell him at what moment the axe would fall. If the party who is
in the right allows the defaulting party to try to remedy his default after
an essential date has passed, he cannot then call the bargain off without
first warning the defaulting party by fixing a fresh limit, reasonable in
the circumstances.’
Finally, Goulding J held that the failure of the purchaser to complete on 16
November did not in itself entitle the vendor to treat the contract as discharged.
That date, as he had already held, was not subject to an effective completion
notice. The refusal by the purchaser at that time to pay interest on the purchase
price for the delay did not in itself show an intention no longer to perform the
contract; an intention which would be necessary to discharge the contract in the
absence of time having been made of the essence by the terms of the contract or a
completion notice.

Question Write a clear statement (drafting any necessary document/notice) of

what the vendors solicitors should have done at each stage of the above events to
preserve the position of the vendor, so that the vendor would have been in a
position to treat the contract as discharged and retain the deposit on non-
completion on 16 November.

10.6.7 Acceptance of title

Acceptance of title means that the purchaser has indicated her satisfaction with
the title offered; or at least waived the right to make or pursue any further

310
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: UNREGISTERED TITLE

objections. Acceptance can be express; invariably in practice it is determined by

the contract or to be inferred from the circumstances.
Really, there are normally two stages to acceptance. First, there is
acceptance of the title as evidenced by the abstract/epitome and copies
supplied by the vendor under the contract. As has been seen, under the
contract, there will be deemed to be acceptance to the extent that the time
limit in Standard Condition 4.1.1. for making objections on this evidence has
expired, and the purchaser has not preserved her right to pursue further
unsatisfactory replies to any already made.
Acceptance of the title evidenced by the vendor may also be inferred from
other steps taken by the purchaser from which it can be inferred that she has
accepted the title. However, Standard Condition 4.5.1. confirms what is probably
the open contract position that acceptance will not be inferred from submission of
a draft conveyance for approval. Similarly, Standard Condition 5.2.7. provides
that entry into occupation by the purchaser before completion will not affect the
right to raise requisitions.
Acceptance in the above (what might be called the first stage sense) does not
bar the purchaser from objecting to defects discovered elsewhere; or to
conveyancing defects. Acceptance in this total sense will in practice only occur
with completion itself when the purchaser has made her pre-completion searches,
inspected the property and examined the title deeds and not discovered anything
adverse not dealt with in the contract.

10.7 SPECIFIC POINTS ON TITLE

Most of the specific matters likely to arise on a title are dealt with elsewhere. What
follows points to the appropriate paragraphs and deals with a few others. These
principles apply both to every previous transaction on the title; and to the
immediate transaction in hand between the present vendor and purchaser.

10.7.1 Stamping

In the case of unregistered title, there are two aspects of stamping to consider:
(a) stamping defects on the title documents;
(b) stamping of the purchase document.
It is convenient to deal with both here.

311
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(a) Stamping defects

When perusing title the purchasers solicitor should check that every document
that requires stamping has been properly stamped and raise a requisition pointing
out any defect and requiring it to be rectified. It is the obligation of the vendor to
cure any stamping defect by having the document stamped and paying any
penalty for late stamping. Under the
Stamp Act 1891, s 117, any provision in the contract which attempts to
preclude the purchaser from objecting to a stamping defect or to shift the burden
of late stamping onto her is void. Stamp duty is payable on documents rather than
transactions. A document which is not properly stamped is not admissible in
evidence in court, unless a solicitor undertakes to the court to rectify the defect
and pay any penalty. The court will of its own volition take notice of any stamping
defect. A document which is not properly stamped will not be accepted by the
Land Registry.
In general, documents can be stamped late on payment of the duty with
interest, plus a penalty equal to the amount of the unpaid duty and a further £10.
The fact that a document is impressed with an ad valorem stamp is not conclusive
that it has been correctly stamped; though unless the contrary is known, it can be
assumed that it has.
There are three types of stamping to consider:
(a) Ad valorem duty stamp. This is impressed on the face of the
document by the stamp office to which it will have to be delivered; and
shows the amount of duty paid on that document.
The amount of duty payable may depend on the class of document, when it
was executed and the consideration or value of the property. It is therefore
necessary to know the position at the date of execution of any document you
are looking at. The position of the documents most likely to be encountered
is as follows:
(i) Conveyance or transfer on sale. Here, ad valorem stamp duty has been
payable since before the Stamp Act 1891. The duty depends on the
consideration (ad valorem) for that conveyance (unless it is part of a larger
transaction or series of transactions, in which case duty will be based on the
total consideration). The rate of duty has varied at various periods. Printed
tables showing these different rates are available from law stationers to be
used when checking previous conveyances in a title. Where the
consideration does not exceed a specified amount—the amount again
depending on the date of the conveyance—it is exempt from duty. If it
exceeds the amount, duty is payable on the full consideration, not just the
excess. Until the Finance Act 1984, where the consideration did not exceed
another specified amount, a reduced rate of duty was payable.

312
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: UNREGISTERED TITLE

To qualify for either total exemption or the reduced rate, the conveyance
must contain a certificate of value as specified in s 34(4) of the Finance
Act 1958, and as illustrated in the two conveyances reproduced above in
the French/Saunders title Documents 10.2.1 and 10.2.3. Contrary to
Timothy’s notion it has therefore been possible to have a conveyance
which contains both a certificate of value and shows duty to have been
paid. In fact, both these conveyances have been correctly stamped and
certificated.
At present a conveyance or transfer on sale is exempt if the consideration
does not exceed £60,000 and the conveyance/transfer contains a
certificate of value. Otherwise duty is payable at the rate of £1 per £100
(50p if the consideration does not exceed £500).
(ii) Deeds of gift. Ad valorem duty on gifts was abolished by s 82 of the
Finance Act 1985. And the deed does not have to be adjudicated (as
formerly it did) or pay a fixed deed duty of 50p provided that it is certified
under s 87 of the 1985 Act; that is that it has a certificate stating that it
belongs to one (and stating which one) of the categories specified in the
Stamp Duty (Exempt Instruments) Regulations 1987 (SI 1987/516).
(iii) Assents. Prior to the 1985 Act, if made by deed, these bore a fixed
deed duty of 50p. The 1985 Act abolished this provided again that the
assent was certified under s 87. Under s 36 of the Administration of
Estates Act 1925 assents need only be in writing and in practice a deed is
not used.
(iv) Deeds appointing new trustees. The only duty, the fixed deed duty of
50p was abolished by the 1985 Act. The deed must be certified as above if
it vests the trust property in the new trustees or, on the retirement of a
trustee, in the continuing trustees,
(v) Powers of attorney and acknowledgments for the production of deeds.
The only duty, the fixed 50p duty, was abolished by s 85 of the 1985 Act;
and certification is not required.
(b) Adjudication. The stamp office can be asked to adjudicate a document;
that is to decide what duty is payable. The instrument will be stamped with an
adjudication stamp and the correct duty will then be deemed to have been
paid (s 12 of the Stamp Act 1891). Voluntary dispositions required
adjudication before stamp duty on them was abolished (above). Now a
document will only be sent for adjudication when there is some doubt as to
the correct duty payable.
(c) Particulars delivered stamping. Certain documents must be produced to
the stamp office (who provide a printed form) even though no duty is
payable, together with a statement containing certain particulars. The
document will then be stamped with a particulars delivered stamp
(commonly referred to as a PD stamp).

313
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

PD stamping is required for a transfer on sale of the fee simple; and the
grant or transfer on sale of any lease initially of seven years or more.

(b) Stamping of the purchase deed

As explained above the vendor must cure any stamping defect found on the
existing title. On the other hand it is the responsibility of the purchaser to stamp
the conveyance to her. This requirement applies equally to a conveyance of
unregistered title and a transfer of registered title.
The deed must be presented to the stamp office (whose address will be found
under Inland Revenue in the telephone directory) within 30 days of execution (ie
of completion); otherwise the penalties mentioned above may have to be paid,
although the stamp office has discretion to waive or mitigate the penalties. A
purchase deed executed from 16 March 1993 (if not stamped before 23 March
1993) is exempt if the consideration is not more than £60,000 and it contains a
certificate of value at that amount.17
Where the purchase deed has to be registered (either on first registration or on a
subsequent dealing) and requires only PD stamping (coming within the ad
valorem exemption limit) it can be sent direct to the district Land Registry with
the statement of particulars when application is made for registration. The
Registry will then attend to having it PD stamped.
Under s 5 of the Stamp Act 1891, it is an offence to execute or to be concerned in
the preparation of an instrument which does not fully and truly set forth all the facts
and circumstances affecting the liability to or amount of duty payable. It is
important to bear this in mind (and warn the client) when, for example, part of the
total purchase price is being allocated to chattels included in the sale, the title to
which passes by delivery without any duty being payable. There might be an
offence by both client and solicitor if the price of the chattels is inflated just to
reduce stamp duty. It might amount to professional misconduct by the solicitor; and
the court would probably refuse to enforce the contract18 because of the illegality.

10.7.2 Execution of documents

The purchasers solicitor should check that all necessary persons are party to each
document on the title; and that each document, including the conveyance to the
purchaser herself, has been properly executed by all whose execution is required
(para 12.4.4).

17 Finance Act 1993, s 201.

18 Sounders v Edwards [1987] 2 All ER 651; where the court did exceptionally allow an action
against the vendor to succeed in tort for fraudulent misrepresentation that a terrace roof was
included with the property.

314
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: UNREGISTERED TITLE

10.7.3 Mortgages

If there is any mortgage on the title, a check should be made that it has been (or
will be) cleared off the title by discharge or release by the mortgagee or by a sale
by the mortgagee (para 14.9.3).

10.7.4 Disposition by the sole survivor of joint tenants

A check is needed to show that the survivor was able to give good title either by
reliance on the Law of Property (Joint Tenants) Act 1964, the appointment of a
second trustee, or otherwise (para 14.7.2).

10.7.5 Death of a sole owner

Here it is necessary to check that title passed properly to and from the personal
representative(s). In particular, thought should be given to the title of the personal
representatives as shown by the grant, the possible need for an assent and
memorandum of assent on the grant, the presence of any necessary s 36 statement
and absence of any adverse memorandum on the grant, and the provision of an
acknowledgement for production of the grant (para 14.7.1).

10.7.6 The identity of the property

Care should be taken that the property to which the title proves ownership is
exactly the property which the client has agreed to purchase. The identification of
the property in each document on the title should therefore be checked; that
identification should be checked with the contract and both should be seen to
correspond with the boundaries of the property on the ground.

10.7.7 Incumbrances

A check should be made that there are no incumbrances revealed by the title
which have not been disclosed in the contract.

10.7.8 Acknowledgments for title deeds

A check should be made that there is a satisfactory acknowledgement for the

production of any of the title documents which are not to be handed over on
completion, (see para 12.4.2).

315
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

10.7.9 Minors

As from 1 January 1970 the age of majority has been 18.

A contract by a minor for the acquisition or disposition of an interest in land is
binding on the minor unless repudiated by her before or within a reasonable time
of reaching majority. On repudiation a minor can only recover any deposit paid if
there has been a total failure of consideration. If a minor-vendor repudiates, the
court can order her to repay any purchase money paid if it is just and equitable to
do so.
A minor cannot hold a legal estate in land; but can hold any equitable interest
(eg under a trust).
In the case of unregistered land, an attempt to convey a legal estate to an minor
alone operates as a contract for valuable consideration to create a settlement in
proper form (under the Settled Land Act 1925) for the benefit of the infant. A
conveyance to a minor jointly with one or more adults vests the legal estate in the
adult(s) on a statutory trust for sale for the benefit of those entitled in equity
(including the minor).
Under s 15 of the Law of Property Act 1925, there is a rebuttable presumption
that the parties to a deed are of full age. This means that the purchaser can assume
that parties to deeds on the title were not and the vendor herself is not a minor
unless there is evidence to suggest the contrary. The presumption does not affect
the legal consequences described above if there is a minority as a party.
The same principles apply to registered title. A minor will not be registered as
proprietor. If, under the above or other principles, the minor is entitled in equity,
the proprietor will hold in trust for the infant with appropriate restrictions being
put on the register. Should a minor be registered as proprietor by accident, it is
assumed that the minor will technically become the proprietor; but the register
would be subject to rectification under s 82 of the Land Registration Act 1925 to
correct the position.
In the case of both unregistered and registered title, if it is desired to give a
minor the benefit of an interest in land, the proper course is to create a trust for sale
with adult trustees or (an unlikely choice today) use the Settled Land Act 1925
machinery.

316
 CHAPTER 11

INVESTIGATION OF TITLE:
REGISTERED TITLE

11.1 OLD JARNDYCE CONTINUES

Blackacre passes from A to B to C to V. Each in turn is registered as proprietor. V

is selling to P. The premise of registered title is that the register is V’s title; and is
proof and guarantee of that title. The premise of unregistered conveyancing is that
you can only be sure (relatively) of V’s title if you are sure of C’s title and that
there has been a proper conveyance from C to V; that you can only be sure of C’s
title if you are sure of B’s title and a proper conveyance from B to C; and so on.
In principle a purchaser of registered land does not need to and cannot look
behind the register to the legal history of previous transactions.
To that extent at least, title to registered land is a simpler matter; requisitions on
title in the sense of investigating the previous legal history of the property should
not be necessary; and much of the text book discussion tends to focus on showing
what rules of unregistered title do not apply.
Nevertheless, to get herself registered as a proprietor in place of V free of any
unwanted adverse interests, P does have to satisfy the Registry that title has
properly passed from V to herself. And the rules governing the transmission from
V to P, parallel the rules governing the transmission from A to B, from B to C,
from D to V and from V to P in the case of unregistered title. To a great extent it is
the same process, but it is only concerned with one transaction instead of several
stretching back.
The starting point, as with unregistered title, is that a purchaser of freehold
(and similarly with leasehold) wants, and is entitled to proof of, the freehold free
from adverse trusts or incumbrances save those agreed to in the contract.
To be satisfied of this the purchaser is concerned with three matters:
(a) proof of the state of the register;
(b) proof relating to those matters as to which the register gives no guarantee;
and
(c) the execution of a valid transfer to herself.

317
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

11.2 THE REGISTER

11.2.1 Office copies

The purchaser needs to be satisfied as to the state of the register at the time that she
lodges her application to register. It is that moment which determines her priority
in relation to other entries and other applications.
Section 110(1) of the Land Registration Act 1925 provides that on a sale or
other disposition of registered land to a purchaser, the vendor shall, generally at
her own expense and notwithstanding any stipulation to the contrary in the
contract, if required, furnish the purchaser with:
(a) a copy of the subsisting entries on the register;
(b) a copy of any filed plans noted on the register which affects the land being
dealt with; and
(c) a copy or abstract of any other document noted on the register.
A copy (as opposed to an office copy) does not prove the state of the register.1
On the other hand, s 113 of the Land Registration Act 1925, as amended, provides
that office copies of, and extracts from, the register and of and from documents
filed in the registry ‘shall be admissible in evidence in all actions and matters…to
the same extent as the originals would be admissible’.
Office copies can be obtained (now by anyone) under the Land Registration
(Open Register) Rules 1991 by application on Form 109.
Application can be made by post or DX and, if the solicitor has a credit account
with the Land Registry, by telephone, fax or direct access. The fee is £5 for the
register and £5 for the title plan.2
An office copy will show the state of the register at the time it was issued
(shown on the copy).
A copy (not an office copy) of the register and title plan (below) is contained in
the Land or Charge Certificate. The Land or Charge Certificate will show the state
of the register when the Certificate was last brought up to date with the register.
This date is stamped in the Certificate. Under Standard Condition 4.2.1:
‘The evidence of registered title is office copies of the items required to
be furnished by section 110(1) of the Land Registration Act 1925 and
the copies, abstracts and evidence referred to in section 110(2).’

1 See Wood v Berkley Homes (Sussex) Ltd (1992) 64 P & CR 311.

2 A solicitor with direct computer access to the Registry can view a title for £3.

318
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: REGISTERED TITLE

Thus, under the Standard Conditions the purchaser will have satisfactory
evidence of the state of the register as at the date of the office copy supplied. The
office copy of the title plan will enable her to check that the identity of the
property on the ground which she thinks she is buying corresponds with that
described in the contract; and that both correspond with what is in fact included in
the legal title being offered. The office copy of the register will show—as at its
date—whether the vendor is registered as proprietor, with what class of title,
whether freehold or leasehold, with the benefit of what registered appurtenances,
and what adverse minor interests are protected on the register.
Having an office copy of the register and title plan is essential to the purchaser. A
purchaser will need to make an official search of the register prior to completion.
The official certificate of search will show what entries, if any, have been made on
the register since the date of the office copy. If the purchaser does an official search
from the date of the office copy (shown as the ‘search from date’ on the copy) at a
time which allows her to complete and submit her application for registration within
the protection period given by the search, she can be satisfied that what she acquires
as the new proprietor will tally with what she contracted for.
The office copy on which the search is based must be not more than 12 months
old; and, ideally, the standard conditions should be amended to stipulate this. A
photocopy of an office copy is satisfactory if it is certified as correct against the
original by a solicitor and the standard condition amended accordingly.
Developers of substantial estates may use such photocopies to save the expense of
the fee for obtaining an office copy for each plot. A copy of the land or charge
certificate should not be accepted (see further, below, para 13.12).

11.2.2 Copies of other documents noted on the register

‘Whereas the Land Registry endeavours to produce a register of title

complete in itself, there are cases in which, for example, the complicated
nature of a grant of easements by reference to large scale plans, or the
length of restrictive covenants, renders it necessary that notice of the
document should be entered on the register, but without producing its
terms thereon verbatim and that the document itself or a certified copy of
it should be filed for reference. As between vendor and purchaser the filed
documents are deemed to be complete and correct and if they prove to be
otherwise, anyone suffering loss is entitled to compensation from the
Land Registry.’3

3 Ruoff & Roper, para 17.04.

319
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Such documents are thus part of the register of title, equally accessible, and a
purchaser will need proof of them (by office copy) to complete her picture of the
registered title.

11.2.3 The title plan

There may be some confusion between the different maps and plans kept at the
Registry; and between the terms ‘filed plan’ and ‘title plan’. In a general sense,
any map or plan kept at the Registry can be said to be filed there.
The Registry keeps what is known as a Public Index Map (though the whole
register of title is now open to public inspection). This is in fact a collection of
maps based on Ordnance Survey maps. Each of these maps may be a section of
the Ordnance Survey map itself, or a special map for a particular area based on the
Ordnance survey map and known as the General Map. Coupled with the Index
Map is a Parcels Index. Between them the Index Map and Parcels Index show
whether or not any parcel of land is registered; and, if so, whether freehold or
leasehold (or both); and, if not registered, whether there is any caution against first
registration.
Distinct from this system, each registered title has its own title plan as part of
its register of title.
A ‘filed plan’ is a plan prepared for that particular title alone on which the
extent of the registered property is shown edged in red (and any land sold out of
the title shown in green).
With older registrations the plan for that particular property may consist of an
extract taken from the General Map with the particular property for which it has
been extracted shown tinted pink.
The title plan to a property thus means either the filed plan or the portion of the
General Map referred to in the register of that title.4

11.3 MATTERS SHOWN BY THE REGISTER

The entries on the register, encompassing the register itself, the title plan and any
documents referred to on the register, may reveal a number of matters of
importance to a purchaser.

4 See Ruoff & Roper, para 4.06 to 4.14; and Land Registration (Open Register) Rules 1991, r 1(2).

320
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: REGISTERED TITLE

11.3.1 The class of title

The different classes of title have been described. The vendor must be able to
convey with the class of title stated in the contract. In the absence of express
provision, the vendor’s obligation is to transfer with absolute freehold title. If this
is what the register shows the title to be there is no problem.
If the title is less than absolute, for example possessory, the purchaser will be
concerned with the element of the title not guaranteed by the registration—in the
case of possessory, the title prior to first registration; and if the purchaser’s right is
not barred by special condition the vendor will need to prove that title according
to the rules of unregistered conveyancing (see, further, para 7.11.2(b)).

11.3.2 Entries on the register

The property may, in the contract, have been sold expressly subject to
incumbrances protected on the register, for example, restrictive covenants or
easements over the property. These will have been expected by the purchaser and
give no problem.
The entries may protect incumbrances which the vendor can and is expecting
to remove before completion. The common case is where there are subsisting
charges which the vendor will redeem either before completion or after
completion in pursuance of a professional undertaking (para 14.9.3).
Another case would be on a sale by a sole surviving trustee, with a restriction
on the register against paying capital money to less than two trustees or a trust
corporation. Here, a new trustee could be appointed and the restriction
complied with.
Where an interest protected on the register is not dealt with in the contract and
cannot be removed by the vendor, the vendor will be in breach of contract, having
failed to produce a good title, and the purchaser will be entitled to treat the
contract as discharged and/or claim damages.

11.3.3 Sale by a person other than the proprietor

The register may show that the vendor is not the proprietor. Section 110(5) of the
Land Registration Act 1925 provides:
‘Where the vendor is not himself registered as proprietor of the land or
the charge giving power of sale over the land, he shall, at the request of
the purchaser and at his own expense, and notwithstanding any
stipulation to the contrary, either procure the registration of himself as

321
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

proprietor of the land or the charge, as the case may be, or procure a
disposition from the proprietor to the purchaser.’
In practice, it is quite common and convenient for a person who is entitled to be
registered to deal with the land without first getting herself registered. Section
37(1) of the Act provides:
‘Where a person on whom the right to be registered as proprietor of
registered land or of a registered charge has devolved by reason of the
death of the proprietor, or has been conferred by a disposition or charge, in
accordance with this Act, desires to dispose of or charge the land or to deal
with the charge before he is himself registered as proprietor, he may do so
in the prescribed manner, and subject to the prescribed conditions.’
The crucial principle is that the purchaser must be satisfied that she will obtain
whatever evidence is required by the Registry, showing the devolution of title
from the proprietor to the vendor, so as to enable her (the purchaser) to obtain her
own registration.
The Registry will require the same evidence of the devolution whether it is
produced by the vendor or the purchaser. A number of situations where this might
happen will be discussed next.

11.3.4 Disposition by the personal representative of a sole proprietor

If a joint proprietor dies, title passes automatically to the survivor (as in the case of
unregistered land (below)). If a sole proprietor dies, title is transmitted to her
personal representative(s) as in the case of unregistered title by grant of probate or
letters of administration.
If the personal representatives want to get themselves registered in place of the
deceased proprietor, they will have to produce evidence of the grant. The Registry
is not concerned with the possibility of any memoranda endorsed on the grant, nor
with the terms of the will. It is only concerned that all the personal representatives
named in the grant (and no one else) are applying for registration. For this reason
the Registry accepts an office copy of the grant (or even a certified photocopy). If
the personal representatives are registered, they will be identified as such in the
proprietorship register.
Alternatively, under Rule 170 of the Land Registration Rules 1925, they can
sell5 without first having themselves registered; and the purchaser will need the
same evidence to be able to produce to the Registry. Although, under Rule 170(4)
of the these Rules, production of the original grant is required, the Registry is not

5 As in the case of unregistered title a sole personal representative can deal with the land.

322
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: REGISTERED TITLE

concerned with the contents of the will, and will assume the personal
representative to have acted properly. It accepts an office or certified other copy of
the grant; and there is therefore no need for an acknowledgement for production
of the original grant to be included in the transfer.
The transfer by the personal representative will be in the usual form (printed
form 19 or 20) and the personal representative will transfer as such.
An assent of registered land must be made in Form 56. An assentee, who may
be the personal representative herself, will be registered as proprietor on
production of the evidence of the grant (as above) and the assent in Form 56. The
Registry is not concerned with whether the assent has been made to the right
person. If an assentee fails to protect her title by registration, she will be in the
same position as anyone else who has failed to protect an interest in registered
land on the register. In the absence of such protection (and subject to any adverse
actual occupation by the assentee6) a purchaser is not concerned with any possible
previous assent.
It follows that s 36(6) and (7) of the Administration of Estates Act 1925 have
no application to registered land; a purchaser is not concerned with the
possibility of memoranda endorsed on the grant; and does not need a s 36
statement of no previous disposition from the vending personal representative
(on s 36, see para 14.7.1).

11.3.5 Joint proprietors

If one of two or more joint proprietors dies, title will pass by survivorship to the
survivor(s). The Registry will require either an official copy of the death
certificate or the original or certified copy of the grant as proof of the death,
together with the Land Certificate; and will then remove the name of the deceased
from the register.
Whether or not a purchaser can deal with a sole survivor depends simply on
whether there is any restriction on the register (subject always to the possibility of
adverse interests protected by actual occupation). If there is, either a new trustee
will have to be appointed, the property transferred to the new and existing trustee
jointly and the name of the new trustee added to the register as a proprietor, or the
existing and new trustee can dispose of the property to a purchaser providing the
purchaser with the evidence of appointment and transfer to be presented to the
Registry.

6 The title of an assentee may, it has been suggested, be destroyed under general law by failure to have
a memorandum put on the grant as against a purchaser who takes a statement under s 36(6) of the Land
Registration Act 1925 of no previous disposition; in which case there would be no right to protect by
actual occupation.

323
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Where a sole survivor wishes to have such a restriction removed, she will have
to satisfy the Registry as to her sole entitlement to the equitable interest by
statutory declaration or otherwise.
If the sole survivor dies, title will pass, as on the death of any sole proprietor, to
her executrix or executrices. What has been said above (para 11.3.4) applies
equally here, even if there is only one executrix. On application for registration by
the executrix herself as such or an assentee or transferee from the executrix, the
Registry will remove any joint tenancy restriction from the register.
It follows from the above that the Law of Property (Joint Tenants) Act 1964 has
no application to registered land.

Questions
(a) Refer back to the letter from Moriartys on Miss Obebe’s purchase and the draft
contract and office copy entries (Documents 4.1.1., 4.1.2. and 4.1.3.). Draft a letter to
Miss Obebe’s solicitor, stating what your requirements are as to proof of title.
(b) What would the position be if Nora and Norman had died together there
being no evidence as to who died first?
(c) Would your letter be different in (a) (Nora having died first) if there were a
restriction on the register as follows:
‘No disposition by one proprietor of the land (being the survivor of joint
proprietors and not being a trust corporation) under which capital
money arises is to be registered except under an order of the Registrar or
of the court.’

11.3.6 Re-sales and sub-sales

The vendor may sell to a purchaser who immediately re-sells to another

purchaser. There may be a transfer from the vendor to the purchaser followed by a
transfer by the purchaser to the sub-purchaser. Commonly, it is convenient to have
a single transfer from the vendor to the sub-purchaser. Subject to any provision in
the contract, a purchaser can require a conveyance to someone other than herself.
The only provision in the Standard Conditions (Standard Condition 8.2.5.) relates
to the grant of a new lease. It may be desirable for the purchaser to join in such a
direct transfer to give a receipt for any excess of the sub-purchase price over the
initial purchase price; and to give the implied covenants for title.

Question Consider how stamp duty would be calculated in such a case of a single
transfer direct from the vendor to the sub-purchaser. The rule is the same for
registered and unregistered title. See Stamp Act 1891, ss 58, 59.

324
 INVESTIGATION OF TITLE: REGISTERED TITLE

Showing the registered title in such a case gives no difficulty. The title searched
will show the vendor as proprietor. If the purchaser has already taken a transfer to
herself and lodged it for registration, the sub-purchaser’s official search (para
13.12) will reveal the application. The sub-purchaser will then be able, within her
priority period to lodge the transfer to herself for registration.
Where the vendor has sold part of her land to the purchaser, who is re-selling the
part to the sub-purchaser, similar principles apply. In this case, a new register of title
will be needed for the part sold, and at the time of the re-sale may not yet have been
created. Again, title to the vendor’s whole will be shown. The sub-purchasers search
against this title will show the application to register the transfer of the part (if it has
already been lodged), and any incumbrances imposed on the part by that transfer.
The purchaser can then complete on the transfer to herself and lodge that for
registration, in due course to be registered as the proprietor of the part.

11.3.7 Sale by mortgagee

The chargee of a registered charge has the same power of sale as the legal
mortgagee of unregistered land.
The purchaser will have to be satisfied by examination of the charge contained in
the charge certificate held by the chargee that the power of sale has arisen in
accordance with general land law rules. She will also have to be satisfied by
examination of the register that the chargee/vendor has priority over any other
charges on the register if the sale is intended to be free of them; and that there is no
entry on the register affecting the right of sale. Under s 29 of the Land Registration
Act 1925, subject to any contrary entry on the register, priority between registered
charges is governed by the date of registration (which is shown on the register).
The transfer will overreach the interests not only of subsequent mortgagees,
but also that of the proprietor/borrower and in general any interests created by the
borrower out of her equity.7 The transfer must be in Form 31; and will be lodged at
the Registry with the charge certificate.

11.4 MATTERS OFF THE REGISTER

The register of title is not conclusive of all the matters that might affect the title.
Subject to the terms of the contract the vendor is under a duty to transfer the
property free from incumbrances (para 4.3). This includes matters not on the
register which would bind a purchaser. In particular, a purchaser needs to be

7 See Lyus v Prowsa Developments Ltd [1982] 2 All ER 953.

325
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

satisfied that the property is not subject to any overriding interests that will bind
her. Particularly important in practice are the rights of persons in actual
occupation of the property (para 13.15) and legal easements which, if implied or
prescriptive, will not be registered.
Finally, there may be rights appurtenant to the land, title to which is not
guaranteed by the register. This in particular applies to the benefit of appurtenant
covenants. If the sale has been expressed to be with the benefit of any such rights,
the vendor will (subject to the terms of the contract) be obliged to prove title to
them under the general law.

326
 CHAPTER 12

DRAFTING THE DEED

12.1 NOW WHAT HAS HE GOT WRONG?

It is 8 pm. There is a light on in Timothy’s office. He was on the point of leaving at

4 pm when one of the legal executives just happened to ask if he had drafted the
conveyances for French/Saunders and the Obebe purchase. She was sure, of
course, that he had. Just could not remember seeing them. Only they were due for
completion in nine days’ time.
He had not. Taking his coat off; muttering that he was just about to do them,
and ‘just checking to see that this coat still fits’, he returned to his office.

Question Standard Condition 4.1.2. provides that ‘The buyer is to send the seller
a draft transfer at least 12 working days before completion date’.
If Timothy’s delay causes delay in completion explain what the legal
consequences might be both for Miss Obebe and for Jarndyce & Jarndyce? (See
Chapter 16.) Remember that if Timothy causes delay in completing on Miss
Obebe’s purchase, she will probably also have to delay completion of her sale.
Consequently, both her vendor and her purchaser may be forced in turn to delay
linked transactions. A whole chain of linked transactions could be brought to a
grinding halt. How if at all would this affect legal remedies?

By 8 pm Timothy has produced the following draft (see Document 12.2

(overleaf), (for the title, see Documents 10.2 to 10.3).

Questions
1. What has Timothy done wrong here? (Note the Instructions on purchase,
para 1.4 and see also para 10.4.)
2. What of leaving out Marie Rocard’s middle name? (See Document 10.2.5 .)
Could this have serious consequences? (Consider for example para 13.6(b).)
3. Should there be a certificate of value, either as worded or at all? Note para
10.7.1. What stamping will be needed on the conveyance?

327
Document 12.2 French/Saunders Purchase: Draft Conveyance
 DRAFTING THE DEED

4. The draft shows the Rocards conveying as ‘beneficial owner’. Is this now
necessary. What phrase should be included in relation to covenants for title (see
para 5.7)?
5. If Fancy is bitten by her dog and dies a year after purchasing, what will
determine whether Sam will be able to sell without appointing a new trustee? Bear
in mind that the purchase will be subject to compulsory registration.
6. Explain the significance and legal effect of the phrase ‘as beneficial joint
tenants’.
7. This precedent, whether or not drafted correctly, is a straightforward
conveyance on sale. Any particular conveyance may have special features to
incorporate. To deal with any such feature you should (other than running for the
nearest book of precedents—though it is quite proper to use precedents so long as
you understand what you are using) first research the law. What are the rules
which govern the end which is being sought? You should then be able to produce a
draft that complies with the law and achieves the desired end.
The unregistered freehold of Horseacre, Fetlock Lane, Stableshire, was owned
by Jill Black and John Beauty (her co-habitee) upon trust for themselves as
tenants in common in equal shares. Jill was recently killed in a riding accident
having made a will leaving her share in Horseacre to Jennifer Oates. John and
Jennifer have agreed to sell the property to Molly Codel and her husband Jacob
for £50,000 (Jacob providing £30,000, the rest being raised by a mortgage loan).
Molly and Jacob want to hold as beneficial joint tenants. Horseacre was
previously owned by Harvie Smith who purchased under a conveyance dated 24
June 1956 from Maggie Smith (no relation). This conveyance contained certain
restrictive covenants entered into by Harvie for the benefit of land retained out of
the title by Maggie. The covenant was created in the following terms:
‘For the benefit and protection of the Vendor’s retained land and each
and every part thereof and so as to bind the property hereby purchased
and each and every part thereof into whosoever hands the same may
come but so that the Purchaser shall not be personally liable on the said
covenants after he shall have parted with all interest in the said property
the Purchaser hereby covenants on behalf of himself and the person
deriving title under him to observe the restrictions set out in the second
Schedule hereto.’
Harvie died in 1970 whereupon the property was sold and conveyed by his
personal representative to Jill and John. The title is still unregistered.
Draft the conveyance of the property to Molly and Jacob. Invent any further
details that you think necessary. Pay particular attention to the conveyancing and
drafting implications of: stamp duty requirements; the fact that Jill has died
leaving her share to Jennifer (can John alone as survivor convey a good title? If
not what steps must be taken? Can any such necessary steps be incorporated into

329
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

the conveyance to Molly and Jacob?); the fact that Molly and Jacob want to hold
as beneficial joint tenants; the need, if there is one, for an indemnity covenant in
respect of the restrictive covenants created in the conveyance to Harvie Smith.
Read the wording of the covenant carefully and bear in mind what entitles a
vendor to such an indemnity covenant. Compare the wording of the covenant in
clause 5 of the precedent set out in para 12.3.1 below.
8. Refer to Document 4.1.8. Suppose that Mrs Rocard has departed for
Eldorado. Before leaving she executed a general power of attorney under s 10 of
the Powers of Attorney Act 1971. Does this enable Mr Rocard to execute the
conveyance on her behalf? If not, what steps should have been taken before she
left? Draft any necessary document (below, para 12.4.4(e)).

12.3 OLD JARNDYCE COMMENTS—CONVEYANCE OF

UNREGISTERED LAND

12.3.1 Rule 72 transfers

Where, as will now always be the case with a conveyance on sale of the
freehold, application for first registration will have to be made by the
purchaser, it is possible to use a conveyance in traditional form as above; or it
is possible to use what is known as a Rule 72 Transfer. This is a Land Registry
form of transfer adapted to the circumstance that the land is not in fact
registered. Such a Transfer is acceptable to the Land Registry on the basis of
rule 72 of the Land Registry Rules 1925 which allows a ‘person having the
right to apply for registration as first proprietor…to deal with the land in any
way permitted by the Act before he himself is registered as proprietor’. This is
a dubious use of rule 72 since until completion the purchaser does not have
such a right.
There is a printed form, Form 19 (Rule 72) for the conveyance of the whole of
a title under this provision. This is a very slightly modified version of Form 19
(the transfer of the whole of an already registered title). It may be a sentimental
attachment to the delightful(?) prolixity of traditional conveyancing language
with its ‘aforesaid’ and ‘heretobefores’ but in my view (says Old Jarndyce)
unregistered land is unregistered and should be contracted, requisitioned and
conveyed as unregistered land until it is safely delivered as such to the land
registry to be turned into registered land.
The title which has to be proved to the Land Registry is an unregistered title;
the use of Rule 72 merely leads to sloppy (or sloppier) conveyancing.

330
 DRAFTING THE DEED

There are published, conveyancing precedents in the traditional format but

using a leaner, more easily comprehensible style. Parker’s Modern Conveyancing
Precedents (2nd edn, 1989) suggests, with justification, in its preface that ‘The
publication of Modern Conveyancing Precedents in 1964 was the first serious
attempt to use plain English when drafting legal documents’.
The skeleton precedent which it offers (p1 2) for a ‘Conveyance of land
comprising part of the garden of the vendor’s house subject to existing covenants
and creating new ones’ is as follows (Parker’s sidenotes omitted in part):
‘This Conveyance dated…is made between
(1) the Vendor
(2) the Purchaser
1. The Vendor acknowledges receipt from the Purchaser of £…the
purchase price of the land described in the first schedule (‘the
Property’).
2. The Vendor as beneficial owner1 conveys to the Purchaser the fee
simple estate in the Property.
3 The Property is subject to such covenants and restrictions contained in
a conveyance dated…etc as are still effective and relate to the Property.
4. The Purchaser covenants with the Vendor:
(a) to perform and observe the covenants and restrictions referred to in
clause 3 so far as they relate to the Property and to indemnify the
Vendor against any liability resulting from any future breach or non-
observance;
(b) to perform the covenants set out in the second schedule.
5. The Purchaser also covenants with the Vendor for the benefit of the
whole and every part of the land shown edged blue on the attached plan2
(‘the Retained Premises’) and so as to bind the whole and every part of
the Property that he will observe the restrictive covenants set out in the
third schedule [but the Purchaser shall be under no liability for any
breach occurring after he has parted with all his interest in the Property].
6. The Vendor covenants with the Purchaser to indemnify the Purchaser
against liability resulting from any breach or non-observance of the
covenants referred to in clause 3 so far as they relate to the Retained
Premises.

1 This would now need amending in the light of the Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions)
Act 1994.
2 The covenants would almost certainly enure to the benefit of every part of the land without the
addition of the words “of the whole and every part of; see Federated Homes Ltd v Mill Lodge
Properties Ltd [1980] 1 All ER 371, but it was held in Roake v Chadha [1983] 3 All ER 503 that there
may be exceptional cases that depend on the construction of the covenant as a whole’ (Parker’s
sidenote); and see para 6.4.5. above.

331
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

7. The parties declare that no rights over the Retained Premises shall vest
in the Purchaser by implication as a result of both the Property and the
Retained Premises being owned by the Vendor prior to the execution of
this deed.
8. The Vendor undertakes to keep safe the documents listed in the fourth
schedule and acknowledges the right of the Purchaser to their
production and to the supply of copies.
[Add any appropriate standard clauses. Certificate of value if
applicable]
First Schedule.
The land shown edged red on the attached plan.
The following rights are included in this Conveyance.
[Set out easements, etc to be granted]
The following rights are excepted from this Conveyance.
[Set out rights to be excepted]
Second Schedule.
[Set out positive covenants]
Third Schedule.
[Set out restrictive covenants]
Fourth Schedule.
[List documents to which acknowledgement relates].’

Question Using this precedent as a basis and the information provided in the text,
and after reading this chapter, draft the conveyance on the Goldberg sale. For the
details of the transaction, see the Documents in Chapter 5 and 6.2. If you consider
further information necessary invent it to fit in with the facts that are given.

12.3.2 A note on punctuation, etc

Legal draftsmen traditionally tend to be fond of capital letters and totally averse to
the use of punctuation marks. There is no legal magic in the use of capital letters
or bold type. It is largely a matter of the presentation and appearance of the
document.
It has been said that
‘The system of punctuation of legal documents has become entirely
confused…the refusal to use a comma has reached such fantastic
lengths that we often read this sort of thing:
“By a Conveyance dated…and made between John Williams Vaughan
Jones Richards and Thomas Richards of the one part and Ivan

332
 DRAFTING THE DEED

Williams Jones Thomas Hughes Richard Vernon and Richard Simpson

of the other part…”’
The underlying reason for not using commas is the sensible one that a large
number of clauses strung together can lead to ambiguity—just as can the absence
of commas.
One of the surest ways of avoiding ambiguity is to avoid long sentences. ‘Jack
built a house’ is not ambiguous—that is, as long as you know who Jack is and
what a house is!

12.3.3 Procedure on drafting

The Standard Conditions of sale (Standard Conditions 4.1.2. to 4.1.4.), reflecting

the open contract position, require the purchasers solicitor to draft the
conveyance. The vendor’s solicitor is to approve or revise it. If the draft is not
approved amendments will have to be negotiated and agreed; though the Standard
Conditions do not provide a time schedule for this process. When agreed, the draft
itself can, if suitable, be used as the engrossment (ie the final, fair copy).
Otherwise, the purchaser’s solicitor will have to engross the conveyance in
accordance with the agreed draft, have it executed by the purchaser if necessary,
and send it to the vendor’s solicitor to be executed by the vendor in preparation for
completion. Subject to what has just been said, the Standard Conditions stipulate
time limits within which these steps must be taken.

12.4 THE PARTS OF A CONVEYANCE

Broadly speaking a conveyance can be divided into four main parts (although all
are equally part of the conveyance):
(a) The introductory part consisting of the commencement, date, parties and
recitals.
(b) The testatum or operative part, which defines and actually transfers the
property.
(c) Additional clauses including covenants, declarations, etc to suit the
particular circumstances.
(d) The conclusion, consisting of the testimonium, execution and
attestation.

333
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

12.4.1 Introductory part

(a) The Commencement

The opening words simply tell what the deed is: ‘This Conveyance…’; or (in the
case of the sale of a lease): ‘This Assignment…’ In view of s 1 of the Law of
Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989 (below, para 12.4.4(b)) it is useful
to indicate immediately that a deed is intended by saying ‘This deed of
Conveyance…’ etc.

(b) The date

The date will normally be inserted upon and as the date of completion itself. A
deed takes effect on delivery, which may be prior to completion (below, para
12.4.4); but there is a presumption that the date shown on the deed is the date of
delivery. The date is not crucial in that the deed will take effect (on delivery) if it
contains no date or an impossible date. Nothing is gained by backdating the deed
in an attempt to come within the protection of a Central Land Charges search
which is governed by the date of completion of the purchase.

(c) Parties

This states who the parties to the deed are. The vendor and purchaser will be
parties. In addition, anyone else whose consent is necessary to transfer the legal
estate; or who is required to enter into any obligation. For example, on a sale of
part, a mortgagee of the whole may be joined to release the part sold from the
mortgage. Another case would be where someone with an equitable interest in the
property is joining in to release that interest; though this could be done by a
separate, written and signed release.
The address of each party should be given. In the case of a company, building
society or other corporation, this will be its registered office.
Where the same person or object is to be referred to several times throughout the
conveyance, it is usual, to reduce prolixity, to identify her or it by a brief label on first
giving a full description and then to identify it by the label in the rest of the document.

(d) Recitals

In a traditional, unregistered conveyance, each recital begins with the word

‘Whereas…’. They explain how the vendor came to own the property (when not
conveyed to her by the previous owner—for example, where the vendor is the
personal representative of a deceased owner); and the reason for the present

334
 DRAFTING THE DEED

conveyance (for example, that the vendor is a mortgagee selling in exercise of the
power of sale). They are not an operative part of the conveyance but their
significance is that:
(i) a recital in a deed 20 years old is sufficient evidence of the fact recited;
(ii) a recital (being part of the deed) can be resorted to in order to resolve any
ambiguity in the operative part of the deed;
(iii) a statement in a recital may constitute an estoppel against the party
making it (so that she cannot then make an allegation in conflict with the
recital).4
It follows that, today, recitals in existing deeds may assist a vendor in
proving her title; and in showing a title acceptable to the Land Registry.
Since a sale of freehold will now lead to first registration, there is less
justification for drafting recitals into the new conveyance. They may still be
useful to spell out the descent of the title to the present vendor. Further, on a
sale by a personal representative, the statement under s 36(6) of the
Administration of Estates Act 1925 (para 14.7.1) might still be put in the
form of a recital.

12.4.2 Operative part or Testatum

This is traditionally introduced by the words, ‘This Deed Witnesseth as follows:-’
followed by numbered paragraphs containing the operative clauses of the deed.

(a) Consideration and receipt clause

Under s 5 of the Stamp Act 1891, an instrument must set out the facts affecting its
liability to duty (para 10.7.1).
A receipt clause is included for three reasons:
(i) Under s 67 of the Law of Property Act 1925, if a receipt clause is
contained in the body of a deed there is no need for any further receipt for the
consideration (the purchase price). Where the price is paid to someone other
than the vendor—for example, a mortgagee joining in to release the part
sold—the consideration clause will normally state this and the receipt clause
be modified accordingly.5
(ii) Under s 68 of the Law of Property Act 1925, a subsequent purchaser can
rely upon the receipt in the deed as proof that the money was paid. This
means that if in spite of the receipt clause, the vendor retains a lien on the

4 See Cumberland Court (Brighton) Ltd v Taylor [1964] Ch 29. Compare TCB Ltd v Gray [1986]
Ch621; statement in testimonium creating estoppel.
5 Compare Parker, Precedent 99.

335
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

property for actually unpaid money, she will have to protect it by retention of
the title deeds or registration as a land charge.
(iii) By s 69 of the same Act, the receipt in the conveyance is sufficient
authority to the purchaser to pay the money to the vendors solicitor
producing the deed, without further proof of authority. Payment to an
unauthorised person would not discharge the debt.

(b) Title guarantee

Since the Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1994 (para 5.7) there is
in general no need to state the capacity of the vendor.
However, the actual capacity of the vendor will, under Standard Conditions
4.5.4, govern what undertaking in relation to retained title deeds may be required
(para 12.4.3).
Further, on a sale by the survivor of beneficial joint tenants, the purchaser will
only enjoy the protection of the Law of Property (Joint Tenants) Act 1964 (para
14.7.2) if the vendor either conveys as beneficial owner or the conveyance
contains a statement that she is so interested. In such a case the simplest form is
the traditional one: ‘The Vendor as beneficial owner hereby conveys…’

(c) The operative words of conveyance

These words, usually beginning ‘Hereby Conveys’, the very essence of what the
conveyance is doing, transfer legal title to the purchaser. There is no magic
formula; any words that show the necessary intention will be effective.
In the case of a mortgagee joining in to release, there will be a statement to the
effect that ‘The vendor hereby conveys and the mortgagee hereby releases the
property from the mortgage’.

(d) The parcels clause

This describes and defines the physical limits of the property being conveyed (see
para 5.4).

(e) Rights benefiting the property

This clause, introduced by the words ‘Together with’, includes (generally by

reference to the earlier conveyance creating them) the existing rights already
appurtenant to the property being sold. In fact, any rights already appurtenant to
the land will pass automatically without express mention by virtue of s 62 of the
Law of Property Act 1925. On sale of part it will also include within the same

336
 DRAFTING THE DEED

formula new rights (generally easements) being granted to the purchaser over the
retained land.

(f) Exceptions and reservations

On a sale of part, the vendor may reserve rights over the land sold.6 Any part of the
land itself being excluded from the sale (for example, the minerals) and any new
rights over the land sold being created in favour of the retained land (for example,
new easements) will be set out here.
With both the grant and reservation of new rights, as with restrictive covenants,
unless they are few and simple, it is often better to set out the details in schedules
incorporated into this part of the deed by reference. The drafting of new
easements will have to follow the terms of the contract. This has been dealt with in
Chapter 6 (particularly, para 6.4.3).

(g) Habendum

This is the part of the conveyance which defines the estate which is being granted
to the purchaser. On a sale of freehold this will necessarily be the fee simple
(absolute in possession—though these words are not stated) since that is the only
legal estate now possible. These words of limitation are not essential in that under
the Law of Property Act 1925, ss 60 and 63, the whole estate of the vendor will
pass unless a contrary intention appears; but if they are not expressed it is possible
that the statutory, implied covenants for title will not operate since the vendor is in
effect only purporting to transfer whatever he happens to have.

(h) Existing incumbrances

After the Habendum a clause commencing ‘Subject to’ sets out the existing
incumbrances subject to which the property is sold. Commonly, rather than
setting them out in full they are identified by reference to the earlier conveyance
which contains or refers to them.
This operative part, with its additions and subtractions, gives the measure of
what is being conveyed to the purchaser.

12.4.3 Additional clauses

Further clauses may be necessary depending on the particular circumstances.
Some of those most commonly needed are as follows (the order is not important):

6 For the technical meaning of the terms ‘exception’ and ‘reservation’ see Megarry & Wade, p857.

337
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(a) Indemnity covenant

See para 5.6.3.

(b) Certificate of value

See para 10.7.1.

(c) Acknowledgement and Undertaking

(And see para 14.9.2).Where the vendor is properly retaining any of the title
deeds (generally, on a sale of part; or on a sale by a personal representative
who will retain the original grant) the purchasers solicitor should obtain
copies or abstracts of the originals marked as examined against the originals.
But the purchaser will also want a guarantee that she can, at any time in the
future, have the originals produced if necessary to defend her title.
Standard Condition 4.5.4. of the Standard Conditions provides:
‘The seller is to arrange at his expense that, in relation to every
document of title which the buyer does not receive on completion,
the buyer is to have the benefit of:
(a) a written acknowledgement of his right to its production; and
(b) a written undertaking for its safe custody (except while it is held
by a mortgagee or by someone in a fiduciary capacity).’
The acknowledgement will be in something like the following terms:
‘The vendor acknowledges the right of the purchaser to production of
the documents specified in the schedule (the possession of which is
retained by the vendor) and to delivery of copies of them and undertakes
with the purchaser for the safe custody of them.’
The clause, reflecting the Standard Conditions, consists of two parts—an
acknowledgement of the right to production; and the undertaking as to safe
custody. Where the acknowledgement is given, its effect is governed by s 64 of the
Law of Property Act 1925. This obligates the covenantor, if required, to produce
the specified documents for the purposes of inspection, for judicial proceedings,
and to supply true copies of them. If, when they are required, the documents are
still available the court can order their production in accordance with the
acknowledgement. But it does not impose any obligation on the covenantor to
take care of the deeds or pay damages if they are lost.
It is customary practice, therefore, to stipulate in the contract (as in Standard
Condition 4.5.4(b)) for an undertaking for their safe custody. This, under s 64(9)
imposes an obligation to keep the documents safe, whole, uncancelled and
undefaced unless prevented from doing so by fire or other inevitable accident. If
the undertaking is breached damages will be recoverable.

338
 DRAFTING THE DEED

The benefit and burden of both acknowledgement and undertaking run with
the land and the deeds respectively. So a subsequent purchaser of the part would
be able to enforce against a subsequent purchaser of the retained land.
To be effective the acknowledgement must be given by the person who has
the legal possession of the deeds which may be, for example, a mortgagee and
not the vendor. In such a case, under Standard Condition 4.5.4. the vendor must
arrange the necessary acknowledgement and undertaking. But it is customary
practice, followed in Standard Condition 4.5.4., that a fiduciary, such as a
personal representative and including a mortgagee, only gives the
acknowledgement without the undertaking. Normally the mortgagee will be a
party to the conveyance (to release the part sold) and will give the
acknowledgement there. Standard Condition 4.5.4. means, presumably, that the
vendor will be under an obligation to provide the undertaking when the deeds
are recovered from the mortgagee or other fiduciary. It is commonly said that a
special condition in the contract should provide for this obligation to be spelt
out in the conveyance. Since, on a sale of freehold, first registration should
follow more or less immediately this last point does not seem to be of much
importance.
When the sale is by joint tenants (even if they are themselves beneficially
entitled) they are technically trustees. There should be a special condition in the
contract stipulating that they will give the undertaking as well as the
acknowledgement. Again, in the view of the imminent registration, the point does
not seem to be of the greatest importance.
Title deeds may have been retained on a previous transfer of the land. When
investigating title the purchaser’s solicitor should check that on every such
occasion a valid acknowledgment was given of which the present purchaser will
have the benefit. Thus, if A sold part of Blackacre to B who subsequently sold part
of the part to C who is now selling that part to P, A will have retained the title deeds
to the whole; B should have received the conveyance to her incorporating an
acknowledgement and undertaking; C should have received the conveyance to
her incorporating an acknowledgement and undertaking in respect of the
conveyance to B. Upon purchase, P will take the benefit of both
acknowledgments and undertakings.
If the purchaser will not obtain this benefit in respect of all title deeds not to be
handed over, it is a title defect which should be raised in requisitions; and which
the vendor should cure by obtaining the missing acknowledgement from the
person who now holds the deeds in question. If the vendor has spotted the defect,
as she should have done, when drafting the contract, it will no doubt be covered
by a special condition barring requisitions or objections on the point; and
normally the vendor will at least be able to produce an examined copy or abstract
of the unacknowledged deeds.

339
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(a) Implied easements

On a sale of part and depending on the terms of the contract, it may be necessary
to have a clause dealing with implied easements. This will usually be in the form
beginning ‘It is hereby agreed and declared…’.
The conveyance will be drafted to reflect what has been agreed expressly or by
implication in the contract. If the contract contains no express term as to implied
easements, it is not usual to mention them in the conveyance; the parties would
then be entitled to whatever had arisen by implied grant or reservation, eg under
Wheeldon v Burrows, s 62 of the Law of Property Act 1925. If s 62 operated on the
conveyance to give the purchaser an easement to which she was not entitled under
the contract, the vendor would, in principle, be entitled to claim rectification of
the conveyance to match the entitlement under the contract.7 Where the contract
does modify the open contract position in any way, the conveyance must be
drafted with a declaration to show this. For example, if Standard Condition 3.4
has not been modified by special condition in the contract, there should be a
declaration in the conveyance incorporating the Standard Condition 3.4.2.
provision. (See further, para 6.4.4.)
It is quite common to have a term in the contract (as an alternative to one like
Standard Condition 3.4.2.) simply excluding any right of light or air (or, possibly,
way) to the purchaser of part, leaving the rest to be governed by the common law
rules of implied creation. It might then be formulated and then drafted into the
conveyance/transfer in something like the following terms:
‘It is hereby agreed and declared that the Purchaser is not to have any
easement of light or air which would or might interfere with or restrict the
free use of the Vendors retained land for building or any other purpose.’
Conversely, a right of light, for example, might be expressly agreed in the contract and
transposed into the conveyance/transfer in the parcels clause in the following terms:
‘Together with the right for the Purchaser and her successors in title to
enjoy unimpeded access of light to through and for the existing windows
[and solar heating apparatus] now existing or to be erected] on the
Property.’

(e) Restrictive and positive covenants

These, again, will have to be drafted into the conveyance to reflect what has been
expressly agreed in the contract (para 6.4.5).

7 See Megarry & Wade, p869.

340
 DRAFTING THE DEED

(f) Joint purchase clauses

Where there are two or more persons involved in the purchase, their solicitor should
have taken instructions as to how they intend to hold the legal estate and the equitable
interest. The terms on which the purchasers hold the property is their concern and not
the concern of the vendor; but it is convenient to deal with it in the conveyance.
The conveyance may contain express provision on three matters:
(i) An express declaration of a trust for sale. It is now generally accepted that
whenever the beneficial (equitable) interest is held by two or more persons
(as a result of an express declaration of interest or of a resulting trust) a
statutory trust for sale of the legal estate to give effect to those interests will
be imposed by the Law of Property Act 1925, ss 34–36 in the absence of an
express trust for sale.8
In practice, today, it seems to be usual to leave the trust for sale to be imposed
by statute in this way rather than to set it out expressly in the conveyance, at
least in the case of a beneficial joint tenancy.
(ii) The conveyance should (if it is not done in a separate document) state the
beneficial interests—that is whether they are to be joint tenants or tenants in
common in equity; and if tenants in common whether in equal or other
specified shares.
This is equally important where anyone other than the purchasers (ie those
taking the legal estate) is to have an interest in equity.9
In all these cases, a purchaser of unregistered land will not be concerned with
any such trust or statement of the equitable interests contained in a
conveyance to the vendors so long as the overreaching machinery is
complied with; but it is important as evidence in the event of dispute as to the
equitable entitlement to the property or the proceeds of sale. For the position
in the case of registered title, see para 1.9.2, and below, para 12.9.
(iii) The conveyance may contain provision giving the trustees of the legal
estate all the powers of dealing with the land of an absolute owner. The point
is that trustees for sale do not as such have the unlimited powers of an
absolute owner. For example, they cannot give the land away; nor can they
mortgage it other than for specified purposes.
From a purchaser’s point of view, there is not generally a problem because:
(i) Normally, the trustees of the legal estate will, in fact, between them own

8 These sections do not literally cover all possible situations of equitable co-ownership—eg where
Blackacre is conveyed to A and B without more and the evidence shows unequal contributions to the
purchase price; see K Gray, Elements of Land Law (1987), p361.
9 Bearing in mind that the interest of any such person, who is not joint owner of the legal estate, can be
overreached.

341
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

the whole equitable interest (eg in the ordinary case of a purchase by spouses
who hold as beneficial joint tenants).
(ii) In any case, the transaction is likely to be within the statutory powers of
trustees for sale. In particular, under s 28 of the Law of Property Act 1925,
they have power to sell the land for the best consideration in money that can
reasonably be obtained. Again, by s 17 of the Trustee Act 1925, a mortgagee
lending money to trustees is not concerned ‘to see that such money is wanted,
or that no more than is wanted is raised, or otherwise to the application
thereof Thus, a purchaser will not be affected by notice of a breach of trust
and the overreaching machinery will operate.
However, where the trustees are in fact between them beneficial owners of the
equitable interest, it is common to insert a clause in the conveyance extending the
powers of the trustees to those of a sole, beneficial owner. Of course, where the
trustees are trustees for others, such a clause would not be appropriate; for
example, where land is conveyed to A and B to hold in trust for an infant.10
The following is the sort of clause that might be found in a conveyance to joint
owners buying for themselves:
‘The Purchasers [A and B] agree that:
1. They hold the Property the net proceeds of sale from it and the net
income until sale upon trust for themselves as tenants in common as to
20% for A and as to 80% for B.
2. The trustees for sale of the property shall have the powers to deal with
it equal to those of a sole beneficial owner.’11

12.4.4 Testimonium, attestation and execution

(a) Testimonium

The testimonium is the clause that links the attestation and execution to the body
of the deed. In the case of parties who are all individuals it might be: ‘In Witness
whereof the parties hereto have hereunto signed this conveyance as a deed the day
and year first above written.’
In general, it has no legal effect and today is commonly omitted.12

10 And in such a case it would be necessary for the person conveying the land for the benefit of the
infant to create the trust for sale expressly; otherwise the Settled Land Act 1925 machinery would
operate (see s 1 of that Act).
11 See Parker, Form 82.
12 But see TCB Ltd v Gray [1986] Ch 621.

342
 DRAFTING THE DEED

(b) Execution and attestation

The purchaser’s solicitor should check that all documents on the title have been
(and the conveyance to her client is) properly executed in the correct manner by
all necessary parties. The vendor and any other party whose participation is
necessary to transfer the interest as agreed or who is entering into obligations
must execute. The purchaser does not have to execute simply to obtain the title to
the property and under s 65 of the Law of Property Act 1925, execution by the
purchaser is not necessary to give effect to the reservation of easements or profits
by the vendor.13 It will be necessary if the purchaser is entering into any covenants
or declarations of agreement and, in the case of joint purchasers, to give effect to
any declaration of their beneficial interest.
It is usual to have an attestation clause for each signatory. The clause is a
statement of the fact and intention of the execution and witnessing. It is not in
general essential but is evidence that the deed has been properly executed.
However, by s 1(2) of the Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989,
any instrument, to be valid as a deed, must make it clear on its face that it is
intended by the parties to be a deed (and must be attested). This intention is
commonly expressed in the attestation clauses—though it is probably also shown
elsewhere in the deed as well.

(c) Execution by individuals

Prior to 31 July 1990, when s 1 of the Law of Property (Miscellaneous

Provisions) Act 1989 came into operation, to be effective as a deed, a
document had to be signed sealed and delivered. By s 73 of the Law of
Property Act 1925 a person can place her mark (usually in the form of a cross)
instead of signing.
The standard practice in modern times was to seal by affixing a small circle of
red, adhesive paper to the document opposite the intended place of signature, in
place of the earlier practice when a person impressed her crest or initials in molten
wax on the document.
The courts developed a benign approach to the sealing requirement. What was
required by the later decisions was that there should be some evidence of
something on the document that could be said to be intended as a seal.14

13 See Megarry & Wade, p858.

14 See First National Securities Ltd v Jones [1978] Ch 109; Stromdale & Ball Ltd v Burden [1952]
Ch 223; and TCB Ltd v Gray [1986] Ch 621, where there was no such mark at all and so the
document was held not to be sealed; but a statement in the testimonium that it has been sealed was
held to create an estoppel.

343
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Delivery was (and is) the final and vital formality that actually triggered off the
effectiveness of the document as a deed. The moment of delivery, in spite of its
importance, may be difficult to pinpoint, since it connotes an act showing an
intention to be bound by the deed, rather than (though this is likely to be present)
the physical handing over of it.
A deed may be delivered in escrow, that is subject to a condition (which may
be implied from the circumstances) that it is not to be effective until the
happening of some event. If and when the event occurs, the deed becomes
effective (by the principle of relation back) as from the date of delivery in
escrow.
In ordinary conveyancing practice, the document would (if necessary) be
signed and sealed by the purchaser and then sent to the vendor s solicitor. The
vendor would then sign and seal and hand it back to her solicitor in
preparation for completion. This could, according to the principles of
delivery, be seen as delivery by the vendor with the unsatisfactory result of
transferring legal title to the purchaser before completion and before receipt
of the purchase money. To avoid this inference, it would have been sensible to
analyse the situation by saying that the vendor was signing and sealing the
deed and handing it to her solicitor to deliver at completion in return for the
purchase money. This could not be said because a solicitor, like anyone else,
would need a power of attorney—itself by deed—to have the authority to
deliver as agent for the vendor.15 In practice, this was never done. The analysis
used was that the vendor delivered to her solicitor in escrow, the condition
being the payment of the balance of the purchase money. This meant,
incidentally, that conveyances (being dated as at completion) were invariably
wrongly dated!
Prior to 31 July 1990, attestation by a witness was not a legal requirement for a
deed by an individual; though invariably conveyances were witnessed.
The position for conveyances by individuals after 30 July 1990 is as follows:
(a) The conveyance must of course still be by deed; except for the
exceptional cases where a deed is not required to transfer the legal estate.
(b) By s 1 of the Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989,
coming into effect from the above date, a document must satisfy the
following requirements to be effective as a deed executed by an
individual (sealing is not now necessary):

15 In Longman v Viscount Chelsea (1989) 58 P & CR 189, p195, Nourse LJ appears to have
overlooked this point In that case there was held to be no delivery on signing and sealing because the
agreement for the lease in question was still subject to contract, the intention to deliver thus being
negatived.

344
 DRAFTING THE DEED

(i) It must make it clear on the face of it that it is intended to be a deed.

(ii) It must be signed by the individual executing it in the presence
of an attesting witness or signed ‘at his direction and in his
presence and the presence of two witnesses who each attest the
signature’;16 and
(iii) it must be delivered as a deed by him or a person authorised to do
so on his behalf.
(c) As before, signature can be by mark.
Section 1(1)(c) provides that a deed is not necessary to give another person
authority to deliver a deed on one’s behalf. Further, s 1 (5) provides that where a
solicitor or his agent or employee:
‘…in the course of, or in connection with, a transaction involving the
disposition or creation of an interest in land, purports to deliver an
instrument as a deed on behalf of a party to the instrument, it shall be
conclusively presumed in favour of a purchaser that he is authorised so
to deliver the instrument.’
This means that the escrow fiction is not now necessary, and, in the ordinary case,
delivery will take place in law and the deed operate from actual completion.
The form of attestation clause likely now to be found is:
‘Signed as a deed by…in the presence of [signature, name and address
of witness].’
This shows the required intention to execute as a deed; delivery will take place
subsequently as described above.

(d) Execution by corporations

Again the law has been changed, in this case by s 130 of the Companies Act 1989.
In principle a deed must be sealed and executed by a corporation in accordance
with the authority and procedure contained in its constitution.
Prior to the 1989 Act, a purchaser could rely on s 74 of the Law of Property Act
1925. This provides that the deed of a corporation aggregate (as opposed to a
corporation sole) will be deemed to have been duly executed if its seal is affixed in
the presence of and attested by its clerk or other permanent official or his deputy
and a member of the board of directors, council or other governing body. Further,

16 As to the attestation requirement, see ‘Conveyancer’s notebook’ [1990] Conv 321. As to the
delivery of deeds and the effect of the 1989 Act, see DN Clarke, ‘Delivery of a Deed: Recent Cases,
New Statutes and Altered Practice’ [1990] Conv 85.

345
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

by this section, not only is the authority of those attesting presumed, they are
presumed to be who the deed purports them to be.
Delivery is presumed from the fact of sealing.
This section applies to companies, building societies, local authorities and
other corporations aggregate. Any other form of attestation of the seal would have
to be shown to be authorised by the constitution of the company.
A common attestation clause would be:
‘The common seal of the above named company was affixed and the
same was delivered in the presence of:
[Signature]… Director of the above company.
[Signature]… Secretary of the above named company.’
As a result of s 36A of the Companies Act 1985, added by s 130 of the Companies
Act 1989 (coming into force on 31 July 1990) the old procedure, just described,
can still be used. But now, as an alternative, use of a seal is not obligatory. A
company no longer has to have a common seal.
A deed will be properly executed by a company if the following conditions are
satisfied:
(a) it must make it clear on its face that it is intended to be a deed;
(b) it can be executed either:
(i) as before, using the common seal; or
(ii) by the signature of a director and secretary or two of its directors;
(c) it must be delivered.
Delivery is presumed to take place on execution unless a contrary intention is
shown. A form of attestation clause, under this provision, might be:
‘Signed as a deed and delivered by X Ltd acting by
AB Director…and
CD Secretary…’.
The word ‘delivered’ is not essential. The Law of Property (Miscellaneous
Provisions) Act 19189, s 1(5) applies to companies. The deed could therefore
contain a provision that it is not to be delivered until completion, thus
showing a ‘contrary intention’, and the deed delivered by the solicitor at
completion.
Delivery by a company can be unconditional or as an escrow.
By s 36A(6) in favour of a purchaser, if the document purports to have been
signed by a director and the secretary or two directors and to be a deed, it will be
deemed to have been duly executed by the company and to have been delivered
on execution. A purchaser means a purchaser (including a lessee or mortgagee) in
good faith for value of an interest in property.

346
 DRAFTING THE DEED

(e) Execution under a power of attorney

Where an agent is given a power to execute a deed, that power itself must
normally be contained in a deed.17 The deed creating the power is known as a
power of attorney.
Thus, if a conveyance is to be executed by someone other than a party herself,
the authority of that other person must be established by an effective power of
attorney.

(i) General and special powers

The power may be general authorising the donee to do any act which the donor
herself could do; or special (limited) giving the donee power to do only specified
acts—eg to execute a particular deed on behalf of the donor.
The basis of the present law is contained in the Powers of Attorney Act 1971
and the Enduring Powers of Attorney Act 1985. Section 10 and Schedule 1 of the
1971 Act provide a statutory form which can be used for the creation of a general
power, as follows:
‘This general Power of Attorney is made this…day of…19… By
AB of…
I Appoint CD of…[or CD and EF of…jointly] [or CD of…and EF
of…jointly and severally] to be my attorney(s) in accordance with
section 10 of the Powers of Attorney Act 1971.
This Power of Attorney has been executed by me as a deed the day and
year first above written.
Signed as a deed by the said AB in the presence of:…’
A form to ‘the like effect’ can be used if expressed to be made under the Act. This
general power does not extend to functions which the donor has as trustee or
personal representative.
As an example of a special power:
‘This Power of Attorney is given on the…day of…19… By me AB
(Donor) of…
WITNESSES as follows:
1. I Appoint CD (Attorney) of…to be my Attorney with authority to sell
any freehold or leasehold property on my behalf and execute such deeds
and documents and employ such professional advisers as may be
necessary for that purpose.
This Power of Attorney has been executed by me as a deed.

17 The authority to deliver a document as a deed does not now have to be given by deed; Law of
Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989, s 1(1)(c).

347
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Signed as a deed and delivered by the above named AB in the

presence of…’
Whether general or special, the power must be by deed to authorise the
execution of a deed and its execution must comply with s 1 of the Law of
Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989 or the rules for execution by
corporations.

(ii) Proof of power to a purchaser

As with any other document relevant to the title the purchaser’s solicitor will
require a copy of the power to be supplied when title is deduced. And if a
document on the title is executed under a power of attorney a copy must be
produced even if created before the root of title. By s 125 of the Law of Property
Act 1925, this right to a copy cannot be excluded.
The vendor must then produce the original or a copy complying with s 3(1)
of the 1971 Act (as amended by the Courts and Legal Services Act 1990, s 125,
Schedule 17, para 4). This must be a facsimile copy and be certified by the
donor, a solicitor, stockbroker or certificated notary public at the end of each
page that it is a true copy of the original (or that page of the original as the case
may be).
On completion the purchaser will be entitled to receive either the original
power (if it relates only to that transaction) or a copy certified as above. If the
purchaser subsequently sells, she can if necessary produce a certified (as above)
copy of a certified copy as proof of the power (s 3(2) of the 1971 Act).

(iii) Appointment by a trustee

The starting principle is that a trustee cannot delegate her functions in the
absence of specific statutory authority.
Under what is now s 9 of the 1971 Act, a trustee can appoint an attorney to
carry out her trust functions, subject to the following provisions:

(i) The delegation must be for a period not exceeding 12 months,

(ii) A trustee cannot (under s 9 or any part of the 1971 Act) delegate to a sole
co-trustee. Most significantly in the present context this means that one of
two joint tenants cannot appoint the other as her attorney. It may also be the
case under s 9 (and so should not be risked), that two joint trustees cannot
appoint the same person to be attorney for both of them, as this would breach
the rule requiring payment of capital money to at least two trustees to activate
the overreaching machinery.

348
 DRAFTING THE DEED

(iii) The s 10 (of the 1971 Act) general power cannot be used to delegate trust
functions. This is so even if the trustee delegating is in fact beneficial owner.
The proper course is to comply with s 9 of the 1971 Act (remembering that
even under s 9 a sole co-trustee cannot be appointed).
In Walia v Michael Naughton Ltd18 the vendor had herself purchased the
registered property from three joint proprietors, A, B and C. The transfer had been
executed by B and C, B executing both for himself and for A under a general
power of attorney under s 10 of the 1971 Act. This was held to be a defect in title
with the result that the notice to complete served by V was of no effect (para 16.8).
The court inferred that they must be trustees, although of course this was not
stated on the register, because there was more than one proprietor on the register
(as with unregistered title, the existence of two or more joint owners necessarily
gave rise to a trust).

(iv) Non-revocation
In principle, a power of attorney can be revoked expressly by the donor, or
automatically by the donor’s death, bankruptcy or mental incapacity; and any
act done by the attorney after such revocation will be void. A purchaser is given
certain protection against this possibility. Under s 5(2) of the 1971 Act any
person dealing with the attorney will get good title provided she did not know of
the revocation. In this context knowledge of the event (such as the death of the
donor) giving rise to the revocation is deemed to be knowledge of the
revocation (s 5(5)).
What if this initial purchaser subsequently sells? Suppose that Donee of the
power (D) transfers to T. T then sells to P. T’s title is governed by s 5(2) above. But
P’s title in turn depends on whether T satisfied s 5(2), ie did not have knowledge
of any revocation—a negative state of mind which it is difficult to prove.
P’s position is governed by s 5(4) of the 1971 Act. This provides that in
favour of a purchaser it will conclusively be presumed that T (in the above
example) did not know of the revocation, provided either the transfer to T was
within 12 months of the creation of the power, or T makes a statutory
declaration before or within three months after the sale to P that she (T) did not
know of any revocation.
Where a power is expressed to be irrevocable and given to secure a proprietary
interest of the donee, then so long as the donee has that interest, the power cannot
be expressly revoked by the donor (without the donee’s consent) and will not be
revoked by her death, bankruptcy or incapacity. Such an irrevocable power is
likely to be found in an equitable mortgage putting the donee/mortgagee in a

18 [1985] 3 All ER 673.

349
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

position to enforce the security if need be without the co-operation of the

borrower.

(v) Method of execution by the attorney

Under s 7 of the 1971 Act (as amended by the Law of Property
(Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989) the attorney can (in exercise of the
power) execute a deed in her own name; in which case the attestation clause will
be to the effect: ‘Signed as a deed by AB as attorney on behalf of CD.’
Alternatively (and in a few cases this is required by statute), she can sign in the
name of the donor; in which case the attestation clause will be to the effect:
‘Signed as a deed by CD by her attorney AB.’
If the donor of the power is a company, the attorney can execute in the manner
permitted under s 74(3) of the Law of Property Act 1925—which allows her to
execute by signing in the corporation’s name in the presence of a witness and
affixing her own seal. Alternatively, under s 7 of the 1971 Act as amended by the
1989 Act she can execute as for an individual using her own signature.
A purchaser should check any document on the title (including the
conveyance/transfer to herself) which has been executed under a power of
attorney to see that all the above requirements have been satisfied.
The Land Registry will require the power or a copy certified as described
above; and, if the transaction to be registered has not occurred within 12 months
of the creation of the power, the statutory declaration mentioned above. These
will be retained at the Registry.

(vi) Enduring powers of attorney

The Enduring Powers of Attorney Act 1985 was passed to enable the creation
of a power of attorney which would not be revoked by the subsequent mental
incapacity of the donor of the power. An Enduring Power must be created in
accordance with the requirements of the Act. If mental incapacity of the donor
does occur an application must be made to the Court of Protection for registration
of the power; and pending registration the authority of the attorney is limited to
maintaining the donor and preventing loss to her estate. Once registered, the
attorney resumes her full authority under the power.
Provided the formal creation requirements of the Act are complied with, an
Enduring Power can be used by anyone. It is not limited to those who are likely
to become mentally incapacitated. In this context it has a number of advantages
(from a conveyancing point of view).19 Like an ordinary power it can be general
or special. Unlike an ordinary power it can be used to appoint a sole co-trustee

19 For criticism of the Act, see RT Oerton, ‘A Legislative Blunder’ (1986) 130 Sol Jo 23.

350
 DRAFTING THE DEED

as attorney to exercise the donor’s trust functions and such a sole co-trustee if
appointed can give a valid receipt for capital money arising on the disposition of
land. Thus, in the common case of H and W, joint beneficial owners of the
home, H can appoint W attorney under an Enduring Power; and W can (if
within the authority given by the power) by herself sell the home and execute
the conveyance without the concurrence of anyone else.20 Further, the power is
not limited to the twelve month period imposed on a power under s 9 of the
1971 Act.
Until application is made to the Court of Protection the protection of a person
dealing with the attorney and of a subsequent purchaser from that person, is the
same as that contained in s 5 of the 1971 Act (above). Thus, a subsequent
purchaser should check that the disposition by the attorney was made within
twelve months of the creation of the power or require the statutory declaration by
the person dealing with the attorney. If there is any reason to suspect that an
application has been made at the time of the disposition by the attorney, there
should probably be a search at that time in the Court of Protection.
As with an ordinary power of attorney, to register a disposition by the attorney,
the Land Registry will require the original or certified copy of the power and, if
applicable, the statutory declaration.
The 1985 Act creates a very complicated scheme; and, unless it is being used
for its intended purpose—that is to provide against the possible onset of mental
incapacity—its use is hardly to be recommended simply as a conveyancing
device to enable a sole co-trustee to be appointed attorney. It is probably much
easier and just as satisfactory in most cases to appoint a third person to act.

12.5 REGISTERED LAND TRANSFERS

The following is the draft prepared by Timothy on the Obebe purchase. For the
draft contract (assume it to be the final version) and office copy entries, see
Document 12.6 (overleaf).

Questions Timothy has used printed form 19(JP). Which one should he have
used? What difference, if any, does it make? Was he correct to strike out the
certificate of value? Should he have included an indemnity covenant in the draft?
(See para 5.6.3.) On the information available, could the chain of covenants have
been broken at any stage? Does the transfer need to be executed by Miss Obebe?

351
Document 12.6 Obebe Purchase: Draft Transfer
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

12.7 OLD JARNDYCE COMMENTS

12.7.1 Procedure

Standard Conditions 4.1.2. to 4.1.4. govern the drafting of the transfer as they do
the drafting of an unregistered conveyance.
The transfer must be in the form, if any, prescribed by the Land Registration
Acts 1925 to 1988 and Rules (see further, para 7.5.3).
The commonly used printed forms available for transfers of freehold (and in
practice also frequently used for leasehold) are:
– Form 19: The transfer of whole of land in the title.
– Form 19(Co): Transfer of whole by a company or corporation.
– Form 19(JP): Transfer of whole to joint proprietors.
– Form 20: Transfer of part not imposing restrictive covenants.
– Form 43: Transfer of part imposing restrictive covenants.
In general, any prescribed statutory form must be followed although a published,
printed form does not have to be used.
‘The Chief Land Registrar has a discretion to accept modifications or
adaptations of statutory forms, where this is appropriate or, where no
form is available, to accept forms which follow the statutory forms as
nearly as circumstances permit. Anyone who is in doubt may seek
approval for the form of a draft document so as to ensure that, when it
has been executed, it will be accepted for registration.’20
In general, when drafting documents dealing with the title to registered land the
following principles should be followed: Recitals should be avoided (see below).
In general references to trusts should be avoided; though it may sometimes be
necessary, for example in the case of a transfer, to give effect to the appointment
of a new trustee. An instrument should stand on its own, without reference to
documents other than those appearing on the title itself. In general
acknowledgments are not necessary (see below).21
For ordinary straightforward sales it is common to draft the transfer on the
printed form and, assuming it is approved by the vendor’s solicitor as drafted, use
the draft as the engrossment as well.

20 Ruoff & Roper, para 15–10.

21 See Ruoff & Roper, para 15.09.

354
 DRAFTING THE DEED

The transfer which must be by deed is an essential part of the process of

transferring legal title from the vendor to the purchaser. It is roughly the
equivalent to the conveyance in an unregistered transaction; and legally, for the
purposes of the Law of Property Act for example, it seems that it is classified as a
conveyance22 and will transfer an equitable interest to the purchaser. But it is
crucially different in that the purchaser will not get legal title until, on the basis of
a transfer, she has been registered as the new proprietor.

12.8 THE PARTS OF THE TRANSFER

12.8.1 Heading

The transfer, like any other Land Registry form, must be headed by a statement of
the county and district in which the property is situate (or London borough), the
title number (which is the crucial reference), and a short description of the
property. This is followed by the date.

12.8.2 Consideration and receipt clause

This is not in fact required by the prescribed statutory form; but it is required and
must be included for the reasons given in relation to unregistered title.

12.8.3 Name and address of transferor

The vendor will not necessarily be the person registered as proprietor. This indeed
is the case on the Obebe purchase and has been dealt with.
Where part of the land in a title is being sold and a chargee is to release the part
sold, the proper course is not for the chargee to join in the transfer, but for her to
execute a discharge of that part in Form 53 (see further, para 14.9.3(b)).

12.8.4 Capacity and operative words

The operative word normally used is ‘transfer’. Since the Law of Property
(Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1994 it is not necessary to state the capacity of
the vendor (para 7.11.4); the words ‘as beneficial owner’ should be replaced by,

22 Ahmed v Kendrick (1988) 56 P & CR 120.

355
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

if such be the agreement, ‘with full title guarantee’ or ‘with limited title
guarantee’.

12.8.5 Parcels clause

On a sale of the whole property in a title, it is identified in the heading by its short
description and title number. The transferor is then expressed, in the operative
part, to transfer the ‘land in the title above referred to’.
There is no need at all to mention expressly those appurtenant rights and
incumbrances which are shown on the register, as these pass as part of the title
transferred.
The benefit of restrictive covenants and other appurtenant rights which are not
shown on the register will a pass automatically under s 62 of the Law of Property
Act 1925 and s 20(1) of the Land Registration Act 1925 without express mention;
though it may be advisable to mention them as one would in an unregistered
conveyance to preserve evidence of their existence.
The benefit of other rights which are to be transferred under the contract and
which are not appurtenant to the property—such as the benefit of an option to
purchase neighbouring land, or of covenants which have not been annexed on
creation—will need to be expressly assigned in the transfer. On a sale of part of
the title, the transfer will need to identify the title number of the whole and the fact
that it is a transfer of part identified by an annexed plan.

12.8.6 Name and address of transferee

The position of joint purchasers is dealt with below.

12.8.7 Execution and attestation

The execution of deeds dealing with registered land is governed by the Land
Registration (Execution of Deeds) Rules 1990 (SI 1990/1010). In effect, they
should be attested and executed in the same way as for unregistered land. A plan is
not necessary when the whole of the property in a title is being sold. It is necessary
on a sale of part (above). The plan must be signed by the transferor and by or on
behalf of the transferee.

356
 DRAFTING THE DEED

12.9 OTHER MATTERS TO CONSIDER IN RELATION TO

DRAFTING THE TRANSFER

12.9.1 Recitals

Recitals are not necessary and are frowned upon by the Registry.

12.9.2 Certificate of value

This will be needed in the same circumstances as in a conveyance of
unregistered title.

12.9.3 Sale of part

New positive and restrictive covenants will have to be included, to reflect what
has been agreed in the contract, as they would in a conveyance of unregistered
land. Implied easements can arise on a sale of part of a registered title as on a sale
of part of unregistered title. Such easements arising in this way will be overriding
and will not be mentioned on the register of title. If any declaration is necessary to
give effect to a term in the contract dealing with implied easements (for example,
negativing the creation of any right of light or air in favour of the purchaser), this
should be included in the transfer.

12.9.4 Acknowledgement and undertaking

On a sale of part an acknowledgement for production is not normally necessary. The

purchaser will acquire a new, registered title. There should be a special condition in the
contract requiring the vendor to place the land certificate on deposit at the Registry, if it
is not already there. The part will be shown on the title plan of the existing title to have
been removed from that title; and the new title for the part will be produced and stand
on its own. No further production of the old title will be necessary.
On a sale by a personal representative, acknowledgement for production of the
probate is not necessary, even where the personal representative has sold without
first getting herself registered as proprietor. The Registry will accept a certified
copy of the grant as proof of the title of the personal representative.
An acknowledgement for production may be necessary in two situations. First,
on a sale of part of the land where the title purchased is not absolute—for
example, where it is a possessory or a good leasehold. Here, an acknowledgement
will be needed in respect of any deeds retained by the vendor relating to the part of
the title not protected by registration. Secondly, on the sale of part of the land

357
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

contained in a leasehold title, an acknowledgement will be needed in respect of

the lease itself. A new leasehold title to the part purchased will be registered. But,
as with all leases (Chapter 17), the lease itself will not be kept at the Registry nor
will its terms be shown on the register of title. The purchaser will therefore need
an acknowledgment from the vendor who will retain the lease; and a copy should
be kept with the title documents of the part.

12.9.5 Joint purchase

The Registry is not interested in the trusts on which the legal title is held. It only
wants to know whether a sole survivor of joint proprietors can give a valid receipt
for capital money on a subsequent disposition of the land; and whether therefore a
restriction should be put on the register. Printed Form 19(JP) contains a
declaration to be completed by the purchasers stating whether or not this is the
case. A negative answer will lead to a restriction being entered. In the absence of
any restriction a purchaser will not be concerned with any limit on the powers of
joint proprietors or a sole survivor of them to deal with the land.
Nevertheless as between themselves, those entitled in equity are concerned
with the allocation beneficial interests and (if they are not the same persons as the
proprietors) the powers of the trustees. The transfer should therefore clearly show
as in the case of an unregistered conveyance (unless a separate trust document is
to be prepared) whether the transferees are to be joint tenants in equity or tenants
in common; and, if tenants in common, the size of their respective shares. (See,
further, para 1.9.2.) If the powers of the trustee/proprietors are to be enlarged to
those of an absolute owner, this too should be shown. A copy of the transfer,
marked as examined against the original, should then be kept with the title
documents for reference by those entitled under the trust. The transfer is retained
at the Registry and in general there is no right to obtain copies.

12.9.6 Sale by personal representative

On a sale by a personal representative neither an acknowledgement for

production of the grant nor a statement by the personal representative that there
has been no previous assent or transfer is necessary (see further, Chapter 11).

12.9.7 Indemnity covenant

The vendor of registered land will need an indemnity covenant in the same
circumstances that a vendor of unregistered land would. Where appropriate an
indemnity covenant should be drafted into the transfer.

358
 DRAFTING THE DEED

In unregistered conveyancing any indemnity covenant would be included in

the conveyance and so drawn to the attention of vendor and purchaser on a
subsequent sale, reminding the vendor to take a similar covenant from the
purchaser. But, an indemnity covenant is a personal covenant and, as such, is not
seen as part of the title which is registered. The danger is that on a sale the vendor
will not be reminded of its existence and to take one from the purchaser. The Land
Registry has therefore adopted the practice of entering details of indemnity
covenants on the proprietorship register of the title. It does not do this in the case
of such a covenant contained in a conveyance giving rise to first registration since
the title deeds will be returned to and retained by the first proprietor. On a sale by
the first registered proprietor it will therefore be necessary to check back to the
title deeds to see whether the covenant is required in the transfer to the purchaser.

Question Refer back to the Instructions on the Obebe sale and office copy entries
(Documents 7.2 and 7.3). Draft the transfer to Olives sister (Hermione Obebe).
See para 9.3 and assume that the sale to the sister is on the same terms as agreed
with the Headcases.

359
 CHAPTER 13

PRE-COMPLETION STEPS BY PURCHASER

13.1 TIMOTHY SEARCHES IN VAIN

Timothy is preparing for completion on the Obebe sale and purchase; and on the
French/Saunders purchase. He has by now at least got some notion of the distinction
between registered and unregistered procedures—or he thinks he has. He collects
an armful of forms and fills in one or two that seem to apply to be sent off. On the
French/Saunders purchase he completes a Form K 15 (Document 13.2) (overleaf).
Note: the space for entry of ‘Key number’ on Land Charges Registry and Land
Registry forms is for entry of the number under which an applicant solicitor is
registered at the Registry. Its use means that the solicitor’s name and address does not
need to be entered. Jarndyce & Jarndyce no doubt have a key number. Timothy has no
doubt not bothered to look on the reverse of the form to discover what it means.
Note: the years entered are inclusive.

Question What is wrong with Timothy s search? Explain the possible consequences
of his errors and omissions. On the assumption that the vendor’s solicitor has not
produced any searches, list the persons against whom and the years for which a K 15
search should have been made (see Chapter 10 for the title).

Question Explain why a search against the purchasers is necessary.

On the Obebe purchase Timothy completes an application for a official Land

Registry search against the title and a Bankruptcy Only search (Documents 13.3
and 13.4): see pp263–64.

Question Timothy has made a bankruptcy search against Miss Mixford. Is this
correct?

Question On the Land Registry search Timothy appears to have put the date of
Moriartys’ letter (Document 4.1.1) instead of the search from date (Document
4.1.3). Explain the implications of this error.

361
Document 13.2 French/Saunders Purchase: Application for Official
Search in Land Charges Register
Document 13.3 Obebe Purchase: Application for Official Search in Land
Charges Register. Form 94 A
Document 13.4 Obebe Purchase: Application for Bankruptcy Only
Search in Land Charges Register
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

13.5 OLD JARNDYCE COMMENTS

After exchange of contracts, completion is the next most important step in a

conveyancing transaction. It is the point at which the parties complete
performance of their obligations under the contract. On a conveyance of
unregistered land it is the point at which legal title is transferred to the
purchaser. On a transfer of registered land, it is the essential step prior to the
purchaser acquiring the legal title by registration. In both cases, it is the point at
which the purchaser obtains vacant possession (or, if the property is being sold
subject to a lease, possession of the rents). In return the purchaser hands over
the balance of the purchase price. At the same time, where the property is being
bought with the aid of a mortgage loan, the mortgage will be completed in
return for the mortgage loan.
Clearly, before parting with her money (or the mortgagee’s money which she
will be repaying for many years to come) the purchaser will want to be satisfied
that she is getting everything to which she is entitled under the contract. Further,
the general principle is, subject to some exceptions, that the contract merges with
the conveyance; that is the contract ceases to exist and can no longer be sued on
once the conveyance has taken effect (para 5.7).
The vendor, for her part, will be happy if she gets her money; but to get it, and
to get it at the agreed completion date, she will have to have performed all her own
obligations under the contract.
The steps taken between contract and completion are therefore designed to
ensure that each side is in a position to complete in accordance with the terms of
the contract.

13.5.1 Check list of steps to be taken

It may be useful here to list the main matters that may have to be attended to by the
purchaser s solicitor between contract and completion:
(a) Peruse the title deduced by the vendor s solicitor and raise any necessary
requisitions.
(b) When requisitions have been dealt with satisfactorily, accept title subject
to pre-completion searches, examination of the title documents and any other
outstanding matters.
(c) Draft the conveyance/transfer, send to vendor s solicitor for approval and
negotiate any amendments.
(d) Engross conveyance/transfer; get it signed by purchaser if necessary.
(e) Send signed engrossment to vendor’s solicitor for execution by vendor in
readiness for completion.

366
 PRE-COMPLETION STEPS BY PURCHASER

(f) Pre-completion searches.

(g) Pre-completion inspection of property, at least by purchaser.
(h) Examination of title documents (in practice done at the time of
completion).
(i) Arrange details of completion with vendors solicitor.
(j) Obtain funds for completion.
(k) Other matters.
The above should be read in conjunction with the more detailed treatment of
the various steps in, particularly, Chapters 10, 11, 13 and 14. What follows is
concerned with the pre-completion searches and inspection of the property by
the purchasers solicitor. These are part of the process of investigating title and
the final checks necessary to ensure that there are no undisclosed
incumbrances on the property which will adversely affect the purchaser after
completion.

13.5.2 Acting on a purchase-linked mortgage

The purchaser’s solicitor will commonly be acting for both the purchaser/
borrower and the lending institution. It should therefore be remembered that the
solicitor will be performing the steps listed above on behalf of and with a legal and
professional duty to both.
Where this is the situation the following additional steps will be involved:
(l) Prepare the mortgage deed; and have it signed by the borrower ready for
completion of the purchase and mortgage.
(m) Report on title to the lender and (if the title is satisfactory) obtain the
mortgage advance. Check that any other requirements of the lender are
satisfied.
(n) If an endowment mortgage, ensure that endowment policy is in effect (ie
the insurance company at risk); prepare assignment of policy to the lender (if
required) and have it signed by borrower; prepare notice of assignment in
duplicate to be sent to insurance company (para 2.5.1 (b)).
Where the mortg agee is separately represented, the purchaser/ borrower’s
solicitor will in effect be in the same position as a vendors solicitor, in relation
to proving title, etc; and the lender’s solicitor will be in the same position as a
purchasers solicitor, providing the advance instead of the purchase price in
return for a satisfactory title and a valid mortgage instead of a conveyance/
transfer.

367
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

UNREGISTERED TITLE
In the case of unregistered title the following pre-completion steps may be
necessary:

(a) Search in the central Land Charges Register.

(b) Search in the Companies Register.
(c) Further search in the Register of Local Land Charges.
(d) Inspection of the property.

13.6 CENTRAL LAND CHARGES REGISTER SEARCH

A search will always need to be made in the central Register of Land Charges kept
at Plymouth under the Land Charges Act 1972. The purpose is to check that at the
moment when the legal estate is conveyed to the purchaser there will be no
undisclosed, registered charges that will bind the purchaser after completion.

(a) Whom to search against

Land charges are (or should be) registered against the name of the estate owner—
that is the owner of the legal estate whose estate is intended to be affected—at the
time of registration.1 They are not, in contrast to the register of title at the Land
Registry, registered against the land.
It follows that a clear search is needed against every person (including
companies) who is or has been an estate owner during the title period starting with
the root of title document. This includes not just beneficial freehold owners but,
for example, personal representatives, assentees, mortgagees (up to the time when
the mortgage is discharged).
It is not necessary to search against persons who were but ceased to be estate
owners before the 15-year root of title period. Indeed, it is not normally possible
since the purchaser is not entitled to investigate the earlier title (para 10.5.1). If
any land charge is registered (and still valid) against such a pre-root owner, it will
bind the purchaser. However, by s 25 of the Law of Property Act 1969, the
purchaser will normally be entitled to compensation from public funds for any
loss suffered as a result. There will be no right to compensation if the purchaser
has actual knowledge of the incumbrance (and this includes the knowledge of her
lawyer acquired in the course of the same transaction). If the purchaser has agreed

1 See Land Charges Act 1972, s 3(1); but note the decision in Sharp v Coats [1949] 1 KB 285; JE
Adams, ‘A Fly In the Ointment: Estate Contracts and the Land Charges Computer’ (1971) 35 Conv
155. Compare Barrett v Hilton Developments Ltd [1975] 1 Ch 237.

368
 PRE-COMPLETION STEPS BY PURCHASER

in the contract to accept less than the statutory 15 years’ title, there will be no
compensation for charges which investigation for the full period would have
discovered.
Normally, searches will have been done on the occasion of some of the
previous transactions on the title. It is customary, though not obligatory, for the
vendor to include in the abstract or epitome and copies any such searches that are
available. In relation to any such search, the purchaser’s solicitor should check
(and requisition for further information if necessary), that it was an official search
and that:
(i) it was against the correct name;
(ii) for the correct period of ownership;
(iii) that a search against a then owner was followed by a conveyance to a
purchaser within the protection period given by the search (see below as to
these matters).
In addition the present purchaser’s solicitor will, as with all the documents of title,
need to see the original or a sufficiently detailed, marked abstract.
In so far as there is not such a satisfactory search against any previous estate
owner, the purchaser’s solicitor will have to do one. Any such searches against
previous estate owners could be done at any time between contract and
completion. In practice they will be done together with the pre-completion search
against the vendor.
A pre-completion search will always be needed against the vendor (and any
other current estate owner—for example, on a sub-purchase, a search should be
made against the superior vendor who will in fact be the estate owner)2 since the
vendor will remain the estate owner until completion and so liable until then to
have effective charges registered against her.
Where the solicitor is also acting for the mortgagee who is providing a loan to
finance the purchase, a full search (not just a bankruptcy search—see below, para
13.14) should be done against the purchaser/borrower. It is true that the purchaser
does not become estate owner until completion and that until then a land charge
cannot be registered against her; and that effectively at the same moment the
mortgage to the lender will take effect making it impossible to register charges
binding on the lender. But it is possible for a charge to be protected by registration of
a priority notice before the completion. In practice this is likely to happen where the
purchaser of part assumes the burden of restrictive covenants for the benefit of the
vendor’s retained land. Under the priority notice procedure contained in s 11 of the
Land Charges Act 1972, a person intending to register a land charge can give
priority notice of the intention on Form K 6 to the registry. This must be done at least

2 See Barrett v Hilton Developments Ltd [1975] 1 Ch 237.

369
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

15 working days before completion of the purchase. This means that it will be
revealed in the mortgagee s pre-completion official search (which must be done
within 15 working days of completion). Application to register the charge covered
by the priority notice must be made within 30 working days of the priority notice
(and of course after completion of the purchase). Under s 11(3) registration is then
deemed to have taken effect at the moment of creation of the charge (ie at the
moment of purchase) and so binds the mortgagee.
A mortgagee (having seen the contract of purchase) would know of such
restrictive covenants and would expect to be bound by them. But the same
principle could apply if the purchaser created other charges (for example, a
contract of sub-sale) without informing the mortgagee. A full search should
therefore be made on behalf of the mortgagee against the purchaser. And, as a
purchaser for money or money s worth the mortgagee will not be bound by any
charge not registered.3
It should be noted that, where as will now be the case on any sale of the
freehold, conveyance is followed by first registration any new permanent land
charges of this sort (such as new restrictive covenants) will have to be protected on
the new title at the Land Registry, not on the central Land Charges Register (para
15.4.2(c)).

(b) Procedure on searching

The search should be made on Form K 15. Care is needed in a number of respects.
(i) The name to search against. In law, one’s name is a matter of usage. A
person does not have a legally correct name; and so may be known by and
have two or more equally correct names. Getting the name of the owner
right is important both when registering a charge and when doing a
search.
A search should be done against the form (or each of the forms if more than one)
of the name shown on the title. The Registry computer is programmed to search
against a few, but not many, variations of any given name. In Standard Property
Investment plc v British Plastics Federation4 the house was conveyed into the
names of the purchasers shown as Roger Caudrelier and Hilary Caudrelier in the
conveyance. A first mortgage by them to the Abbey National Building Society
was not in dispute. A second mortgage to the plaintiff was registered under the
Land Charges Act 1972 against the same names. The couple entered into a third
mortgage to the defendant who before completion did an official search against

3 But see Abbey National Building Society v Cann [1991] AC 57, below para 10.
4 (1985) 53 P & CR 25; and see Oak Co-Operative Building Society v Blackburn [1968] Ch 730.

370
 PRE-COMPLETION STEPS BY PURCHASER

Roger Denis Caudrelier and Hilary Claire Caudrelier, a search which failed to
reveal the second mortgage.
It was held that the registration of the second mortgage was against the correct
names and so effective. The search by the third mortgagee was not against the
correct names (ie those shown on the conveyance to the Caudreliers); so the
second mortgage had priority over the third when the property had to be sold to
enforce repayment of the loans. If a correct search had been made it would, in the
absence of error by the Registry, have revealed the second mortgage and so
warned the defendant.
Section 10(4) of the Land Charges Act 1972 provides that in favour of a
purchaser or an intending purchaser, an official certificate of search, ‘according to
its tenor, shall be conclusive, affirmatively or negatively, as the case may be’.
Thus, if an entry is not revealed by an official search against the correct name, the
purchaser (and presumably her successors in title) take free of the registered
charge. A search against an incorrect version of the name will not give this
protection even where the undisclosed charge was itself registered against an
incorrect version.5 The owner of a charge who is deprived of her charge by an
incorrect certificate has no claim to compensation from any public fund. She may
have a claim in negligence against the Registry’s officers.
Officers of the Registry will not be liable if there is a discrepancy between the
details on the search application and the search certificate. The solicitor receiving
the search should check that the two do correspond—eg that the names on the
certificate are the same as those against whom the search was requested.
(ii) Period covered by the search. The search should cover all the years for
which the title shows the person searched against to have been an estate
owner of the land.6 The certificate will only show entries made during the
period specified.
(iii) For the same reason care must be taken to state correctly the name (and
any former name) of the county in which the land is situate.
If, unusually, the address of the property is included in the application, entries
affecting other land will be excluded from the certificate.

(c) The official certificate of search

An application for an official search can, in addition to post, be made by fax or

telephone. In the case of telephone the results of the search can normally be read

5 Oak Co-Operative Building Society v Blackburn [1968] Ch 730.

6 There are conceivable situations in which an effective entry may have been made against the estate
owner before or after this period and so there is an argument that the search should be for a period
going back to 1925 against each name; in practice this is not done.

371
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

out over the telephone. But in all cases it is the official certificate sent by the
Registry to the applicant which gives the protection of an official search.
The conclusiveness of an official search (as opposed to personal search) has
been mentioned.
An official search certificate gives a protection period of 15 working days (the
expiry of which is shown on the certificate, although not in law to be relied upon)
during which completion can take place in reliance on the official certificate; that
is, under s 11(5) of the 1972 Act, a purchaser will not be affected by any entry put
on the register subsequent to the certificate of search (unless pursuant to a priority
notice then on the register).
If for any reason completion does not take place during the protection period, a
new search will have to be done against the present estate owners.
If the certificate shows no subsisting entries against a name, then there is
no need for further investigation. If there are entries against the name for the
period and county searched, the certificate will give the class of entry—eg
class F—the date of registration and the registration number and, frequently,
the postal address of the land affected. In this case further investigation will
be necessary. If the entry clearly does refer to the land being purchased, an
office copy of the entry should be applied for on Form K 19 unless available
from the vendor. If there is a mere possibility that it affects the land, the
vendor’s solicitor may be in a position to certify that it does not; failing this,
an office copy of the entry will probably have to be obtained. If and when it
has been ascertained that an entry does affect the land, there are two
possibilities: First, that it relates to a matter disclosed in the contract subject to
which the land is expressly being sold—for example, disclosed restrictive
covenants. Such entries will of course be expected. Secondly, the entry may
relate to an undisclosed matter. This may be one which is removable by the
vendor and which she is expecting to remove before completion—for
example, a puisne mortgage.
In any event, the vendor must remove any undisclosed charge before
completion (or provide a proper solicitor’s undertaking to do so) or provide a
proper application for cancellation, failing which she will be in breach of contract.
An entry can be cancelled by application on Form K 117 and must be signed by
the person who made the registration in the first place or her authorised solicitor:8
or sufficient evidence of title to the charge of the person signing the application
must be produced.

7 Land Charges Rules 1974, rr 9–13.

8 See Holmes v Kennard (1984) 49 P & CR 202, a land registry case where the purchaser’s solicitor
was held negligent for accepting the wrong form of cancellation of an entry on the register signed by
the vendor’s wife’s solicitor without her authority.

372
 PRE-COMPLETION STEPS BY PURCHASER

A class F land charge is removed by application on Form K 13. Section 4 of the

Matrimonial Homes Act 19838a provides that a contract for the sale of a dwelling-
house with vacant possession is subject to an implied term that the vendor will
procure the cancellation of any class F land charge. But quite apart from this
provision, and whether or not the sale is with vacant possession, the vendor is under
a duty to remove any undisclosed land charges9 (whether entered before or after
exchange of contract). Provided the purchaser gets an application signed by the
spouse (or authorised solicitor) to cancel the entry then she (the purchaser) will be
protected by her official certificate of search against any danger of the spouse re-
registering her statutory right at the last moment in place of the one cancelled.10

13.7 BANKRUPTCY

13.7.1 Bankruptcy of vendor

One of the matters which may be revealed by a search is bankruptcy proceedings

against the vendor (or an earlier estate owner). This may affect the validity of a
conveyance by the bankrupt and should be investigated.
Bankruptcy is now governed mainly by the Insolvency Act 1986. It arises from
the inability of a person to pay her debts. Legally it begins with a bankruptcy
petition presented by a creditor or the debtor herself. If successful this leads to a
bankruptcy order when the Official Receiver takes control of the bankrupt’s
property. A trustee in bankruptcy is appointed and at that point the bankrupts
property vests automatically in the trustee. Petitions and orders are registrable
under the Land Charges Act 1972 in the register of pending actions and of writs
and orders affecting land respectively.
The crucial question here is whether a purchaser can safely deal with a person
who might have gone bankrupt. Prima facie, s 284 of the Act makes any
disposition after presentation of a petition (if leading to an order) void except
under order of the court. However, the effect of s 284(4) of the 1986 Act and ss 5
and 6 of the Land Charges Act 1972 is that a purchaser in good faith for money or
moneys worth will get good title provided there is no current bankruptcy petition
or order on the register against the vendor s name. (A registration is only effective
for five years when it will have to be renewed.)

8a To be replaced by Schedule 4, para 3 of the Family Law Act 1996.

9 See Emmett, para 11.028.
10 Even if registered, the spouse’s statutory right will not necessarily be allowed by the court to
prevail over a purchaser; see Kaur v Gill [1988] 3 WLR 39.

373
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

In practice there is little likelihood of a petition or order not being registered,

since the court and the official receiver respectively are under a duty to give notice
of them to the Chief Land Registrar.
Bankruptcy of a vendor does not put an end to the contract; it means that the
purchaser will have to deal with the trustee in bankruptcy. The trustee does have a
right to disclaim unprofitable contracts under s 315 of the 1986 Act which is not
likely to be exercised; and a person interested (the purchaser here) can give the
trustee 28 days notice within which to elect whether or not to disclaim. Subject to
this, both trustee and purchaser will be bound by the contract as made. If the
trustee fails to complete on time and time is of the essence, or made of the essence
by notice to complete, the purchaser can treat the contract as repudiated.11 But any
claim by the purchaser to damages or to recover a deposit held by the vendor or
her agent (as opposed to stakeholder) will have to be proved in the bankruptcy and
have no preference over other creditors.
If completion is to take place, the purchaser will need proof of passing of title
to the trustee in the form of proof of the adjudication order and certificate of
appointment of the trustee in bankruptcy. In addition it is important in this case
that the bankruptcy order has been registered to protect the title of the trustee
under s 6(5) and (6) of the Land Charges Act 1972.
Bankruptcy severs a joint tenancy in equity; and the bankrupt’s equitable
interest will vest in the trustee in bankruptcy. But it cannot sever a joint tenancy of
the legal title which will remain in the joint tenants as trustees; and on sale the
equitable interests will be overreached. Thus, in the common case where the legal
estate is vested in a person now bankrupt and another jointly for the benefit of
themselves jointly or in common there is no good reason to insist on the trustee in
bankruptcy joining in the conveyance.12

13.7.2 Bankruptcy of the purchaser

Section 284(4) of the 1986 Act applies to money as it does to land, so that if the
vendor completes in good faith and without notice of the presentation of any
petition she will get good title to the money.
As on the bankruptcy of the vendor, the bankruptcy of the purchaser does not
affect the validity of the contract, subject to the right of the trustee to disclaim. If
the purchaser is found to be bankrupt the vendor will have to deal with her trustee
who will have to prove her title to complete the contract. If the trustee disclaims
the vendor can forfeit the deposit and prove in the bankruptcy for any further
damages.

11 Jenning’s Trustee v King [1952] 1 Ch 899.

12 See Re McCarthy [1975] 1 WLR 807; and Emmett, para 10.037.

374
 PRE-COMPLETION STEPS BY PURCHASER

13.7.3 Avoidance of voluntary dispositions

A purchaser may have to consider another hazard in relation to bankruptcy. Under

s 339 of the 1986 Act a transaction entered into before bankruptcy may be
voidable. If a transaction is at an ‘undervalue’ and the transferor becomes
bankrupt within two years, the trustee can apply to court and have the transaction
avoided. If the bankruptcy occurs between the second and fifth years after the
transaction, the trustee can have it set aside unless the transferor can be shown to
have been solvent at the time of the transaction; and there is a presumption of
insolvency. A transaction is at an undervalue if by way of gift, where the
consideration is marriage and where the consideration received is ‘significantly’
less in value than that given. ‘Insolvency’ under s 341(3) of the 1986 Act means
the inability to pay debts as they fall due or having assets of less value than
liabilities.
Thus, where there is a gift (or other transaction at an undervalue) on the title,
the danger of avoidance has to be considered. The likely situation is that donor has
transferred the land to donee by deed of gift; donee is now selling to purchaser.
Under s 342 of the 1986 Act a purchaser is protected if in good faith and without
notice of the circumstances giving rise to the right to avoid the gift.
If more than five years have elapsed since donee acquired the property, there is
no problem. A land charges search should be done against the donor (even if one
was done at the time of the gift). The search in the register of pending actions and
writs and orders is not limited by period. If the search is clear in this respect for the
five years subsequent to the gift, the title is safe. If there were a bankruptcy entry,
the title would be defective and the trustee in bankruptcy would have to be joined
in the conveyance to transfer good title.
If two years has not elapsed since the gift, the danger is that subsequent to the
purchase, donor will become bankrupt within the two year period. The
transaction will be voidable; purchaser will not be protected because having
notice from the title of the making of the gift, she will have notice of the possible
voidability of the transaction. In the absence of suitable title insurance, the title
should not be accepted in such circumstances.
If more than two but less than five years have passed since the gift, purchaser
will be protected (if donor goes bankrupt before the five-year period expires) if on
acquiring the property she did not have notice that the transaction was a gift and
that donor was (if she was) insolvent. In this situation the purchaser is probably
safe to complete if there is available a statutory declaration of solvency made by
donor at the time of the gift.13

13 See Emmett, para 10.050.

375
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

There are three related matters that can be considered here. Under s 340 of the
1986 Act a trustee in bankruptcy can (within specified time limits) apply to court
to have a transaction set aside if intended to give preference to one creditor over
others. A purchaser will be protected under s 342(2) if without notice of the
circumstances giving rise to the right to avoid—ie that the transaction was a
preference. Evidence of a preference is not likely to appear on the title; and the
purchaser, unless happening to have knowledge, will be protected.
Section 423 of the 1986 Act allows a person prejudiced to avoid a transaction
at an undervalue intended to put assets beyond the reach of creditors. Under s 425
protection is given to a purchaser (not from the debtor) without notice of the
relevant circumstances—ie the just mentioned intention. Again, therefore unless a
purchaser happens to know of such intention she can safely ignore this rule.
Finally, under s 37 of the Matrimonial Causes Act 1973 a transaction can be set
aside if made by a spouse with the intention of defeating the other spouse’s claim
to financial relief under the Act. A purchaser is protected if in good faith and
without notice of the intention. In Kemmis v Kemmis,14 a registered land case with
the same rules applicable, a company controlled by the husband mortgaged the
house to a bank. It was held that the husband did have the intention; and that the
bank knew almost as much about the family’s financial and personal affairs as the
husband did and should have been put on enquiry. However, so it was held, as
such enquiries would not have revealed the intention of the husband, the bank did
not have notice.15
In relation to the three provisions just referred to, it should be added that it is
not the purchaser’s notice of bankruptcy which is in issue; therefore bankruptcy
searches are not relevant here.

13.8 SEARCH IN THE COMPANIES REGISTER

Where the vendor is a company or a company appears on the title as a

previous owner of the property, a search in the Companies Register may be
necessary.16 The search is necessary to reveal any fixed or floating charge on
the land created by the company before 1 January 1970; and any floating
charge created since then.17

14 [1988] 1 WLR 1307.

15 The bank failed to get possession because the wife’s mother who had contributed to the purchase
price was in actual occupation at the time of the mortgage and so had an overriding interest.
16 To be incorporated a company must be registered under the Companies Act 1985.
17 Fixed charges created before 1 January 1970 could effectively be registered under the Land
Charges Act 1925 or in the Companies Register. To bind a mortgagee, registration is still also,
additionally necessary in the Companies Register.

376
 PRE-COMPLETION STEPS BY PURCHASER

If a floating charge is revealed evidence is needed of non-crystallisation at the

time of sale by the company. Properly, this should be in the form of a certificate by
the chargee; though in practice a certificate signed by an officer of the company
itself is commonly accepted.
There is no procedure for official searches in the Companies Register and no
period of protection given by any search. In the case of previous company owners
of the land, the necessary company search and other evidence mentioned above
should hopefully be available with the deeds and abstracted by the vendor. If any
such search is not available it will have to be carried out by the purchaser’s
solicitor before completion; together with one against the vendor if it is a
company
The search in the Companies Register is normally carried out by agents (who
advertise their services in the legal press). They must be given proper, detailed
instructions as to the company to be searched against, and the information sought.
The search can be made in the Register either in Cardiff or London; and, of
course, the result can be faxed or telephoned if necessary.
In addition to charges, the purchaser may need to check:

(i) That the company had capacity to enter into the transaction—ie that the
transaction was intra vires the company. Since the enactment of s 35(1) of
the Companies Act 1985 as substituted by s 108(1) of the Companies Act
1989, ‘the validity of an act done by a company shall not be called into
question on the ground of lack of capacity by reason of anything in the
company’s memorandum’. Even before this, although an extract from the
company’s memorandum and articles showing the power ought to have
been abstracted, memoranda were (and are) invariably drawn in such wide
terms that any sale or purchase of land transaction would almost certainly
be within its powers.
(ii) In a transaction negotiated with the directors, that the directors were
authorised to act on behalf of the company. Under s 35 of the 1985 Act
substituted by s 108(1) of the 1989 Act, ‘in favour of a person dealing with
the company in good faith, the power of the board of directors to bind the
company, or authorise others to do so, shall be deemed to be free of any
limitation under the company’s constitution’. Lack of good faith is defined
so narrowly that a purchaser has no need to investigate or seek proof (either
from the memorandum of association or resolution of the company) that the
directors are authorised.
(iii) Insolvency. Under s 522 of the Companies Act 1985, any disposition of a
company’s property will be void if made after the commencement of a
winding up by the court—that is when the petition for winding up is
presented to the court or, if this is preceded by such, with the resolution of the
company for a voluntary winding up (s 524). Petitions have to be advertised

377
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

in the London Gazette. Winding up orders must be filed with the Registrar of
Companies. If there is any reason to suspect insolvency a search as to these
matters should be instructed.

13.9 FURTHER SEARCH IN THE REGISTER OF

LOCAL LAND CHARGES

It is sometimes suggested that a fresh local search should be done if there has been
a long delay between contract and completion.
A local land charge search will (or should) have been done prior to contract—
since standard conditions of sale invariably negative the vendors duty of
disclosure in this respect (para 4.5.3).
Local land charges affecting the property may arise between contract and
completion at any time. They cannot in general be removed by the vendor and
will bind the purchaser on completion. In general, they will be covered by the
principle that on exchange of contract the risk of supervening events passes to the
purchaser. In general, therefore, there is no legal point in doing a new search (or
indeed a first one!) between contract and completion, however long that period is.
It is possible that any such intervening charge arises from the neglect or default
of the vendor or makes the vendor unable to fulfil her obligation to give vacant
possession—either of which would put the vendor in breach and so should be
discovered before completion. If there is any possibility of such a charge, a pre-
completion search would be merited.
Standard Conditions 3.1.3 and 3.1.4 do require the vendor to inform the
purchaser of any ‘new public requirement’ affecting the property which she
learns about post-contract, but puts the burden of the cost of complying with any
public requirement on the purchaser.

13.10 INSPECTION OF THE PROPERTY

It is important to inspect the property before completion. It is rare for the

purchaser’s solicitor to inspect, but at least the purchaser should be aware of
what to look for. Where the solicitor is acting for both the purchaser and the
lender on a purchase-linked mortgage, it is important in this context to
distinguish the two roles.
(a) The purchaser will be concerned, before completing and handing over the
purchase money, to check that the property is as it should be under the contract,
that boundary fences have not been moved, damage not done, that vacant
possession will be given, without a cellar full of rancid junk or a sitting granny. All

378
 PRE-COMPLETION STEPS BY PURCHASER

such matters are equally important, though the books tend to have a fixation on
the grannies and other ‘dangerous persons’.
A few points need to be made. Any person left in occupation at completion will
be a derogation by the vendor of her obligation to give vacant possession, whether
there by right enforceable only against the vendor, against the purchaser if she
completes, or without right at all (the squatter). Subject to the terms of the contract
it is the duty of the vendor to see to the removal of any such person.
If such a person does have a right enforceable against the purchaser it is clearly
a more serious matter. Whether or not there is such a right depends on the nature
of the right of occupation and familiar (hopefully) principles of land law. For
example, if the person has a legal, weekly tenancy, that will be binding on the
purchaser regardless of notice.
If the person (the granny case) has an equitable interest in the property (for
example, by virtue of contribution to the vendor’s purchase) her interest will be
overreached if the sale is by two or more trustees—but the vendor will still be
under an obligation to actually get her out before completion whether by
negotiation or in the back of the removal van. If not overreached, the purchaser
will be bound unless a bona fide purchaser for value without notice of the
equitable interest. It is notice at the moment of transfer of the legal estate that
matters. The question is whether the purchaser had notice at that moment, not
whether the equitable beneficiary was in actual occupation. The concept of
actual occupation relates to registered title; actual occupation is likely to give
rise to notice; but there could well be notice of such an interest without
occupation.18 As already emphasised, the vendor should have dealt with any
such possible adverse claims or de facto occupations before exchanging
contracts—either by making the sale subject to them, as on sale of a property
with a sitting tenant; or taken steps to ensure that the occupation would be
terminated in time for completion.
(b) Inspection and the purchase-linked mortgagee The principles just
mentioned in (a) apply equally to such a mortgagee who is lending part of the
purchase price. The security of the mortgagee’s title stems from the security of the
purchaser’s title.
In addition however there is the spectre of the contributing granny, not
refusing to leave, but arriving in the purchaser’s pantechnicon; that is the fear
that the purchaser will create adverse interests of this sort binding on the
lender. Institutional lenders do make a point in their mortgage application
forms and instructions to solicitors of checking for the possibility of such
occupants.

18 Consider Kingsnorth Trust Ltd v Tizard [1986] 2 All ER 54. How should this have been decided had
it been a registered land case?

379
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

One is talking here of equitable interests arising under a trust of the legal estate
held by the purchaser. In principle, the mortgagee, being classified in law as a
purchaser, will be bound by any such interest unless it is overreached or the
mortgagee can claim to be a bona fide purchaser of the legal estate without notice
of the interest.
In fact, lenders have little to worry about, since the courts have judicially
erected an almost impregnable barrier in their defence which makes the doctrine
of notice unimportant in this context. In particular:
(i) if the mortgage is executed in joint names, any such interests will be
overreached. (This is of course a statutory provision.) And note that lenders,
unlike purchasers, are concerned with the right to possession if and when
they need to enforce their security. Who is actually in occupation at
completion is of no great concern;
(ii) if the beneficiary under the trust knew that money would to be raised to
finance the purchase, she will normally be taken to have authorised the
creation of the mortgage in priority to her own interest,19 even if (unbeknown
to her) more money than necessary was raised in this way;
(iii) In Abbey National Building Society v Cann20 the House of Lords
rationalised this type of transaction in the following way:
‘The reality is that the purchaser of the land who relies upon a building
society or bank loan for the completion of his purchase never in fact
acquires anything but an equity of redemption, for the land is, from the
very inception, charged with the amount of the loan without which it could
never have been transferred at all and it was never intended that it should be
otherwise.’
This means that in the purchase-linked mortgage situation, the mortgagee will
take priority over any interest created by the purchaser—at least an interest under
a trust. It is not clear what effect this reasoning would have if applied to interests
registrable under the Land Charges Act 1972. Logically it would seem to mean
that the mortgagee would not be bound by any registrable interest created by the
purchaser even though protected by a priority notice. This might be significant
where, for example, the purchase is of part of the land in a title with restrictive
covenants being imposed for the benefit of the part retained. Presumably,
applying point (ii) above in reverse, the mortgagee could be taken to have
authorised them having seen the documentation for the purchase.

19 This principle applies even in favour of a subsequent mortgagee whose loan is used to pay off the
original loan. Equity & Law Home Loan v Prestidge [1991] 1 WLR 137; noted, MP Thompson [1992]
Conv 206; and see J Greed, ‘Mortgagees and Contributors’ (1992) 142 NLJ 539.
20 [1991] 1AC 56.

380
 PRE-COMPLETION STEPS BY PURCHASER

Institutional lenders do frequently require a consent form of some sort signed

by anyone who is going to occupy with the borrower. In so far as it is not otiose,
such a consent form would be effective to postpone any interest of the person
signing on the principle of estoppel or as amounting to an authorisation within the
principle in (ii) above.
In this situation the possibility of conflict of interest has to be kept in mind; that
is a conflict between the interest of the purchaser and that of the mortgagee, where
the same solicitor is acting for both. There is also the possibility of conflict
between the interest of the purchaser and any relative or other person being asked
to postpone a possible interest in the property.
It is convenient to deal here also with the situation where the purchaser, now
the owner, subsequently raises a loan secured by a mortgage of the property, i.e
where the loan is not being used to finance the purchase. In such a case in relation
to the borrower, the mortgagee is in the same position as a purchaser. In relation to
adverse interests under a trust, principles (i) and (ii) above are still applicable; (iii)
would not be.

13.11 THE PURCHASE-LINKED MORTGAGE

Where the same solicitor is acting for the purchaser and lender, all the above steps
will have to be carried out on behalf of and with a duty to both of them. On behalf of
the lender, the special factors in relation to adverse occupants have been mentioned.
The need for a full search of the Central Land Charges Register has been mentioned;
also the need to search in the name of the purchaser, securing her title which thus
gives consequential security to the mortgagee’s title. Where the mortgagee-lender is
represented by a separate solicitor it will be the latter’s duty either to take the above
steps or to be satisfied that they have been taken satisfactorily by the purchaser’s
solicitor; and the evidence, such as search certificates, produced.

REGISTERED TITLE

13.12 SEARCH IN THE DISTRICT LAND REGISTRY

The purchaser’s starting point in investigating the vendor’s title is an office copy
of the entries on the register and of the title plan.
Under s 110(1) of the Land Registration Act 1925, the vendor is obliged, if
required, and notwithstanding any stipulation to the contrary in the contract, to

381
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

provide copies (not office copies) of entries on the register and any filed plan.
Standard Condition 4.2. requires the vendor to supply office copies (see above,
para 11.12.1).
The purpose of the pre-completion search is to check that nothing adverse
has been registered since the date of the office copy which would affect the
purchaser—ie to check that the title which the purchaser will obtain and be
registered with will be free of any adverse interests not disclosed in the
contract.

13.12.1 Procedure

An application for an official search (fee £5) is made on printed Form 94A
(purchase of the whole title) or 94B (purchase of part of the land in the
vendor’s title) to the District Registry for the area in which the land is situate.
Under the Land Registration Act 1988 (and see Land Registration (Open
Register) Rules 1991 (SI 1992/122)), the Register is now public; and the
vendor’s authority to search is not required.21 The application must specify
the ‘search from date’ as shown on the office copy which must be within the
previous 12 months.
If it is a search of part, a plan in duplicate will have to accompany the Form
94B application to identify the relevant part, unless it can be clearly identified by
reference to the title plan, or it is a plot on a new building estate which can be
identified by reference to a plot number on an approved layout plan (para
7.11.2(a)). In the last case, the date of approval will have to be obtained from the
vendor (in the requisitions on title or otherwise) and supplied to the Registry.
Where the vendor’s own application for first registration is still pending at the
Registry, an official search can be made, giving the same protection as when the
title is already registered, using printed Form 94A or, in the case of part of the land
being registered, 94B(FR).
The conventional method to search is by post and receive the certificate back
by post. Now, under Rules 3 and 14 of the 1993 Land Registration (Official
Searches) Rules, the Chief Land Registrar can provide for the transmission of
applications and results of official searches by other means. Searches can now be
made by fax, telephone, document exchange or direct access.22

21 As to the right to inspect documents not referred to on the register, see Land Registration Act 1925,
s 112 (as amended); and Land Registration (Open Register) Rules 1991 (as amended).
22 See Ruoff & Roper, para 30.02.

382
 PRE-COMPLETION STEPS BY PURCHASER

13.12.2 The official certificate of search

The official search certificate will show what, if any, entries have been made on
the register between the date mentioned above and the date of the search. It will
also show any pending applications affecting the title; and any other unexpired
official searches. The protection given by an official search is twofold. First,
unlike a search in the Central Land Charges Registry, the certificate of search is
not conclusive. The rights protected on the register will not be affected by an
error in the search; but under the Land Registration Act 1925, s 83(3) a
purchaser who suffers loss will be entitled to indemnity from public funds.
Secondly, if the purchaser completes and delivers her application to register to
the proper Registry within the priority period, she will not be bound by any
supervening entries or applications affecting the title. If the application is not
made in time a new search can be done, but it will give a new period, not an
extension of the old.
The priority period is 30 working days (ie when the Registry is working) from
the date of the search. The application must be in order and received by the proper
Registry before 9.30 am on the 30th working day after the search application is
deemed to have been delivered at the Registry. An application received at the
Registry after 9.30 am on any day is deemed to have been delivered immediately
before 9.30 am on the following day. The certificate is stamped to show the 30th
working day, though legally this cannot be relied on.
Under Rule 8 of the 1993 Rules, the priority between search applications
deemed to have been delivered at the same time is as the parties agree or, failing
agreement, as determined by the Chief Land Registrar under Rule 298 of the
Land Registration Rules 1925 as amended. This fixing of priority of search
applications is crucial since, through the mechanism of the priority period it can
determine the order of priority of entries on the Register.
Since completion, stamping if necessary and submission for registration have
to take place within the priority period, the search should be made as close to
completion as possible.
Under Rule 6 of the 1993 Rules a search can only be made to give protection to
an applicant who is a purchaser—that is a person (including a lessee or chargee)
who in good faith and for valuable consideration acquires or intends to acquire a
legal estate in the land.
It is not clear what good faith means in this context.23 The danger is that it will
be used to import the doctrine of notice back into registered conveyancing and

23 See Smith v Morrison [1974] 1 All ER 957 where Plowman J defined it in terms of honesty, lack of
ulterior motive—which does not take the matter much further.

383
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

undermine the principle (which is by no means inviolate anyway) that a purchaser

should be able to rely on the conclusiveness of the register. What can perhaps be
said is that a purchaser does not have to go ‘looking for trouble’. If she does not
know of any adverse, off-the-register, claim she does not have to query whether
there might not be one. Even knowledge of an off-the-register claim would not by
itself be a reason not to complete. But if there was knowledge of an undoubtedly
valid (apart from non-registration) claim, it might be risky, on the present state of
the authorities, to complete without getting the matter resolved.

13.12.3 Search by purchase-linked mortgagee

Where there is a purchase-linked mortgage, the mortgagee being a purchaser will

need the protection of an official search. Rule 6 of the 1990 Rules provides in
effect that where a purchase (ie here, the mortgage) is dependent on a prior
dealing (here, the purchase itself) a search by the subsequent purchaser will give
the benefit of the protection period to both the transactions. In short, if (as where
the same solicitor is acting for both) only one search is done it should be done on
behalf of the mortgagee; and its protection will extend to the purchaser.

13.12.4 Bankruptcy

Subject to what is now said the same principles apply as in the case of
unregistered title. On appointment title to registered land vests automatically in
the trustee without registration. This is an exception to the fundamental principle
of registered title that the legal owner is the person shown as proprietor on the
register.
Bankruptcy petitions and adjudication orders are automatically registered in
the central Land Charges Register whether or not the bankrupt is known to own
unregistered or registered land. This registration does not affect the title to any
registered land and there is no need whatsoever for a purchaser of registered land
to search in the central Land Charges Register.
Where the bankrupt does own registered land the Registrar is required to
protect the petition by means of a creditor’s notice in the proprietorship register
and subsequently to protect the adjudication order by means of a bankruptcy
inhibition, again in the proprietorship register of any land which appears to be
affected.
Under s 61(1) of the Land Registration Act 1925, the effect of entry of a
creditor’s notice (which remains effective until cancelled) is that any dealing with
the land by the proprietor will be subject to the rights of the creditors protected by
the notice.

384
 PRE-COMPLETION STEPS BY PURCHASER

Under s 61(4) the effect of entry of a bankruptcy inhibition is that the only
dealing that will be registered is the registration of the trustee in bankruptcy as
proprietor (who will then be able to deal with the land).
Provided no creditor’s notice or bankruptcy inhibition is entered on the
register, a purchaser in good faith for money or money’s worth from the
proprietor will acquire a good title (s 61(6) as amended). The section goes on to
provide that a purchaser who has ‘notice’ of a (unprotected) bankruptcy petition
or order at the time of the transfer will not be in good faith; but that this does not
impose on her any obligation to search in the Central Land Charges Register.
What this means is that the purchaser is not fixed with notice of any bankruptcy
entry on the Land Charges register; but if she does in fact know of the bankruptcy
or actually knows of something which ought to have put her to further enquiry or
has wilfully abstained from enquiry to avoid notice,24 she will have notice, not be
in good faith and her title will be defective. (As to bankruptcy search by a
mortgagee see below, para 13.14.)

(a) Joint proprietors

Where one of two joint proprietors goes bankrupt, the position is exactly the same
as in the case of unregistered title.25 The bankrupt proprietor cannot be divested of
her legal title (since this would involve the impossibility of severing the legal joint
tenancy). Thus a creditor’s notice or bankruptcy inhibition will not be entered.
The interests of the creditors can be protected by restriction (if the joint tenancy is
not already subject to one against dealings by the survivor) or a caution.

(b) Dealing with the trustee

Where the bankruptcy does come to light, the purchaser will have to deal with the
trustee. The effect on the contract is essentially the same as in the case of
unregistered title. If the vendor becomes bankrupt, the purchase will have to be
completed or enforced against the trustee in the same way. The trustee will prove
title either by getting herself registered as proprietor or (if the purchaser agrees)
deal with the land without being registered. In this case, the purchaser will have
the bankrupt proprietor’s title proved in the usual way; and in addition will require
an office copy of the bankruptcy order, a certificate signed by the trustee that the
land is included in the trustee’s estate, and a certified copy of the certificate of
appointment of the trustee.

24 See Farwell J in Hunt v Luck [1901] 1 Ch 45 at p52, quoted in Kemmis v Kemmis [1988] 1
WLR 1307.
25 Ruoff & Roper, para 28.09.

385
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

If the purchaser goes bankrupt the position is the same as in the case of
unregistered title.

13.12.5 Voluntary dispositions

Registered title can be the subject matter of a gift in the same way as unregistered
(printed Form 19 being adapted to commence: ‘In consideration of my natural
love and affection’). The donee will be registered as proprietor and not being a
transferee for value will hold subject to any minor interests (even though not on
the register) subject to which the donor held the land (Land Registration Act 1925,
s 20(4)) and will be liable to have her title upset if the donor becomes bankrupt, in
accordance with the rules under the 1986 Act mentioned above. This potential
liability of the donee to have her title upset is not shown on the register. If the
donee disposes of the land the ordinary rules of registered conveyancing apply. A
transferee for value will not be affected by such liability unless protected on the
register (if for example proceedings to set the gift aside have been commenced
and protected on the register).
Dispositions intended to give a preference, those intended to defraud creditors
and those intended to defeat a spouse s claim for relief under the Matrimonial
Causes Act 1973 are subject to the same principles as in the case of unregistered
land (para 13.7.3). And, in the case of a claim under s 37(4) of the Matrimonial
Causes Act 1973 at least, the transaction will be set aside against a disponee with
notice even though registered as proprietor.26

13.13 FURTHER SEARCH IN THE REGISTER OF

LOCAL LAND CHARGES

What has been said above in relation to unregistered title applies in exactly the
same way in relation to registered title. Local land charges, being overriding
interests will not be revealed by the search of the title register.

13.14 CENTRAL LAND CHARGES SEARCH

A search is not necessary in the central Register of Land Charges on behalf of the
purchaser. The Land Charges Act 1972 does not apply to charges affecting
registered land.27 Nevertheless, institutional mortgage lenders do habitually

26 See Kemmis v Kemmis [1988] 1 WLR 1307.

27 Land Charges Act 1972, s 14(1).

386
 PRE-COMPLETION STEPS BY PURCHASER

require bankruptcy only searches against the borrower. The value of this exercise
is open to question.
It is quite clear from s 61(6) of the Land Registration Act 1925 that the mere
fact of registration of a bankruptcy petition or adjudication order in the Central
Land Charges Register will not affect the lender with notice of it so as to avoid the
mortgage against the trustee in bankruptcy and that there is no obligation on the
lender to search there. On the other hand, it is possible that if the lender does
choose to search and does discover such an entry, she will be affected by notice,
so will not be a purchaser in good faith, and so (if completing the mortgage) will
have a mortgage void against the trustee in bankruptcy.28 It is not clear why the
lender, being protected in relation to bankruptcy by not making a search, should
choose to make one.
It is commonly said that the search is concerned with the financial status of the
borrower rather than her legal title; that, as petitions and orders are first
automatically registered in the Central Land Charges Registry, the search might
show a bankruptcy which had not yet got onto the register of title. Institutional
lenders have every opportunity to and do check the financial status of borrowers
before making a mortgage offer. Moreover, it is the long term likelihood of being
able to keep up repayment instalments that really concern the lender. And it may
well be that only a very small proportion of the mortgage defaulters and
repossessed are ever actually made bankrupt. Generally, it is not worth
bankrupting the poor. Indeed, it is unlikely to be bankruptcy that prevents a
borrower from making repayment instalments. Section 310 of the 1986
Insolvency Act provides that the court can make an order for part of the bankrupt s
income to be paid over to the trustee in bankruptcy, but is not to make one ‘the
effect of which would be to reduce the income of the bankrupt below what
appears to the court to be necessary for meeting the reasonable domestic needs of
the bankrupt and his family’.

13.15 INSPECTION OF THE PROPERTY

The distinction noted above is equally relevant here; that is between the concern
of the purchaser and that of the purchase-related mortgagee. In general the
principles discussed in relation to unregistered title apply. The difference is that
what determines whether any interest of a person contributing to the purchase
price will bind a purchaser is not the doctrine of notice but whether the person is in
actual occupation and has an overriding interest under the Land Registration Act
1925, s 70(1)(g). Only a few points need to be made here in a relation to a subject

28 See Ruoff & Roper, para 28.15.

387
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

that should have been fully rehearsed in earlier study of land law. The crucial
moment at which actual occupation must exist to bind a purchaser is the moment
of completion not registration of the purchase. This gives the purchase-linked
mortgagee yet one more string to her bow; the contributing granny is not likely to
have been installed by the moment of completion. As decided in Cann29 acts
preparatory to occupation are not the same as actual occupation. More is required
than getting the carpets in and giving the workmen their first cup of tea.

29 [1990] 2 WLR 832.

388
 CHAPTER 14

COMPLETION1

14.1 FRIDAY MORNING, 22 MARCH. A TRANSFORMATION?

TIMOTHY GETS IT RIGHT!

The dawn of Timothy’s first completion has broken—in fact, three completions;
the Obebe sale and purchase and the Goldberg sale. The peak of his conveyancing
dream; though Timothy, whose poetry consists of a few ill-digested and ill-
forgotten lines of schoolboy Shakespeare, and an endless collection of rugby
songs, does not see it with quite such poetic vision (and what conveyancer
would?). But he is now trying very hard; and we are going to imagine (whether or
not an idle fancy) that today he gets things more or less right. Old Jarndyce hopes
that this is a sign of real progress. He is happy enough to have preserved the
reputation of the firm so far, in the face of Timothy’s bumbling onslaughts, in the
eyes of clients, potential clients and potential ex-clients.
Timothy takes out the Goldberg file. Document 14.1 is the file copy of the
completion statement sent to the Singhs’ solicitor (see overleaf).
The letter of instructions from Moriartys to act as their agents to complete
contains the following:
‘We enclose the epitome and copy documents; please kindly mark as
examined against the originals for return to us. Please endorse
memorandum of the present conveyance on the conveyance to your
clients dated 24 June as per our requisition on title. Please supply
original death certificate of Mrs Goldberg as agreed and deed
appointing Miss Goldberg trustee to convey. Please check that the
conveyance has been duly executed by Mr Goldberg, Miss Goldberg
and the building society and insert date of completion.’
The day has not dawned for Mrs Goldberg. She died suddenly two days before
completion was due to take place. Her humble but worthy dream of a mortgage-
free Fell View (and this is the stuff that conveyancing dreams are made of) was not
to be fully realised. At least, and in fairness, it has to be said that Timothy’s
conveyancing practices did not in any way contribute to her premature demise.
Fortunately, conveyancers are not doctors.

1 For what, exactly, the term means, see DG Barnsley, ‘Completion of a Contract for the Sale and
Purchase of Land: Taming a Variable Beast’ [1991] Conv 15, 81, 185. For the difficulty, and possible
importance, of establishing the exact time at which completion has taken place, see Abbey National
Building Society v Cann [1990] 2 WLR 832.

389
Document 14.1 Goldberg Sale: Letter to Purchasers’ Solicitor
 COMPLETION

Her death does explain the delay in completion and item of £18 for interest
deducted in the completion statement sent to Moriartys (above). On the Obebe
sale and purchase, Miss Obebe was on the phone to Timothy yesterday. Her sister
already has a set of keys. Miss Obebe’s removal van is due to arrive at 11 am this
morning to start loading. Her sister is moving in with the help of friends later
today. Miss Mixford moved out yesterday and has left the keys with a neighbour
to be picked up by Miss Obebe after completion. Timothy will ring the neighbour
as soon as completion has taken place.
All three solicitors involved in the sale and purchase have agreed to use the
Law Society’s Code for completion by post.
Note: Timothy decided, with a little help from Old Jarndyce, not to act for Miss
Obebe’s sister as well (para 9.3).

Question Suppose that Miss Obebe arrives with her pantechnicon to find Miss
Mixford’s rather elderly and rather obdurate sister in occupation. The sister is
claiming that the mother appointed Miss Mixford as her personal representative,
but left the house to her (the sister). Miss Mixford, so says the sister, was living
with the mother at the time, and refused to move out or transfer the property to the
sister. Knowing that Miss Mixford was moving and having a set of keys, last night
the sister left her flat and moved in. She now slams the door in Miss Obebe’s face.
Miss Obebe, in some panic, rings Timothy.
Consider the legal position of the sister, Miss Obebe and Miss Mixford. What
steps should Timothy advise on the assumption that he (a) has or (b) has not
completed the purchase when Miss Obebe rings?
Fortunately, the above scenario has not arisen. Miss Mixford’s sister has not
moved in. Timothy goes through his checklist (which he now assiduously keeps
for every transaction, his shopping and his social life). Everything is in order.
Necessary funds from the building society and Miss Obebe have been received
and cleared through the client account (below, para 14.8.2).
Timothy completes on the sale and then immediately on the purchase. All goes
without a hitch. Even Old Jarndyce is not unhappy.

Question Spell out in chronological order each step that you would expect to be
taken by each of the solicitors involved in the Obebe sale and purchase on the
day of completion using the Law Society’s Code for Completion by Post
(Appendix 5).

Question List the documents which Timothy should receive from Miss Mixford’s
solicitor on completion of the purchase. Remember that Miss Mixford is not the
registered proprietor (para 4.1.1).

391
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Timothy turns back to the Goldberg sale. He rings Mary Moriarty at Moriartys
who confirms that she is just about to instruct their bank to transfer funds to
Jarndyce’s account. Half an hour later, in accordance with their instructions,
Pennyworth Bank plc (where Jarndyces bank) rings Timothy and confirms that they
now hold the £9,020 to the credit of Jarndyce & Jarndyce in their client account.
Timothy takes the file and gets the deeds sent up from the strong-room. He checks
the epitome and copies against the originals and marks each copy as examined.
‘Examined against the original, 22 March 1996, Jarndyce & Jarndyce, Solicitors,
Ledchester.’ He checks that the conveyance to the Singhs has been signed and
witnessed by Mr Goldberg and Miss Goldberg, the building society and the Singhs;
and enters the date. He has already had a memorandum of the sale endorsed on the
conveyance to the Goldbergs which he completes in the following terms:
‘By a conveyance dated the 22 day of March 1996 made between Larry
Goldberg and Sonia Goldberg (1) and Balraj and Jinder Singh (2) part of
the land conveyed by the within conveyance was conveyed to the said B
and J Singh.’
Note: As to the need to keep a copy of the conveyance on a sale of part, see para
14.10 below.
He makes a file note of the completion, rings Moriartys to confirm that
completion has taken place; and dictates a letter to Mr Goldberg and his sister
enclosing a statement of account of the transaction and bill of costs.
Question Produce the statement of account and bill of costs. Assume that
Jarndyces’ costs on the sale were £500 plus VAT with an extra £100 plus VAT for
the documentation in connection with the death of Mrs Goldberg. (For illustration
see paras 14.8.2(a) and 14.8.2(b) below.)

Timothy also dictates a letter to the Ledchester & Bongley Building Society with
a copy of the statement of account and a cheque drawn on client account for the
balance of the proceeds of sale.

14.2 OLD JARNDYCE COMMENTS

The division of topics between this and the last chapter is one that is conventional
but artificial. Both deal with matters which have to be dealt with at some point
between contract and completion. It is not possible to give a universally
applicable time chart. The time at which any particular step needs to be taken may
depend on the circumstances—for example, how long it is likely to take to get
necessary funds from the client herself.
The timing of some steps is governed by the contract—for example, the steps
in deducing and investigating title. The timing of some is governed by general

392
 COMPLETION

law—for example, when application for an official Land Registry search must be
made to have the benefit of its protection prior to registration.
What is important is to have a checklist of steps to be taken between contract
and completion (possibly part of a checklist for the whole transaction, with space
to enter the date when each step should be taken, and space to indicate, when such
is the case, that a step has been completed and a properly organised diary system
to ensure that each step is in fact taken at the right time.
Some of the steps leading from contract to completion do remain to be
commented on. What follows applies equally to registered and unregistered title,
unless the contrary is indicated. After that, matters relating to completion itself
will be considered.

COUNTDOWN TO COMPLETION

14.3 VACANT POSSESSION

Subject to the terms of the contract the vendor is obliged to give the purchaser
vacant possession at completion.
The most likely case where the contract will provide otherwise, is where the
property is expressly sold subject to an existing tenancy of the whole of part of the
property. In such a case, in respect of that whole or part, the purchaser is buying
the reversion. Here, the following points should be noted. Both under an open
contract and the Standard Conditions (6.3.) the rental income for the period
current at the time of completion will have to be apportioned; and the purchaser
will have to be put into possession of the right to receive the rent by providing her
with a letter directing the tenant to pay future rents (and other payments due under
the lease) to the purchaser.
Under s 3 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1985, the new landlord of a dwelling
must give notice in writing of the assignment and of her name and address to the
tenant not later than the next day on which rent is payable under the tenancy (or
within two months if that is later). Failure to comply without reasonable excuse in
a summary offence.2 Under s 3A of the same Act, introduced by s 50 of the
Landlord and Tenant Act 1987, the assignor will continue to be liable on the
landlord’s covenants until notice has been given, either by the new landlord or the
assignor.

2 And see s 48 of the same Act requiring a landlord to give the tenant notice of an address in England
and Wales for the service of notices.

393
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Vacant possession connotes both a physical fact and a legal right. Physically, it
means empty of both objects and persons; whether any such person is there without
right (for example, a squatter who has entered before completion) or under some
right capable of binding the purchaser (for example, a spouse of the vendor with a
statutory right of occupation under the Matrimonial Homes Act 1983.2a Legally, it
means free from the right of anyone else to take possession as against the purchaser.3
The contractual obligation to give vacant possession on completion is an
exception to the principle that the contract merges with the conveyance (para 5.7)
and so the purchaser can sue for failure to give vacant possession even after
completion has taken place.

14.4 DEATH BETWEEN CONTRACT AND COMPLETION

As would be expected in a mature property-owning democracy, death has no

vitiating effect on a contract for the sale of land! It may be a tragedy; but in
conveyancing it is just a matter of title. On death, the rights and obligations under
the contract of the deceased will pass to her personal representatives as
administrators of her estate. In order to be able to complete, the personal
representatives of the vendor will have to prove their title to the property.
The proving personal representative(s) will have to replace the deceased in the
conveyance; and will, if the contract by the deceased so provided, have to give full
title guarantee (para 5.7).

14.4.1 Death of sole vendor: unregistered title

A purchaser will be concerned with a number of matters.

Firstly, that the title has properly passed from the deceased to the personal
representative (s). This will be proved by production of the grant of probate or
letters of administration. The vendor should supply a copy to the purchaser and
produce the original for inspection.
At this point a distinction should be noted between the original grant sealed by
the Registry which contains a copy of the will within it and an office copy of the
grant. This is a copy of the grant without a copy of the will but sealed by the
Registry and equally admissible in evidence. Any number of such copies can be
obtained from the Registry on payment of a fee. It is, of course, possible to have
photo or other unofficial copies of the grant. Any necessary memoranda must be
made and looked for on the original grant.

2a To be replaced by Part IV of the Family Law Act 1996.

3 See, eg Wroth v Tyler [1974] Ch 30; and see para 3.5.4.

394
 COMPLETION

The purchaser will not receive the original on completion since it will relate to
the whole of the deceased’s estate; and should, as with all the title deeds, mark her
copy as examined against the original. In addition, she should ensure that an
acknowledgement for production of the original grant is drafted into the
conveyance (para 12.4.3(c)).
The purchaser will need to check that all the personal representatives proving
the will (and no one else) are party to the conveyance. A sole personal
representative (ie if there is only one personal representative) acting as such can
give a good title.4 This will not apply if the personal representative has ceased to
hold as such on conclusion of the administration and is holding as trustee; or if the
property has come from the deceased as trust property.
Secondly, the purchaser must check that the personal representative has not
already disposed of the land elsewhere.
A personal representative can do one of two things with the land of the
deceased. First, she may assent it to a beneficiary, who might be herself; or, if it
is to be held on trust, she may assent it to the trustee; and, if she is trustee as well
as personal representative she will have to assent it from herself as personal
representative to herself as trustee. Under s 36(4) of the Administration of
Estates Act 1925, an assent must be in writing and signed by the assentor and
name the person in whose favour it is given. For reasons given below, the
assentee should (as she is entitled to under s 36(5) of this Act) ensure that a
memorandum of the assent is endorsed on the original grant of probate or
administration.
Alternatively, the personal representative may sell the property. From a
purchasers point of view, the danger is that the personal representative has already
vested the estate in someone else by assent and so has no title to pass to the
purchaser. Such an event is unlikely since the assentee would normally have
obtained the title deeds to the property.
In any case, a purchaser in good faith for money or money’s worth is protected
under s 36(6) of the Administration of Estates Act 1925 and will get good title
(thus depriving any previous assentee of the title) if two conditions are satisfied.
First, there must be no memorandum of any previous assent endorsed on the
grant. This explains why the assentee should get such a memorandum of her own
assent endorsed. Secondly, the personal representative must make a statement in
writing that she has ‘not given or made an assent or conveyance in respect of the
legal estate’. This statement is invariably made in the conveyance to the purchaser
itself (generally in the form of a recital). If the personal representative has herself
died the statement can be made by the person who takes over as personal
representative of the (original) deceased.

4 Law of Property Act 1925, ss 2(1)(iii), 27(2).

395
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

This provision protects the purchaser against the possibility of an earlier

assent; it cannot upset the title of an earlier purchaser for money or money’s
worth. This of course is the normal situation of any purchaser. As already said, this
is unlikely to happen; additionally it is a criminal offence for a personal
representative to make a false s 36 statement. Further, this protection only
operates in favour of a purchaser. If a personal representative makes an assent to B
having already made an assent to A, A’s title will not be disturbed whether or not
she has had a memorandum endorsed on the grant.
Where the personal representative assents to the property, rather than selling
it, it is common to have a s 36 statement included in the assent. This will not
give the assentee protection. It has also been said that it will not protect a
subsequent purchaser from the assentee, because the statement has not been
made to the purchaser by the personal representative. But it is difficult to see
why, under the section, it should not be relied on by such a subsequent
purchaser
It follows from the above, that wherever a purchaser takes from a personal
representative and wherever there is the death of a sole owner on the title, the
purchaser should check the grant; check that there were no adverse memoranda
on the grant at the time of conveyance; and that a s 36 statement by the personal
representative was or will be made.
The third point of concern will be the interests of the beneficiaries. Being
aware, as she will be, that the land is held by a personal representative, a purchaser
will in principle have notice of the existence of the beneficial interests and be
affected by any breach of obligation to them by the personal representative—if,
for example, the personal representative has assented the property in favour of the
wrong person.
However, in accordance with the underlying philosophy of the 1925
legislation to keep all equitable interests off the title, a purchaser is not required to
concern herself with them. First, on a proper sale their interest will be
overreached. Secondly, the purchaser is not in general concerned with whether
the personal representative has acted properly. Section 36(7) of the
Administration of Estates Act 1925 provides that the assent in itself is sufficient
evidence that it was made to the right persons provided no adverse memorandum
has been endorsed on the grant. Further, under the Trustee Act 1925, s 17, a
purchaser is not concerned to investigate the reasons for the sale, or the use to
which the sale money is put. And by s 36(8) of the Administration of Estates Act
1925 her title will not be upset even if she happens to know that all the estate’s
debts have been paid (ie that there might be no cause to sell).

396
 COMPLETION

14.4.2 Death of joint owner: unregistered title

Where the deceased was one of two joint tenants (as in the case of the Goldbergs)
the vendors will necessarily have held as trustees. They may, as likely in the
common case of co-ownership of the matrimonial home by spouses, have held in
trust just for themselves as joint tenants or tenants in common in equity. On the
other hand they may have been holding in trust for others (in addition or not to
themselves). Either way, on a sale by both of them, the purchaser would not be
concerned to investigate such beneficial interests because of the overreaching
machinery provisions of the Law of Property Act 1925, ss 2(1) and 27.
The death of one of them will automatically vest the legal title in the
survivor(s). If the purchaser takes a conveyance from a sole survivor she will get
legal title; but she will have notice that there is a trust (if only because there has
been a conveyance to more than one person) and, not paying the money to at
least two trustees or a trust corporation, will not be protected by the
overreaching machinery. Therefore, unless the Law of Property (Joint Tenants)
Act 1964 can be resorted to, it will be necessary to have a second, new trustee
appointed to join in the conveyance to receive the capital money and trigger the
overreaching machinery. Under s 36 of the Trustee Act 1925, the surviving
trustee will normally be the one with power to appoint a new trustee. The
appointment can be made in writing. In addition the legal title to the property
will have to be vested in the existing and new trustee so that it can be conveyed
to the purchaser. Under s 40 of the Trustee Act 1925 if the appointment is made
by deed and contains a suitable vesting declaration, the single deed will be
sufficient both to make the appointment and to vest the property. The purchaser
would need to be supplied with a copy of this deed and production of the
original for examination and either receive the original or an acknowledgement
for its production. Commonly, the appointment and vesting is included in the
conveyance to the purchaser itself.
In the common case—ie beneficial joint owning spouses—the legal and
equitable title will be held in joint tenancy. On the death of one of the two the
survivor will automatically become sole beneficial owner and able to convey the
same to a purchaser. The purchaser, however, will not know that this is the case
without investigating the equitable ownership (which might involve the difficulty
of proving a negative—for example, that an original equitable joint tenancy had
not at some point in time been severed). And, in any case, the object of modern
conveyancing is to keep equities off the title, to avoid this sort of investigation.
Without special provision the purchaser would have to do this; or to have a new
second trustee appointed as described above.
The Law of Property (Joint Tenants) Act 1964 is intended to deal with this
situation. It provides that if certain conditions are satisfied the survivor is
‘deemed’ to be solely and beneficially entitled; and can therefore give (and can

397
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

insist on giving) good title without the appointment of a new trustee. The
conditions are that:
(a) The original conveyance must have been to the joint tenants as joint
tenants in equity as well as law (or at least, it seems, not have contained
anything to suggest that they were not such). Thus an initial conveyance to A
and B without any mention of the equitable ownership at all would be within
the protection of the Act.
(b) No memorandum of severance of the joint tenancy must have been
endorsed on the initial conveyance to the joint tenants.
(c) No bankruptcy petition or receiving order must have been registered
against either of the joint tenants. This would cause automatic severance.
(d) The survivor must convey to a purchaser as beneficial owner or the
conveyance contain a statement that she is so entitled. If the survivor has
died, s 1(2) provides that the same principle will apply with necessary
modification to a conveyance by the personal representative of the
survivor.
Whether or not the Act can be relied on, the purchaser will need to see an official
copy of the death certificate. Production of a grant is not necessary; since the legal
title passes automatically to the survivor simply by virtue of the death.
Where the Act cannot be relied on, the purchaser can insist on the appointment
of a second trustee. Section 42 of the Law of Property Act 1925, provides, in
effect, that any stipulation in a contract shall be void if it requires a purchaser
under a trust for sale to take title with the concurrence of any equitable beneficiary
instead of by the appointment of a second trustee.
The Act should also be viewed from the perspective of the person with an
interest in the property as tenant in common in equity. The Act adds to the
importance of expressly declaring the allocation of equitable ownership in the
conveyance, whether or not those interested are to share in holding the legal title.

Question Explain why and in what probable capacity Sonia Goldberg has been
made a party to the conveyance to the Singhs. See the memorandum endorsed by
Timothy on the conveyance (para 14.4) and the conveyance to Mr and Mrs
Goldberg (Document 5.2(b)).

In the question in para 12.3.1 you were asked to draft the conveyance on the
Goldberg sale. Using that as a basis, now draft the amendments you think
necessary in the light of Mrs Goldberg’s death and Sonia’s involvement. See
Encyclopedia, Vol 36, Form 84.

398
 COMPLETION

Question Suppose that A and B are the joint beneficial owners of Blackacre. A
dies not having severed the equitable joint tenancy. B then dies and his personal
representative executes an assent vesting the property in nephew C. The assent
contains no statement under s 36(6) of the Law of Property Act 1925 (see above
para 14.7.1). C is now negotiating to sell the property to D.Consider whether C
can give good title to D without joining anyone else in the conveyance. If not, who
should be joined in as a party and for what purpose?

14.4.3 Delay caused by death

As indicated above, death of the vendor has no effect on the obligation to complete
the contract according to its terms. But delay, which may be substantial, is likely to
be caused if, for example, a grant of representation has to be obtained. Any delay
will be a breach of contract. Under the Standard Conditions, Standard Condition 7
will operate making the vendor’s estate liable to pay at least compensation
measured at the contract rate for the period of delay. This is what has happened in
the Goldberg case and explains the £18 allowed to the Singhs in the completion
statement (above, Document 14.2) Equally, the purchaser may choose, if there is
delay, to serve a completion notice making time of the essence if not already so.

14.4.4 Registered title

The effect of the death of a sole proprietor or of one of joint proprietors has
already been considered (paras 11.3.4 and 11.3.5). As to acknowledgments for
production, see para 12.9(d).

Question Blackacre was transferred on purchase to Joshua Tetley and John Smith
some years ago by a transfer dated 24 June 1984 from Larry Agelout. The transfer
(and consequently the register) contained the usual restriction that the survivor
could not give a valid receipt for capital monies. Joshua died (of alcohol
poisoning) six months ago. John is negotiating to sell the property. What steps
might he take to give good title to a purchaser. Draft any necessary documents)
(making up any additional facts which you think it necessary to have).

14.4.5 Death of the purchaser

As on the death of the vendor the contractual rights and liabilities of the deceased
purchaser are assumed by her personal representatives as managers of her estate.
Whether the title is registered or unregistered, the obligation to complete in

399
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

accordance with the contract will continue, with consequences parallel to those
mentioned above in the event of delay. On completion, the vendor will need proof
of the title of the personal representatives (normally in the form of production of
the grant) to receive a conveyance/transfer of the property under the contract.

14.5 MONEY

14.5.1 The vendor’s solicitor

The vendor’s solicitor will have to send the purchaser’s solicitor a completion
statement showing how much is required from the purchaser to complete. (See
Document 14.1 above.) The purchaser’s solicitor needs to check this to see
whether it is agreed.
In addition to the purchase price, items which may have to be included as
credits or debits include:

(a) Apportionments of outgoings and income

Any periodic sums recoverable from the owner for the time being of the estate being
purchased (leasehold or freehold) will need to be apportioned for the period
encompassing completion. If already paid by the vendor for the period extending
beyond completion, the purchaser will be debited with that amount. If unpaid for the
period prior to completion, the purchaser will be credited with the amount due for
that period. The same principle is applied to any periodic income from the property.
Under an open contract such sums are apportioned as at the contractual date
for completion, whether or not completion takes place on that date. Standard
Condition 6.3. deals with apportionment. In two cases (Standard Condition
6.3.2.) the relevant date is the date of actual completion. In particular, this is so
where, as is the usual case, the whole of the property is being sold with vacant
possession.
Debts and credits which are personal to the vendor are not apportioned and if
adjustment is necessary it will be made directly between the payer and payee. For
example, if the vendor has paid telephone rental or electricity standing charges for
the period after completion, she will claim the rebate from the company. To some
extent it is a matter of practice and convenience which payments are apportioned.
Rent (including ground rent) is apportioned whether as income due to the
purchaser of the reversion or as an outgoing on purchase of the lease. Water and
drainage rates are apportionable (though commonly now these are left to be

400
 COMPLETION

adjusted directly by the client with the company). Council tax is left to be adjusted
directly between the client and the local authority.
The vendor’s solicitor should warn her client to inform all service suppliers of
the intended cessation of ownership; and arrange to have any meters read. Failure
to give notice may leave the vendor liable to pay for services enjoyed by the
purchaser. For example, under’s 144 of the Water Industry Act 1991, the occupier
will continue to be liable unless she informs the water and sewerage company at
least two days before the cessation of occupation.5
Where payments are apportioned the vendor’s solicitor should send the
relevant receipts/demands to the purchaser’s solicitor or at least have them
available for inspection at completion.

(b) The deposit

Where the deposit is held by a stakeholder, the vendor’s solicitor will require at
completion a written authority from the purchaser’s solicitor authorising its
release. Although Timothy has asked for such authority, it is not usual to bother
with one where the deposit is being held by the vendor’s solicitor as stakeholder.
No doubt the act of completing amounts to an implied authority.

(c) Chattels

(See para 4.4.2.)

(d) Compensation for late completion

This is dealt with in Chapter 16.

(e) Other sums

There may be other amounts to be credited or debited in this final reckoning. For
example, if the vendor’s solicitor has supplied pre-contract searches the cost of
these will have to be re-imbursed by the purchaser.
The vendor’s solicitor will need to send the vendor a final statement of account
(completion statement) and bill of costs. The principles are the same as for the
statement sent by the purchaser’s solicitor to her client (see below). In the case of
a sale with no related purchase, the statement is likely to be sent to the client after
completion with a cheque for the balance due to the client.

5 As to council tax, see Local Government Finance Act 1992, Schedules 2 and 3. And see TransAction
Protocol, para 8.4.

401
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

14.5.2 The purchaser’s solicitor

The purchaser’s solicitor will have to collect together the funds needed to
complete. These are likely to be coming from the mortgage-lender, proceeds of a
related sale and/or the purchaser direct.
Any payment by cheque should be received in time for the cheque to be
cleared through the client account before being drawn on for completion. If
payment is made against a cheque paid into the client account which is not met,
this is a breach of the Solicitors’ Accounts Rules 1991, rr. 7 and 8; and the solicitor
will at once have to pay the appropriate amount from her own resources into the
account (Guide, para 27.30).
As in the case of the vendor’s solicitor a statement of account (completion
statement) and bill of costs should be sent to the purchaser. A solicitor cannot
draw money from a client account for payment of her own costs unless ‘there has
been delivered to the client a bill of costs or other written intimation of the amount
of costs incurred and it has thereby or otherwise in writing been made clear to the
client that money held for him is being or will be applied towards or in satisfaction
of such costs’ (Solicitors’ Accounts Rules 1991, r 7).
Further points of professional conduct relating to costs should be noted here.
‘Unless a solicitor has, at the outset of the retainer, required the client to
make a payment or payments on account of costs, the solicitor should not
refuse to complete a transaction for the client if the sole reason for that
refusal is that the client has not made such a payment’ (Guide, para 24.14).
This principle does not apply in the case of non-payment of disbursements by the
client.
As a matter of law as well as conduct in a non-contentious matter
‘…a solicitor may not sue the client until the expiration of one month
from the delivery of the bill. Further, a solicitor must not sue or threaten
to sue unless he or she has first informed the client in writing of the right
to require a remuneration certificate and of the right to seek taxation of
the bill.’ (Guide, para 14.06.)
If money is needed from the client to complete, the account will be sent before
completion with request for payment of the amount due.
Document 14.5.2(a) and (b) (overleaf) is a copy of the bill of costs and the
statement of account sent to Fancy French and Sam Saunders.
The statement should show clearly the detail and amount required to complete,
including the purchase price less any deposit paid and additional sums payable to
the vendor less any advance on mortgage received and the total shown by the
completion statement. The bill of costs will show the solicitor’s professional fee
with VAT shown separately and disbursements..

402
 COMPLETION

Document 14.5.2(a) French/Saunders Purchase: Bill of Costs Sent to

Clients

403
Document 14.5.2(b) French/Saunders Purchase: Statement of Account
Sent to Clients
 COMPLETION

The costs may include as separate items the costs of acting on sale,
redemption of mortgages on the property sold, the purchase, on a new mortgage
(possibly for acting for the lender as well as the borrower) and giving financial
advice covered by the Financial Services Act 1986. It is sometimes the practice
to send a single account incorporating both the bill of costs and the completion
statement.
It may be that the funds for completion of a purchase will not be available until
after completion is due; for example, where a related sale is not scheduled to be
completed until after completion of the purchase (of course, if the sale proceeds
of an existing property are essential and there is no contract to sell yet in existence,
the whole project is risky) or where perhaps there has been retention by a
mortgagee-lender pending the completion of works on the property. In such a
case the client may look to a bridging loan from a bank or other financier and her
solicitor may be asked to give a professional undertaking to pay the proceeds of
sale when received to the bridging financier. What has already been said about
professional undertakings (para 5.13) applies fully to any such undertaking.

Question Compile a bill of costs and statement of account for the Obebe purchase
and sale (see Appendix 2 for location of information). Assume that she sold to her
sister for the price she was going to get from the Headcases and that the figure for
redemption of the mortgage on 14 Hardcastle Drive is correct. Research and
include correct figures for search fees. Where figures are not given or
discoverable, compose them.

COMPLETION

14.6 MATTERS TO BE ATTENDED TO AT COMPLETION

It should be noted that some of these matters require some attention before actual
completion.

14.6.1 Payment

The money due to the vendor as shown by the completion statement will be paid
over. Under Standard Condition 6.7. payment may be made in one of the
following forms:
‘(a) legal tender;
(b) a banker’s draft (see para 2.3);
(c) a direct credit to a bank account nominated by the seller’s solicitor;

405
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(d) an unconditional release of a deposit held by a stakeholder.’

A solicitor would be acting negligently in accepting a cheque which was
subsequently dishonoured.

14.6.2 The title documents

(a) Unregistered title

There are two matters to consider: examination of the title deeds (verification) and
the handing over of the deeds to the purchaser.
Prior to completion (as part of the process of proving title) the purchaser will
have received an abstract or epitome and copies of the title deeds. It remains (and
for convenience this is normally done on the occasion of completion itself) to
examine the original deeds themselves and check that they correspond with the
abstract or copies. This process is commonly referred to as verification. The
abstract or copy of each document should be marked in the margin indicating that
it has been ‘examined with the original’ with the date, name, address and
signature of the firm. The examined abstract or copy can then be placed with the
title deeds. Verifying and marking the abstract or copy is particularly important in
relation to documents which are going to be retained by the vendor. The marked
abstract or copy will be the only immediate evidence held by the purchaser of her
title; and will be necessary to gain registration.
In general the purchaser will be entitled to receive and keep all the original title
deeds themselves relating to the property. Under the Law of Property Act 1925, s
45(9) the vendor is entitled to retain documents of title which relate to land being
retained by her (ie on the sale of part of the land in a title) and any document
containing a still subsisting trust—for example, the original of a grant of probate
or letters of administration.6
Neither the vendor nor her mortgagee may have the originals of all or some
of the title deeds. This will be the case if before the present ownership there has
been a grant of probate or administration on the title, or if before then the land
was split off on sale from a larger holding. If the conveyancing on previous
transactions has been done competently, the vendor will have the benefit of an
acknowledgement for the production of such documents. And under an open
contract, by virtue of the Law of Property Act 1925, s 45(4) the purchaser is
entitled at her own expense to require the actual production of such original

6 See Re Lehmann and Walker’s Contract [1906] 2 Ch 640; vendor of part entitled to retain deed
showing the extinguishment of a right of way over the retained land.

406
 COMPLETION

documents. In practice this is never done. What the vendor should have
available with the title deeds is a marked abstract or copy of any such originals
made and placed with the deeds at the time of the previous transactions as
described above. At least, if the marking shows that the verification against the
originals took place at the same time as completion of the sale off, this is
acceptable. If it took place at an earlier date it is conceivable (though a lot less
than likely) that, for example, adverse memoranda were added to the originals
between the date of examination and completion of the sale off.
Standard Condition 4.2.3. expressly allows the vendor to produce, instead of
the original of a relevant document: ‘an abstract, epitome or copy with an original
marking by a solicitor of examination either against the original or against an
examined abstract or against an examined copy.’
Thus, before transferring the money the purchaser’s solicitor should have
examined either the originals of all the title deeds or marked copies as described in
Standard Condition 4.2.3. Upon completing, in relation to each document of the
title, she should be in possession of the original, an abstract or copy marked by a
solicitor on a previous dealing with the land or an abstract or copy marked by
herself. In relation to any original which she does not receive, there should be an
acknowledgement for its production given either in an earlier conveyance or in
the present conveyance to the purchaser.
Before completion, the vendor’s solicitor should prepare in duplicate a
schedule of the documents to be handed over. The purchaser’s solicitor should
check this with what she is receiving and, if correct, sign one of the copies to be
retained by the vendor’s solicitor (and see para 12.4.3).

(b) Registered title

On a sale with absolute title there will not be title deeds to examine. The
purchaser’s solicitor will have office copies of the register and have made an
official, pre-completion search (para 13.12). On the sale of the whole property in
the title, the vendor will have to produce and hand over the land certificate; or, if
the property is subject to subsisting mortgage, the charge certificate for each
charge (the land certificate being held at the Registry). It is simply necessary to
check that the land or charge certificate is the right one.
On a sale of part, the certificate relating to the whole will not be handed over.
Instead there should be a special condition in the contract requiring the vendor to
place the land certificate (or for the mortgagee to deposit the charge certificate if
the part being sold is to be released from a subsisting mortgage) at the Registry
and to supply the purchaser with the deposit number. After completion the
purchaser’s solicitor will then be in a position to complete the registration of the
new title to the part purchased.

407
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Occasionally, documents other than the land or charge certificate relating to the
title will be necessary (for example, where a personal representative is selling
without first getting herself registered as proprietor) and, subject to the terms of the
contract, will need to be produced by the vendor at completion and handed over.

14.6.3 Discharge of outstanding mortgages

The vendor will be under a duty to discharge any subsisting mortgages prior to
completion unless, in the unusual case, the contract is to buy subject to an existing
mortgage.
A mortgagor generally has a right in equity to redeem her mortgage at any time
on giving reasonable notice. Some lending institutions do require notice of,
maybe, a month of intended redemption or payment of interest in lieu. The
vendor’s solicitor should check this at the time of taking instructions and see that
any necessary notice is given.

(a) Unregistered title

In the case of unregistered title the vendor’s solicitor should produce the
mortgage with proper evidence of its discharge. The normal method is by receipt
endorsed on the mortgage itself. Section 115 of the Law of Property Act 1925
provides that
‘A receipt endorsed on, written at the foot of, or annexed to, a mortgage
for all money thereby secured, which states the name of the person who
pays the money and is executed by the chargee by way of legal mortgage
or the person in whom the mortgaged property is vested and who is
legally entitled to give a receipt for the mortgage money shall
operate…as a discharge of the mortgaged property.’
The receipt should, though it seems that it is not essential to its effectiveness, state
the name of the payer and be executed as a deed.7 Where the receipt shows that the
money was paid by someone other than the person entitled to the immediate
equity of redemption the receipt will operate not as a discharge of the mortgage
but as a transfer vesting it in the person paying off (s 115(2)). Thus, for example, if
a first mortgage is shown by the receipt to have been paid by a second mortgagee,
this would operate as a transfer of the mortgage to the second mortgagee. There
will be no transfer (unless expressed to be intended) under subsection (2) if the
receipt indicates an intention to discharge the mortgage, or if it is paid off by a
personal representative or trustee.

7 See Edwards v Marshall-Lee (1975) 235 EG 901; Simpson v Geoghegan [1934] WN 232.

408
 COMPLETION

A statutory form of the receipt envisaged by s 115 is provided in the Third

Schedule to the Act. Its use is optional and the form of wording can be altered. It is
as follows:
‘I [name] hereby acknowledge that I have this [date] received the sum of
[amount] representing the balance remaining owing in respect of the
principal money secured by the within written mortgage, together with all
interest and costs, the payment having been made by [name of payer].
As witness, etc.’
Where part of the land in a title is being sold free of a mortgage affecting the
whole, the part will be released either (as is usual) by the mortgagee joining in the
conveyance for that purpose or by the mortgagee executing a separate deed of
release. The vendor will have to obtain the agreement of the mortgagee to release
the part before committing herself to the contract of sale.
Building societies can, but do not normally, use the s 115 for proof of receipt. They
normally use the alternative form provided by the Building Societies Act 1986,
Schedule 4, para 2(1). This form, which should be followed strictly, is as follows:
‘The [name] Building Society hereby acknowledge to have received all
monies intended to be secured by the [‘above written’ or ‘within
written’ or ‘annexed’] deed. [Attestation and execution].’
The completed form should be sealed and counter-signed by a person acting
under the authority of the Board of Directors. Such a receipt is different from the s
115 receipt in that it does not name the payer and cannot operate as a transfer of
the mortgage.

14.6.4 Undertakings
Commonly the vendor will be expecting and will only be able to redeem
subsisting mortgages out of the proceeds of sale. In principle, a purchaser is
entitled to have any mortgages redeemed before completing. In practice the
purchaser’s solicitor will normally accept a professional undertaking from the
vendor’s solicitor to pay the necessary redemption money to the mortgagee and
forward the receipted mortgage to her. The purchaser’s solicitor should be
informed beforehand, in replies to requisitions on title, or otherwise that such an
undertaking is to be offered. Though it is normally stated that the ‘usual’
undertaking will be given, the form of wording should ideally be agreed.
The Law Society has recommended the following form of undertaking to
discharge a building society mortgage (Guide, p454):
‘In consideration of your today completing the purchase of… WE
HEREBY UNDERTAKE forthwith to pay over to the… Building

409
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Society the money required to redeem the mortgage/legal charge

dated…and to forward the receipted mortgage/legal charge to you as
soon as it is received by use from the…Building Society.’
The principles relating to the giving of professional undertakings have been
discussed (para 5.13) and apply here. Note that the undertaking does not commit
the solicitor to redeem the mortgage or have it receipted or anything else not
within her control; but simply to forward the money and hand over the receipted
mortgage when it is received. Note also that the undertaking should relate to a
specified mortgage or mortgages; not to mortgages on the property in general.

(b) Registered title

When a registered charge is discharged it will be deleted from the register. The
Registry will require production of the charge certificate together with a proper
form of receipt.
Section 115 has no application to registered land (see s 115(10)). The proper
form of receipt is printed form 53 (or 53 (Co) if the lender is a company,
corporation or a building society). This is as follows:
‘County, District…
Title no…
Property…
Date…
…hereby admits that the charge dated…and registered on…of which he
is the proprietor has been discharged.’
The form should be executed as a deed. Use of Form 53 is not obligatory and the
Registrar will act upon any other satisfactory evidence of discharge.
The same form is also applicable where part of the land in a title is being
released from a charge, ie on a sale of part. In this case the following words are
added to the above wording:
‘…as to the land shown and edged with red on the accompanying plan
executed by the said proprietor, being part of the land comprised in the
title above referred to.’
The plan must be properly executed by the chargee and securely attached to the form.
Here, with the use of Form 53, there will be no need for the mortgagee to join in the
transfer to release the part sold, though its pre-contract consent will be necessary.
Building societies normally use Form 53 (Co), though they can use any other
proof of discharge which is acceptable to the Registrar—such as the Schedule 4
form (above). Form 53 (Co) should be executed in accordance with Rule 152 of
the Land Registration Rules as amended; that is, it should bear the seal of the

410
 COMPLETION

society affixed by order of the Board of Directors and be countersigned by the

secretary and a director or other authorised officer.
A professional undertaking to discharge a registered charge is subject to the
same principles as one to discharge an unregistered charge. The reference to the
receipted charge in the form quoted above will be amended to refer instead to
Land Registry Form 53 or 53 (Co) duly executed. In addition to registered
charges, the removal of any other entries on the register which are to be removed
by the vendor should be checked.

14.6.5 Delivery of the conveyance or transfer

The most important matter from the purchaser’s point of view is to take delivery of the
conveyance or transfer. This transfers title to the purchaser (subject to registration in
the case of registered title). It is crucial, before handing over the purchase money, to
check that the document has been properly executed by the vendor and any other
parties. The date which will have been left blank should be inserted.

14.7 MATTERS ARISING ON A SALE OF PART

Unregistered title

(See further as to dating and execution of the deed, para 12.4.4.)

There are three matters, associated with traditional conveyancing practice, to
mention. What has to be remembered is that today, on a conveyance on sale of the
freehold, the title of the purchaser will have to be registered.
(i) The retention of the title deeds by the vendor, the importance of
obtaining a marked abstract or copies of those retained and an
acknowledgement for their production has been considered (above, para
14.9.2; as to acknowledgments, see para 12.4.3).
(ii) Endorsing a memorandum of the sale. It has always been customary
for the purchaser to require a memorandum of her conveyance to be
endorsed on the last conveyance of the whole. Section 200 of the Law of
Property Act 1935 gives her a right, where the conveyance to her
contains provisions imposing restrictions on or rights over the retained
land, notwithstanding any stipulation to the contrary, to have such a
memorandum giving notice of any such provision. The first edition of
the Standard Conditions (Standard Condition 4.6.5.) imposed an

411
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

obligation on the vendor (on a sale of part) to endorse a memorandum of

the sale on the last document of title. This condition has been omitted
from the subsequent editions.
Failure to have a memorandum endorsed does not affect the title of the purchaser
in any way. It is designed to warn any possible subsequent purchaser from the
owner of the retained land that there has been a sale off—a matter of
conveyancing politeness to save her from suffering a double conveyance. In
addition, it would draw the attention of such a purchaser to the possibility that
easements or covenants might have been imposed on the land sold or the land
retained. The endorsement of such a memorandum does not obviate the need to
register restrictive covenants.
(iii) It has also always been customary and advisable for the vendor to
retain a copy of the conveyance to be kept with the title deeds of the
retained land. This would provide the detailed evidence (and in practice
the endorsed memorandum would rarely do more than record the bare
fact and date of the sale off) of any rights granted or retained in relation
to the part sold off and affecting the part retained. It has to be
remembered that the owner of the retained land would not have the
benefit of any acknowledgement for production of the actual
conveyance itself.
The question to consider, briefly, is how these practices are affected by the now
universality of compulsory registration on a sale of freehold. The purchaser will
have to register the title of the part purchased. The title to the part retained will
remain unregistered until it too is sold. A subsequent purchaser of any part of the
retained land will, or should, do a public index map search. This will show if any
part of what is now being bought has been sold off before and registered—the
danger of a double conveyance will not threaten a reasonably competent
conveyancer. But without an endorsed memorandum the subsequent purchaser
may well not know that there has been a previous sale off of adjoining land with
the possible creation of easements or covenants affecting the part retained and
now being sold. If she does know, and inspects (as there is now a public right to
do) the register of title of the part sold, this will show the benefit and burden of
easements expressly created on the sale off, and the burden of covenants. But it is
unlikely to show the benefit of covenants creating a burden on the retained land—
though the actual existence of such covenants should be shown on the central
Land Charges Register against an estate owner of the retained land.
For these reasons it seems sensible that the practice of endorsing a memorandum
of sale on the last conveyance of the common title, and keeping a copy of the
conveyance with the deeds, should continue. But it is not really the concern of the
purchaser of part and there seems no need to have a term in the contract requiring a

412
 COMPLETION

memorandum to be endorsed. It is really a question of good house (or rather title)

keeping by the vendor’s solicitor, so that when the retained land is sold there is a
clear, available picture of what rights benefit or burden the land.

14.7.1 Registered title

Where the sale is part of an already registered title, the purchaser will again have
to have a new title to the part registered. The existing register of title of the
retained land will be amended to show the sale off. The title plan will identify the
land which has been taken out of the title. A subsequent purchaser of the retained
land can easily see if she is being offered a double conveyance. She can see that
there has been a previous sale off which might have created or reserved easements
or restrictive covenants. There is no place for endorsing a memorandum of the
sale; and indeed no place to endorse it. Land and charge certificates include a
printed warning against adding to, altering or tampering with them. The benefit
and burden of any easements and the burden of any restrictive covenants
expressly created by the transfer will be shown on the register of the title of the
retained land she is buying. However, as already indicated, the benefit of
appurtenant covenants is not likely to be shown—though they will be shown (as
burdens) on the register of the title sold off. For this reason, when a transfer of part
does take restrictive covenants from the purchaser, a certified copy of the transfer
should be kept with the certificate and other documents relating to the title. The
transfer itself is kept at the Registry which will not, in general, supply copies of it.
As a matter of discretion, copies will be supplied to the parties to the transfer.

Question Refer back to Chapter 12, and question 5 (sale of Horseacre) after
Document 12.2. List the documents which you would expect to be handed over
by the vendor’s solicitor to the purchaser’s solicitor in that transaction. Similarly,
list the documents which you would expect to be handed over on completion of
the French/Saunders purchase.

14.8 THE MECHANICS OF COMPLETION

The detailed arrangements for completion will have to be agreed between the
respective solicitors, either in the course of making and replying to requisitions or
separately.

413
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

14.8.1 Date and time of completion

This has already been dealt with (para 9.2). On a related sale and purchase it may
be important to ensure that completion on the sale takes place before the purchase
and in time to have the proceeds available for the purchase. If necessary a special
condition should have been put in the contract providing a completion time to
allow this.

14.8.2 Place

Standard Condition 6.2. provides that ‘Completion is to take place in England and
Wales, either at the sellers solicitors office or at some other place which the seller
reasonably specifies’.
If there is an outstanding mortgage to be redeemed, and the vendor’s solicitor
is also acting for the lender, completion is likely to be at the vendor’s solicitor’s
office. Where the lender is separately represented, it may have to take place at the
lender’s solicitor’s office.

14.8.3 Method of completion

Completion can take place by personal attendance by the purchaser’s solicitor,

which may still happen where the offices are near each other. Where there is no
such proximity, the purchaser’s solicitor can appoint another firm which is
sufficiently close to attend and complete as her agent. In such a case, the agent
must be given detailed instructions as to exactly what is required to be done. This
practice is even less likely to be encountered today than personal attendance.
By far the most usual practice is for the parties to complete by a combination
of post and telephone, following the Law Society’s Code for Completion by Post
(Guide, p466). A copy of the Code is contained in Appendix 5.
It is a recommended practice which will only apply where the respective
solicitors have specifically agreed to use it. If it is adopted, any variation must be
agreed in writing beforehand. The Code is incorporated into TransAction Protocol.
It is important to note that it does involve the giving of professional undertakings.
The essence of the code is that the purchaser’s solicitor appoints the vendor’s
solicitor to act as her agent (unpaid) to complete. Thus, the vendor’s solicitor
completes with herself acting as both vendor’s solicitor and purchaser’s
solicitor’s agent. The Law Society is able to take the view that acting for both
vendor and purchaser to this extent does not necessarily involve a conflict of
interest. If, during the completion process, a conflict did materialise the vendor’s
solicitor would have to halt matters and contact the purchaser’s solicitor at once.

414
 COMPLETION

It is important that the purchaser’s solicitor gives the vendor’s solicitor detailed
instructions as to what must be done on her behalf. The purchaser’s solicitor will
send the completion monies to the vendor’s solicitor. This can be by banker’s draft
but is more likely to be by telegraphic transfer of funds between their respective
banks.8 The vendor’s solicitor’s bank will be instructed, by her, to inform her when
the money arrives, whereupon it will be held by her to the order of the purchaser’s
solicitor pending completion. The vendor’s solicitor can then complete, attending to
all the matters instructed by the purchaser’s solicitor, whereupon she will have at her
own disposal the purchase monies (for use in a related purchase, for example) and
will hold the conveyance or transfer and the other title documents as agent for the
purchaser’s solicitor. Confirmation that completion has taken place should be given
immediately to the purchaser’s solicitor.
TransAction Protocol provides:
‘8.1. If completion is to be by post, the Law Society’s Code for
Completion shall be used, unless otherwise agreed.
8.2. As soon as practicable and not later than the morning of completion,
the buyer’s solicitor shall advise the seller’s solicitor of the manner of
transmission of the purchase money and of the steps taken to dispatch it.
On being satisfied as to the receipt of the balance of the purchase money,
the seller’s solicitor shall authorise release of the keys and notify the
buyers solicitor of release.’
One criticism of the Code which has been made is that it does not deal with the
danger highlighted in Edward Wong Finance Co Ltd v Johnson, Stokes and
Masters9; that is that where completion takes place on the basis that part of the
purchase money is to be passed on by the vendor’s solicitor to the mortgagee in
redemption of an outstanding mortgage, it does not guarantee that the vendor’s
solicitor has authority of the mortgagee to receive the money. It follows that if the
vendor’s solicitor absconds with the money the loss will be borne by the purchaser.
Indeed, this risk exists whenever a purchaser’s solicitor accepts the vendor’s
solicitor’s undertaking to pay off an outstanding mortgage out of the proceeds of
sale—it is not peculiar to the use of the Code; and it does not seem to be peculiar to
Hong Kong conveyancing as the court saw it in Wong. To protect against the
possibility of a negligence claim for allowing this to happen and to protect the
client’s money, there is not much point in asking (as recommended by the Code) the
vendor’s solicitor to confirm that she is the authorised agent of the outstanding

8 For comment on possible delays under CHAPS (Clearing Houses Automatic Payment System)—
important in the case of chain transactions—and recommendations of the Conveyancing Standing
Committee of the Law Commission, see HW Wilkinson [1990] Conv 145.
9 [1984] AC 296.

415
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

mortgagee to receive the redemption money. A solicitor who is about to abscond

with the money will hardly answer in the negative. The purchaser’s solicitor should
really either require the written authority of the lender to pay to the vendor’s
solicitor; or pay the part of the purchase money needed for redemption by draft in
favour of the lender. The loss would then borne by the lender.

Question Suppose that the same solicitors (Moriartys) were acting for both Miss
Obebe’s purchaser and her vendor. Explain the steps by which postal completion
using the Code would be effected.

Question Suppose that you are acting for the vendor of Blackacre and in the
middle of completing under the Code. The purchasers, for whose solicitor you are
acting as agent to complete under the Code, are Miss Highland and Mr Lowland.
You suddenly notice that the transfer has not been executed by either of the
purchasers. Does this matter? If it does, what should be done?

14.9 COMPLETION OF PURCHASE-RELATED MORTGAGE

Where the purchase is being financed in part by a mortgage of the new property,
this new mortgage will have to be completed.
Where the same solicitor is acting for both purchaser/borrower and lender, as
will normally be the case on a building society mortgage, she will be carrying out
the steps already described on behalf of and with a duty to both. In addition, the
following matters will need attending to either prior to or at completion:
Prior to completion she should have:
(a) sent a report on title to the lender and received the advance cheque
(the amount of the advance less any deduction in respect of any
retention, insurance premiums payable, etc) in time to clear it through
the client account ready for completion;
(b) prepared the mortgage deed and arranged for the borrower to
execute it;
(c) if it is an endowment mortgage, checked that the policy is in force,
the insurers at risk, prepared (if required) an assignment of the policy to
the lender and had it executed by the borrower and prepared a notice of
assignment of the policy in duplicate to be sent to the insurance
company after completion.
At completion:

416
 COMPLETION

(d) she should date the mortgage deed and any assignment of an
endowment policy. The date will be the same as on the conveyance of the
property.
All the matters attended to at completion on behalf of the purchaser will now be
done on behalf of both the purchaser and the lender. The mortgagee needs to be
satisfied that the title of the purchaser is secure so that, in turn, her own title as
mortgagee will be secure.
The conveyance or transfer and the other title documents handed over by the
vendor will be received on behalf of the mortgagee (in whose name the
application for registration will be made). The executed mortgage will now be
held on behalf of the mortgagee.
If the mortgagee is separately represented, the mortgagee’s solicitor will have
to send to the purchaser’s solicitor, before completion, a completion statement
showing the net amount of the advance that will be available. This will be the
amount of the advance less any retention, insurance premiums and less the
mortgagees solicitor’s costs and disbursements. The latter will include the fees for
registration and any stamp duty which matters will be attended to by the
mortgagee’s solicitor. The purchaser’s solicitor will then have to obtain the
balance necessary to complete as described above.
The mortgagee’s solicitor may attend completion in person or appoint an
agent, or ask the vendor’s solicitor to act as agent to complete the mortgage under
the Code for completion by post. Where the vendor or other agent acts as agent
the advance money will have to be made available by draft or telegraphic transfer
and detailed instructions given as to what is required. All the matters dealt with on
behalf of the purchaser will have to be attended to on behalf of the mortgagee. The
title documents and the mortgage (checked to see that it is in order and dated) will
be handed to the mortgagee’s solicitor.

417
 CHAPTER 15

POST-COMPLETION STEPS

15.1 TIMOTHY RELAPSES

Timothy has completed on the Obebe sale. ‘Plenty of time to register’, he tells
himself, feeling that such a momentous achievement entitles him to a few days
off. ‘Two months, otherwise the legal estate will revert to the vendor’, he intones,
fondly thinking that he is quoting his conveyancing lecturer. He is about to put the
file away. ‘Oh. Better do something about stamping. Let’s see. What’s the
purchase price? £88,500 plus £1,500 for chattels. That’s £90,000. Its beyond the
£30,000 exemption. So that makes stamp duty at 1% on an excess of £60,000—
just £600. And a PD stamp.’ The thought of PD stamping brings another thought
to his muddled mind. ‘Ah! I remember. Nowadays, the Land Registry does the
stamping when it gets the documents for registration. Might as well get the papers
off.’ He puts all the documents in a bundle, including the transfer, a letter of
undertaking from Miss Mixford’s solicitor to discharge an outstanding mortgage
on the property and a printed form 1A (much of which, not seeming terribly
applicable, he leaves blank); and gives instructions for them to be sent off to the
Registry with a cheque for the Land Registry fee and stamp duty. And leaves the
office, thinking that the noise, rather like an exasperated cat, is the pigeon which is
wont to perch outside his window.

15.2 OLD JARNDYCE (THE EXASPERATED CAT)

Timothy will have to go. Porterhouse tie or not. There is more to post-completion
tasks than putting away the file and transferring costs from client account to the
office account. Indeed in relation to registered title, the term ‘completion’ is a
misnomer; the title of the purchaser is only completed by registration. What
follows looks first at the possible duties of the vendor’s solicitor and then at those
of the purchaser’s solicitor. Where there is a distinction between registered and
unregistered land transactions this is pointed out.

Question Once again, what has Timothy done wrong? What should he have done
in relation to stamping and registration? What stamp duty is payable on this
transaction? Which Land Registry form should Timothy have used? List all the
documents which should be sent to the Registry in this case.

419
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

15.3 DUTIES OF THE VENDOR’S SOLICITOR

15.3.1 Undertakings

The vendor’s solicitor should comply with any undertakings given to discharge
outstanding mortgages out of the proceeds of sale. After checking that it has been
properly executed, each receipted mortgage or Form 53 should be forwarded to
the purchaser’s solicitor; and an acknowledgement received in return to show that
the undertaking has been fulfilled.
There may also be other undertakings as to the purchase monies. For example,
a bridging loan may have been made by the client’s bank or other lender to
finance payment of the deposit or the completion of a purchase taking place
before completion of a related sale. To cover such a loan the vendor’s solicitor
may have given a professional undertaking to forward the net proceeds of sale, if
and when received, to the lender (Document 5.1.1.). The money now having been
received, the solicitor should, after deducting all costs and disbursements, honour
the undertaking according to its terms, again requiring a receipt.

15.3.2 Redemption of mortgage of endowment policy

The purchaser is not concerned with the mortgage of the policy (as opposed to the
mortgage of the land—though they may be contained in the same deed and have to
be redeemed together). The vendor’s solicitor should take the necessary steps to see
that the mortgage of the policy is properly redeemed; the policy reassigned to the
client if the mortgage was created by assignment; and that notice of the discharge is
given to and acknowledged by the insurance company (para 2.5.(1)(b)).
The client may be buying a new property also with the aid of an endowment
mortgage using the same endowment policy. In this case, before completion, it will
have been necessary to prepare a new assignment of the policy if required by the
lender on the new property and notice of the new assignment to the insurance
company. If the policy is not required for a new mortgage it will be sent to the client.

15.3.3 Estate agent’s fees

A solicitor does not have implied authority of the client to pay the estate agent’s fees
out of the proceeds of sale. If, as is common, the agent submits her bill to the
vendor’s solicitor, the latter should take instructions from the client before paying it.

420
 POST-COMPLETION STEPS

15.3.4 Cancellation and registration of central Land Charges registrations

This only applies to a conveyance of unregistered title. There may be entries on

the register against the name of the vendor (or a previous title owner) which will
have to be cleared by the vendor to give the purchaser the title to which she is
entitled under the contract. Such entries should have been cancelled before
completion, or the purchaser given an application for cancellation signed by the
person who created the charge, or accompanied by sufficient evidence of the
applicant’s title to have the charge removed. In the case of a spouse’s right of
occupation under the Matrimonial Homes Act 19831 the appropriate form is form
K 13. In any other case, application is made on form K 11.
Registration of a charge does not make valid interests which are otherwise
invalid. But defunct entries can create problems when the purchaser comes to sell
or (as will now be the usual case) to apply for registration of title. The purchaser
should ensure that all such entries are cancelled. If mortgages have been
registered (puisne mortgages or general equitable charges) the mortgagee should
be required to sign an application for cancellation when the mortgage is
redeemed.
Conversely, a sale of part may give rise to charges in favour of the vendor
which (under the unregistered title system) should be registered against the
purchaser. In particular, this applies to restrictive covenants reserved over the part
purchased in favour of the part retained. It would also apply for example if the
contract gave an option to repurchase the land. These should have had their place
on the register booked, as it were, by registration of a priority notice before
completion and be actually registered pursuant to the priority notice immediately
after completion (para 13.6).
In practice, this will only now apply in the relatively few cases where the
transaction does not lead to compulsory first registration of title—for example, on
the grant or a lease for not more than 21 years or the assignment of such a lease; or
on a gift of the land. For the position where it does lead to compulsory first
registration, see below, para 15.4.2(c).

15.3.5 Accounting to the client

The client should be informed immediately that completion has taken place. If not
already done, a statement of account (para 14.8.2) should be sent to her together
with a cheque for any monies payable to her. The amount due from her to the firm
by way of costs or disbursements will then be transferred from client account to
the office account.

1 To be replaced by Part IV of the Family Law Act 1996.

421
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

15.4 DUTIES OF THE PURCHASER’S SOLICITOR:

UNREGISTERED TITLE

15.4.1 Stamping

This has been dealt with (para 10.7.1).

15.4.2 Registration
(See also para 7.5.1.) On a conveyance on sale of the freehold the purchaser’s
solicitor will now have to apply for first registration of title. First registration by
the purchaser is now compulsory on a purchase of an unregistered freehold,
within two months of the conveyance.

(a) Procedure

Application is on printed form 1B when made by a solicitor or licensed conveyancer

(1A if made by the applicant in person). The form must state what class of title is
sought; normally this will be absolute. Form 1B includes a lengthy certificate to be
signed by the solicitor as to the soundness of the title, stating, where application
follows from a purchase, that she has investigated the title in the usual way and made
all necessary searches: setting out all incumbrances not mentioned in the deed
inducing registration (in the present context the conveyance); the capacity of the
applicant (beneficial owner or whatever other); confirming that she is not aware of
any doubt or question affecting the title or adverse claim; and stating that she
believes the applicant to be in undisputed possession.
The form must also, in the case of joint purchasers, state whether the survivor
can give a receipt for capital monies (para 7.7(c)).
‘A title should always be prepared for registration as if it were being
prepared for examination by a purchaser, with full information on any
points on which a well advised purchaser would raise requisitions.’1a
The following documents should accompany the application:
– The completed application form.
– All the original deeds and documents of title (including a normal
examined abstract or epitome and marked copies) which the applicant has in
her possession or under her control, including the contract, preliminary
enquiries, requisitions, replies and searches and the conveyance to the
applicant.

1a Ruoff & Roper, para 12–04.

422
 POST-COMPLETION STEPS

– A copy of the conveyance including any plan, each being certified as a

true copy of the original.
– Sufficient particulars, by plan or otherwise, to enable the Registry to
identify the property on the ordnance survey map.
– If the applicant is a company, certified copies of its certificate of
incorporation, memorandum and articles of association and particulars of
other charges and debentures it has created. In practice the Registry accepts a
certificate by the solicitor as to these matters.
– If the land has been mortgaged by the applicant, the original mortgage
or charge and a certified copy.
– A list in triplicate of all the documents delivered with the application.
The first is returned to the applicant’s solicitor by way of acknowledgement
of receipt; the second is filed at the Registry; the third is returned on
completion of registration to show which documents have been retained in
the Registry and which are being returned to the applicant.
– A completed PD form where no ad valorem stamp duty is payable.
– A cheque for the fee drawn in favour of HM Land Registry.
The Registry will examine the title contained in the application and, if necessary
raise requisitions. When the Registrar is satisfied with the title, she will register it,
with its own register, unique title number and title plan and whatever class of title
is found to be appropriate. The new register of title is designed to reflect, in
registered title format, the state of the unregistered title at its last moment of
existence.
The land certificate for the title will be prepared and, if there is no
mortgage, sent to the applicant’s solicitor. If there is a mortgage, the land
certificate will be retained in the Registry and a charge certificate prepared for
that charge and sent to the chargee. A slightly modified charge certificate will
be prepared for each of any second or subsequent mortgage and sent to the
chargee.
The Registry will return all those documents not to be retained in the Registry
to the applicant’s solicitor having first, as a guard against fraud, placed its official
stamp on the conveyance to the purchaser. Since a search of the public index
register by a future purchaser (being sold the land as unregistered) would reveal
that the land was then registered, fraud would be difficult in the face of a
competent lawyer.
Under Land Registration Rules 1925, r 42, the registration, when completed,
takes effect as at the date of the lodging of the application. This is therefore a
crucial date. From that moment, on the assumption that the title is accepted for
registration by the Registry, the land in effect becomes registered and ceases to be
unregistered land.

423
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(b) Mortgage financed purchases

Where the purchase is financed in part by a mortgage of the purchased property,

the purchaser will be mortgaging unregistered land, although at a time when it is,
by reason of the purchase, due to be registered. The title of the mortgagee will in
the first instance be governed by unregistered title principles, but affected by the
rules governing first registration.
In this situation the purchaser cannot apply for registration since the title deeds
will have been taken by the mortgagee to complete its security (although the same
solicitor is likely to be acting for both of them). The application for registration of
both the purchase and the mortgage will therefore be made in the name of the
mortgagee accompanied by all the documents listed above. Where the mortgagee
is separately represented all these documents will have to be handed over to the
mortgagee at completion (if not before).
Rule 72 of the Land Registration Rules2 provides that any person who has the
right to apply for registration as first proprietor can deal with the land before she
herself is registered as proprietor in the manner and subject to the conditions
which would be applicable if she were in fact registered proprietor. At least until
an application for registration has been lodged, the land is still unregistered and in
general subject to unregistered rules; but from the completion of the purchase
giving rise to first registration, it can in general be dealt with as though it were
already registered. An application to register any dealing by the presumptive first
proprietor cannot be accepted by the Registry until the application to register the
first proprietor has been received. However, under r 73(3) a chargee can lodge an
application to register the proper applicant for first registration—ie the purchaser.
Thus it is that the mortgagee’s solicitor will apply to register both the title of the
purchaser and the mortgage.

(c) Other interests created before first registration

The principles just mentioned apply to any transaction by the purchaser prior to
first registration of title. In effect the system allows the purchaser to exercise all
the rights of ownership in the period between completion of the purchase and
registration and for any such transaction to be incorporated into the new register.
For example, purchaser P1, after completion of her purchase but before
registration, might want to sub-sell the land to P2. The sub-sale transaction will
proceed in the same way as an ordinary unregistered sale of land transaction
(which it is) with investigation of title as such down to P1’s application to register
(which should be required by special condition in the contract, if not then already

2 Made under Land Registration Act 1925, s 123(2).

424
 POST-COMPLETION STEPS

lodged). The transfer to P2 may be in the form of an unregistered conveyance or,

under r 72, in the form of a registered land transfer at the option of the purchaser
(who drafts the conveyance subject to any provision in the contract). P2 will need
to have clear searches in the Central Land Charges Registry down to the date of
P1’s application to register. An official Land Registry search should be made to
cover the period from the lodging of the application to register. This search is
applied for on printed form 94A (94B(FR) if in respect of part of the land in a
pending first registration) and gives the same protection and priority as a search
against a title already registered. Upon completion of her purchase, P2 will apply
to be registered sending the transfer to herself to the Registry and, in fact, by
virtue of r 72(3), will be deemed to be the applicant for first registration and, on
registration, will be registered as first proprietor.
On such a sub-sale, the vendor will not be able to produce the original
documents of title (being at the Registry), and a special condition may have to be
drafted into the contract in something like the following terms:
‘The vendor has made application to H M Land Registry for the
registration of herself as proprietor of the property on first registration
of title thereto. The vendor will deduce title by producing to the
purchaser copies of all documents which are part of the title each with
an original marking by a solicitor of examination against the original
together with a schedule of such documents receipted by the H M
Land Registry. The purchaser will not be entitled to production or
delivery of the originals of such documents nor any acknowledgement
whatsoever in respect thereof.’

Question If the Standard Conditions are being used, to what extent, if at all, is
there any need for adding a special condition such as the above? Consider
particularly, Standard Conditions 4.2.3 and 6.5. (and para 15.5.2 below).

Of course, if for any reason P1’s title proves unacceptable to the Registry or is
given a less than absolute title, P2’s title will suffer the same fate. If P2 wishes to
protect her contract prior to completion and registration she will have, P1’s
application having been lodged, to register a caution at the Land Registry.
Where a sub-sale takes place without any conveyance to the sub-vendor, (ie if
the conveyance is made direct from the original vendor to the sub-purchaser) then
P2 will in fact be the one to apply for first registration. Until that conveyance there
will be no event giving rise to compulsory registration.
Similar principles would apply if, for example, P1, prior to her registration,
created a second mortgage of the property.

425
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

As mentioned earlier, on a sale of part, the conveyance may contain restrictive

covenants imposed on the part sold (due therefore for first registration) for the
benefit of the part retained. These cannot be registered as land charges under the
Land Charges Act 1972 which does not apply to a land charge created by an
instrument giving rise to compulsory first registration (s 14(3)). On registration of
the land, the burden of the covenants will automatically be entered on the charges
register of the new registered title. Prior to application for registration of the
conveyance they would presumably be protected (against the purchase-linked
mortgagee for example) by the doctrine of notice.

15.4.3 Central Land Charges Register

If the title is unregistered, the purchaser’s solicitor may have registered charges on
behalf of the purchaser—in particular an estate contract to protect the purchaser’s
contract and a purchaser’s lien for the deposit if held by an agent for the vendor—
class Ciii land charge. These should be cancelled.
On a sale of part, new charges may have been created by the conveyance for
the benefit of the purchaser over the vendor’s retained land—particularly
restrictive covenants. As the title of the part retained will normally remain
unregistered such charges will have to be registered in the Central Land Charges
Register against the vendor’s name.The protection of interests burdening the part
sold (which will be subject to first registration) for the benefit of the part retained
has been considered.

15.4.4 Custody of title documents

Normally, the process of first registration of title, already described, will have to
be pursued. If it is not, if for example, the transaction is a gift of the land, then after
stamping if necessary, the instructions of the client (donee in the case of a gift)
should be sought as to custody; the client being warned if necessary of the
importance of keeping them in safe custody. If the client is simultaneously
mortgaging the land, the mortgagee, as first mortgagee, will be entitled to
possession of the title deeds. The solicitor holding them for the mortgagee should
forward them to the mortgagee or otherwise deal with them as instructed. Where
the title is subject to first registration, the land or charge certificate will be dealt
with as in the case of an already registered title (below). Deeds should only be
released against a schedule, a copy of the schedule being receipted and returned
by the recipient.

426
 POST-COMPLETION STEPS

15.4.5 Endowment mortgage

If there is a mortgage of an endowment policy related to the purchase, notice of the

mortgage of the policy in duplicate should be sent to the insurance company for one
copy of the notice to be receipted and returned to be placed with the title documents.

15.4.6 Registration at Companies Registry

If the purchaser is a company buying with the aid of a loan secured whether by
fixed or floating charge on land, the particulars of the charge must be delivered to
the Registrar of companies for registration within 21 days on form 47. This is in
addition to any registration at the Land Registry or Land Charges Registry. Failure
to register with the Registrar of companies makes the lender an unsecured creditor
for the debt in the event of liquidation. The company’s solicitor should either
deliver the particulars or arrange for them to be delivered by the lender’s solicitor.

15.4.7 Notice to tenants

If the property is subject to tenancies, notice of the change of landlord should be

given to the tenants. This is particularly important in the case of residential
tenancies to comply with s 3 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1985 (para 14.6).

15.4.8 Reporting and accounting to the client

The solicitor should immediately report to the client that completion has taken
place. If not already done, a statement of account should be sent to the client.

15.5 DUTIES OF PURCHASER’S SOLICITOR:

REGISTERED TITLE

15.5.1 Stamping

On a transfer of registered title there is a fairly tight time schedule. The transfer has
to be stamped within 30 days of execution. Application for registration needs to be
made within the 30 working days priority period from the date of the pre-
completion official search. If stamp duty on any document requires adjudication

427
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(and in any case of doubt the Registrar will insist on adjudication) and this is likely
to take a long time, the document and a certified copy of it should be sent to the
Registry with the application and a request to return the original immediately, and
an undertaking to return it to the Registry after being stamped. The application will
then be entered and held over until the stamped document has been returned.

15.5.2 Registration of dealings with registered land

Any disposition of registered land capable of substantive registration must be

completed by registration.3 Thus, any transfer of the freehold (not just on sale),
leases if registrable, mortgages and the express grant of easements must be
registered in the appropriate way.
There is no time limit, although until registration the disponee will not acquire
the legal estate and will have only a minor interest, though this may be protected
as overriding if coupled with actual occupation. In this sense, in relation to
registered land, the term ‘completion’ is a misnomer. It is a stage in the transfer of
title to the purchaser. Moreover, if the application to register is not made within
the 30-working-day protection period of an official search of the register,
protection of the search will be lost. A new search can be done, but it will not
prolong the protection period of the original search.

(a) Procedure

The purchaser must make an application for registration to the appropriate

District Registry accompanied by the following documents:
– The transfer and its plan, if any, and also, if it imposes restrictive
covenants, a certified copy of both.
– The land certificate or alternatively (if there are any outstanding charges)
the charge certificate for any registered charge. If the land certificate is on
deposit at the Registry—for example, if it is a sale of part of the land in a
title—its deposit number, obtained from the vendor, must be quoted.
– A form 53 or other proper discharge of any registered charge.
– Documentation to remove any other adverse entries on the register
which are to be removed—for example, an application by a spouse to
cancel a notice under the Matrimonial Homes Act 19833a (form 202).
– Application in printed form A4 (if a transfer of the whole land in the
title); or printed form A5 (if a transfer of part of the land in a title).

3 Land Registration Act 1925, ss 18, 19.

3a To be replaced by Part IV of the Family Law Act 1996.

428
 POST-COMPLETION STEPS

– A cheque for the Land Registry fee.

– If no ad valorem stamp duty is payable, a completed PD form.
If the application has to be sent off before receipt of a form 53 from the vendor’s
solicitor in discharge of a charge pursuant to that solicitor’s undertaking, the
application should be sent with a copy of the undertaking, to preserve the
transferee’s priority and the form 53 forwarded when received.
Assuming that the documents are in order, the transferee will be entered on the
register as the new proprietor, the land certificate amended and brought up to date
and sent to the proprietor. If there is a charge the land certificate will be retained in
the Registry and an up-to-date charge certificate issued to the chargee.
On a sale of part of the land in a title, the land sold will be removed from the
vendor’s title and an amended certificate sent to her (or charge certificate to the
chargee). The property register of the retained land will contain a note that the
land edged green on the filed plan has been removed from the title and
registered under a new title whose title number is shown in green on the filed
plan. A new title will be created for the purchaser and the land or charge
certificate issued as above.

(b) Purchase-linked mortgage

The legal estate is not vested in the purchaser until she is registered as proprietor;
although once this does happen it is deemed to be effective as from the date on
which the application was delivered to the Registry.4 This by itself would make it
difficult for the purchaser to deal with the land between completion of the transfer
and registration. However, s 37(1) and (2) of the Land Registration Act 1925
provides that a person who has become entitled to be registered as proprietor of
the registered land (or a charge) by reason of death of the proprietor or a
disposition by the proprietor, can deal with the land as if she were registered. A
disposition made in such a case will, by subsection (2) have the same effect as if
made by a registered proprietor. (Compare the position of a person entitled to be
registered as first proprietor—para 7.5.2.)
This means that the purchaser can, immediately upon taking a transfer of the
land, effectively execute a mortgage, as happens in an unregistered transaction.
The difference is that the mortgagee will not actually get legal title until the
purchase and the mortgage have in fact been registered; and if the purchase were
not to be registered for any reason then the mortgagee would not get legal title.
The application for registration will be made by the mortgagee’s solicitor (who
may in fact be the same person as the purchaser’s solicitor) who will have

4 Land Registration Rules 1925 as amended, r 83(2).

429
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

received the transfer, the mortgage and the other documents of title on completion
of the purchase and mortgage. The Registry will enter the new mortgage in the
charges register and issue the charge certificate to the mortgagee. Other dealings
can be carried out by the purchaser prior to completion of her registration, in a
similar way. But there are two points to consider.
If the purchaser wishes to deal with the land by, for example, sub-selling, after
application for, but before registration of, her title, she will not be able to produce
the transfer to herself (which will be at the Registry) to the sub-purchaser. There
will, of course, be no problem about producing office copies; but they will show
the purchaser’s own vendor and not the purchaser as proprietor. Further, s 110(5)
of the Land Registration Act 1925 provides that notwithstanding any stipulation
to the contrary in the contract, the purchaser can insist on the vendor getting
herself registered or procuring a transfer from the registered proprietor.
It will therefore be necessary to deal with these points by special condition in
the contract. For example:
‘The seller has made application to HM Land Registry for the registration of
himself as proprietor. If the seller’s title to the property is not registered
before completion then the title shall consist of office copy Land Registry
entries and a copy of the transfer from the registered proprietor to the seller
with an original marking by a solicitor of examination against the original. If
the buyer requires the seller’s title to be registered before completion then the
buyer shall pay interest to the seller on the balance of the purchase price at the
contract rate from the contractual completion rate until the date of actual
completion.’5
As the title is registered, the sub-purchaser will have no problem in making an
official search against the title.

15.5.3 Registered land: cancellation of entries and new entries

The purchaser’s solicitor may have protected the interest of the purchaser against
the vendor by entries on the register prior to completion—for example, the estate
contract or the purchaser’s lien for the deposit where held by an agent for the
vendor. These will be defunct on completion. Their cancellation by the
purchaser’s solicitor will be dealt with in the purchaser’s application for
registration of the transfer.
If, on a sale of part, the transfer creates incumbrances over the part retained for
the benefit of the part sold, these will be noted automatically against the register of
the retained land. On a sale of part the purchaser will need a special condition in

5 See F Silverman, Standard Conditions of Sale (4th edn), p231.

430
 POST-COMPLETION STEPS

the contract that the land certificate will be placed on deposit at the Registry and
the deposit number supplied to the purchaser.

15.5.4 Custody of title documents

Where the title is already registered or becomes registered as a result of the

transaction, and there is no mortgage, a land certificate will be received from the
Registry by the purchaser’s solicitor. After checking, the instructions of the client
should be ascertained as to custody, again warning, if necessary, of the
importance of safe custody. If there is a related mortgage, the charge certificate
will be received by the solicitor acting for the chargee. After checking, this should
be forwarded to the chargee or otherwise dealt with in accordance with her
instructions.
In all these cases, whether registered or unregistered title, there may be
additional documents, not title documents as such, which should be kept with the
title documents—for example, the NHBC documentation in the case of a newly
built house.
Again in all cases, a schedule of the title documents and any other documents
being held with them should be prepared in duplicate. Whoever they are handed
over to should be required to receipt and return one copy of the schedule to be
placed on the file.

15.5.5 Endowment mortgages; registration at Companies Registry;

reporting and accounting to client

With these matters, the position is the same as for unregistered title.

431
 CHAPTER 16

REMEDIES

16.1 OLD JARNDYCE AWAKENS

Timothy has vanished, dematerialised. Just as well. He was about to learn about
remedies; the post on his desk includes four writs for professional negligence, two
notices to complete and a letter from an angry Fancy French (abandoned by Sam)
who had just been served with a compulsory purchase order on 24 De Lucy Mount.
Miss Pinky is back at her desk in the corner, so all is well with the
conveyancing department and post-feminism. As Old Jarndyce nods off again—
and we will follow his dreams no further—Mr Perky will talk about remedies.
Miss Pinky will nod in agreement.

16.2 THE GENERAL PRINCIPLES

In general, although the terminology tends to be different, and as a result of more

recent cases and the intervention of statute,1 a breach of contract for the sale of land
is subject to the same principles as any breach of contract. Unless stated otherwise,
what follows applies equally to unregistered and registered land and, although for
convenience generally viewing the purchaser as the aggrieved party, applies equally
to both vendor and purchaser. A purchaser (more so than a vendor, who in general is
only concerned to get the money on time and has ample security for performance in
the deposit) may have complaint for many reasons. The property may not be as it
was described in negotiations or the contract; the vendor may not be ready to
complete on time or unable or unwilling to complete at all; a defect in the title may
be discovered; the purchaser may find the cellar full of junk, or a granny (her again!)
left behind in the attic; she may find a neighbour claiming ownership of the ancient
yew hedge which finally persuaded her to buy the property; or that the vendor has
uprooted the hedge and taken it away; and so on.

1 Note particularly, the abolition of the rule in Bain v Fothergill by s 3 of the Law of Property
(Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989; Johnson v Agnew [1980] AG 367; and Raineri v Miles [1979] 3
All ER 763.

433
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

The following is the basic framework of principles which will determine the legal
position.
(a) The purchaser may have a remedy for misrepresentation; that is a
statement of fact outside but inducing the contract. This has been dealt with
(para 4.4.1).
(b) There may have been a breach of contract. A breach may be breach of an
express term or of an implied term. If the special conditions provide for
completion on 5 January and the vendor fails to complete on that date, that is
a breach of express term. If a binding restrictive covenant is discovered,
which has not been disclosed in the contract, that is breach of the implied
contractual obligation to convey the property free of latent incumbrances
other than those disclosed in the contract.2
A misrepresentation may be incorporated as a term into the contract, in
which case the purchaser will have claims for both misrepresentation and
breach.
(c) To decide whether there has been a breach of contract you have to first
decide what the terms of the contract are; what those terms mean; and then
whether or not there has been a breach.
(d) Although the language of the books, the courts and, indeed, the Standard
Conditions persists in the confusion, a distinction needs to be made between
two meanings of the word ‘rescission’:
(i) The right to rescind (generally for misrepresentation) being the right of
the innocent party to treat the contract as void ab initio; and,
consequentially, for each party to be restored as far as possible to their
pre-contract position (restitutio in integrum). The vendor will recover any
documents handed over; the purchaser any deposit paid. The right to
rescind does not itself give any right to damages for loss of bargain;
although, distinctly, the purchaser may be able to claim damages for fraud
or under the Misrepresentation Act 1967.
(ii) The right to treat the contract as discharged for repudiatory breach by
the other party—in conventional contract law language, for breach of
condition. As with the right to rescind, this is a right, not an obligation.
The innocent party can accept the repudiation putting an end to the
contract or choose to keep it alive and seek specific performance. In either
case she will be entitled to damages for loss of bargain for the breach.

2 If, as under Standard Condition 3.1.1., the contract states the property to be free from incumbrances,
the breach is of an express term.

434
 REMEDIES

(e) Any breach of contract will fall into one of two categories:
(i) A repudiatory breach as just described.
(ii) Any other breach—in conventional contract language, a breach of
warranty—which will entitle the innocent party to damages but not entitle
her to treat the contract as at an end. She can still be forced by an action for
specific performance to complete.
Although all the terms of a contract (as with the Standard Conditions of Sale)
are commonly referred to as conditions, in relation to remedies, they may
have to be classified as conditions or warranties; that is the court may have to
decide whether or not the breach of any particular ‘condition’ is a
repudiatory breach.
It needs to be noted, and is often demonstrated in the reports, that, when
applied to any particular situation, these principles may face the innocent
party with a difficult and risky choice. V is in breach of contract. P decides
that V’s breach is serious enough to be repudiatory; accepts the repudiation,
giving notice that she is treating the contract as discharged; and refuses to
complete. If the court subsequently decides that V’s breach was not
repudiatory, P will have committed a repudiatory breach by refusing to
complete and will have made herself liable to pay damages.
(f) In the case of a repudiatory breach the innocent party will be entitled to
treat the contract as discharged and claim damages. Alternatively, she can
refuse to accept the repudiation, and seek specific performance with an
appropriate reduction in the purchase price. Specific performance, being a
discretionary remedy, may be refused by the court (for example, where it
would cause hardship to the defendant). In this case the plaintiff will have to
be satisfied with damages.
(g) The above rights and remedies are subject to any express terms of the
contract. However, equity can override the terms of the contract in that it
can and may refuse to order specific performance against a party even
though the terms of the contract require that party to complete. And in such
a case, there is statutory power to order the return of a deposit to the
purchaser; though it cannot award damages against the terms of the
contract (see para 10.5.1).

16.3 TWO RECENT CASES

Some of the above principles are illustrated by two fairly recent cases. In Kelsie
Graham v Lurline Eugenie Pitkin3 V and her husband agreed in May 1980 to sell

3 [1992] 1 WLR 403, PC.

435
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

property to P. The contract contained a condition stating that the contract was
subject to P obtaining a mortgage from a specified building society for $19,000.
The building society agreed to lend $16,000 subject to survey and title.
Breaches of restrictive covenants affecting the property were discovered by the
building society which refused to make the advance unless these were condoned
by the dominant owner or rectified.
In March 1981 V (her husband having died) informed P that she was not
prepared to rectify the breaches of covenant and that P must decide whether she
wanted to proceed or to treat the contract as rescinded by mutual consent. P
responded that she was still anxious to acquire the property and would write
further within seven days. She did not; and, on 9 July, V (without serving any
notice to complete—as to which see below) purported to rescind the contract. On
23 July, P stated that she wanted to complete, served 14 days’ notice to complete
on V, and sued for specific performance.

Question Assuming that the Standard Conditions applied to the above

contract, would the discovery of breaches of restrictive covenants affecting
the property amount to a breach of contract by V? Note that this is not a case
of discovery of undisclosed restrictive covenants, but of breaches of known
covenants.
In deciding for P, the court applied the following principles:

(a) The condition as to a mortgage was a term of the contract. It was not a
condition precedent. A condition precedent is a specified event the
happening (or non-happening as the case may be) of which automatically
puts an end to the contract. It will be as if the contract had never been made.
On the other hand a condition, in the sense of a term of the contract, which is
solely for the benefit of one party can be waived by that party. P had waived
this condition.
(b) A contract can be rescinded (ie terminated) by mutual agreement; but it
cannot be terminated unilaterally by one party in the absence of
misrepresentation, breach, etc by the other party. P had not agreed to V’s
suggestion to treat the contract as rescinded by mutual consent.
(c) V had purported to treat the contract as discharged for P’s delay in
completing. There had been delay. P had failed to complete at the contractual
completion date and was therefore in breach of contract. The issue was
whether this breach by delay was a repudiatory breach entitling V to treat the
contract as discharged. It was held that it was not (see below). P was therefore
entitled to specific performance.

436
 REMEDIES

In Newbery v Turngiant4 there was a contract dated 8 December 1987 for the
sale of agricultural land by the plaintiff vendors to the defendant purchasers.
Clause 5 of the contract provided that the Law Society’s general conditions of
sale (1984 revision) [one of the precursors of the Standard Conditions] were to
apply ‘so far as not inconsistent with the terms of the agreement’. (Compare
printed special condition 1(a) of the agreement incorporating the Standard
Conditions (para 5.1.6).) Condition 22 of the Law Society’s general conditions
provided that in the event of late completion ‘the party in default’ would be
liable to pay compensation calculated at the ‘contract rate’ as defined in those
conditions.
Clause 8 of the agreement provided that at the date fixed for completion (5
December 1988) ‘the balance of the purchase monies shall be paid and if not
so paid shall bear interest at the rate of 5% above the base lending rate from
time to time of Lloyds Bank plc’. Clearly, on the face of it this was much
harsher to the purchasers, making them liable to pay interest regardless of
whose fault the delay was.
A pre-completion search in the Land Charges Register by the purchasers (it
being unregistered title) revealed two estate contracts (Civ) and a general
equitable charge (Ciii) registered against the vendors. What then happened is an
interesting illustration of such a conveyancing situation. Office copies of the
entries were obtained. One of the estate contracts was clearly defunct and
cancellation by those who had originally entered it was obtained without
difficulty. This does however emphasise the need to keep the Register (whether of
land charges or the register of title in the case of registered land) clear of defunct
entries. The office copies showed the other estate contract and the general
equitable charge to have been registered by an Exeter firm of solicitors on behalf
of a company called Bayswater. The Exeter firm, on being contacted, indicated
that the partner who had initialled the application for the charges to be registered
had retired; they no longer had the file; and no one in the office knew anything
about the matter. A search against Bayswater in the Companies Registry revealed
that Bayswater had been dissolved in 1986. The vendors’ solicitors offered to
complete on the basis of their undertaking to ‘to use their best endeavours to get
the entries removed’. This was (understandably) not acceptable to the purchasers’
solicitors who wanted an unconditional undertaking to get them cancelled.
Finally, the company being dissolved, the Registry was persuaded to cancel the
entries (Note: there was the possibility, which concerned the Registry, that the
company had assigned the benefit of these interests before its dissolution).
Completion then took place on 20 January 1989, 46 days late.

4 (1991) 63 P & CR 458; and see Safehaven Investments Inc v Springbok Ltd (1996) 71 P & CR 59.

437
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

The vendors were claiming that interest was payable to them for the period of
delay under clause 8 of the agreement. The purchasers were claiming that
condition 22 of the Law Society’s conditions, incorporated by clause 5 of the
agreement applied, which entitled them to compensation for the period of delay
because it was due to the vendors default.
The Court of Appeal decided the following points, finding for the vendors:
(a) Although clause 8 of the agreement was on the face of it absolute, it had to
be construed in the light of equitable rules to mean that interest would be payable
by the purchasers if the delay was the purchasers’ fault or no one’s fault, but not if
the fault was the vendors’. To this extent clause 8 was inconsistent and prevailed
over clause 5 and the Law Society’s condition 22, in that the latter did not make
the purchasers liable to pay for the delay in a no-fault situation.
(b) The vendors were not at fault. They had acted promptly to get the offending
entries cancelled once they had learnt from the purchasers of their existence on
the register.
(c) The last point indicates that the vendors’ solicitors had not checked the
Land Charges Register before drafting the contract. However, the court decided,
under the rule in Bain v Fothergill (which still applied as the events occurred
before abolition of the rule by the Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions)
Act 1989 taking effect on 26 September 1989—see below) a vendor is not at fault
if the failure to complete is due to a defect in title.
(d) It followed that since the delay was not due to the vendors’ fault, they were
entitled to interest under clause 8 of the agreement.
This case concerned the consequences of delay in completion and of defects in
title. We will now turn to these and other specific breaches that might occur.

16.4 BREACH DUE TO DEFECT IN TITLE

If the vendor is not able, at the contractual completion date, to convey (or
require someone else to convey) the property with the title agreed in the
contract (subject only to patent defects) she will be in breach of contract. As
with any breach of contract the fact that the vendor did not know of a defect or
(on learning of it) made every effort to get it removed, is no defence to a claim
for breach of contract. This is subject, as always, to any express terms in the
contract. Note here, in particular, Standard Condition 3.1.2(c) under which the
property is sold subject to any incumbrance which ‘the seller does not and could
not know about’. The emphasis here must be on ‘could not’. This condition
does not relieve the vendor of the obligation to make a proper check on her title
before drafting the contract.

438
 REMEDIES

If the defect is substantial so as to deprive the purchaser substantially of the

title agreed under the contract, the breach will be a repudiatory one and the
purchaser entitled to treat the contract as discharged and claim damages. It should
be stressed that the purchaser does not have to serve notice to complete in such a
case before taking this step and, indeed, it seems that she can treat the contract as
discharged even before the completion date if it is clear that the vendor will or will
not be able to cure the defect by that date.
If the title defect is not substantial, the purchaser will be obliged to complete
and will only be entitled to damages in respect of the defect. No doubt if the facts
show that the defect can be cured, though only in time for late completion, this
will normally mean that the defect is not substantial; the purchaser will have to
complete and claim compensation for the delay. It will be otherwise if time for
completion is of the essence (see below) in which case the title must be in order by
the completion date.
In the light of the discussion of Newbery above, mention needs to be made of
the rule in Bain v Fothergill. This rule was abolished by s 3 of the Law of Property
(Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989. It supposedly arose from the difficulties,
prior to the simplification of conveyancing, of a vendor knowing the state of her
title. What it provided (as Old Jarndyce understands it—or would if he were not
again snoring in his chair) was that if the vendor’s breach consisted of a title
defect, the purchaser could not recover damages for loss of bargain, but could
only recover any deposit paid with interest and her costs of investigating title. In
other words it limited the damages recoverable but did not annul the breach or
make the vendor without fault. If this is correct, it means that the court in Newbery
misapplied the rule; the vendors were in ‘default’; the purchasers therefore not
obliged to pay interest under clause 8; and the vendors should have paid
compensation under clause 5 and the Law Society’s general conditions (which to
that extent were not inconsistent with clause 8).
However, the rule has been abolished. Whatever the position before its
abolition, it means now that, in the words of Dillon LJ in Newbery (p470):
‘…the vendor will be in default if he fails to clear before the contractual
completion date any defect in his title which becomes apparent between
contract and completion, of which he has been unaware at the date of the
contract, however reasonable his conduct may have been. Any prudent
vendor will therefore have, in his own interests, to search in the land
charges register for unexpected registrations against his title before he
exchanges contracts of sale.’
It should be added that a vendor will also need to be satisfied that adverse charges
are not going to be registered between contract and completion—the possibility
of a non-owning spouse registering a right of occupation may be relevant here.
This, of course, underlines what has been stressed earlier in this book; that is, the

439
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

need for the vendor’s solicitor to check title before drafting the contract. And it is
in line with the modern trend for the vendor to provide the proof of title at the time
of submitting a draft contract.

16.5 MISDESCRIPTION

A misdescription is a false statement of fact as to the property contained in the

contract. It is to be distinguished from a misrepresentation which is a false
statement of fact outside but inducing the contract. A common example is where
the area of the property given in the contract is incorrect. Another example, from a
well known case, is where the property was described as having a ‘valuable
prospective building element’ whereas an underground culvert created a
substantial drawback to building.5
Any misdescription is a breach of contract. The contract is, in effect, giving a
contractual guarantee that the description is correct.
Traditionally and judicially, misdescription has been treated separately
from other breaches such as title defects. Traditionally, the standard contract
was divided into two parts: the Particulars of Sale containing the legal and
physical description of the property and the Conditions of Sale dealing with
proof of title and all the other matters. This is not now usual. Another reason
for drawing the distinction was the application of the rule in Bain v Fothergill
to title defects but not misdescription and also because at least at common law
a misdescription, however insubstantial, entitled the purchaser to withdraw
from the contract.
It is probably true to say that now there is no reason for making a general
distinction between misdescription and other breaches of contract. As with a title
defect, if the misdescription is substantial it will be a repudiatory breach entitling
the purchaser to treat the contract as discharged and claim damages. If it is not
substantial, the purchaser will be entitled to damages only. Of course, if the terms
of the contract deal expressly with misdescription, the meaning of those terms
may have to be identified. In this context, it is convenient to turn to the provisions
of the Standard Conditions dealing with remedies.
Standard Conditions 7.1. and 7.2. are set out in Appendix 3. The following
points should be noted.
(a) The condition applies to both misrepresentation and to misdescription
or any other misleading or inaccurate plan or statement within the
contract.

5 Re Puckett & Smith’s Contract [1902] 2 Ch 258.

440
 REMEDIES

(b) Although it refers to ‘omissions’, it seems that this only covers what in
conventional contract language is known as a half-truth; that is where
something actually said is rendered inaccurate by something not said.
(c) Insofar as it relates to misrepresentation, it is subject to s 3 of the
Misrepresentation Act 1967 and the test of reasonableness in s 11 of that
Act. The 1967 Act does not apply to statements which are within the
contract. But the rule in Flight v Booth6 does apply. This is that the courts
will not allow a term in the contract to deprive the purchaser of the right
to treat the contract as discharged where completion would force her to
take a property subject to a substantial misdescription or other defect.
Standard Condition 7.1.3. does not attempt to do this and would not fall
foul of the rule.
(d) In dealing with the remedial consequences of error or omission, Standard
Condition 7.1.2. creates some confusion by dealing with misrepresentation
and misdescription as one. To take them, here, separately:
(i) Misrepresentation. Standard Condition 7.1.2. gives a right to damages
where the difference between the description or value of the property as
represented and as it is in fact, is ‘material’. A person claiming for
misrepresentation has in any case to show that the misrepresentation was
material. Under the common law and the Misrepresentation Act 1967,
damages can only be claimed for fraudulent or negligent
misrepresentation. Standard Condition 7.1.2. contains no such limitation
and would seem to allow damages even for entirely innocent
misrepresentation.
On the other hand, Standard Condition 7.1.3. limits the right to rescind to
cases of fraud and recklessness and cases where the property is in fact
‘substantially’ different from the property as represented. Apart from
provision in the contract, a party can rescind for any material
misrepresentation (subject to being awarded damages in lieu under the
1967 Act) and does not have to show that it was fraudulent, reckless or
substantial. To this extent, the Standard Conditions restrict the right of the
injured party. As stated above, such a clause is subject to the test of
reasonableness under the 1967 Act.
(ii) Misdescription. As already explained, if any plan or statement within
the contract is misleading or inaccurate, this will be a breach of contract,
entitling the injured party to damages, at least. Depending on what
‘material’ is taken to mean (and it is not defined in the Standard
Conditions) Standard Condition 7.1.2. may exclude the right of the

6 (1834) 1 Bing NC 370.

441
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

injured party to damages in some cases. If it means simply ‘not trivial’ it

probably does not have much, if any, effect on the open contract position.
Where the claim is for misdescription or other breach of contract, the term
‘rescission’ in Standard Condition 7.1.3. would seem to mean ‘the right to
treat the contract as repudiated for breach’. Even in the absence of Standard
Condition 7.1.3. the injured party would only be entitled to treat the contract
as discharged for substantial breach. Standard Condition 7.1.3. seems, in
effect, therefore simply to reflect the open contract position.
(e) Where a party has a right, but has not yet exercised that right, to rescind
the contract (in either sense), the general principle is that the contract remains
alive for the benefit of both parties.7

16.6 LATE COMPLETION

Under an open contract any delay in completion is a breach of contract and

entitles the innocent party to damages—that is compensation for loss caused by
the delay. This may entail identifying the time within which the contract
requires each step to be taken and deciding who is responsible for the delay. If,
for example, the vendor delays in approving the draft conveyance which delay,
by knock-on effect, prevents the purchaser from engrossing and executing the
conveyance in time for the agreed completion date, the delay is clearly to be laid
at the vendor’s door. Of course, even if all pre-completion steps have been taken
on time, one of the parties may still for some reason fail to complete on time.
In practice, both parties may be guilty of delay in taking a step towards
completion in the time allowed for it by the express or implied terms of the
contract. Any such delay will be a breach and potentially give the one party a
claim for damages against the other.
Standard Condition 7.3. (Appendix 3) deals with the situation where
completion is late. The effect is that if the delay is solely attributable to the time-
default of one party, that party will have to pay compensation to the other for the
period between contractual and actual completion date. Under Standard
Condition 7.3.2. compensation is calculated at the contract rate (as defined in the
Standard Conditions) on the purchase price (less any deposit paid if the purchaser
is the paying party).

7 See McGrath v Shah (1987) 57 P & CR 452. Compare Foran v Wight (1989) CLR (High Court of
Australia), where a statement by the vendors prior to the completion date (time being of the essence)
that they would not be able to complete on time estopped them from later claiming that the purchasers
themselves, who only rescinded two days after the completion date, would not have been able to
complete on time.

442
 REMEDIES

Where both parties have been guilty of time-default during the transaction, the
party guilty of the longer total period of default will pay compensation to the other
for the excess period. If the delay between contractual and actual completion date
is less than the period of default—ie if lost time has been made up—
compensation will only be paid for the lesser period.

Question Suppose a contract is made on 1 May by V to sell to P subject to the

Standard Conditions of Sale. The agreed completion date is 1 June. The price is
£95,000 and a 10% deposit is paid to a stakeholder. The contract rate is fixed in
the contract at 10%. V delivers the evidence of title to P three weeks after
exchange of contracts. P delivers requisitions on title to V 14 days after receiving
the evidence of title. V replies immediately stating that the requisitions are out of
time, but that, as a matter of courtesy and without in any way prejudicing her
position, she will answer them. Ten days after this V does reply to them.
Immediately on receipt of these replies P sends a draft conveyance to V for
approval. V returns this approved to P by return of post. Five days after receipt of
the approved draft, P sends the engrossment, executed by P, to V The day after
receipt, V phones P to say that she is ready to complete and completion takes
place the same day—1 July.
Consider who is liable to pay compensation for the delay and how much. If
you think it necessary to assume facts not given, state what facts you are
assuming.

16.7 DELAY CAUSING DISCHARGE OF THE CONTRACT

The general principle is that, although delay is a breach of contract, it does not of
itself entitle the innocent party to treat the contract as discharged. Failure to
complete may of course be caused by some other factor such as a substantial title
defect which is itself a repudiatory breach.
The innocent party can only treat the contract as discharged where time is, or
has been made, of the essence. In a contract for the sale of land, time is presumed
not to be of the essence. It will be of the essence from the start in two cases:
(a) By express declaration of the parties in the contract. The contract may
actually state that time for completion is to be of the essence—or words to
that effect. Or, a proper construction of the contract as a whole may show that
the parties intended time to be of the essence. Conversely, it may show that
time was not intended to be of the essence. For example, if there is provision
that interest is to be paid for late completion, this will normally lead to the
latter inference.

443
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(b) By implication from the circumstances surrounding the contract. The

circumstances surrounding the contract, rather than the language used by the
parties in the contract, may lead to the conclusion that time was intended to
be of the essence. Here, express provision would be needed to make time not
of the essence. In the somewhat odd and somewhat old case of Tilley v
Thomas8 time was held to be of the essence on the purchase of a house
wanted for immediate occupation on the day possession was to be given
under the contract. It would probably require very unusual circumstances for
this to apply today. And Standard Condition 6.1.1. expressly makes time not
of the essence until a completion notice has been served.
Where time is not of the essence by express provision or implication from the
circumstances, it can be made of the essence by service of a notice to complete.
Even in the absence of such notice one party may delay for so long, that the other
is entitled to treat the contract as having been repudiated, not for the delay itself,
but rather because delay is evidence of an intention not to perform the contract.
‘Delay may be an ingredient in deciding whether a party in default does not intend
to proceed and has repudiated the contract.’9

16.8 NOTICE TO COMPLETE

Under an open contract, if one of the parties fails to complete on time (time not
being initially of the essence) the other party can serve notice to complete by a
specified date.
Service of a notice makes time of the essence for both parties; so that if either
party then fails to complete by the specified date, the other can treat the contract as
discharged and claim damages.10 For a notice to be valid, the following conditions
must be satisfied:
(a) The server must herself be ready, able and willing to complete. This is not
taken to its literal extreme. But she must have satisfied herself on all matters
of substance that she can go forward to complete. Having to finalise the
administrative arrangements for completion is not a bar to serving a notice.11
For example, the outstanding need to provide a completion statement,

8 (1867) 3 Ch App 61.

9 Lord Templeman in Kelsie Graham v Lurline Eugenie Pitkin [1992] 1 WLR 403, at p406; noted by
HW Wilkinson [1992] Conv 234; and see C Harpum, ‘The Construction of Conditional Contracts and
the Effect of Delay in Completion’ [1992] Conv 318.
10 As to whether the party served with the notice can insist on completing before the specified date,
see Oakdown Ltd v Bernstein & Co (1984) 49 P & CR 282.
11 See Cole v Rose [1978] 3 All ER 1121, at p1128 (Mervyn Davies QC); Pinekerry Ltd v Needs Ltd
(1992) 64 P & CR 245.

444
 REMEDIES

execute the conveyance, or to discharge an outstanding mortgage will

normally be mere administrative matters.
(b) If, unusually, the contract does not fix any date for completion, there is no
breach and so no right to serve a notice until there has been unreasonable
delay in completing. Where, the usual case, the contract fixes the date for
completion, the notice can be served immediately on failure to complete on
that date.
(c) The period given by the notice must be reasonable in all the
circumstances.
(d) The notice must not be ambiguous and must make clear what is required.
A similar notice can be served in relation to any step which under the contract is
required to be taken within a particular time.
These principles are illustrated by Behzadi v Shaftesbury Hotels Ltd.12 This
was an agreement for the sale of two hotels to the plaintiff. The title to each was
registered separately when the vendor had bought earlier in the year, and, in the
process of registering the vendor as the new proprietor, there was discussion
with the Registry about consolidating the two under one title. At the time of the
contract with the plaintiff, the documents were still at the Registry. Under the
contract the vendor was to deduce title by supplying an office copy of the
register not later than 11 working days after exchange of contracts. The contract
stated this time limit not to be of the essence. Due to the delays by the Registry
the vendor was not able to supply the office copy in time. The purchaser
thereupon, immediately served the vendor with notice to supply the office copy
within seven days. On its failure to do so, the purchaser purported to treat the
contract as discharged and claimed the return of his deposit with interest. The
vendor disputed the right of the purchaser to do this, and in turn claimed
damages for wrongful repudiation. It was held that in the circumstances it was
wholly unreasonable and unnecessary for the purchaser to require the title to be
deduced within the seven days given; the notice was therefore not valid; and the
purchaser therefore not entitled to treat the contract as discharged. The court,
further, refused to order the return of his deposit under s 49(2) of the Law of
Property Act 1925.
Once a valid notice has been served, the party serving it can extend the period
specified without invalidating the notice, but if she shows an intention to waive
time being of the essence—in effect to abandon the rights given by service of the
notice—she will have to start all over again with a new notice.13

12 [1991] 2 WLR 251.

13 As to the deadline for completion on the specified day, and whether it is midnight or the end of
normal working hours, see [1991] Conv 475; [1992] Conv 148; and [1992] Conv 402.

445
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Standard Condition 6.8. deals with the service of notices to complete,

reflecting in general the open contract position described above. It expressly
provides that the seller will be deemed to be ready, able and willing to complete
where the purchase money will be sufficient to redeem an outstanding mortgage
on the property. Standard Condition 6.8.3. stipulates 10 working days, excluding
the day on which the notice is given, for completion to take place. The notice must
comply with the contract, but a period longer than specified in the standard
conditions can be given without invalidating the notice.14
Standard Condition 6.8. only applies to completion. Making time for
completing other steps of the essence is governed by the open contract rules (see
Standard Condition 4.1.1.).

16.9 VACANT POSSESSION

The obligation of the vendor to give vacant possession has been dealt with (para
14.6). As with the other breaches discussed, the court will here distinguish
between a repudiatory and non-repudiatory breach.15

16.10 COVENANTS FOR TITLE

The possibility of the vendor being liable on the covenants for title has been dealt
with (para 5.7).

16.11 LIENS

(a) Vendor’s lien

A vendor has a lien over the property in respect of any unpaid purchase money
following completion. The lien is an equitable charge on the property which can
be enforced by the court setting the contract aside or ordering the sale of the
property. It is enforceable against the purchaser even if the conveyance contains a
receipt clause for the purchase price. In the case of unregistered land, it is
registrable as a Ciii land charge under the Land Charges Act 1972 and as such will
be void against a purchaser for value of any interest in the land if not registered.16

14 Delta Vale Properties Ltd v Mills [1990] 1 WLR 445.

15 See Cumberland Consolidated Holdings Ltd v Ireland [1946] KB 254; plaintiff awarded £80
damages on account of rubbish left in the cellar.

446
 REMEDIES

In the case of registered land, the lien can be protected as a minor interest by
notice or caution. If the vendor remains in occupation, the lien will be overriding
under s 70(1)(g) of the Land Registration Act 1925.

(b) Purchaser’s lien

If the purchaser becomes entitled to the return of her deposit (eg on lawfully
rescinding the contract) she has a lien on the property to secure its recovery. This
is only the case where the deposit is held by the vendor or the vendor’s agent; not
(when it should not be needed) when it is held by a stakeholder.
As with the vendor’s lien, the purchaser’s lien can be protected by registration
as a class Ciii land charge or, in the case of registered land, by entry of a notice or
caution.

16.12 RECTIFICATION AND INDEMNITY

This only applies to registered title, and is not a remedy in the conventional sense
of a right against the other party to the contract. Rectification is the right, subject
to the discretion of the Registrar or the court, to have a register of title amended in
recognition of some unregistered interest. As such, it is a limit on the notion of the
register of title being absolute and indefeasible. However, a person adversely
affected by rectification may have a claim to indemnity under the statutory
insurance scheme maintained by the Registry.
The grounds on which rectification can be ordered (in some cases only by the
court; in others by the court or Registrar) are set out in s 82(1) of the Land
Registration Act 1925. They are very wide, concluding with:
‘…any other case where, by reason of any error or omission in the
register, or by reason of any entry made under a mistake, it may be
deemed just to rectify the register.’
Under s 82(3), where rectification would affect the title of a proprietor in possession,
it will only be made to give effect to an overriding interest or where the proprietor
has caused, or substantially contributed to, the error or omission by fraud or lack of
proper care, or where it would be unjust not to rectify the register against him.
The right to indemnity is governed by s 83 of the Land Registration Act 1925.
The general principle is that a person can claim indemnity where she suffers loss
as a result of rectification of the register, or where she suffers loss by reason of an

16 And see Law of Property Act 1925, s 68; see T Aldridge, ‘In the Liens Den’ (1996) 140 Sol Jo 144.

447
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

error or omission in the register which is not rectified in her favour. In addition
there are some other specific cases where indemnity is available. Indemnity is not
available where the register is rectified to give effect to an overriding interest, nor
where the applicant has caused or substantially contributed to the loss by fraud or
lack of proper care.17

17 For a detailed treatment, see Ruoff & Roper, Part VI.

448
 CHAPTER 17

LEASEHOLD CONVEYANCING

17.1 OLD JARNDYCE NODS OFF AGAIN

MISS PINKY EXPOUNDS

This Chapter will take a brief look at leasehold conveyancing, pointing out the
ways in which it differs from freehold. As with freehold, registered and
unregistered transactions should be carefully distinguished.

UNREGISTERED TITLE

17.1.1 Introduction

There are two main transactions to mention: the grant of a new lease and the
assignment of an existing lease. A lease may be granted out of the freehold (a head
lease) or it may be granted out of another lease (a sub-lease or under-lease). Thus,
F the legal freeholder can grant a lease to T for, say, 99 years; T can in turn grant a
sub-lease to ST for, say, 21 years; who in turn can grant a sub-sub-lease to SST
for, say, three years; and so on.
It is important to be clear that each of these persons has and continues to have a
separate estate in the land. By the Law of Property Act 1925, s 205 (1)(xix), F’s
freehold (fee simple) will continue to be in possession by virtue of her right to receive
the rents and so will continue to be a legal estate. T, ST and SST have terms of years
absolute and, assuming the correct formalities have been observed, their estates too
will be legal. SST will be the only one with physical possession of the land.
A leasehold estate can, in principle, be dealt with in the same way as F’s or any
other freehold estate—sold, mortgaged, gifted, settled, left by will or pass on intestacy,
etc; subject always to the limits of its life span and the terms of the lease held.
The terms ‘landlord’ and ‘lessor’ like the terms ‘tenant’ and ‘lessee’ are in law
interchangeable. The same applies to the terms ‘lease’ and ‘tenancy’. In practice,
‘lessor/lessee’ and ‘lease’ are used for long term leases. ‘Ground rent’ means the
same as ‘rent’; though it is usually used to refer to the low rent reserved on a long
lease where a premium (capital sum) has been paid on the grant of the lease. The
term ‘tenancy agreement’ is sometimes used to mean an informal legal lease

449
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

within s 54(2) of the Law of Property Act 1925 and sometimes to mean an
agreement for a lease, that is a contract to create a lease, which itself might be
effective as a valid, equitable lease.

17.1.2 Positive covenants and the sale of flats

In law, the most distinctive feature of the leasehold, in contrast to the freehold,
is that positive as well as restrictive covenants can run with the lease and with
the reversion on that lease. If, in the above example, F sells her reversion (so
called, though technically in possession) to F2 and T sells and assigns the lease
to T2, then potentially the covenants in the lease whether positive or restrictive
will be enforceable between F2 and T2. For this to happen there must be privity
of estate between F2 and T2. There will not, for example, be privity between F2
and ST.1
This attribute of leases is one of the main reasons why flats are almost
invariably let on long leases rather than being sold freehold. There is nothing in
law to prevent the sale of freehold flats; the freehold owner of a first-floor flat, for
example, would have what is commonly called a flying freehold—a cube of air
surrounded by bricks, etc. Such a freehold is sometimes encountered with older
properties (for example, where originally tenanted cottages have been sold off
freehold), where maybe the first floor bathroom of one property extends over the
kitchen of the next door property. In conveyancing with such a case, careful
attention needs to be paid to identifying the property and its exact boundaries; to
the existence of necessary easements of support, etc; and, to the extent that this is
possible with freehold, to the existence of necessary obligations to keep
interdependent parts in repair, etc.2
A number of points should be noted about the use of leasehold for flat
ownership whether on the grant of a new lease or the purchase of an existing one.
In general, the ordinary principles of leasehold law and conveyancing apply.
But, care must be taken that the physical description of the flat and its limits are
accurately identified by plan. The exact location of your boundary when it is your
bedroom floor is more crucial than when it is the hedge behind the dustbin.
Careful attention must be paid to the existence of necessary easements of
access over common parts, for passage and maintenance of service pipes and
wires, of support, etc.

1 See Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995.

2 For a recent case illustrating the problems, see Rhone v Stephens (Executrix) [1994] Ch 310.

450
 LEASEHOLD CONVEYANCING

Equally, the proposed or existing positive and restrictive covenants should be

examined with care whether designed to protect the interest of the landlord or the
enjoyment of tenants. In general, restrictive covenants operate in the same way as
in freehold conveyancing; though restrictive covenants contained in leases are not
registrable as land charges under the Land Charges Act 1972; and in registered
title will not be identified on the register. The landlord’s reversion is capable of
being the dominant property making the covenants enforceable for example
against a sub-tenant where there is no privity. Similarly, they can be made directly
enforceable between neighbouring flat owners by, for example, the creation of a
building scheme.
As explained above, positive covenants can be made to run with the reversion
and the lease. They are not enforceable directly between the landlord and a sub-
tenant since there is no privity of estate; nor between neighbouring flat owners.
The lessee’s or assignee’s solicitor should therefore be satisfied that:
(a) the leases of the other flats contain or will contain the covenants necessary
to protect the client’s enjoyment;
(b) the client’s lease contains a covenant by the landlord to enforce the
covenants in the other leases.
Quite commonly management of the flats (but not usually ownership of the
reversion) will be taken over by a management company owned by the
tenants. One arrangement is for the management company to be a party to
each individual lease together with the tenant and the landlord. The service
charge will be made payable to the management company which in return
will covenant to carry out the landlord’s obligations such as maintenance of
common parts and structure, insurance, etc and to enforce the covenants
entered into by each individual tenant. The ground rent will be payable to the
landlord directly or through the agency of the management company.
Alternatively, the landlord can grant a long lease of the block to the
management company subject to and with the benefit of the individual leases,
the rent being equal to the aggregate of rents on the individual leases. Such
schemes give the tenants more direct control over management of the flats,
common parts and the bringing to heel of anti-social tenants. On purchasing
the lease of a flat in the scheme there will have to be a provision in the
contract for the purchaser to have transferred to her the vendor’s share in the
management company.
It is, of course, possible for ownership of the reversion to be vested in a
company owned by the tenants, creating a form of co-ownership.
A sub-lease has the same fragility of title as the head-lease out of which it is
granted. This means, for example, that if the head-lease is forfeited the sub-lease
will be destroyed with it, subject to any right to relief. The sub-lease should
therefore contain a covenant by the sub-lessor to pay the rent reserved in the head-

451
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

lease. Conversely, to protect the lessor, the covenants imposed on the sub-lessee
should embrace those in the head-lease.
If forfeiture proceedings are taken against the head-lessee, the sub-lessee
(including a mortgagee of the lease) will have a right to apply for relief under s
146(4) of the Law of Property Act 1925. Under the County Court Rules, Ord 6, r
3(1) and (2) a landlord taking forfeiture proceedings must file a copy of the
particulars of claim to be served on any mortgagee of the land known to her. A
mortgagee of a leasehold interest should therefore ensure that notice of the
mortgage is given to the lessor, even if this is not required by the terms of the lease.
Even more serious, by s 146 (9) and (10), the right to relief against forfeiture on
bankruptcy is excluded altogether in some cases and limited in others. A sub-lessee
or mortgagee of a leasehold is at risk if there is such a provision for forfeiture on
bankruptcy in the lease and a mortgagee is unlikely to lend money.

17.1.3 Statutory regulation of leases

Leases and tenancies are subject to an extensive corpus of statutory regulation.

Indeed, no leasehold transaction should be looked at without considering the
possible application of this legislation. The matter is beyond the scope of this
book, but, in brief, the following are the more important statutes (as amended)
applying to residential tenancies:
(a) the Housing Act 1985, Part IV. This gives security of tenure to public
sector tenants (‘secure tenancies’);
(b) the Housing Act 1985, Part V, which gives secure tenants the right to buy;
(c) the Housing Associations Act 1985 which deals with housing association
tenancies;
(d) the Protection from Eviction Act 1977 as amended by the Housing Act
1988, which is designed to protect residential occupiers from unlawful
eviction and harassment;
(e) the Rent Act 1977, which applies to residential tenancies created before
15 January 1989, provides a scheme of security and rent control;
(f) the Housing Act 1988. This applies to residential tenancies created after
14 January 1989, and provides a limited degree of security to assured tenants
and a scheme of assured shorthold tenancies under which, on expiry of the
agreed term, the tenant has no security;
(g) the Landlord and Tenant Act 1985 which deals with disclosure of the
landlord’s identity, provision of rent books, statutory repairing obligations
on landlords and control of service charges;
(h) the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927, s 19. This controls covenants which
limit the right to assign or make improvements;

452
 LEASEHOLD CONVEYANCING

(i) the Landlord and Tenant Act 1988 is designed to force landlords to deal
promptly with applications for licences to assign, etc;
(j) the Landlord and Tenant Act 1987. This gives the tenants of flats with long
leases the right, in certain circumstances, to have a manager appointed, to
have the terms of the lease varied and jointly to acquire the freehold
reversion;
(k) the Leasehold Reform Act 1967 gives the tenant with a long lease of a
house the right to purchase the freehold or extend her lease; and
(l) under the Housing and Urban Development Act 1993, long leasehold
tenants of flats have a collective right to purchase the freehold reversion from
the landlord.

17.2 THE GRANT OF A RESIDENTIAL LEASE

17.2.1 The contract

It is common for a lease to be negotiated and granted without any prior contract.
In this case, the grant of the lease itself is the first and final legally binding
expression of agreement.
If there is a contract a copy of the proposed lease will be annexed to and
incorporated by reference into the contract (see Standard Condition 8.2.3.).
The Standard Conditions are intended to be applicable to the grant of a lease,
the ‘seller’ in this case meaning the ‘proposed landlord’; and the ‘buyer’ meaning
the ‘proposed tenant’.
The contract will need to contain words to the effect that the lessor (however
identified in the contract) agrees to grant and the lessee agrees to take a lease in the
form of the draft annexed.
The consideration (possibly consisting of both a premium (capital payment)
and rent, will be shown in the draft lease. The terms of the contract as to title
depend on what is said next.

17.2.2 Investigation of title

The starting point is that, as curious as it may seem and being explained by the
way in which land law developed, under an open contract the freehold grantor
of a lease is under no obligation to prove her title (Law of Property Act 1925, s
44(2)). This means that the lessee will take subject to title defects affecting the
freehold in the same way that a purchaser of the freehold would, but with no

453
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

obligation on the lessor to show the freehold title, and no right for the tenant to
investigate it. Thus, for example if a restrictive covenant affecting the land is
registered in the Central Land Charges Register against a previous owner, the
lessee will be bound by it, but, not having the names of the freehold estate
owners, will not discover its existence. Further, it should be noted that the lessee
does not have the right to public fund compensation which the purchaser of the
freehold would have in respect of undiscovered land charges under s 25 of the
Law of Property Act 1969 (para 13.6). On the other hand, by virtue of the Law
of Property Act 1925, s 44(5), the lessee will not be affected by notice of non-
registrable equitable interests which would have been discovered by
investigation of the freehold title. As so few equitable interests are not
registrable under the Land Charges Act 1972, this provision is of limited help. It
also means that if any outstanding mortgage affects the freehold it will be
binding on the lessee; and the mortgagee may not be bound by the lease. Under
s 99 of the Law of Property Act 1925, a mortgagor in possession does have a
statutory power to create certain leases binding on the mortgagee. But
mortgages invariably exclude this power; and provide that the mortgagee s
consent must be obtained to any lease by the mortgagor. If this consent is not
obtained, the mortgagee will not be bound by the lease. If the lessor has no title
to the property, neither will the lessee.
Wherever, at least, the lessee is paying a capital sum for the lease or security of
tenure is important, she should insist on a stipulation in the contract that the lessor
will deduce and prove the freehold title. Standard Condition 8.2.4. provides:
‘If the term of the new lease will exceed 21 years, the seller is to deduce a
title which will enable the buyer to register the lease at H M Land
Registry with an absolute title.’
Since Standard Condition 3.1. will also apply this means that the lessor will, for a
lease of more than 21 years, be under the same duty of disclosure and to prove title
as on a sale of the freehold. It follows that pre-contract investigations and
investigation of title itself will follow the same course as on a freehold sale. And
TransAction Protocol can be used as on the sale of the freehold.
If the lease is to be for 21 years or less, the lessee will have no right to proof of
title. It is not clear what effect Standard Condition 3.1. would have in such a case.
As Standard Condition 8.2.4. does not exclude Standard Condition 3.1. it would
seem that the lessor would still have to show herself able to grant a lease free from
incumbrances (apart from those listed in Standard Condition 3.1.2.)—which
would involve showing the freehold title!
Without proof of the freehold title, the lessee may find it difficult to raise a loan
on mortgage and will only obtain a good leasehold title on registration. If capital
money is being paid for the lease or security important, the lessee will probably
want to amend Standard Condition 8.2.4. perhaps by excluding the reference to

454
 LEASEHOLD CONVEYANCING

21 years. If the lessor is not going to prove the freehold title then presumably
Standard Condition 3.1. should be removed.

17.2.3 Drafting the lease

The conventional practice, reflected in Standard Condition 8.2.3. is for the lessor
to draft the lease. By Standard Condition 8.2.6. the lessor will engross the lease
and counterpart when agreed and send the counterpart to the lessee at least five
working days before completion date. The counterpart is a duplicate of the lease,
traditionally commencing with the words ‘This Counterpart Lease…’.
Alternatively, a simple copy of the lease may be used. The lessor will execute the
lease itself to be delivered to the lessee and the lessee will execute the counterpart
to be delivered to the lessor. It is important, even in the case of registered title
(below) that each party retains an original copy of the lease executed by the other
party.
Under the Costs of Leases Act 1958, reversing the traditional conveyancing
presumption, the lessee will not have to pay the lessor’s costs unless it is otherwise
agreed in writing. The Standard Conditions do not provide otherwise.
The format of a lease is analogous to that of a freehold conveyance, though
normally containing a great many more covenants. In brief, it will consist of the
following parts:
(a) Introduction. Starting with the words ‘This Lease…’ it will continue with
the date, the names and addresses of the parties and possibly recitals. For
example, in the case of a block of flats there may be a recital showing an
intention to create a building scheme, somewhat as follows:
‘Insofar as they have not already done so the Landlords intend to grant
leases of the flats and garages on the Estate upon terms similar in all
material respects to those contained in this Lease to the intent that the
Landlords, the Management Company and any lessee for the time
being of any of the flats and garages may be able to enforce at law or in
equity the performance and observance of the obligations and
restrictions so imposed by such leases.’3
(b) Operative part. Beginning with the consideration and receipt clause and
the words of demise (‘In consideration of the sum of £…[the premium] now
paid by the Lessee to the Lessor (receipt whereof the Lessor hereby
acknowledges) and of the covenants on the part of the Lessee herein
contained the Lessor hereby demises All That…’ there follows the parcels

3 See PM A’Court, Estate Conveyancing, Waterlow, 1984.

455
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

clause which, on a lease of a flat, will need to be meticulous in detail and

accuracy.
This will be followed, as in a freehold conveyance, by the grant of and
exception and reservation of any agreed new easements, followed by
the habendum setting out the term including its date of
commencement (which may not be the same as the date of execution
of the lease) and length;, followed in turn by the reddendum clause
(‘Yielding and Paying therefore…’) stating the rent, when it is to be
paid and whether in advance or arrears.
(c) The covenants by the landlord and those by the tenant. These
will be designed to suit the particular situation, though in the
nature of things certain matters are dealt with in a more or less
similar way in most leases. There are likely to be covenants
allocating responsibility for repair and maintenance and
redecoration, insurance, limiting the tenant’s right to assign, etc
or requiring notice of any assignment, etc; by the landlord to give
the tenant quiet enjoyment (below) and (in the case of flats)
provide specified services;. There are also likely to be covenants
controlling the tenant’s use of the premises and her right to make
improvements or alterations and giving the landlord a right to
enter to view the state of the premises. Invariably there will be a
forfeiture clause enabling the landlord to terminate the lease in
the event of non-payment of rent or other breach of covenant by
the tenant.
(d) Conclusion. There will be an attestation clause and execution by
landlord and tenant of the lease and counterpart respectively as
described above. The rules for the execution of deeds apply equally to
a lease by deed as to a freehold conveyance (para 12.4.4).

Question Your client Phineas Frog is the freehold owner of a house, Tadpole End,
Fishtown. He is shortly going to take up a two-year lecturing appointment in an
Indian university, and then plans to spend a couple of years travelling around
Asia. He wants to let the house for a four-year term to a fellow lecturer, Jeremy
Fisher (who will not accept a tenancy of less than four years).
He does not mind Jeremy assigning or sub-letting the house but he wants to be
sure that any new tenant is financially sound and otherwise respectable. He would
also like to ensure that any new tenant is a non-smoker and not Irish (his former
wife was Irish and a heavy smoker).
Can he achieve these aims by suitable clauses in the lease? Can you properly,
as a solicitor, assist him to achieve the last aim, if it can be achieved without
breaking the law? If and so far as he can, draft relevant clause(s).

456
 LEASEHOLD CONVEYANCING

What advice would you give him and what steps should he take in view of the
fact that he will be out of the country for most of the four years, especially given
that he will be difficult to contact in the last two? Consider particularly the
Landlord and Tenant Act 1988.

17.2.4 The covenant for quiet enjoyment

The grant of a lease does not include any implied covenant for title (para 5.7 and
below, para 17.3.2). What, and all, the tenant does get is the covenant for quiet
enjoyment (and an obligation not to derogate from grant). It is an implied, if not
made express, term of a lease, arising out of the relationship of landlord and
tenant, that the tenant will have quiet enjoyment of the premises. This protects the
lessee against physical interference by the landlord and those lawfully claiming
under her (ie those whose acts she has authorised). But it does not protect against
the acts of strangers (where like any other landowner the lessee will have to rely
on her own remedy in tort). More significantly, it does not protect against those
with title paramount to the landlord, unless, which is unusual, the covenant is
made absolute by express term in the lease. In other words, it gives no guarantee
of the landlord’s title to grant the lease or its freedom from incumbrances. This
reflects the traditional, open contract principle that on the grant of a lease the
landlord is not required to prove title.

17.2.5 Pre-contract and pre-completion steps

Where the freehold title is being deduced this will be done as on a freehold sale. In
the absence of any contractual obligation on the landlord to prove the freehold
title, any investigation would have to take place before contract to serve much
purpose (for example, a Central Land Charges search against the landlord would
be possible) though if a defect did become known to the lessee after contract and
before completion, equity would no doubt refuse to order specific performance
and order the return of any deposit. As in the case of freehold, the lessor will in the
absence of agreement to the contrary, be under an obligation to give vacant
possession at completion.

17.2.6 Completion

The completion process will be much the same as on a freehold conveyance. The
landlord’s solicitor will receive the executed counterpart lease and the premium.
In addition an apportioned part of the rent (if payable in advance) for the period
spanning completion may have to be paid. The tenant’s solicitor will receive the
executed lease. If the freehold has been deduced this will be dealt with in the same

457
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

way as on a freehold sale. The freehold title deeds will, of course, be retained by
the landlord. The tenant’s solicitor should examine them and mark her copies or
abstract as examined against the originals.

17.2.7 Post-completion

The newly granted lease may require notice of dealings to be given to the
landlord. This will have to be complied with in respect of any mortgage or sub-
letting of the new lease. Notice should be given in duplicate for a receipted copy
to be returned and placed with the deeds.
As on the purchase of freehold, stamping and first registration will have to be
considered.

17.2.8 Stamping of leases

Particulars delivered stamping is required on the grant of a lease for a term of
seven years or more and on the transfer on sale of any such lease. The term ‘lease’
includes sub-lease or any other tenancy.
Where a premium (ie a capital sum) is paid on the grant of a lease, stamp duty
is charged on the premium at the same rates as on the consideration for a freehold
conveyance. The duty payable on the document in respect of the rent element of
the consideration depends on the length of the term and the amount of the rent.4
If the rent reserved is not more than £600 a year and the premium not more
than £60,000, (if executed after 15 March 1993 and not stamped before 23 March
1993) and if the lease contains a certificate of value to that effect, it will be exempt
from stamp duty. A counterpart or duplicate lease still bears a fixed 50p deed duty
(see also para 10.7.1).
Stamp duty on the assignment of an existing lease is the same as for a freehold
conveyance.

17.2.9 First registration

All areas now being compulsory, first registration will need to be applied for on the
grant of a lease for a term of more than 21 years (Land Registration Act 1986).5

4 For the details, see Finance Act 1891, Schedule 1, as amended by the Finance Act 1982, s 128(3);
and now Finance Act 1993, s 201.
5 If the lease is not registrable, being for 21 years or less, it will remain an unregistered lease subject to
unregistered title rules. If the freehold comes to be registered, the lease will be overriding as far as the
freehold is concerned.

458
 LEASEHOLD CONVEYANCING

(a) Classes of title

Registration is possible with the same classes of title and with similar legal effect as
freehold—that is, absolute, possessory and qualified leasehold.6 In particular, under s
9 of the Land Registration Act 1925, the title of the proprietor with absolute leasehold
will not be tainted by any defect affecting the reversion unless it is protected on the
register of the leasehold title or overriding. The validity of the lease will be guaranteed.
However, the title will be subject to the terms of the lease itself. Registration does
not guarantee that the covenants and obligation in the lease have been performed
to date or that the lease is not liable to be forfeited for breach of its terms.
In addition to these classes of title, registration with good leasehold title is
possible and common. This will be granted where the freehold title has not been
deduced and so cannot be proved to the Registry. Section 10 of the Land
Registration Act 1925 provides that registration with good leasehold title
‘shall not affect or prejudice the enforcement of any estate, right or
interest affecting or in derogation of the title of the lessor to grant the
lease, but, save as aforesaid, shall have the same effect as registration
with absolute title.’
In short, a lessor can give no better title than she has and registration with good
leasehold does not cure the lease of any resulting defect. The weakness of such a
title as security for a loan has been mentioned.
Under s 77 of the Land Registration Act 1925, as substituted by the Land
Registration Act 1986, a good leasehold title can be converted to absolute if the
Registrar is satisfied as to the title to the freehold and any intermediate leasehold.
This means that the Registrar will have to be satisfied that the original lessor had
power to grant the lease and any incumbrances affecting the lease will have to be
shown. If all superior titles are registered with absolute title there will be no
difficulty in obtaining the conversion.

(b) Procedure on registration

As with freehold, the application will have to be lodged within two months of
completion.
Application will be made by the lessee’s solicitor on printed Form 3B. It will
need to be accompanied by:
The original lease with its plan;
copy of the lease and plan, both being certified as true copies of the
original;

6 As to the conversion of these titles, see Land Registration Act 1925, s 77, as substituted by the Land
Registration Act 1986.

459
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

all other deeds and documents relating to the leasehold title which the
applicant has;
if absolute title is being applied for, proof of the freehold title;
if it is a sub-lease, the evidence of title to the intermediate lease;
sufficient particulars by plan or otherwise to identify the land.

The original deeds relating to the freehold will have been retained by the lessor
and the Registry will accept examined abstract or copies. The proof of the
freehold or superior leasehold will need to include, as well as the title itself,
evidence of any necessary consent to the lease by a mortgagee and, in the case of a
sub-lease, evidence of any necessary consent by the sub-lessor and evidence as to
any incumbrances affecting the lease.
In addition, there must be included any mortgage of the new lease (which will
be registered against the new leasehold title) with a certified copy, a list in
triplicate of all documents sent and the necessary fee.

(c) The register of title

The register is in the same format as for freehold. The property register will state
that the title is leasehold and will contain short particulars of the lease, namely:
the date of the lease;
the parties;
the length of the term and commencement date; and
the rent.
If the lease contains a prohibition or limit on the right to assign, sub-lease or
charge, there will be a note on the property register to the following effect:
‘There are excepted from the effect of registration all estates, rights,
interests, powers and remedies under the lease at any time arising from
any alienation prohibited or restricted by the lease.’
This means that when application is made to register a disposition of a registered
lease the Registry does not investigate whether, and does not guarantee that, any
necessary consent to an assignment, sub-lease or charge of the lease has been
obtained (see below).
If applicable, there will also be a note of the number under which the lessor’s
title is registered. Where the freehold reversion is registered, the lease will be
noted on the register of that title, thus making it binding on a purchaser of the
reversion.
The proprietorship register will show the class of leasehold title; otherwise it,
and the charges register, will be the same as in the case of freehold.

460
 LEASEHOLD CONVEYANCING

17.2.10 Grant of a sub-lease

Subject to what has been said and what is said below about title (para 17.3.2(f)) the
principles governing the grant of a sub-lease are the same as for the grant of a lease.

17.3 ASSIGNMENT OF AN UNREGISTERED LEASE

The sale of a lease resembles the sale of a freehold very closely. It is the disposition
of an existing estate. Here, unless the land comprised in the lease is being split and
only part being sold (which is quite possible, just as it is in the case of sale of part of a
freehold title, but beyond the scope of this book) or the vendor happens to own other
neighbouring land, there will be no scope for the creation of new appurtenant rights
or burdens. The property will be sold with the benefit of whatever appurtenant rights
and subject to whatever incumbrances are already attached to it.
In what follows the term ‘lease’ is used to include an underlease/sub-lease
(these latter two terms being synonymous) unless the contrary is indicated and
what is said applies to the assignment of either. Subject to what is said the
principles and procedures are as for a sale of the freehold.

17.3.1 Pre-contract investigations

These will, in general, be the same as on the purchase of freehold. The standard
forms of Enquiries before Contract have additional standard questions relating to
leasehold. Similarly, TransAction Protocol has a Seller’s Leasehold Information
Form for use in leasehold transactions. This includes questions aimed at
providing information on such matters as the insurance arrangements, any
management company, the amount of any service charge and the use to which it
has been put, performance of the covenants in the lease by the seller, the
neighbours and the landlord.

17.3.2 The contract of sale

The following points should be noted.

(a) Legal description

The contract must state that the estate to be sold is a lease or, if such be the case, an
underlease. Otherwise the greater estate is implied. Further, under an open contract,
the vendor must disclose to the purchaser not only the existence of the lease, but any
unusual covenants which it contains. This can be covered, as under Standard
Condition 8.1.2., by supplying a copy of the lease itself with the contract.

461
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

(b) Physical description

The property can be described by reference to the lease. Thus, for example:
‘Property: (Leasehold). All that land and house known as number 22
Eternal Drive, Heaventry, which is fully described in the lease (“the
Lease”) annexed hereto and dated the…day of…1993 and made
between Gabriel Smith (1) and Archie Angel (2) for the residue of the
term of 99 years granted by the Lease.’
As to root of title, and incumbrances, see below para 17.3.2(f).

(c) Insurance

The lease is likely to contain terms allocating responsibility for insuring the
premises (in which both lessee and lessor have an interest). Breach of such a term
by the lessee might not only leave the property uninsured, but also make the lease
being purchased liable to forfeiture.
The matter therefore cannot simply be left to be governed by Standard
Condition 5.1.3. Accordingly, Standard Condition 8.1.3. requires the seller to
comply with any lease obligation requiring the lessee (ie the vendor until
completion) to insure the property. The buyer’s solicitor should check, before
exchange, what provisions as to insurance the lease contains and that these
provisions have been complied with and that the insurance arrangements are
effective to protect the purchaser’s interest between contract and completion (see
further, para 3.5).

(d) Title guarantee

Under the Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1994, no covenant for
title is implied on the grant or sale of a lease. As on the sale of a freehold, the
parties can negotiate in the contract for the express inclusion of the full or limited
title guarantee. In either case, the consequential guarantees of title are the same as
on the sale of freehold. At least on the grant of a long lease by a beneficial owner
and where such a vendor has contracted to prove the superior title, one Would
expect the full title guarantee to be agreed. In addition (with either of the
guarantees), there is an implied covenant that the lease is subsisting at the time of
the disposition; and an implied covenant that ‘there is no subsisting breach of a
condition or tenant’s obligation, and nothing which at that time would render the
lease liable to forfeiture’ (s 4 of the Act).
In relation to these two additional covenants, two points should be noted:
(i) In the absence of provision to the contrary in the contract, the vendor
would be liable to the purchaser for breach of contract and subsequently of

462
 LEASEHOLD CONVEYANCING

the implied covenant if, at the time of contracting, the state of disrepair of the
premises constituted a breach of a lessee’s repairing covenant in the lease.
This would conflict with the caveat emptor principle reflected in Standard
Condition 5.1.1. that the purchaser accepts the property in its physical state at
the date of contract. Standard conditions 3.2.2 and 3.2.3 therefore provide
that in a contract for the sale of a lease (including a sub-lease) or grant of a
sub-lease, the purchaser will accept the property subject to any such disrepair.
The point is that, without these standard conditions, the vendor would not be
liable for the disrepair as such of the property at the date of the contract, but
for the fact that such disrepair (if a breach of a covenant in the lease) would
make the lease liable to forfeiture; and this liability to forfeiture would be a
defect in title caused by the act or omission of the vendor and so a breach of
contract and of the title covenant. Where the contract does offer to provide the
full or limited title guarantee, this should be limited by words to the effect:
‘The covenant by the seller under s 4(1)(b) of the Law of Property
(Miscellaneous) Provisions Act 1994 will not be implied into the
[assignment][grant], and the parties will apply to the Chief Land Registrar to
make an appropriate entry on the register.’ 7
(ii) Part of the vendor’s duty in proving title to the lease is to show that there
has been no breach up to the date of completion of any covenant in the lease
making it liable to forfeiture. Even the purchaser’s knowledge of a breach at the
time of contracting would probably not deprive her of the right to object; since she
would be entitled to assume that the vendor would remedy the breach before
completion (at least if it were a remediable breach). Section 45(2) and (3) of the
Law of Property Act 1925 provide that, on the sale of a lease or under-lease, the
purchaser must assume on production of the receipt for the last payment due for
rent under the lease/under-lease before the date of actual completion, that unless
the contrary appears, all the covenants and provisions of the lease/under-lease
have been performed. This is likely to be satisfactory because if rent has been
accepted by a landlord, knowing of a breach, the breach will be deemed to have
been waived.
Standard Condition 6.6. requires the purchaser to assume that the person
giving such a receipt is the person or the agent of the person entitled to receive the
rent (ie the owner of the reversion). Where the freehold is being deduced this will
normally make it clear that the person giving the receipt for rent is in fact the
owner or her agent.

Question Your client John Purchaser is purchasing a leasehold property,

Blackacre, from Jane Vendor. Draft a clause to put in the Assignment

7 See RT Castle, ‘New Standard Conditions of Sale’, Sol Jo, 23 June 1995, p602.

463
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

giving full title guarantee but limiting it to reflect Standard Condition

3.2.2.

(e) Licence to assign

If, under an open contract, the lease requires the consent of the lessor to the
proposed assignment (or other disposition) the vendor must obtain this. Failure to
do so would make the lease to be assigned liable to forfeiture and would be a
breach of contract by the vendor.8
Standard Condition 8.3.2. requires the vendor to apply for any such necessary
consent and to use all reasonable efforts to obtain it. The purchaser is required to
provide all information and references reasonably required. If consent has not
been obtained within three working days before completion, either party (having
complied with Standard Condition 8.3.2.) can rescind without being liable for
breach of contract.
In practice, the purchaser is likely to want to be satisfied that the consent will
be forthcoming before getting to the contract stage.
Where there are previous assignments of the lease, or other dealings requiring
consent, on the title, the purchaser’s solicitor should check that the necessary
consents were obtained on those occasions (and they should be with the deeds),
though any breach is likely to have been waived by subsequent acceptance of rent
with knowledge of the breach. The same principle applies where the lease
requires notice of dealings to be given to the lessor.

(f) Title to be shown

In a sense a leasehold title contains two titles or layers of title. First, it contains the
title to the freehold reversion; that is the title of the freehold grantor of the lease to
grant it and so create a valid lease. Secondly, it contains the title to the lease itself;
that is the evidence that the lease (assuming it to have been validly granted) has
validly passed from the original lessee to the present vendor.
In the same way, a sub-lease consists of three layers: The title to the freehold
reversion; the title to the lease; and the title to the sub-lease itself. For example, F4
grants a legal lease to T1. T1 grants a legal sub-lease to ST1. F4’s title can be
traced back to, say, F1. Subsequent to the grant of the lease it will continue and

8 Unless the contract makes the existence of the contract conditional on consent being forthcoming (ie
creates a conditional contract) in which case failure to obtain the consent (after properly attempting to
obtain it) would simply put an end to the contract without liability. This is essentially me effect of
Standard Condition 8.3.4.

464
 LEASEHOLD CONVEYANCING

can pass from person to person like any freehold, subject always to the lease.
Once the lease has been validly granted, assuming that it is a legal lease, nothing
which happens to the freehold can effect it. This is because it is legal and in the
case of unregistered land good against all the world. T1’s lease can be dealt with
and pass from person to person. Similarly, ST1’s sub-lease can pass from person
to person and be dealt with until it expires. And, again, if it is legal and was validly
granted by T, nothing that subsequently happens to the freehold or the lease can
affect it. However, even if all the strands of the vendor’s title to the lease are good,
it has to be remembered that a lease is always vulnerable to destruction,
particularly by forfeiture for breach of its terms.
To get a completely good title the purchaser needs to be satisfied as to each
of the strands and that there has been no breach (which the landlord has not
waived) making the lease liable to forfeiture. Taking the freehold and leasehold
titles in turn:
(i) The freehold title. Under an open contract, by s 44 of the Law of Property
Act 1925, the vendor is not obliged to prove the freehold title. There is no
provision in the Standard Conditions for the sale of a lease equivalent to
Standard Condition 8.2.4. (contrast the first edition of the Standard
Conditions).
This means that the purchaser’s title may only be as good as the original lease; it
may be difficult to obtain a mortgage; and on first registration only good
leasehold will be granted. The purchaser will have to consider whether to contract
on these terms if a special condition cannot be agreed providing for proof of the
freehold title.
The difficulty is that freehold title may not have been shown on the grant of the
original lease (F4 to T1 in the example above). The present vendor, whether the
original lessee or a subsequent assignee, will have no right to go back to the
original lessor and require production of the freehold title. If the freehold title has
at some stage been registered with absolute title there is no problem as the register
is open to public inspection. If it is only registered with possessory title or still
unregistered, the vendor may not be in a position to agree a term requiring the
freehold to be proved unless the co-operation of the freeholder can be obtained.
(ii) The leasehold title. Proof of the leasehold title will show, on the
assumption that the lease was validly granted in the first place, that it has
been validly transmitted from the original lessee to the present vendor. Under
an open contract and under the Standard Conditions the purchaser is entitled
to production of the lease itself (however old it is) together with the title to the
lease going back at least 15 years from the date of contract to a good root of
title document dealing with the lease. If the lease is less than 15 years old,
title will be traced back to the lease itself.

465
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

Investigation of a leasehold title is in general subject to the same rules and

principles as investigation of the freehold, the rules of transmission being the
same. For example, the Law of Property (Joint Tenants) Act 1964 applies. If there
is an assignment of the lease by a surviving joint tenant on the title that assignment
will be a satisfactory link in the title if the conditions imposed by the 1964 Act
were complied with. Searches will be the same (only against the leasehold estate
owners) as for freehold.
(iii)(a) Title on grant of a sub-lease. On the grant of a sub-lease (which it is
convenient to mention here), the sub-lessee is entitled to proof of the
leasehold title only, that is, production of the lease and any assignments for
15 years back from the date of the sub-lease; she is not entitled under an open
contract to proof of the freehold title.
(iii)(b) Title on sale of sub-lease. On the sale of an existing sub-lease it seems
that the purchaser is only entitled, under the Law of Property Act 1925, s 44
(3), to production of the sub-lease itself and assignments going back 15 years
from the contract. She is not entitled to proof of the freehold nor the
leasehold title. This makes the title of the purchaser of such a sub-lease twice
as vulnerable as that of the purchaser of a lease. F4 in the example above may
have had no title to grant the lease; even if she did, T1 may have had no power
to grant the sub-lease (for example, may have granted it without the required
consent of a mortgagee).
The Standard Conditions do not alter this open contract position relating to the sale of
leases and sub-leases. Standard Condition 8.2.4. will apply on the grant of a sub-lease
as on the grant of a lease. As discussed above, it may be possible in a transaction to
negotiate a special condition increasing the obligation as to proof of title.

17.3.3 Drafting the Assignment

As on a sale of freehold the normal principle is that the purchaser will draft the
assignment for approval by the vendor. Standard Condition 4, relating to the
timetable for proving title and drafting the deed of transfer applies as on a sale of
freehold.
The format of the Assignment (which must be by deed) will follow that of a
conveyance of the freehold. The introduction, beginning ‘This Assignment’ and
including the date, parties and any recitals, will be followed by the operative part.
This will begin with a consideration and receipt clause and continue with
something like the following:

‘…the Vendor Hereby Assigns unto the Purchaser with [full] [limited]
title guarantee All That the property comprised in a lease (the “Lease”)
dated the 10th day of January 1943 and made Between Josephine

466
 LEASEHOLD CONVEYANCING

Greasey of the one part and Jackie Turkey of the other part all which
property is more particularly described in the schedule hereto To Hold
the same unto the Purchaser for all the residue now unexpired of the
term of years created by the Lease Subject to the rent reserved by and the
lessee’s covenants and the conditions contained in the Lease.’
Any incumbrances to which the lease is subject will follow as on a conveyance of
freehold. Subject to what follows, the covenants and declarations will be as on a
conveyance of freehold, including any joint purchaser clauses and certificate of
value. Finally there will be the attestation clauses for execution by the vendor and,
if necessary, the purchaser.
Special mention is needed of indemnity covenants. Prior to the Landlord and
Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995 on an assignment for valuable consideration of a
lease, s 77(1)(C) and Schedule 2, Part IX of the Law of Property Act 1925 imply a
covenant by the assignee(s) that the assignee(s) and their successors in title will at all
times pay the rent due under, and observe the covenants in, the lease and indemnify
the assignors) for non-payment of rent or breach of any covenant in the lease.
Unless the wording of the covenant in the original lease provides otherwise,
the original tenant will remain liable for any breach throughout the term, even
after parting with the lease. Suppose L grants a lease to T who assigns to A and the
same principles will apply if there are subsequent assignments. On the
assignment by T the statutory covenant will be implied. On a breach of covenant
by A, the landlord has a choice whether to sue the defaulting tenant, A, (liable by
virtue of the privity of estate) or T, the original tenant (probably because A is not
financially worth suing) with whom there will remain privity of contract. If sued,
the original tenant will have to rely on the indemnity covenant to pass on liability
to the next tenant in line, A (if she is worth suing). This continuing liability after
parting with the lease is a risk of which a tenant needs to be warned when first
taking a lease. One way of minimising the risk when assigning is to require a
surety for the liability of the assignee. Further, unless special provision is made, T
has no right to put an end to the lease and so to the default and has no right to force
the landlord to do so. One way of avoiding this situation is for T to grant a sub-
lease to A instead of assigning. On breach by A, T will then be able to forfeit the
sub-lease and so put a stop to any further default.
The Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995 applies (in this respect) to leases
granted on or after 1 January 1996.9 For such ‘new’ tenancies, the tenant will on
assignment cease to be bound (or able to enforce) the covenants in the lease. The
benefit and burden of all covenants in the lease (whether or not they touch and
concern and unless expressed to be personal) will pass to the assignee. The

9 The Act does provide some limitation on the continuing liability of the original tenant under pre-
1996 leases; see ss 17–20.

467
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

indemnity covenant provided by s 77(1)(C) is therefore otiose and the sub-section

repealed. The tenant will only remain liable after assignment if she enters into an
‘authorised guarantee agreement’ with the landlord at the time of assignment.

17.3.4 Completion

Subject to what has been said about title, the steps leading to completion will be as
for a freehold sale bearing in mind that searches will be necessary in relation to
both any leasehold title involved and, if it is being proved, the freehold title. At
completion the assignee’s solicitor will expect to receive:
the assignment;
the lease;
the consent of the landlord to the assignment if required;
the title deeds relating to the leasehold title including any previous
assignments;
consents to previous assignments and receipted duplicates of notices given to
the landlord of previous assignments (where required by the terms of the
lease) and any mortgages properly discharged or with undertakings to
discharge;
if the freehold title has been deduced, an examined abstract or copies of the
freehold title;
on the purchase of a sub-lease, if the leasehold title is being proved, an
examined abstract of that title;
if there is a management company, a form of transfer of the vendor’s share in
the management company and share certificate;
the purchaser’s solicitor will also need to see the receipt for the payment of
rent last due.
The vendor’s solicitor will expect to receive the balance of the purchase price and
release of deposit if held by a stakeholder. The rent will probably have to be
apportioned and the completion statement sent to the purchaser’s solicitor
adjusted accordingly.

17.3.5 Post-completion

Stamping has been dealt with (para 17.2.8 and 10.7.1).

The lease may require notice of any assignment, sub-letting or charging of the
property to be given to the landlord. This should be sent in duplicate for a
receipted copy to be returned and placed with the deeds. Any mortgage will be
completed as in the case of freehold.

468
 LEASEHOLD CONVEYANCING

First registration

The assignment on sale of a lease with more than 21 years to run at the date of
assignment is subject to first registration. Application should be made on printed
Form 2B. If good leasehold is being applied for it should be accompanied by:
the lease itself if it is in the applicant’s possession or control;
the previous assignments and any other documents relating to the leasehold
title;
the assignment to the applicant together with a certified copy;
sufficient particulars to enable the land to be identified;
where the lease has been mortgaged by the assignee, the original mortgage
and a certified copy (so that the mortgage will be registered at the same time);
a list of the documents submitted in triplicate; and the appropriate fee.
Where absolute title is being applied for, the deeds and documents relating to the
freehold and any intermediate lease will also have to be submitted.

LEASES OF REGISTERED LAND

17.4 GRANT OF A LEASE OF REGISTERED LAND

Subject to what is said, it can be taken that the principles applicable to leases of
unregistered land apply equally to registered land.
The grant of a lease out of the registered freehold is a disposition which, if for a
term of more than 21 years, will have to be completed by registration for it to
create a legal title.10 If it is a legal lease for 21 years or less it will be overriding
under the Land Registration Act 1925, s 70(1)(k).
As with a lease out of unregistered title, the steps taken and investigations
made between negotiation and grant of the lease will depend on the term to be
granted, whether the tenant is paying a premium and the degree of security of title
needed. A student taking a one-year assured shorthold of a term-time room will
probably be more concerned with the Housing Act 1988 and the Protection from
Eviction Act 1977 than with the possible existence of a tree preservation order on
the old apple tree in the garden or Standard Condition 8.2.4.

10 Land Registration Act 1925, ss 18, 19, 20.

469
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

In a formal transaction, pre-contract steps may include, as in the case of a

freehold sale, a search of the Register of Local Land Charges and Additional
Enquiries, Enquiries before Contract of the lessor, inspection of the property and
the other possible investigations mentioned in para 4.12.6.
The Standard Conditions can be used for the grant of a lease out of registered
title as for one out of unregistered title. The main difference lies in the title to be
deduced.
The Land Registration Act 1925, s 110 does not apply to the grant of a lease. In
the absence of express term in the contract, the lessee will not be entitled to proof
of the freehold title. Under the Standard Conditions, Standard Conditions 8.2.4.
and 4.2. apply. It should be appreciated that if the lease is to be legal and for 21
years or less it will be overriding; but only to the extent that it is a valid lease.
Designation as an overriding interest does not confer validity on an interest which
is not otherwise valid. The argument for modifying Standard Condition 8.2.4.
therefore applies equally here. Even without modification the lessor’s registered
title could be searched, the register now being open to public inspection. But,
subject to the intervention of equity, discovery of a defect after contract, without
modification of 8.2.4. would not give the lessee any contractual remedy. In this
case the search would have to be made pre-contract.
Where the contract provides that the freehold title is to be proved it will be as
provided under Standard Condition 4.2.1. and procedure will be as on purchase of
a registered freehold. If the freehold is registered with less than absolute title the
lessor will have, in the absence of special condition, to deduce the title not covered
by the register as for unregistered title.
The deed of grant. A lease or sub-lease of registered land may be in any form
which sufficiently refers, in the prescribed manner, to the registered land. It
should be headed, as with a transfer of the freehold, with ‘H M Land Registry:
Land Registration Acts 1925 to 1988’, then with the name of the county and
district (or London borough), the title number of the freehold and a short
description of the property. Subject to this it will be of the same format and
content as a lease of unregistered land.
Proof and investigation of the freehold title, if it is to be proved, will be as on
the sale of the freehold. If there is a subsisting charge which limits the right of the
mortgagor to grant leases, this will, to be binding, need to have been protected by
a restriction on the register (para 7.7(c)). If there is such a restriction, the consent
of the chargee to the lease will have to be obtained and submitted to the Registry
on registration of the lease.
On completion, the lessee’s solicitor will need to receive the lease properly
executed by the lessor. She will not receive the land or charge certificate.
Production of the land certificate at the Registry will be needed to register the
lease (if registrable) and note it against the freehold title. If the land certificate is
not already held at the Registry (which it will be, for example, if there is a charge

470
 LEASEHOLD CONVEYANCING

on the property) the lessor should be required to place it there on deposit and
provide the deposit number. A special condition can be put in the contract to this
effect, though it would seem in any case to be embraced by Standard Condition
8.2.4. If deposit has not been made before completion an undertaking should be
required. In addition, she will need to receive any necessary consent of the
lessor’s mortgagee. The lessor will receive the counterpart lease, the balance of
the purchase money and an apportioned part of the ground rent if payable in
advance.
After completion, as with a lease out of unregistered title, stamping may
have to be attended to and notice of any mortgage or sub-lease of the new lease
may have to be given to the lessor. If for more than 21 years, the lease will have
to be completed by registration within the priority period of the pre-completion
official search of the register. This will be a new title. Short particulars of the
lease will be shown on the register but the terms of the lease will not be and
subsequently office copies of the lease itself will not normally be available from
the Registry. The lease will be returned to the lessee and will remain a crucial
document of title to be kept in safe custody with the land or charge certificate.
The new lease will also be noted on the charges register of the title to the
freehold reversion, for which purpose the land certificate of that title will be
needed at the Registry (above). Application by the lessee s solicitor should be
on printed Form 3B.
The land or charge certificate as the case may be, on issue by the Registry,
should be dealt with as in the case of freehold land.
The grant of a sub-lease out of a registered lease is essentially the same as the
grant of a lease.

17.5 TRANSFER OF A REGISTERED LEASE

Subject to what is said, the same principles apply as for the assignment of an
unregistered lease.
(a) Pre-contract investigations will be the same as on the purchase of registered
freehold, with the additional Enquiries Before Contract appropriate to leasehold
purchases.
(b) The contract will be similar to that for the assignment of an
unregistered lease. The points made about insurance and covenants for title
are equally applicable. (For the significance of covenants for title in the case
of registered land, see para 7.11(d).) Equally what has been said about the
lessor’s consent to assignment or other disposition is applicable. The Registry
does not investigate whether any necessary consent to assign has been
obtained (para 17.2.9).

471
 CONVEYANCING LAW AND PRACTICE

The contract will have to include the title number and identify the property as
leasehold and the class of title. For example:
‘All that leasehold property known as 22 Heavenly Walk for the residue
of the term granted by a lease (“the Lease”) dated 2 October 1952 and
made between Christopher Wren (1) and Robert Adams (2) and
registered at H M Land Registry with absolute title under title number
WYK 465798.’
A copy of the lease will be supplied with the contract.
(c) As to title to be shown. Section 110 of the Land Registration Act 1925 does
apply to a transfer of an existing lease. Under both an open contract and the
Standard Conditions the vendor will have to supply a copy (office copy under
Standard Condition 4.2.1.) of the register and title plan, together with a copy of
the lease and any other documents required under s 110(2). If the title being sold
is absolute leasehold, this will, of course, itself embrace a guarantee of the
freehold. If the title being sold is only good leasehold the vendor will not, unless
there is a special condition to the contrary, have to deduce evidence of the
freehold.11 If, in such a case, title to the freehold (that is the title of the grantor of
the lease to grant the lease) is to be proved, it will be deduced and investigated as
on a sale of freehold.
(d) The transfer will be drafted in the same way as a transfer of registered
freehold and in practice the same printed form is usually adopted.
If full or limited title guarantee is provided, any limitation or extension of any
of the covenants thereby implied, must expressly refer to the relevant sections of
the 1994 Act.
(e) Pre-completion. As on the transfer of a registered freehold, an official
search of the register of title will be needed giving priority. If the title is only good
leasehold, unregistered title searches will have to be made against the freehold if it
is being deduced.
(f) Completion. The purchaser’s solicitor will expect to receive:
the transfer properly executed;
the land certificate or, if there is an outstanding mortgage to be redeemed, the
charge certificate with an executed Form 53 or undertaking;
the lease itself;
any necessary consent to assign or charge;
the transfer of the vendor s share in any management company and share
certificate; and

11 Because, in the words of s 110, the purchaser would ‘not have been entitled to it if the land had not
been registered’.

472
 LEASEHOLD CONVEYANCING

if the title is good leasehold and the freehold is being deduced, an examined
abstract or copies of the freehold title.
The ground rent and any service charge may have to be apportioned for the period
covering completion; and the receipt for the last payment due of rent and any
service charge produced for examination.
(g) Post-completion. Stamping will have to be attended to (para 17.2.8). Any
necessary notice required by the terms of the lease of the transfer and any charge
will have to be given to the landlord with a receipted duplicate being received
back and put with the title documents.
The transfer will have to be completed by registration within the priority
period of the pre-completion search. The transfer of a registered lease must be
completed by registration even if 21 years or less is left unexpired. The
application should be made on printed Form 2B accompanied, as in the case of a
transfer of registered freehold, by:
the transfer (with a certified copy if new restrictive covenants are imposed—
eg on the sale of part of the land in a leasehold title);
the Land (or Charge Certificate and Form 53 if there is an outstanding charge
which is being discharged);
any new mortgage with a certified copy;
the Particulars Delivered form if no ad valorem duty is payable;
a list of documents in triplicate; and
the appropriate fee.
The land or charge certificate on receipt from the registry will be dealt with as in
the case of registered freehold.

473
 APPENDIX 1

CHECKLIST OF STEPS IN SALE/

PURCHASE/MORTGAGE TRANSACTION

Note: This checklist is intended to give an overall picture of the typical

transaction. Whether or not some of the steps are necessary will depend on the
circumstances of the particular transaction. Others, not mentioned, may need to
be taken. To some extent a checklist has to be created for the particular
transaction and to suit the style of the particular user. In format, it should be
designed to show what steps have to be taken, to highlight those which have
been satisfactorily dealt with and those which are still to be attended to. In
addition there should be a proper diary system to ensure that steps are taken
within the proper time.
The steps listed are based on traditional conveyancing procedure and can be
compared with those given under TransAction Protocol (Appendix 4).

ACTING FOR PURCHASER AND LENDERS ON

PURCHASE OF FREEHOLD

Note: The second column should be ticked when the step has been completed and
marked N/A if not applicable to the transaction. The third column is for relevant
dates to be noted and any other notes relating to a particular step. There is space
for additional steps for a particular transaction to be added.

Question If you were acting for the purchaser with the lenders separately
represented, how would you add to/amend the following checklist?

Question How would you amend/add to the following check list for acting on the
purchase of a lease?

Question Draw up a checklist for use when acting for the vendor on the sale of
freehold; and on the sale of leasehold.

475
 APPENDIX 2

GUIDE TO TRANSACTIONS DEALT

WITH IN TEXT

THE FRENCH/SAUNDERS PURCHASE

Fancy French and Sam Saunders are buying 24 De Lucy Mount, Ledchester, from
Michel and Marie Melanie Rocard, with the aid of a mortgage loan from the
Ledchester and Bongley Building Society. It is unregistered freehold title.
D Copperfield & Co of Bank Street, Ledchester are acting for the vendors.

Para 1.4 Taking instructions with copy instructions.

Documents 1.6.1, 1.6.2,

1.6.3 Letters to estate agents, vendors’ solicitors and client

care letter to Ms French.

Para 1.9.3 Can Timothy act for both Sam and Fancy?

Para 3.1 Fancy is worried about fire and things.

Document 4.1.8 Letter from vendors’ solicitor.

Para 4.1.9 Timothy sends off Enquiries before Contract, Local

Land Charges search, Additional Enquiries of local
authority, commons search, mining search, Central
Land Charges search and inspects the property.

Documents 10.2 to 10.2.5 Epitome of title and title documents of 24 De Lucy

Mount.

Para 10.3 Requisitions on title.

Para 10.4 Reader asked to draft proper requisitions.

Document 12.2 Draft conveyance.

Document 13.2 Application for central Land Charges Registry

search.

Documents 14.5.2(a), (b) Bill of costs and statement of account.

479
 APPENDIX 2

THE GOLDBERG SALE

Mr and Mrs Goldberg are selling part of their garden at Fell View, Koppax to
Mr and Mrs Singh, with the benefit of planning permission to build one house.
The whole of Fell View was originally part of Pit Mansion. The building society is
going to join in the sale to release the part now being sold. Title is unregistered
freehold.
Moriarty & Co of Tumbledown House, The Bedrow, Ledchester are acting for
the purchasers.

Document 5.1.1 Request to building society for the deeds and consent
to join in sale to release part to be sold.

Document 5.1.2 Part of the instructions on sale.

Document 5.1.3 The sale plan of the property.

Document 5.1.4 The draft contract.

Documents 5.2(a), 5.2(b) The title to Fell View.

Document 6.2 The rest of the instructions on sale.

Para 6.2 Reader to draft rest of contract.

Document 9.2(a) Letter from vendors’ solicitor re exchange.

Document 9.2(b) Memorandum of exchange by telephone.

Para 12.3.1 Reader asked to draft conveyance.

Document 14.1 Copy letter to purchasers’ solicitor with completion

statement.

Para 14.1 Death of Mrs Goldberg; Sonia Goldberg to join as

trustee to convey.

Para 14.1 Completion. Reader to draft statement of account and

bill of costs.

Para 14.4.2 Reader to draft conveyance to make Sonia a party to

the conveyance.

480
 APPENDIX 2

THE OBEBE PURCHASE AND SALE

Miss Olive Obebe is selling 14 Hardcastle Drive, on the Hardcastle Estate, part
of a new development built by Starrabs, from whom she bought about a year ago.
She has agreed to sell to the Headcases. In its place she is buying 16 Winchester
Avenue in Ledchester from Miss Mixford who inherited the property on the
recent death of her uncle, Norman Mixford. The sale to the Headcases goes off at
the last moment. Instead Miss Obebe sells to her sister. The title to both properties
is registered freehold.
Moriarty & Co are acting for Miss Mixford. Havisham & Co are acting for the
Headcases.

Purchase of 16 Winchester Avenue

Para 2.1 Miss Obebe worried about finance.

Document 4.1.1 Letter from vendor’s solicitor. A contract race is

started.

Document 4.1.2 Draft contract.

Document 4.1.3 Office copy entries and title plan.

Document 4.1.4 Property Information form with replies.

Document 4.1.5 Extract from Fixtures, Fittings and Contents list.

Document 4.1.6 Extract from Local Land Charges search form.

Document 4.1.7 Additional Enquiries of local authority.

Para 4.4.2 Miss Obebe’s mother worried about the garden

shed.

Para 9.3 Exchange of contracts.

Para 11.3.5 Reader asked to draft requisitions on the purchase.

Document 12.6 Draft transfer.

Document 13.3 Application for official search in Land

Registry.

Document 13.4 Application for bankruptcy search.

481
 APPENDIX 2

Para 14.1 Completion on purchase and sale.

Para 14.5.2 Reader to draft bill of costs and statement of account

on Obebe sale and purchase.

Para 15.1 Stamping and registration.

Sale of 14 Hardcastle Drive

Document 7.2 Instructions on sale.

Document 7.3 Office copy entries and title plan.

Para 7.11.6 Reader required to draft contract.

Para 9.3 Failure to exchange on sale. Ms Obebe to sell to sister

instead.

Para 14.1 Completion on sale and purchase.

482
 APPENDIX 3

STANDARD CONDITIONS OF SALE

(3RD EDITION)

(NATIONAL CONDITIONS OF SALE 23RD EDITION, LAW

SOCIETY’S CONDITIONS OF SALE 1995)1

1. GENERAL
1.1 Definitions
1.1.1 In these conditions:
(a) ‘accrued interest’ means:
(i) if money has been placed on deposit or in a building society share
account, the interest actually earned
(ii) otherwise, the interest which might reasonably have been earned by
depositing the money at interest on seven days’ notice of withdrawal with
a clearing bank less, in either case, any proper charges for handling the
money
(b) ‘agreement’ means the contractual document which incorporates these
conditions, with or without amendment
(c) ‘banker’s draft’ means a draft drawn by and on a clearing bank
(d) ‘clearing bank’ means a bank which is a member of CHAPS Limited
(e) ‘completion date’, unless defined in the agreement, has the meaning
given in condition 6.1.1
(f) ‘contract’ means the bargain between the seller and the buyer of which
these conditions, with or without amendment, form part
(g) ‘contract rate’, unless defined in the agreement, is the Law Society’s
interest rate from time to time in force
(h) ‘lease’ includes sub-lease, tenancy and agreement for a lease or sub-lease
(i) ‘notice to complete’ means a notice requiring completion of the contract
in accordance with condition 6
(j) ‘public requirement’ means any notice, order or proposal given or made
(whether before or after the date of the contract) by a body acting on statutory
authority
(k) ‘requisition’ includes objection

1 Reproduced by kind permission of The Law Society and The Solicitors’ Law Stationery
Society Ltd.

483
 APPENDIX 3

(l) ‘solicitor’ includes barrister, duly certificated notary public, recognised

licensed conveyancer and recognised body under sections 9 or 32 of the
Administration of Justice Act 1985
(m) ‘transfer’ includes conveyance and assignment
(n) ‘working day’ means any day from Monday to Friday (inclusive) which
is not Christmas Day, Good Friday or a statutory Bank Holiday.

1.1.2 When used in these conditions the terms ‘absolute title’ and ‘office copies’
have the special meanings given to them by the Land Registration Act 1925.

1.2 Joint parties

If there is more than one seller or more than one buyer, the obligations which they
undertake can be enforced against them all jointly or against each individually.

1.3 Notices and documents

1.3.1 A notice required or authorised by the contract must be in writing.
1.3.2 Giving a notice or delivering a document to a party’s solicitor has the same
effect as giving or delivering it to that party.
1.3.3 Transmission by fax is a valid means of giving a notice or delivering a
document where delivery of the original document is not essential.
1.3.4 Subject to conditions 1.3.5 to 1.3.7, a notice is given and a document
delivered when it is received.
1.3.5 If a notice or document is received after 4.00pm on a working day, or on a
day which is not a working day, it is to be treated as having been received on the
next working day.
1.3.6 Unless the actual time of receipt is proved, a notice or document sent by the
following means is to be treated as having been received before 4.00pm on the
day shown below:
(a) by first-class post: two working days after posting
(b) by second-class post: three working days after posting
(c) through a document exchange: on the first working day after the day on
which it would normally be available for collection by the addressee.
1.3.7 Where a notice or document is sent through a document exchange, then for
the purposes of condition 1.3.6 the actual time of receipt is:
(a) the time when the addressee collects it from the document exchange
or, if earlier

484
 APPENDIX 3

(b) 8.00am on the first working day on which it is available for collection at
that time.

1.4 VAT
1.4.1 An obligation to pay money includes an obligation to pay any value added
tax chargeable in respect of that payment.
1.4.2 All sums made payable by the contract are exclusive of value added tax.

2. FORMATION
2.1 Date
2.1.1 If the parties intend to make a contract by exchanging duplicate copies by
post or through a document exchange, the contract is made when the last copy is
posted or deposited at the document exchange.
2.1.2 If the parties’ solicitors agree to treat exchange as taking place before
duplicate copies are actually exchanged, the contract is made as so agreed.

2.2 Deposit
2.2.1 The buyer is to pay or send a deposit of 10 per cent of the purchase price no
later than the date of the contract. Except on a sale by auction, payment is to be
made by banker’s draft or by a cheque drawn on a solicitors’ clearing bank
account.
2.2.2 If before completion date the seller agrees to buy another property in
England and Wales for his residence, he may use all or any part of the deposit as a
deposit in that transaction to be held on terms to the same effect as this condition
and condition 2.2.3.
2.2.3 Any deposit or part of a deposit not being used in accordance with condition
2.2.2 is to be held by the seller’s solicitor as stakeholder on terms that on
completion it is paid to the seller with accrued interest. 2.2.4 If a cheque tendered
in payment of all or part of the deposit is dishonoured when first presented, the
seller may, within seven working days of being notified that the cheque has been
dishonoured, give notice to the buyer that the contract is discharged by the buyer’s
breach.

2.3 Auctions
2.3.1 On a sale by auction the following conditions apply to the property and, if it
is sold in lots, to each lot.
2.3.2 The sale is subject to a reserve price.

485
 APPENDIX 3

2.3.3 The seller, or a person on his behalf, may bid up to the reserve price.
2.3.4 The auctioneer may refuse any bid.
2.3.5 If there is a dispute about a bid, the auctioneer may resolve the dispute or
restart the auction at the last undisputed bid.

3. MATTERS AFFECTING THE PROPERTY

3.1 Freedom from incumbrances
3.1.1 The seller is selling the property free from incumbrances, other than those
mentioned in condition 3.1.2.
3.1.2 The incumbrances subject to which the property is sold are:
(a) those mentioned in the agreement
(b) those discoverable by inspection of the property before the contract
(c) those the seller does not and could not know about
(d) entries made before the date of the contract in any public register except
those maintained by HM Land Registry or its Land Charges Department or
by Companies House
(e) public requirements.
3.1.3 After the contract is made, the seller is to give the buyer written details
without delay of any new public requirement and of anything in writing which he
learns about concerning any incumbrances subject to which the property is sold.
3.1.4 The buyer is to bear the cost of complying with any outstanding public
requirement and is to indemnify the seller against any liability resulting from a
public requirement.

3.2. Physical state

3.2.1. The buyer accepts the property in the physical state it is in at the date of the
contract unless the seller is building or converting it.
3.2.2. A leasehold property is sold subject to any subsisting breach of a condition
or tenant’s obligation relating to the physical state of the property which renders
the lease liable to forfeiture.
3.2.3. A sub-lease is granted subject to any subsisting breaches of a condition or
tenant’s obligation relating to the physical state of the property which renders the
seller’s own lease liable to forfeiture.

3.3 Leases affecting the property

3.3.1 The following provisions apply if the agreement states that any part of the
property is sold subject to a lease.
(a) The seller having provided the buyer with full details of each lease
or copies of the documents embodying the lease terms, the buyer is

486
 APPENDIX 3

treated as entering into the contract knowing and fully accepting those
terms
(b) The seller is to inform the buyer without delay if the lease ends or if the
seller learns of any application by the tenant in connection with the lease; the
seller is then to act as the buyer reasonably directs, and the buyer is to
indemnify him against all consequent loss and expense
(c) The seller is not to agree to any proposal to change the lease terms without
the consent of the buyer and is to inform the buyer without delay of any
change which may be proposed or agreed
(d) The buyer is to indemnify the seller against all claims arising from the
lease after actual completion; this includes claims which are unenforceable
against a buyer for want of registration
(e) The seller takes no responsibility for what rent is lawfully recoverable,
nor for whether or how any legislation affects the lease
(f) If the let land is not wholly within the property, the seller may apportion
the rent.

3.4 Retained land

3.4.1 The following provisions apply where after the transfer the seller will be
retaining land near the property.
3.4.2 The buyer will have no right of light or air over the retained land, but
otherwise the seller and the buyer will each have the rights over the land of
the other which they would have had if they were two separate buyers to
whom the seller had made simultaneous transfers of the property and the
retained land.
3.4.3 Either party may require that the transfer contain appropriate express
terms.

487
 APPENDIX 3

4. TITLE AND TRANSFER

4.1 Timetable
4.1.1 The following are the steps for deducing and investigating the title to the
property to be taken within the following time limits:

The time limit on the buyer’s right to raise requisitions applies even where the
seller supplies incomplete evidence of his title, but the buyer may, within six
working days from delivery of any further evidence, raise further requisitions
resulting from that evidence. On the expiry of the relevant time limit the buyer
loses his right to raise requisitions or make observations.
4.1.2 The parties are to take the following steps to prepare and agree the
transfer of the property within the following time limits:

488
 APPENDIX 3

4.1.4 If the period between the date of the contract and completion date is less
than 15 working days, the time limits in conditions 4.1.1 and 4.1.2 are to be
reduced by the same proportion as that period bears to the period of 15 working
days. Fractions of a working day are to be rounded down except that the time limit
to perform any step is not to be less than one working day.

4.2 Proof of title

4.2.1 The evidence of registered title is office copies of the items required to be
furnished by section 110(1) of the Land Registration Act 1925 and the copies,
abstracts and evidence referred to in section 110(2)
4.2.2 The evidence of unregistered title is an abstract of the title, or an epitome of
title with photocopies of the relevant documents.
4.2.3 Where the title to the property is unregistered, the seller is to produce to the
buyer (without cost to the buyer):
(a) the original of every relevant document, or
(b) an abstract, epitome or copy with an original marking by a solicitor of
examination either against the original or against an examined abstract or
against an examined copy.

4.3 Defining the property

4.3.1 The seller need not:
(a) prove the exact boundaries of the property
(b) prove who owns fences, ditches, hedges or walls
(c) separately identify parts of the property with different titles further than
he may be able to do from information in his possession.
4.3.2 The buyer may, if it is reasonable, require the seller to make or obtain, pay
for and hand over a statutory declaration about facts relevant to the matters
mentioned in condition 4.3.1. The form of the declaration is to be agreed by the
buyer, who must not unreasonably withhold his agreement.

4.4 Rents and rentcharges

The fact that a rent or rentcharge, whether payable or receivable by the owner of
the property, has been or will on completion be, informally apportioned is not to
be regarded as a defect in title.

4.5 Transfer
4.5.1 The buyer does not prejudice his right to raise requisitions, or to require
replies to any raised, by taking any steps in relation to the preparation or
agreement of the transfer.

489
 APPENDIX 3

4.5.2. If the agreement makes no provision as to title guarantee, then subject to

condition 4.5.3. the seller is to transfer the property with full title guarantee.
4.5.3. The transfer is to have effect as if the disposition is expressly made subject
to all matters to which the property is sold subject under the terms of the contract.
4.5.4 If after completion the seller will remain bound by any obligation affecting
the property, but the law does not imply any covenant by the buyer to indemnify
the seller against liability for future breaches of it:
(a) the buyer is to covenant in the transfer to indemnify the seller against
liability for any future breach of the obligation and to perform it from then
on, and
(b) if required by the seller, the buyer is to execute and deliver to the seller on
completion a duplicate transfer prepared by the buyer
4.5.5 The seller is to arrange at his expense that, in relation to every document of
title which the buyer does not receive on completion, the buyer is to have the
benefit of:
(a) a written acknowledgement of his right to its production, and
(b) a written undertaking for its safe custody (except while it is held by a
mortgagee or by someone in a fiduciary capacity).

5. PENDING COMPLETION
5.1 Responsibility for property
5.1.1 The seller will transfer the property in the same physical state as it was at the
date of the contract (except for fair wear and tear), which means that the seller
retains the risk until completion.
5.1.2 If at any time before completion the physical state of the property makes it
unusable for its purpose at the date of the contract:
(a) the buyer may rescind the contract
(b) the seller may rescind the contract where the property has become unusable for
that purpose as a result of damage against which the seller could not reasonably
have insured, or which it is not legally possible for the seller to make good.
5.1.3 The seller is under no obligation to the buyer to insure the property.
5.1.4 Section 47 of the Law of Property Act 1925 does not apply.

5.2 Occupation by buyer

5.2.1 If the buyer is not already lawfully in the property, and the seller agrees to let
him into occupation, the buyer occupies on the following terms.
5.2.2 The buyer is a licensee and not a tenant. The terms of the licence are that the
buyer:

490
 APPENDIX 3

(a) cannot transfer it

(b) may permit members of his household to occupy the property
(c) is to pay or indemnify the seller against all outgoings and other expenses
in respect of the property
(d) is to pay the seller a fee calculated at the contract rate on the purchase
price (less any deposit paid) for the period of the licence
(e) is entitled to any rents and profits from, any part of the property which he
does not occupy
(f) is to keep the property in as good a state of repair as it was in when he went
into occupation (except for fair wear and tear) and is not to alter it
(g) is to insure the property in a sum which is not less than the purchase price
against all risks in respect of which comparable premises are normally
insured
(h) is to quit the property when the licence ends.
5.2.3 On the creation of the buyer’s licence, condition 5.1 ceases to apply, which
means that the buyer then assumes the risk until completion.
5.2.4 The buyer is not in occupation for the purposes of this condition if he merely
exercises rights of access given solely to do work agreed by the seller.
5.2.5 The buyer’s licence ends on the earliest of: completion date, rescission of
the contract or when five working days’ notice given by one party to the other
takes effect.
5.2.6 If the buyer is in occupation of the property after his licence has come to an
end and the contract is subsequently completed he is to pay the seller
compensation for his continued occupation calculated at the same rate as the fee
mentioned in condition 5.2.2(d).
5.2.7 The buyer’s right to raise requisitions is unaffected.

6. COMPLETION
6.1 Date
6.1.1 Completion date is twenty working days after the date of the contract but
time is not of the essence of the contract unless a notice to complete has been
served.
6.1.2 If the money due on completion is received after 2.00pm completion is to be
treated, for the purposes only of conditions 6.3 and 7.3, as taking place on the next
working day.
6.1.3 Condition 6.1.2 does not apply where the sale is with vacant possession of
the property or any part and the seller has not vacated the property or that part by
2.00pm on the date of actual completion.

491
 APPENDIX 3

6.2 Place
Completion is to take place in England and Wales, either at the seller’s
solicitor’s office or at some other place which the seller reasonably
specifies.

6.3 Apportionments
6.3.1 Income and outgoings of the property are to be apportioned between the
parties so far as the change of ownership on completion will affect entitlement
to receive or liability to pay them.
6.3.2 If the whole property is sold with vacant possession or the seller
exercises his option in condition 7.3.4, apportionment is to be made with effect
from the date of actual completion; otherwise, it is to be made from completion
date.
6.3.3 In apportioning any sum, it is to be assumed that the seller owns the
property until the end of the day from which apportionment is made and that
the sum accrues from day to day at the rate at which it is payable on that
day.
6.3.4 For the purpose of apportioning income and outgoings, it is to be
assumed that they accrue at an equal daily rate throughout the year.
6.3.5 When a sum to be apportioned is not known or easily ascertainable at
completion, a provisional apportionment is to be made according to the best
estimate available. As soon as the amount is known, a final apportionment is
to be made and notified to the other party. Any resulting balance is to be paid
no more than ten working days later, and if not then paid the balance is to
bear interest at the contract rate from then until payment.
6.3.6 Compensation payable under condition 5.2.6 is not to be apportioned.

6.4 Amount payable

The amount payable by the buyer on completion is the purchase price (less any
deposit already paid to the seller or his agent) adjusted to take account of:
(a) apportionments made under condition 6.3
(b) any compensation to be paid or allowed under condition 7.3.

6.5 Title deeds

6.5.1 The seller is not to retain the documents of title after the buyer has tendered
the amount payable under condition 6.4.
6.5.2 Condition 6.5.1 does not apply to any documents of title relating to land
being retained by the seller after completion.

492
 APPENDIX 3

6.6 Rent receipts

The buyer is to assume that whoever gave any receipt for a payment of rent or
service charge which the seller produces was the person or the agent of the person
then entitled to that rent or service charge.

6.7 Means of payment

The buyer is to pay the money due on completion in one or more of the following ways:
(a) legal tender
(b) a banker’s draft
(c) a direct credit to a bank account nominated by the seller’s solicitor
(d) an unconditional release of a deposit held by a stakeholder.

6.8 Notice to complete

6.8.1 At any time on or after completion date, a party who is ready able and
willing to complete may give the other a notice to complete.
6.8.2 A party is ready able and willing:
(a) if he could be, but for the default of the other party, and
(b) in the case of the seller, even though a mortgage remains secured on the
property, if the amount to be paid on completion enables the property to be
transferred freed of all mortgages (except those to which the sale is expressly
subject).
6.8.3 The parties are to complete the contract within ten working days of giving a
notice to complete, excluding the day on which the notice is given. For this
purpose, time is of the essence of the contract.
6.8.4 On receipt of a notice to complete:
(a) If the buyer paid no deposit, he is forthwith to pay a deposit of 10 per cent
(b) If the buyer paid a deposit of less than 10 per cent, he is forthwith to pay a
further deposit equal to the balance of that 10 per cent.

7. REMEDIES
7.1 Errors and omissions
7.1.1 If any plan or statement in the contract, or in the negotiations leading to it, is
or was misleading or inaccurate due to an error or omission, the remedies
available are as follows:
7.1.2 When there is a material difference between the description or value of the
property as represented and as it is, the injured party is entitled to damages.
7.1.3 An error or omission only entitles the injured party to rescind the contract:
(a) where it results from fraud or recklessness, or

493
 APPENDIX 3

(b) where he would be obliged, to his prejudice, to transfer or accept

property differing substantially (in quantity, quality or tenure) from
what the error or omission had led him to expect.

7.2 Rescission
If either party rescinds the contract:
(a) unless the rescission is a result of the buyer’s breach of contract the
deposit is to be repaid to the buyer with accrued interest
(b) the buyer is to return any documents he received from the seller and is to
cancel any registration of the contract.

7.3 Late completion

7.3.1 If there is default by either or both of the parties in performing their
obligations under the contract and completion is delayed, the party whose total
period of default is the greater is to pay compensation to the other party.
7.3.2 Compensation is calculated at the contract rate on the purchase price, or
(where the buyer is the paying party) the purchase price less any deposit paid, for
the period by which the paying party’s default exceeds that of the receiving party
or, if shorter, the period between completion date and actual completion.
7.3.3 Any claim for loss resulting from delayed completion is to be reduced by
any compensation paid under this contract.
7.3.4 Where the buyer holds the property as tenant of the seller and completion is
delayed, the seller may give notice to the buyer, before the date of actual completion,
that he intends to take the net income from the property until completion. If he does so,
he cannot claim compensation under condition 7.3.1 as well.

7.4 After completion

Completion does not cancel liability to perform any outstanding obligation under
this contract.

7.5 Buyer’s failure to comply with notice to complete

7.5.1 If the buyer fails to complete in accordance with a notice to com
plete, the following terms apply.
7.5.2 The seller may rescind the contract, and if he does so:
(a) he may
(i) forfeit and keep any deposit and accrued interest
(ii) resell the property
(iii) claim damages

494
 APPENDIX 3

(b) the buyer is to return any documents he received from the seller and is to
cancel any registration of the contract.
7.5.3 The seller retains his other rights and remedies.

7.6 Seller’s failure to comply with notice to complete

7.6.1 If the seller fails to complete in accordance with a notice to complete, the
following terms apply.
7.6.2 The buyer may rescind the contract, and if he does so:
(a) the deposit is to be repaid to the buyer with accrued interest
(b) the buyer is to return any documents he received from the seller and is, at
the seller’s expense, to cancel any registration of the contract.
7.6.3 The buyer retains his other rights and remedies.

8. LEASEHOLD PROPERTY
8.1 Existing leases
8.1.1 The following provisions apply to a sale of leasehold land.
8.1.2 The seller having provided the buyer with copies of the documents
embodying the lease terms, the buyer is treated as entering into the contract
knowing and fully accepting those terms.
8.1.3 The seller is to comply with any lease obligations requiring the tenant to
insure the property.

8.2 New leases

8.2.1 The following provisions apply to a grant of a new lease.
8.2.2 The conditions apply so that:
‘seller’ means the proposed landlord
‘buyer’ means the proposed tenant
‘purchase price’ means the premium to be paid on the grant of a lease.
8.2.3 The lease is to be in the form of the draft attached to the agreement
8.2.4 If the term of the new lease will exceed 21 years, the seller is to deduce a title
which will enable the buyer to register the lease at HM Land Registry with an
absolute title.
8.2.5 The buyer is not entitled to transfer the benefit of the contract.
8.2.6 The seller is to engross the lease and a counterpart of it and is to send the
counterpart to the buyer at least five working days before completion date.
8.2.7 The buyer is to execute the counterpart and deliver it to the seller on
completion.

495
 APPENDIX 3

8.3 Landlord’s consent

The following provisions apply if a consent to assign or sub-let is required to

complete the contract.
(a) The seller is to apply for the consent at his expense, and to use all
reasonable efforts to obtain it
(b) The buyer is to provide all information and references reasonably
required.
8.3.3 The buyer is not entitled to transfer the benefit of the contract.
8.3.4 Unless he is in breach of his obligation under condition 8.3.2, either party
may rescind the contract by notice to the other party if three working days before
completion date:
(a) the consent has not been given or
(b) the consent has been given subject to a condition to which the buyer
reasonably objects.
In that case, neither party is to be treated as in breach of contract and condition 7.2
applies.

9. CHATTELS
9.1 The following provisions apply to any chattels which are to be sold.
9.2 Whether or not a separate price is to be paid for the chattels, the contract takes
effect as a contract for sale of goods.
9.3 Ownership of the chattels passes to the buyer on actual completion.

496
 APPENDIX 4

GUIDANCE—THE LAW SOCIETY’S

FORMULAE FOR EXCHANGING
CONTRACTS BY TELEPHONE OR TELEX

FORMULAE A AND B (1986)

Introduction

These formulae which solicitors are free to adopt were first published in 1980
([1980] Gazette, 13 February, p144), shortly after Domb v Isoz [1980] Ch
548 which had suggested their creation. They have been republished twice:
first in January 1984 unchanged ([1984] Gazette 18 January, p82), and again
in July 1984 when they were extended to include document exchanges as a
standard alternative means of communication ([1984] Gazette, 4 July,
p1891). Although there is only minimal change in the wording of the
formulae themselves from July 1984, this guidance has been revised to
reflect some of the points that have come to light through experience of the
use of the formulae. The one change in the wording of the formulae
themselves is the reference to ‘clients(s)’ to emphasise that the solicitor
warrants that all necessary parties have signed. These formulae replace the
earlier versions with effect from 31 July 1986.

Experience has shown that to avoid the risk of misunderstandings, it is

essential that an agreed memorandum of the details and in particular of any
variations of the formula should be made at the time and retained in the file.
This will be very important if any question on the exchange is raised
subsequently. Moreover agreed variations should be confirmed in the
subsequent correspondence. The serious risks of effecting exchange of
contracts without a deposit were demonstrated in the case of Morris v Duke,
Cohan & Co (1975) 119 Sol Jo 826.

As the persons involved in the exchange will bind their firms to the
undertakings in the formula used, solicitors should carefully consider who is
to be authorised to effect exchange of contracts by telephone or telex and
should ensure that the use of the procedure is restricted to them. Because
professional undertakings form the basis of the formulae they are only
recommended for use between firms of solicitors.

497
 APPENDIX 4

Law Society Telephone/Telex Exchange—Formula A (1986)

(for use where one solicitor holds both signed parts of the contract):

A. A completion date of 19 is agreed. The solicitor holding both parts of the

contract confirms that he holds the part signed by his client(s), which is identical
to the part he is also holding signed by the other solicitor’s client(s) and will
forthwith insert the agreed completion date in each part.

Solicitors mutually agree that exchange shall take place from that moment and the
solicitor holding both parts confirms that, as of that moment, he holds the part
signed by his client(s) to the order of the other. He undertakes that day by first class
post, or where the other solicitor is a member of a document exchange (as to which
the inclusion of a reference thereto in the solicitor’s letterhead shall be conclusive
evidence) by delivery to that or any other affiliated exchange or by hand delivery
direct to that .solicitor’s office, to send his signed part of the contract to the other
solicitor, together, where he is the purchaser’s solicitor, with a bankers draft or a
solicitor’s client account cheque for the deposit amounting to £….

Law Society Telephone/Telex Exchange—Formula B (1986)

(for use where each solicitor holds his own client’s signed part of the contract):

B. A completion date of 19 is agreed. Each solicitor confirms to the other that he

holds a part contract in the agreed form signed by the client(s) and will forthwith
insert the agreed completion date.

Each solicitor undertakes to the other thenceforth to hold the signed part of the
contract to the other’s order, so that contracts are exchanged at that moment. Each
solicitor further undertakes that day by first class post, or, where the other solicitor
is a member of a document exchange (as to which the inclusion of a reference
thereto in the solicitor’s letterhead shall be conclusive evidence) by delivery to
that or any other affiliated exchange or by hand delivery direct to that solicitor’s
office, to send his signed part of the contract to the other together, in the case of a
purchaser’s solicitor, with a banker’s draft or a solicitor’s client account cheque
for the deposit amounting to £….

498
 APPENDIX 4

Notes
1. A memorandum should be prepared, after use of a formula, recording:

(a) date and time of exchange;

(b)the formula used and exact wording of agreed variations;

(c) the completion date;

(d)the (balance) deposit to be paid;

(e) the identities of those involved in any conversation.

2. In formula B cases, those who are going to effect the exchange must first confirm
the details in order to ensure that both parts are identical. This means in particular,
that if either part of the contract has been amended since it was originally prepared,
the solicitor who holds a part contract with the amendments must disclose them so
that it can be confirmed that the other part is similarly amended.

9 July 1986 (updatedJanuary 1993)

FORMULA C

Introduction

Experience has shown the need for a further procedure in domestic conveyancing
to cover cases where there is a chain of transactions when formulae A and B are
not intended to be used. The Law Society’s formula C for exchange of contract by
telephone or telex has been drafted for use in this type of case.

Experience has shown that to avoid risk or misunderstanding, it is essential that an

agreed memorandum of the details and, in particular, of any variations of the
formula should be made at the time and retained in the file. This would be very
important if any question on the exchange were raised subsequently. Moreover,
agreed variation should be confirmed in writing. The serious risks of effecting
exchange of contracts without a deposit, unless the full implications are explained
to and accepted by the seller client, are demonstrated in Morris v Duke, Cohan Co
(1975) 119 Sol Jo 826.

499
 APPENDIX 4

As the persons involved in the exchange will bind their firms to the
undertakings in the formula used, solicitors should carefully consider who is
to be authorised to exchange contracts by telephone or telex and should ensure
that the use of the procedure is restricted to them. Professional undertakings
form the basis of the formulae so the undertakings are only recommended for
use between firms of solicitors and licensed conveyancers.

The Council for Licensed Conveyancers have confirmed that they would
regard any undertaking given by a licensed conveyancer under formula C as
a professional undertaking. Accordingly, formula C and the accompanying
introduction and notes may be read as substituting ‘licensed conveyancer’ for
‘solicitor’ where appropriate.

Formula C for exchange of contracts by telephone or telex is designed for cases

of linked chains of transactions. It is in two stages: first, the solicitors confirm
that they hold their own client’s part of the contract duly signed, and the buyers
solicitor undertakes to exchange if—by an agreed time later that day (the time
agreed should take account of the circumstances of the chain)—the seller’s
solicitor so requests; secondly, the seller’s solicitor requests exchange, and the
contract is binding. Both stages need to be recorded in the memoranda made
by both solicitors. Special provisions apply to deposits (see below).

Formula C works like this. Assume a short chain: W sells to X, who sells to
Y, who sells to Z.

10 am: Z’s solicitor telephones Y’s solicitor: formula C, part I is agreed.

10.10 am: Y’s solicitor telephones X’s solicitor: formula C, part I is

agreed.

10.20 am: X’s solicitor telephones W’s solicitor: formula B agreed—at the top
of the chain, with part I of formula C in place further down the chain, an
immediate exchange is possible.

10.30 am: X’s solicitor telephones Y’s solicitor: formula C, part II activated—
the X-Y contract is now binding.
10.40 am: Y’s solicitor telephones Z’s solicitor: formula C, part II activated—
the Y-Z contract is now binding.

500
 APPENDIX 4

Deposits

Formula C assumes that all the contracts in the chain require payment of a
deposit on exchange. It allows for the case where some or all of the same
money is used for all the deposits, because each seller uses the deposit received
on the sale to pay the deposit on the purchase. To avoid delay on exchange of
contract, formula C requires the deposit to be paid direct to the person who will
ultimately hold it. The formula requires that the deposit under each contract is
paid to the seller is solicitors as agents so that the deposit may be used to pay
another deposit. The deposit must ultimately be held by a solicitor as
stakeholder.

Arrangements for holding the deposit have to be made when the formula is
used. To illustrate what happens, assume that the three-link chain used in the
example above provides for 10% deposits, and W is selling to X for £60,000,
X to Y for £50,000 and Y to Z for £40,000.

10 am: when agreeing formula C part I, Y’s solicitor requests Z’s solicitor to
pay the £4,000 deposit to X’s solicitor

10.10 am: when agreeing formula C part I, X’s solicitor requests Y’s solicitor
to pay, or arrange payment, of the £5,000 deposit to W’s solicitor.

10.20 am: when agreeing formula B, X’s solicitor stipulates (as a variation to
formula B) that to make up the deposit of £6,000, he or she will send £1,000
to W’s solicitor and will procure that £5,000 is sent by solicitors further down
the chain.

10.30 am: nothing further is required when X’s solicitors and Y’s solicitor
activate formula C part II. (The result of the 10.10 am agreement is that Y’s
solicitor must remit £1,000 to W’s solicitor.)

10.40 am: when activating formula C part II, Y’s solicitor amends the request
to Z’s solicitor, asking him or her to send the £4,000 deposit to W’s solicitor.
W’s solicitor will therefore receive the deposit of £6,000 made up from: £4,000
sent by Z’s solicitor, £1,000 sent by Y’s solicitor and £1,000 sent by X’s
solicitor.

501
 APPENDIX 4

Five points should be noted:

1. Formula C assumes the payment of a full contractual deposit (normally

10%). It is open to the parties to vary this but it is essential that negotiations
to reduce the amount of the deposit should be undertaken at an early stage (for
example, when raising enquiries before contract) and not when exchange of
contracts is imminent as this can be extremely inconvenient and likely, at least
temporarily, to cause the chain to break.

2. Obviously, when requesting all or part of a deposit to be paid to other

solicitors, it is necessary to supply full details (name, address or DX number,
reference and that solicitor’s client’s name). If particulars are given early in the
transaction, it will be easier to guarantee a smooth exchange.

3. The contract term relating to the deposit must allow it to be passed on, with
payment direct from payer to ultimate recipient, in the way in which the
formula contemplates. The deposit must ultimately be held by a solicitor as
stakeholder. Whilst some variation in the formula can be agreed this is a term
of the formula which must not be varied, unless all the solicitors involved in
the chain have agreed.

4. If a buyer proposes to use a deposit guarantee policy formula C will need

substantial adaptation, It is essential that agreement on this, not only between
the parties to the contract in question but also, so far as relevant, from the
parties to the other contracts in the chain, is reached at an early stage in the
transaction.

5. It is essential prior to agreeing part I of formula C that those who are going
to effect the exchange must ensure that both parts of the contract are identical.

Solicitors’ authority

Solicitors do not, automatically and as a matter of general law, have authority

to exchange contracts on a formula C basis. To ensure that the formula works
satisfactorily, and that solicitors do not become liable to their clients for a
breach of professional duty, the solicitor should always ensure that he or she
has the client’s express authority to use formula C, preferably in writing. A
suggested form of authority is set out below. It should be adapted to cover any
special circumstances of the case.

502
 APPENDIX 4

Return calls

When part I of formula C is agreed, to avoid confusion and delay the buyer’s
solicitor should give the sellers solicitor the names of at least two people to whom
the call to activate part II can be made. It is essential that there is somebody
available in the buyer’s solicitor’s office up to the ‘final time for exchange’ to
activate part II immediately the telephone call is received from the seller’s
solicitor and part I of the formula contains an undertaking to this effect.

Time for exchange

The contracts in a chain must be exchanged in the appropriate order. The ‘final
time for exchange’ agreed in the case of each contract should be fixed with that in
mind i.e. the times should be staggered to allow, before the end of the day, time to
exchange the later contracts. Formula C assumes that contracts will be exchanged
during the day on which it is initiated. Where part I has been agreed, but part II is
not activated on the same day, the process must be started again, by agreeing part I
on another day.

Solicitors’ responsibility

Using formula C involves a solicitor in giving a number of professional

undertakings. These must be performed precisely. Any failure will be a serious
breach of professional discipline.

One of the undertakings may be to arrange that someone over whom the solicitor
has no control will do something (ie to arrange for someone else to despatch the
cheque or banker’s draft in payment of the deposit) An undertaking is still binding
even if it is to do something outside the solicitor’s control (see Principle 19.03 in
the Guide).

The Law Society accepts that solicitors can offer professional undertakings to,
and accept professional undertakings from, licensed conveyancers in the same
way as when dealing with solicitors.

503
 APPENDIX 4

Law Society Telephone/Telex Exchange—Formula C (1989)

(Incorporating amendments to include a reference to fax as stated in [1991]
Gazette, 11 December.)

Part I

The following is agreed:

Final time for exchange: pm

Completion date: 19

Deposit to be paid to:

Each solicitor confirms that he or she holds a part of the contract in the agreed
form signed by his or her client, or, if there is more than one client, by all of them.
Each solicitor undertakes to the other that:

(a) he or she will continue to hold that part of the contract until the final time for
exchange on the date the formula is used, and

(b) if the vendor’s solicitor so notifies the purchaser’‘s solicitor by fax, telephone
or telex (whichever was previously agreed) by that time, they will both comply
with part II of the formula.

The purchaser’s solicitor further undertakes that either he or some other named
person in his office will be available up to the final time for exchange to activate
part II of the formula on receipt of the telephone call, fax or telex from the
vendor’s solicitors.

Part II

Each solicitor undertakes to the other henceforth to hold the part of the contract in
his possession to the other’s order, so that contracts are exchanged at that moment,
and to despatch it to the other on that day. The purchaser’s solicitor further
undertakes to the vendor’s solicitor to despatch on that day, or to arrange for the
despatch on that day of, a banker’s draft or a solicitor’s client account cheque for the
full deposit specified in the agreed form of contract (divided as the vendor’s solicitor
may have specified) to the vendor’s solicitor and/or to some other solicitor whom
the vendor’s solicitor nominates, to be held on formula C terms.

504
 APPENDIX 4

‘To despatch’ means to send by first class post, or, where the other solicitor is a
member of a document exchange (as to which the inclusion of a reference
thereto in the solicitors letterhead is to be conclusive evidence) by delivery to
that or any other affiliated exchange, or by hand delivery direct to the recipient
solicitor’s office. ‘Formula C terms’ means that the deposit is held as
stakeholder, or as agent for the vendor with authority to part with it only for the
purpose of passing it to another solicitor as deposit in a related property
purchase transaction on these terms.

Notes
1. Two memoranda will be required when using formula C. One needs to record
the use of part I, and a second needs to record the request of the vendor’s solicitor
to the purchaser’s solicitor to activate part II.

2. The first memorandum should record:

(a) the date and time when it was agreed to use formula C;

(b) the exact wording of any agreed variations;

(c) the final time, later that day, for exchange;

(d) the completion date;

(e) the name of the solicitor to whom the deposit was to be paid, or details of
amounts and names if it was to be split; and

(f) the identities of those involved in any conversation.

Authority from client to client’s solicitor

I/We understand that my/our sale and purchase of

are both part of a chain of linked property
transactions, in which all parties want the security of contracts which become
binding on the same day.
I/We agree that you should make arrangements with the other solicitors or
licensed conveyancers involved to achieve this.

I/We understand that this involves each property-buyer offering, early on one
day, to exchange contracts whenever, later that day, the seller so requests, and

505
 APPENDIX 4

that the buyer’s offer is on the basis that it cannot be with-drawn or varied
during that day.

I/We agree that when I/we authorise you to exchange contracts, you may agree to
exchange contracts on the above basis and give any necessary undertakings to the
other parties involved in the chain and that my/our authority to you cannot be
revoked throughout the day on which the offer to exchange contracts is made.

15 March 1989 (updated January 1993)

506
 APPENDIX 5

GUIDANCE—THE LAW SOCIETY’S CODE

FOR COMPLETION BY POST

The Law Society’s code for completion by post (‘the code’) was approved for
publication by the Council’s Non-Contentious Business Committee and is set out
below. The attention of practitioners is drawn, in particular, to the notes that are
published with it.

The Law Society’s code for completion by post (1984 edition)

Preamble

The code provides a procedure for postal completion which practising solicitors
may adopt by reference.

First, each solicitor must satisfy himself that no circumstances exist that are likely
to give rise to a conflict between this code and the interest of his own client
(including where applicable a mortgagee client).

The code, where adopted, will apply without variation except so far as recorded in
writing beforehand.

The code

1. Adoption hereof must be specifically agreed by all the solicitors concerned and
preferably in writing.

2. On completion the vendor’s solicitor will act as agent for the purchaser’s
solicitor without fee or disbursements.

3. The vendor’s solicitor undertakes that on completion he:

(1) will have the vendor’s authority to receive the purchase money; and

(2) will be the duly authorised agent of the proprietor of any charge upon the
property to receive the part of the money paid to him which is needed to
discharge such charge.

507
 APPENDIX 5

4. The purchaser’s solicitor shall send to the vendor’s solicitor instructions

as to:

(1) documents to be examined and marked;

(2) memoranda to be endorsed;

(3) deeds, documents, undertakings and authorities relating to rents,

deposits, keys, etc; and

(4) any other relevant matters.

In default of instructions, the vendor’s solicitor shall not be under any duty to
examine, mark or endorse any documents.

5. The purchaser’s solicitor shall remit to the vendor’s solicitor the balance due on
completion specified in the vendor’s solicitor’s completion statement or with
written notification; in default of either, the balance shown due by the contract. If
the funds are remitted by transfer between banks, the vendor’s solicitor shall
instruct his bank to advise him by telephone immediately the funds are received.
The vendor’s solicitor shall hold such funds to the purchaser’s solicitor’s order
pending completion.

6. The vendor’s solicitor, having received the items specified in paras 4 and 5,
shall forthwith, or at such later times as may have been agreed, complete.
Thereupon he shall hold all documents and other items to be sent to the
purchaser’s solicitor as agent for such solicitor.

7. Once completion has taken place, the vendor’s solicitor shall as soon as
possible thereafter on the same day confirm the fact to the purchaser’s solicitor by
telephone or telex and shall also as soon as possible send by first class post or
document exchange written confirmation to the purchaser’ s solicitor, together
with the enclosures referred to in para 4 hereof. The vendor’s solicitor shall
ensure that such title deeds and any other items are correctly committed to the
post or document exchange. Thereafter, they are at the risk of the purchaser’s
solicitor.

8. If either the authorities specified in para 3 or the instructions specified in para 4

or the funds specified in para 5 have not been received by the vendor’s solicitor by
the agreed completion date and time, he shall forth-with notify the purchaser’s

508
 APPENDIX 5

solicitor and request further instructions.

9. Nothing herein shall override any rights and obligations of parties under the
contract or otherwise.

10. Any dispute or difference which may arise between solicitors that is directly
referable to a completion agreed to be carried out in accordance herewith,
whether or not amended or supplemented in any way, shall be referred to an
arbitrator to be agreed, within one month of any such dispute or difference arising
between the solicitors who are party thereto, and, in the default of such
agreement, on the application of any such solicitor, to an arbitrator to be
appointed by the President of the Law Society.

11. Reference herein to vendor’s solicitor and purchaser’s solicitor shall, where
appropriate, be deemed to include solicitors acting for parties other than vendor
and purchaser.

Notes

1. The object of the code is to provide solicitors with a convenient means for
completion, on an agency basis, that can be adopted for use, where they so agree
beforehand, in completions where a representative of the purchaser’s solicitors is
not attending at the office of the vendor’s solicitors for the purpose.

2. As with the Law Society’s formulae for exchange of contract by tele-phone/

telex [see Annex 241 in the Guide], the code embodies professional undertakings
and is, in consequence, only recommended for adoption between solicitors.

3. Clause 2 of the code expressly provides that the vendor’s solicitor will act as
agent for the purchaser’s solicitor without fee or disbursements. It is envisaged
that, in the usual case, the convenience of not having to make a specific
appointment on the day of completion for the purchaser’s solicitor to attend for
the purpose will offset the agency work that the vendor’s solicitor has to do and
any postage he has to pay in completing under the code, and on the basis that most
solicitors will from time to time act both for the vendors and purchasers. If,
nevertheless, a vendor’s solicitor does consider that charges and/or disbursements
are neces-sary in a particular case, as such an arrangement represents a variation
in the code, it should be agreed in writing beforehand.

509
 APPENDIX 5

4. Having regard to the decision in Edward Wong Finance Co Ltd v Johnson,

Stokes & Master [1984] AC 1296, clause 3(2) of the code requires the vendor’s
solicitor to confirm, before he agrees to use the code, that he will be the duly
authorised agent of the proprietor of any charge upon the property (typically but
not exclusively the vendor’s building society) to receive that part of the money
paid to him which is needed to discharge such charge.

5. Clause 9 of the code expressly provides that nothing therein shall override any
rights and obligations of parties under the contract or otherwise.

The above notes refer only to some of the points in the code that practitioners may
wish to consider before agreeing to adopt it. It is emphasised that it is a matter for
the solicitors concerned to read the code in full, so that they can decide
beforehand whether they will make use of it as it stands or with any variations
agreed in writing beforehand, whether or not they are referred to in the above
notes, as the case may be.

510
 APPENDIX 6

THE NATIONAL CONVEYANCING

PROTOCOL, 3RD EDITION
(‘TransAction’)

Council statement

1. The Council recommends that solicitors follow the procedures set out in the
Protocol in all domestic conveyancing transactions.

2. The procedures set out in the Protocol include the use of standardised
documentation. This will simplify the checking of variables and will enable
departures from the recommended format to be readily identified.

The Protocol does not preclude the use of printed or typed contracts produced by
firms themselves, although it may be thought desirable that the full text of the
Conditions of Sale are reproduced rather than merely included by reference.

3. The introduction of a National Protocol is designed to streamline conveyancing

procedures. Experience has shown that where local proto-cols have been
implemented, these have speeded up the completion of pre-contract formalities
and have improved communications between solicitors and their clients.

4. The Protocol is a form of ‘preferred practice’ and its requirements should not
be construed as undertakings. Nor are they intended to widen a solicitor’s duty
save as set out in the next paragraph. The Protocol must always be considered in
the context of a solicitor’s overriding duty to his or her own client’s interests and
where compliance with the Protocol would conflict with that duty, the client’s
wishes must always be paramount.

5. A solicitor acting in domestic conveyancing transactions should inform the

solicitor acting for the other party at the outset of a transaction, whether or not he
or she is proposing to act in accordance with the Protocol in full or in part. If the
solicitor is using the Protocol he or she should give notice to the solicitor acting
for the other party if during the course of the transaction it becomes necessary to
depart from Protocol procedures.

511
 APPENDIX 6

6. A solicitor is, as a matter of professional conduct, under a duty to keep

confidential client’s business. The confidentiality continues until the client
permits disclosure or waives the confidentiality (Principle 12.03 of The Guide to
the Professional Conduct of Solicitors (1993)). With reference to paragraphs 4.5
and 5.3 of the National Protocol, the disclosure of information about a client’s
position is strictly subject to obtaining that client’s authority to disclose. In the
absence of such authority, a solicitor is not deemed to be departing from the terms
of the Protocol and, as such, is not required to give notice as set out in paragraph 5
of this Statement.

The National Protocol (Third Edition)

Acting for the seller

1. The first step

The seller should inform the solicitor as soon as it is intended to place the property
on the market so that delay may be reduced after a prospective purchaser is found.

2. Preparing the package: assembling the information

On receipt of instructions, the solicitor shall then immediately take the following
steps, at the seller’s expense:

2.1 Locate the title deeds and, if not in the solicitor’s custody, obtain them.

2.2 Obtain a copy of the O.S. Map, if necessary, where deeds do not have a
suitable plan.

Preparing the package: information from the seller

2.3 Obtain from the seller details to complete the Seller’s Property Information
Form.

2.4 Obtain such original guarantees with the accompanying specification,

planning decisions and building regulation approvals as are in the seller’s

512
 APPENDIX 6

possession and copies of any other planning consents that are with the title deeds
or details of any highway and sewerage agreements and bonds.

2.5 Give the seller the Fixtures, Fittings and Contents Form, with a copy to retain,
to complete and return prior to the submission of the draft contract.

2.6 Obtain details of all mortgages and other financial charges of which the
seller’s solicitor has notice including where applicable improvement grants and
discounts repayable to a local authority. Redemption figures should be obtained at
this stage in respect of all mortgages on the property so that cases of negative
equity can be identified at an early stage.

2.7 Ascertain the identity of all the people aged 18 or over living in the dwelling
and ask about any financial contribution they or anyone else may have made
towards its purchase or subsequent improvement. All persons identified in this
way should be asked to confirm their consent to the sale proceeding.

2.8 In leasehold cases, ask the seller to produce, if possible:

(1) A receipt or evidence from the landlord of the last payment of

rent.
(2) The maintenance charge accounts for the last three years, where
appropriate, and evidence of payment.
(3) Details of the building’s insurance policy.

If any of these are lacking, and are necessary for the transaction, the solicitor
should obtain them from the landlord. At the same time investigate whether a
licence to assign is required and if so enquire of the landlord what references are
necessary and, in the case of some retirement schemes, if a charge is payable to
the management company on change of ownership.

3. Preparing the package: the draft documents

As soon as the title deeds are available, the solicitor shall:

513
 APPENDIX 6

3.1 If the title is unregistered:

(1) Make a Land Charges Search against the seller and any other
appropriate names.
(2) Make an Index Map Search in the Land Registry in order to veri-fy that
the seller’s title is unregistered and ensure that there are no interests
registered at the Land Registry adverse to the seller’s title.
(3) Prepare an epitome of title. Mark copies or abstracts of all deeds which
will not be passed to the buyer as examined against the original.
(4) Prepare and mark as examined against the originals copies of all deeds,
or their abstracts, prior to the root of title containing covenants,
easements etc, affecting the property.
(5) Check that all plans on copied documents are correctly coloured.

3.2 If the title is registered, obtain Office Copy entries of the register and copy
documents incorporated into the land certificate.

3.3 Prepare the draft contract and Seller’s Property Information Form Part II
using the standard forms.

4. A buyer’s offer is accepted

When made aware that a buyer has been found the solicitor shall:

4.1 Inform the buyer’s solicitor in accordance with paragraph 5 of the Council
Statement that the Protocol will be used.

4.2 Ascertain the buyer’s position on any related sale and in the light of that reply,
ask the seller for a completion date.

4.3 Send to the buyer’s solicitor as soon as available:

(1) Draft contract.

(2) Office Copy entries, or a photocopy of the Land or Charge Certificate if
they are not available, or the epitome of title (including details of any
prior matters referred to but not disclosed by the documents
themselves). The Index Map Search. A photocopy of the land or charge
certificate should have marked on it the date that the certificate was last
examined by the Land Registry.1

514
 APPENDIX 6

(3) The Seller’s Property Information Form with copies of all relevant
planning decisions, guarantees etc.
(4) The completed Fixtures, Fittings and Contents Form. Where this is
provided it will form part of the contract.
(5) In leasehold cases, a copy of the lease with all the information about
maintenance charges and insurance which has so far been obtained and
about the procedure (including references required) for obtaining the
Landlord’s consent to the sale.
(6) The seller’s target date for completion.

4.4 Ask the buyer’s solicitor if a 10% deposit will be paid and, if not, what
arrangements are proposed.

4.5 If and to the extent that the seller consents to the disclosure, supply
information about the position on the seller’s own purchase and of any other
transactions in the chain above, and thereafter, of any change in circumstances.

Acting for the buyer

5. The buyer’s response

On receipt of instructions, the buyer’s solicitor shall promptly:

5.1 Confirm to the seller’s solicitor in accordance with paragraph 5 of the Council
Statement that the Protocol will be used.

5.2 Ascertain the buyer’s position on any related sale, mortgage arrangements and
whether a 10% deposit will be provided.

5.3 If and to the extent that the buyer consents to the disclosure, inform the seller’s
solicitor about the position on the buyer’s own sale, if any, and of any connected
transactions, the general nature of the mortgage application, the amount of the
deposit available and if the seller’s target date for completion can be met, and
thereafter, of any change in circumstances.

1 Note: a photocopy of the land or charge certificate is not acceptable, since it does not enable an
official search of the register to be made; see Land Registration (Official Searches) Rules 1993, r 3;
and above para 4.3.

515
 APPENDIX 6

5.4. Make Local Search with the usual Part I Enquiries and any additional
enquiries relevant to the property.

5.5. Make Commons Registration Search if appropriate.

5.6. Make mining enquiries if appropriate and any other relevant searches.

On receipt of draft documents:

5.7 Confirm approval of the draft contract and return it approved as soon as
possible, having inserted the buyer’s full names and address, subject to any
outstanding matters.

5.8 At the same time ask only those specific additional enquiries which are
required to clarify some point arising out of the documents submitted or which
are relevant to the particular nature or location of the property or which the buyer
has expressly requested omitting any enquiry, including those about the state and
condition of the building, which is capable of being ascertained by the buyer’s
own enquiries or survey or personal inspection. Additional duplicated standard
forms should not be submitted; if they are, the seller is under no obligation to deal
with them nor need answer any enquiry seeking opinions rather than facts.

5.9 Ensure that buildings insurance arrangements are in place.

6. Exchange of contracts

On exchange, the buyer’s solicitor shall send or deliver to the seller’s solicitor:

6.1 The signed contract with all names, dates and financial information
completed.

6.2 The deposit provided in the manner prescribed in the contract. Under the Law
Society’s Formula C the deposit may have to be sent to another solicitor
nominated by the seller’s solicitor.

6.3 If contracts are exchanged by telephone, the procedures laid down by the Law
Society’s Formulae A, B or C must be used and both solicitors must ensure
(unless otherwise agreed) that the undertakings to send documents and pay the
deposit on that day are strictly observed.

516
 APPENDIX 6

6.4 If contracts are exchanged in the post the sellers solicitor shall, once the
buyer’s signed contract and deposit are held unconditionally, having ensured that
details of each contract are fully completed and identical, send the seller’s signed
contract on the day of exchange.

7. Between exchange and the day of completion

As soon as possible after exchange and in any case within the time limits
contained in the contract:

7.1 The buyer’s solicitor shall send to the seller’s solicitor, in duplicate:

(1) Completion Information and Requisitions on Title Form.

(2) A draft conveyance, transfer or assignment.
(3) Other documents e.g. draft receipt for fixtures, fittings and contents.

7.2 As soon as possible after receipt of these documents, the seller’s solicitor shall
send to the buyer’s solicitor.

(1) Replies to Completion Information and Requisitions on Title Form.

(2) Draft conveyance, transfer or assignment approved.
(3) If appropriate, completion statement supported by photocopy receipts
or evidence of payment of apportionments claimed.
(4) Copy of licence to assign obtained from the landlord if appropriate.

7.3 The buyer’s solicitor shall then:

(1) Engross the approved draft conveyance, transfer or assignment, obtain

the buyer’s signature to it (if necessary) and send it to the seller’s
solicitor in time to enable the seller to sign it before completion without
suffering inconvenience.
(2) Take any steps necessary to ensure that the amount payable on
completion will be available in time for completion.
(3) Dispatch the Land Registry and Land Charges Searches and, if
appropriate, a company search.

7.4 The seller’s solicitor shall request redemption figures for all financial charges
on the property revealed by the deeds/office copy entries.

517
 APPENDIX 6

8. Completion: the day of payment and removals

8.1 If completion is to be by post, the Law Society’s Code for Completion shall be
used, unless otherwise agreed.

8.2 As soon as practicable and not later than the morning of completion, the
buyer’s solicitor shall advise the seller’s solicitor of the manner of transmission of
the purchase money and of the steps taken to dispatch it.

8.3 On being satisfied as to the receipt of the balance of the purchase money, the
seller’s solicitor shall authorise release of the keys and notify the buyer’s solicitor
of release.

8.4 The seller’s solicitor shall check that the seller is aware of the need to notify
the local and water authorities of the change in ownership.

8.5 After completion, where appropriate, the buyer’s solicitor shall give notice of
assignment to the lessor.

9. Relationship with estate agents

Where the seller has instructed estate agents, the seller’s solicitor shall take the
following steps:

9.1 Inform them when draft contracts are submitted.

9.2 Inform them of any unexpected delays or difficulties likely to delay exchange
of contracts.

9.3 Inform them when exchange has taken place and the date of completion.

9.4 On receipt of their commission account send a copy to the seller and obtain
instructions as to arrangements for payment.

9.5 Inform them of completion and, if so instructed, pay the commission.

518
 APPENDIX 7

LIST OF PRINTED FORMS

Note: The following is a selection of more commonly used forms for

unregistered and registered conveyancing. For a full list see the catalogue
published by the Solicitors’ Law Stationery Society Ltd.

COMMON TO UNREGISTERED AND REGISTERED

CONVEYANCING

SCS1 Standard Conditions of Sale (Second edition).

14E Notice to complete under Standard Condition 6.
29 (Long) Enquiries before contract (Long form).
29 (Short) Enquiries before contract (Short form).
29 (CSC) Enquiries before contract (House).
LLC1 Application for search in Local Land Charges Register.
29 (1991) Enquiries of Local Authority (1991 Edition).
CR21 Requisition for official search of Registers of Common
Land and Town or Village Greens.
29M Coal mining search.
_ Directory and Law Society’s Guidance notes (coal
mining).
27 Requisitions on title (Freehold).
28 Requisitions on title (Leasehold).
28A Requisitions on title (Leasehold or Freehold)(short form).
28B Requisitions on title (Preliminary Enquiries having
already been answered).
44 Memorandum of exchange of contracts by telephone.
58 Conveyancing checklist: Steps to be taken for vendor.
59 Conveyancing checklist: Steps to be taken for purchaser.
60 Conveyancing checklist: Steps to be taken when acting
for building society but not borrower.

519
 APPENDIX 7

UNREGISTERED LAND

K1 Application for registration of land charge (except class

F).
K2 Application for registration of class F land charge.
K6 Application for registration of priority notice.
K11 Application for cancellation of entry on register.
K13 Application for cancellation of class F land charge.
K14 Declaration in support of application.
K15 Official search in Land Charges Register.
K19 Application for office copy of entry in Land Charges
Register.

REGISTERED LAND

96 Application for official search of index map.

13 Caution against first registration with statutory
declaration in support.
16 Withdrawal of caution against first registration.
1B Application by solicitor for first registration of freehold.
2B Application by solicitor for first registration of leasehold
on behalf of person other than original lessee (ie on
assignment of unregistered lease).
3B Application by solicitor for first registration of lease on
behalf of original lessee (ie on grant of lease).
A13 List of documents.
109 Application for office copies of register and title plan.
110 Application for office copies of filed deeds.
94A Application by purchaser for official search with priority
in respect of whole.
94B Application by purchaser for official search with priority
in respect of part.
94B(FR) Application by purchaser for official search with priority
in respect of part of land in a pending first registration.
109 Application for certificate of inspection of title plan.
19 Transfer of whole (also obtainable in draft).
19(Co) Transfer of whole by company or corporation.

520
 APPENDIX 7

19(JP) Transfer of whole to joint proprietors.

19(r 72) Transfer of whole under Rule 72.
20 Transfer of part not imposing fresh restrictive covenants.
Also obtainable in draft.
43 Transfer imposing fresh restrictive covenants. Also
obtainable in draft.
34 Transfer of part of land in registered lease with
apportionment of rent.
31 Transfer of whole in exercise of power of sale.
35 Transfer to a company or corporation.
53 Discharge of registered charge.
53(Co) Discharge of charge by by building society or other
corporate body.
A4 Application for registration of dealing with whole.
A5 Application for registration of dealing with part.
A15 Documents deposited at Registry to await an application
for registration.
A14 Documents deposited at Registry in connection with a
pending registration.
6 Application for conversion of title.
56 Assent or appropriation.
82 Application to register the personal representative (s) of
a deceased sole proprietor.
83 Application to register death of a joint proprietor.
63 Caution against dealings with statutory declaration in
support
71 Withdrawal of caution against dealings.
75 Application to register a restriction.
77 Application to withdraw or modify a restriction.
99 Application to register notice under Matrimonial Homes
Act l983.
202 Application to cancel notice under Matrimonial Homes
Act 1983.
85A Notice of deposit of land or charge certificate.
86 Withdrawal of notice of deposit.
K16 Application for official search in Land Charges Register
(Bankruptcy only).

521
 APPENDIX 8

BIBLIOGRAPHY

TEXTS

Agency

Fridman’s Law of Agency (6th edn, 1990, GHL Fridman); Butterworths.

Bowstead and Reynolds on Agency (16th edn, 1996, FMB Reynolds); Sweet
& Maxwell.

Boundaries

CF Sara, Boundaries and Easements (2nd edn, 1996); Sweet & Maxwell.

Commons

GD Gadsden, The Law of Commons (1988); Sweet & Maxwell.

R Oswald, Common Land and the Commons Registration Act 1965 (1989);
ESC Publishing.

Contract

Chitty on Contracts (27th edn, 1994, AG Guest); Sweet & Maxwell.

K Lewison, The Interpretation of Contracts (1989); Sweet & Maxwell.
F Silverman, The Standard Conditions of Sale (5th edn, 1996); Fourmat.
F Silverman, Searches and Enquiries—A Conveyancer’s Guide (2nd edn,
1992); Butterworths.
TM Aldridge, Companion to the Standard Conditions of Sale (Second
Edition) (2nd edn, 1992); Longman.

Conveyancing: registered and unregistered land

Sweet & Maxwell’s Conveyancing Practice (eds PH Kenny and others);

loose-leaf service.

523
 APPENDIX 8

Law Society’s Conveyancing Handbook.

JF Garner, Local Land Charges (11th edn, 1992); Shaw.
JF Garner, The Law of Sewers and Drains (8th edn, 1995); Shaw.
MP Thompson, Investigation and Proof of Title (1991); Sweet & Maxwell.
TM Aldridge, Companion to the Property Information Forms (2nd edn,
1990); Longman.
PJ Palmer, Housing Development Conveyancing (1991); Longman.
Barnsley’s Land Options (2nd edn, 1992, R Castle); Butterworths.
Butterworths Property Law Service, loose-leaf service.
K Pugsley, Enquiries of Local Authorities: A Practical Guide (3rd edn,
1994); Tolley.
T Aldridge, Implied Covenants for Title (1995)
R Annand and B Cain, Conveyancing Solutions 1: Enquiries Before Contract
(1986); Sweet & Maxwell.
R Annand and R Whish, Conveyancing Solutions 2: The Contract (1987);
Sweet & Maxwell.
R Annand and B Cain, Conveyancing Solutions 3: Remedies Under the
Contract (1988); Sweet & Maxwell.

Fees, addresses, etc

Conveyancing Fees and Charges (14th edn, 1992); Longman.

Conveyancing Fees and Duties (18th edn, 1993); Fourmat.
The Conveyancer’s Directory; Fourmat.

Conveyancing: registered land

Ruoff and Roper, The Law and Practice of Registered Conveyancing,

loose-leaf service; Sweet & Maxwell. (‘Ruoff& Roper’.)
TBF Ruoff and EJ Pryer, Land Registration Handbook: Forms and
Practice (1990); Sweet & Maxwell. (‘Ruoff & Pryer’.)
Wontner’s Guide to Land Registry Practice (18th edn, 1991, PJ Timothy);
Longman. (‘Wontner’.)
SR Coveney and AJ Pain, Interests in Land: A Practical Guide to Effective
Protection at the Land Registry (2nd edn, 1991); Fourmat.
Land Registry, The Open Register: A Guide to Information Held by the Land
Registry and How to Obtain It (1992).

524
 APPENDIX 8

Conveyancing: unregistered land

Emmett on Title (19th edn, 1986, JT Farrand); loose-leaf service; Longman.

Easements

Gale on Easements (15th edn, 1994, Spencer G Maurice; new edition due
1996); Sweet & Maxwell.

Leasehold
G Sheriff, Service Charges in Leases (1989); Waterlow.
Handbook of Leasehold Reform (eds CC Hubbard and D Williams); loose-
leaf service; Sweet & Maxwell.
JE Martin, Residential Security (2nd edn, 1995); Sweet & Maxwell.
J Warburton, Sharing Residential Property (1990); Sweet & Maxwell.
Woodfall’s Law of Landlord and Tenant (eds K Lewison and others); loose-
leaf service; Sweet & Maxwell.
Hill and Redman’s Law of Landlord and Tenant, (eds M Barnes and others);
loose-leaf service; Butterworths.
TM Aldridge, Leasehold Law; loose-leaf service; Longman.
TM Aldridge, Law of Flats (3rd edn, 1994); Longman.
TM Aldridge, Residential Lettings: Enfranchisement, Rent and Security
(10th edn, 1993); Longman.
EF George & JP George, The Sale of Flats (5th edn, 1984 with 1988
supplement); Sweet & Maxwell.
L Crabb, Leases, Covenants and Consents (1991); Sweet & Maxwell.
R Colbey, Practice Notes: Residential Tenancies (3rd edn, 1996); Cavendish
Publishing Ltd.

Litigation

The County Court Practice (the ‘Green Book’); annual; eds RCL Gregory
and others.
The Supreme Court Practice (the ‘White Book’,), (1991 with supple-ments);
Sweet & Maxwell.

Mortgages

Fisher and Lightwood’s Law of Mortgage (10th edn, 1988 with 1993
supplement, ELG Tyler); Butterworths.

525
 APPENDIX 8

Planning

Butterworths’ Planning Law Handbook (4th edn, 1995, B Greenwood).

M Grant, Urban Planning Law (1982 with 1990 supplement; new edition
due 1996); Sweet & Maxwell.
F Bourne, Enforcement of Planning Control (2nd edn, 1992); Sweet &
Maxwell.
Encyclopedia of Compulsory Purchase and Compensation (ed C Brand);
loose-leaf service; Sweet & Maxwell.
Encyclopedia of Planning Law and Practice (ed M Grant); loose-leaf
service; Sweet & Maxwell.
M Grant, Permitted Development (2nd edn, 1996); Sweet & Maxwell.
M Grant, Urban Planning Law (1982 with 1990 supplement); Sweet &
Maxwell.
RW Suddards, Listed Buildings (3rd edn, 1996); Sweet & Maxwell.
Butterworths’ Planning Law Service (eds B Greenwood and others); loose-
leaf service.
V Moore, A Practical Approach to Planning Law (5th edn, 1995);
Blackstones.
C Brand, Practice Notes: Planning Law (3rd edn, 1996); Cavendish
Publishing Ltd.

Professional conduct and negligence

Jackson & Powell on Professional Negligence (3rd edn, 1993 plus
supplement, R Jackson & J L Powell); Sweet & Maxwell.
The Guide to the Professional Conduct of Solicitors, The Law Society, (6th
edn, 1993). (‘Guide’.) (A new edition is due in 1996.)
Cordery on Solicitors (1995, ed T Holland); Butterworths. (‘Cordery’.)
PMK Bird and others, The Law, Practice and Conduct of Solicitors (1989);
Waterlow.

Property law

Megarry & Wade, The Law of Real Property (5th edn, 1984, Stevens; new
edition due 1996). (‘Megarry & Wade’.)
Cheshire & Burn’s Modern Law of Real Property (14th edn, 1994, ed EH
Burn); Butterworths.
MP Thompson, Co-ownership (1988); Sweet & Maxwell.
J Pugh-Smith, Neighbours and the Law (2nd edn, 1993); Sweet & Maxwell.
AJ Pain, Adverse Possession: A Conveyancer’s Guide (1992); Fourmat.

526
 APPENDIX 8

Restrictive covenants

Preston & Newsom’s Restrictive Covenants Affecting Freehold Land (8th

edn, 1991, G L Newsom); Sweet & Maxwell.

Taxation and stamp duty

Whiteman on Capital Gains Tax (4th edn, 1988 with 1992 supplement, P
Whiteman and others); Sweet & Maxwell.
Whiteman on Income Tax (3rd edn, 1988 with 1992 supplement, P Whiteman
and others); Sweet & Maxwell.
R Gregory, Stamp Duty for Conveyancers (5th edn, 1990); Longman.

Tort
Clerk and Lindsell on Tort (17th edn, 1995, RWM Dias and others); Sweet &
Maxwell.
Charlesworth & Percy on Negligence (8th edn, 1990, RA Percy; new edition
due 1996); Sweet & Maxwell.

Wills, trusts and probate

The Probate Manual (23rd edn, 1988, RF Yeldham and others); Waterlow.
Williams, Mortimer and Sunnucks on Executors, Administration and Probate
(17th edn, 1993, JHG Sunnucks and others); Sweet & Maxwell.
Snell’s Equity (29th edn, 1990, PV Baker and P St J Langan); Sweet &
Maxwell.

Precedents and drafting

The Encyclopedia of Forms and Precedents (5th edn, 1985 onwards);

Butterworths. (‘Encyclopedia’.)
Parker’s Modern Conveyancing Precedents (2nd edn, 1989, E Taylor);
Butterworths. (‘Parker’.)
TM Aldridge, Practical Conveyancing Precedents; loose-leaf service;
Longman.
Precedents for the Conveyancer (ed J E Adams); loose-leaf service.
TM Aldridge, Practical Conveyancing Precedents; loose-leaf service;
Longman.

527
 APPENDIX 8

C Bennett, Drafting Residential Leases (3rd edn, 1995); Longman.

TM Aldridge, Practical Lease Precedents; loose-leaf service; Longman.
D Lush, Cohabitation and Co-ownership Precedents (1993); Jordans.
Kelly’s Draftsman (16th edn, 1993, RW Ramage); Butterworths.

ARTICLES

Useful sources of articles on specific topics include:

The Legal Journals Index, (1986 continuing); Legal Information Resources
Ltd. This covers English journals and is regularly updated.
Index to Legal Periodicals, with regular updates; HW Wilson & Co. Covers
periodicals published in the USA, Canada, Great Britain, Ireland, Australia and
New Zealand.
Current Law; Sweet & Maxwell. The annual volume includes a bibliography
of books and articles published during the year. Monthly parts include books and
articles listed under appropriate headings.

RECENT CASES, LEGISLATION AND ORDERS

Current Law, published by Sweet & Maxwell, monthly with annual volumes,
includes recent cases, legislation and orders. Covers the UK, Ireland and
European Court of Justice cases. See also European Current Law, first published
in 1992.
The Digest, published by Butterworths with annual cumulative sup-plements;
covers British, Commonwealth and European cases.
Halsbury’s Statutory Instruments, published by Butterworths, includes a
complete classification of all instruments in force of general application
throughout England and Wales, with the full text of a selection.
Lexis includes cases (including a substantial number of unreported ones),
statutes and statutory instruments.
Cases, notes on practice and articles of relevance to conveyancers will be
found particularly in the Law Society’s Gazette, the Solicitors’Journal, the New
Law Journal and the Conveyancer and Property Lawyer.
The Land Registry produces a set of practice notes designed to help
practitioners. They are available free from any District Land Registry and
reproduced in Sweet & Maxwell’s Conveyancing Practice.

528
 INDEX

ADDITIONAL ENQUIRIES OF CENTRAL LAND CHARGES

LOCAL AUTHORITY see Land Charges
document 4.1.7, 4.6
CERTIFICATE OF VALUE 10.7.1
AGENCY
see Authority of Solicitor CHAIN TRANSACTIONS 2.3.2

APPURTENANT RIGHTS CHATTELS

see Registered Title;Unregistered Title; see Fixtures and Chattels
Restrictive Covenants;Easements
CHECKLISTS 1.5, 13.5.1
ATTORNEY, POWERS OF 12.4.4
CLIENT CARE 1.3, 1.6.3
AUCTION SALES
formalities 9.5.3, 9.7 CO-HABITEES
payment of deposit 2.3 see Joint Purchasers

AUTHORITY OF SOLICITOR COLLATERAL CONTRACTS

1.9.1, 5.1.2 4.4.1, 9.5.3
exchange contracts, to 9.6
COMMONS REGISTER 4.10
BAIN v FOTHERGILL, RULE IN
5.3.3, 10.6.4 COMPANIES REGISTER
search 13.8
BANKER’S DRAFT registration 15.4.6, 15.5.5
meaning 2.3
COMPLAINTS BY CLIENTS
BANKRUPTCY 13.7, 13.12.4 1.3, 1.8.3

BENEFICIAL OWNER COMPLETION (and see

covenants for title 5.7 Notice to Complete) 14.1
date for 5.9, 7.11.6
BOUNDARIES delay 14.4.3, 16.5
see Identity of Property and Boundaries financing 2.4
meaning 5.3
BUILDERS post, by 14.8
see Developers statement document 14.1, 14.1.5
time for document 9.2(b)
BUILDING REGULATIONS 6.6
CONFLICT OF INTEREST 1.9, 1.9.3
acting for joint purchasers 1.9.3
CAPACITY OF VENDOR 5.7, 12.4.2
acting for purchaser and mortgagee
1.9, 2.5.2
REGISTERED TITLE 7.11.4 acting for vendor and purchaser
1.9.3, 9.3
CAPITAL GAINS TAX 2.7.1
CONSERVATION AREAS
CAVEAT EMPTOR 3.3, 4.7 see Planning

529
 INDEX

CONTRACT (and see Collateral DEFECTS OF TITLE

Contracts; Notice to see Title
Complete) 9.1
amendments 9.5.4 DEPOSITS 2.3
assignment of lease, for 17.3.2, 17.5 completion, on 14.5.1
breach16.2 ‘contract rate’ 5.10 payment by cheque document 9.2(a)
correspondence, by 5.3.1 preliminary 1.6.1, 2.3.1
drafting 1.8.1, 5.1, return of under s.49(2) 10.5.1
5.3.3, 7.1, 7.11, 9.4.1
exchange, see formation
express terms 5.3.1,16.2 DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
essence, time of the 16.6 5.4, 7.11.2, 12.8.5
form of document 4.1.2, misdescription 16.4
document 5.1.6
formalities 9.5 DEVELOPERS
formation of 9.3, 9.5, 9.6 estate development, and 6.3, 7.11.2
implied terms 5.3.1, 16.2 negligence liability 3.6
Law Society formulae for telephone options, use of 9.8
exchange 9.3, 9.6
lease, for 17.2.1, 17.4 DISCLOSURE OF DEFECTS
legal effect 5.3 registered title 7.11.3
memorandum of exchange vendor’s duty 4.3, 4.4.3,
document 9.1(b) 4.5.3, 4.7, 4.9, 10.5
merger with conveyance 5.7
passing of risk 3.3.1, 4.5.4
private treaty 9.7 DOCUMENT EXCHANGE
registration 9.9 AGENCIES 9.6
repudiatory breach1 6.2
rescission, meaning of 16.2 DOUBLE CONVEYANCE
Standard Conditions 5.3.1 4.8, 5.7(a), 7.11.4
‘subject to contract’ agreements 9.5.2
void conditions 5.3.2 DRAFTING (and see Easements;
Restrictive Covenants) 5.3.3,
CONTRACT RACES 4.13 12.1, 12.1
assignments of leases 17.3.3, 17.5
‘CONTRACT RATE’ conveyance 12.1
see Contract leases 17.2.3
transfer of registered land 12.5
COSTS
see Solicitors DRAINS AND SEWERS 6.8

COVENANTS FOR TITLE 5.7, 7.11.4 DUTY OF DISCLOSURE

leases, and 17.2.4, 17.3.2, 17.5 see Disclosure of Defects
mortgagor, by 8.3.1
EASEMENTS
DEATH drafting 5.6.1, 6.4.3
purchaser, of 14.4.5 implied 6.4.4, 7.9, 12.4.3.
proof of 10.6.1, 11.3.4 11.3.5 part, on sale of document 6.2, 6.4
vendor, of 14.4 registered title, affecting 7.9

530
 INDEX

ENQUIRIES OF VENDOR (and see document 5.1.3,

Property Information Form) 4.4 6.2, 6.4.1, 7.2
steps following 1.8, 1.8.2
ESTATE AGENTS
payment of deposits to 2.3.1 INSPECTION OF PROPERTY
fees 15.3.3 4.7, 13.10, 13.15

ESTATE DEVELOPMENT INSURANCE

see Developers double 3.5.2
property 3.5
EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS
12.4.4 JOINT TENANTS
bankruptcy of 13.7.1, 13.12.4
FIDUCIARY RELATIONSHIPS death of 10.7.4, 14.4.2, 11.3.5
effect on contract 10.5.1
JOINT PURCHASERS 1.9, 12.9, 14.4.
FIXTURES AND CHATTELS equitable interests 1.9.2, 12.4.3
document 4.1.5, 4.4.1, 4.4.2, 7.11.6 finance and 2.4
sale of chattels 4.4.2 restrictions on register 7.7
stamp duty apportionment 10.7.1
JOINT PROPRIETORS
FLATS, SALE OF6.3, 17.1.2 see Registered Title

FIXTURES FITTINGS AND JOINT VENDORS

CONTENTS LISTdocument 4.1.5 covenants for title 5.7(a), 13.10
survivor, sale by 7.7, 11.3.5, 14.4.2
FRUSTRATION 3.3.1
KEYS
before completion 1.6.2
HIGHWAYS
see Roads and Access
LAND CHARGES
bankruptcy search
INDEMNITY COVENANTS document 13.4, 13.14
5.1.7, 5.6.3 cancellation 15.3.4
registered title, and 7.9, 12.9, 17.5 deduction of searches 10.6.1
first registration, on 15.4.3
IDENTITY OF PROPERTY AND options as 9.8
BOUNDARIES (and see Description of pre-contract search 4.9, 4.12.4
5.7(a), 7.11.2 registration 15.3.4
searchesdocument 13.2,
INDEX MAP 13.6, 13.14, 16.2.
search of 4.8, 4.12.3, 11.2.3
LEASES 17.1
INSTRUCTIONS, TAKING 1.1 costs 5.3.2
purchase, on 1.4 formalities 9.5.3
sale, on 1.5, reversion, sale of 14.3

531
 INDEX

LETTER WRITING 1.7 pre-completion steps 13.5.2

registered title, of 7.10, 15.5.2.
LIENS 16.1.1 retentions 2.5.2
sale by mortgagee 8.2.1, 11.3.7
LICENSED CONVEYANCERS 1.11 tax relief 2.7.2
terms 2.5.2
title, investigation of 10.6.6
LICENCES types of 2.5.1
nature and drafting 6.4.2 valuations 3.4
occupation before completion 9.4.1
NATIONAL CONVEYANCING
LISTED BUILDINGS PROTOCOL
see Planning see TransAction Protocol
LOCAL LAND CHARGES NATIONAL HOUSE BUILDING
document 4.1.6, 4.5, 13.9, 13.13 COUNCIL 3.6, 6.3
LOCAL AUTHORITY SEARCHES NEGLIGENCE (and see
AND ENQUIRIES Professional Conduct; Solicitors)
see Local Land Charges; Additional developers and 3.6
Enquiries of Local Authority local searches and 4.5.1
solicitors 1.8.3, 4.4.3,
LOCK-OUT AGREEMENTS 9.8.1 4.5.1, 4.10.1, 5.3.3, 5.4
surveys and 3.4
MARRIAGE
proof of 10.6.1 NOTICE TO COMPLETE 16.7

MINORS 10.7.9 OCCUPATION

before completion 1.6.2,
MIRAS 2.7.2 3.3.1, 3.5.2, 9.4.1
spouse’s right of 1.9.2
MISDESCRIPTION
see Description of Property OPTIONS 9.8

MISREPRESENTATION
4.4.1, 16.2, 16.4 PART, SALE OF 6.1
completion and 14.7
MORTGAGES 8.1 mortgages and document 5.1.1
abstract ofdocument 10.2.4 registered title 7.1 1.2, 12.9
discharge of 8.2.1, 14.9.3, 14.9.4
endowment 2.5.1(b), PASSING OF RISK
15.3.2, 15.4.5, 15.5.5 see Contract
first registration 15.4.2
inspection of property 13.10
insurance of property and 3.5.2 PATENT DEFECTS
private, meaning 1.9.3 see Title
purchase-linked 8.3.1, 13.5.2,
13.10, 13.12.3, PLANNING4.5, 6.5
14.9, 15.4.2, 15.5.2 sale of part, on 6.3

532
 INDEX

PLANS document 5.1.4, 5.4, 5.7(A) cautions 7.7

estate development 7.11.2 charge certificate 7.8
Land Registry 5.4.1, classes of title 7.6, 11.3.1
document 7.3, 7.11.2, 11.2.3 contract, drafting of 7.1, 7.11
estate development and 7.11.2
filed plan (and see title plan)11.2.3
POSITIVE COVENANTS 5.6.3, 6.4.2,
first registration 7.5.1, 15.4.2
17.1.2 registered title, and7.9
indemnity 16.11
inhibitions7.7
POWER SUPPLY6.10 inspection of property 4.12.2
joint proprietors 11.3.5
PRE-EMPTION, RIGHTS OF9.8 land certificate 7.8, 7.11
minor interests 7.7
PRELIMINARY ENQUIRIES see notices 7.7
Enquiries of Vendor office copy of register 1.8.1,
document 4.1.3,
7.3, 7.8, 11.2.1
PROBATEdocument 10.2.2
overriding interests 4.8, 7.4.2, 11.4
personal representative, sale by11.3.4,
PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT 12.9, 14.7.4
(and see Negligence; Solicitors) 1.8.3, possessory title 7.6, 7.11.2
2.8, 4.4.3 pre-contract investigations 4.12
acting for more than one party1.9.3 prescribed forms 7.5.3
contract races, and4.13.1 rectification 4.8, 16.11
register of title 7.8, 11.1.2.
PROFESSIONAL UNDERTAKINGS meaning 7.11.4
document 5.1.1, 5.1.3, 5.13, registration of dispositions 7.5.3, 15.5.2
14.6.3, 15.3.1 restrictions 7.7
exchange of contracts, on9.6.1 Rule 727.5.2, 12.3.1, 15.4.2
searches4.12.5, 11.2.1,
PROPERTY INFORMATION document 13.3, 13.12
FORM (and see Enquiries of Vendor) sub-sales 11.3.6
document 4.1.4 title plandocument 4.1.3, 11.2.3
transfer 7.4.1
unregistered, compared to7.4.1
PROPRIETARY ESTOPPEL 4.4.1, 9.5.3
REMEDIES 16.1
PUBLIC FOOTPATHS5.2(B), 6.7 work done on property 9.4.1
obligations of landowner4.5
REQUISITIONS ON TITLE
PUBLIC INDEX MAP (and see Title) 10.1, 10.6.2
see Index Map matters of conveyance, on 10.6.2
time for raising 4.4, 10.6.2
PUBLIC REQUIREMENTS4.3
RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS 5.6
drafting 6.4.5, 12.4.3
REGISTERED TITLE (and see part, on sale of, document 6.2
Plans; Title; Title Documents) registered title, affecting 7.9, 12.8.5
assent of 11.3.4
caution against first registration4.8, 7.7 ROADS AND ACCESS 6.7

533
 INDEX

ROOT OF TITLE TITLE DOCUMENTS 14.6.2

see Unregistered Title acknowlegments 12.4.3, 12.9, 14.6.2
custody 15.4.4, 15.5.4
RULE 72 TRANSFERS obtaining 1.8.1, 5.1.1
see Registered Title production of 10.6.1

SALE OF PART 4.8 TRANSACTION PROTOCOL 1.6.2,

1.8.1, 1.8.2, 7.12
SEWERS Fixture, Fittings and Contents list
see Drains And Sewers document 4.1.5, 4.4.2
land charge search 4.9
SOLICITORS (and see local searches and 4.5.3
Negligence; Professional Conduct) Seller’s Property Information form
Accounts Rules 2.3.2 document 4.1.4
advising clients1.8.3, 2.1, 2.8, 4.4.3
costs1.3, 2.6, 14.5.2, 15.3.4, 17.2.2 TRUSTEES
fiduciary, as 10.5.1 self-dealing and fair dealing10.5.1.
insurance business, and 1.10, 2.8
Investment Business Rules 1.6.1, 2.8 UNDUE INFLUENCE 1.9.3
Practice Rules 1.3, 1.9.3, 2.8
UNDERTAKINGS
SOLICITORS’ COMPLAINTS see Professional Undertakings
BUREAU1.3, 1.8.3
UNREGISTERED TITLE (and see
STAKEHOLDER S2.3.2
Disclosure of Defects; Land Charges;
Title)
STAMP DUTY 10.7.1, 13.12.5, 15.1, abstract ofdocument 10.2, 10.6.1
15.5.1, 17.2.8 appurtenant rights 5.6
epitome ofdocument 10.2, 10.6.1
SURVEYS AND VALUATIONS3.4 personal representative, sale by 14.4.1
pre-contract investigations 4.3
TITLE (and see Title Documents) registered, compared to 7.4.1 root of
acceptance of 10.6.4, 10.6.7 title 5.5, 10.5.1 sub-sales 15.4.2
defects 4.3, 16.3
epitomedocument 10.2
VACANT POSSESSION
marketable 10.5.1
purchaser’s right to4.5.4, 14.3, 16.8
patent and latent defects 4.7, 4.12.2
possession, based on 7.11.2, 10.5
pre-contract investigation 10.6.4 VOLUNTARY DISPOSITIONS
pre-root investigation 10.5.2 proving 13.7.3, 13.12.5
1.8.1, 5.5, 10.1, 11.1
root of 5.5, 10.5.1 WATER SUPPLY 6.9

534